'/^■DZQZQZQZ£Z£ZCZQZQuQZ®ZQl.>-<X
i ^aOOj6Q>CaGZiG&C^(JQ(JQCZC:Q.OQJ(Jr^ 
 
 
FAMILY PHYSICIAN. 
 
JEWETT'S
FAMILY  PHYSICIAN
THE
lATROLEPTIC PRACTICE OF MEDICINE,
CURING OF DISEASES
PRINCIPALLY BY
EXTERNAL APPLICATION AND FRICTION.









        BY MOSES JEWETT.
^ Gen/'; „
PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHOR




          1838. 
Entered according to Act of Congress, in the Year 1838,
               By Moses Jewett,
  In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of Ohio.
       COLUMBUS:
SCOTT AND GALLAGHER, PRINTERS.
    No. 42, State-Street. 
CONTENTS.
Pkeface,     --......V
Introduction,......--vii

                       PART  I.

           DISEASE  AND ITS  TREATMENT.

                         CHAP. I.
Our Remedies.
     Stimulating Liniment,  -    -    -    -     -     -     19
     Liniment for Fevers and Fever and Ague,  -    -    -  23
     Liniment for Nervous Affections,                     25
     Liniment for Cholera Morbus,.....27
     Liniment for Coughs and Consumptions,     -     -     29
     Liniment for Rheumatism,      -    -    -    -    -  31
     Liniment for Head-Ache,    -    -    -     -  *, -     33
     Laxative Liniment,.......34
     Vegetable Cerate,......35
     Pile Salve,........35
     Tetter Salve,.....               36
     Venereal Ointment, -    -.....36
     Itch Ointment,    ..-----38
     Health Restorative, or Vegetable Syrup,  -    -    -  39
     Diaphoretic Drops,......40
     Pectoral Tincture,.......41
     Female  Drops,.......41
     Alterative Drops,.......42
     Essence of Life,.......42
     Nerve Sanative,......-  43
     Brown Wash,.....-     -     44
     Lotion for Dyspepsia,   -     -    -    -    -    -  44
     Cancer Preparations,  -.....45
            A 
CONTENTS.
                         CHAP. II.
Fever,.........47
      Treatment,.......-   57
Yellow Fever,........60
      Treatment,   -------     -65
      Treatment with our Remedies,  ...    -     69
Spotted Fever,........72
      Treatment,.......78
Scarlet Fever,........83
      Treatment,.......83
Cholera,.........83
      Symptoms of Cholera in India,  -    -    -    -     85
      Character of the epidemic in Sunderland,      -        92
      1. Symptoms of the Incipient Stage,  -    -    -     93
      2. Symptoms of the Cold, or Choleric Stage,  -     -   94
      3. Symptoms of the Febrile Stage,   ...     95
      4. Prognosis,      -------97
      5. Diagnosis,    -------     98
      6. Appearances presented on Dissection,              99
      7. Nature of the Disease,.....101
      8. Proportionate Mortality,   -     -     -     -     -  104
      Treatment,
            1.  Of the Incipient Stages,    -    -    -    105
            2.  Of the Cold or Choleric Stage,  -    -     -  106
            3.  Of the Excited or Febrile Stage, -    -    109
      As to the Proximate Cause, or Pathological Inception
        of Cholera,.......Ill
      Treatment with our Remedies,   -    -    -    -    111
Plague,..........113
      Treatment,.......117
Ague,..........120
      Treatment,.......121

                        CHAP. III.

Phthisis, or Pulmonary Consumption,     -    -    -,    123
      Treatment,........128
Cough,.........131
      Treatment,........134 
CONTENTS.
Rheumatism,........134
     Treatment,........136

                        CHAP. IV.

Dyspepsia,........139
     Treatment,........150
Mental Derangement,......151
     Treatment,........156
Hypochondriasis,.......157
     Treatment,........159
Hysterics,      -    -    -    -     •     -    -    -     160
     Treatment,........161
Depressed State of the Mind,.....162
     Treatment,........163

                         CHAP.  V.

Diarrhea, or Looseness,......165
      Treatment,........166
 Cholera Morbus,.......167
      Treatment,........168
 Colic,.........169
      Treatment,.......-  170
 Dysentery,........171
      Treatment,........172

                        CHAP.  VI.

 Stone, or Calculus,.......175
 Lithiasis—Gravel and Stone,.....177

                        CHAP.  VII.

 Hemoptysis, or Spitting of Blood,   ...   -    181
      Treatment,........I83
 Hemorrhage,........183
      Treatment,........I84
 Hematuria, or Voiding of Blood by Urine,      -   -    184
      Treatment,........i85
 Hemorrhoids, or Piles,......I86
      Treatment,   -    -    ■    -.   -    -     -    "  187 
CONTENTS.
                       CHAP. VIII.

Quinsy,.........l8^
     Treatment,........191
Catarrh,   -         .......191
     Treatment,........I92
Hooping Cough,.......193
     Treatment,  -    -    -    -    -     -     -    -194
Rubeola,  or Measles,.......194
     Treatment,........197
Parotitis, or Mumps,......198
     Treatment,........200
Croup,........■    200
     Treatment,........202
Enteritis,......-    -    -    203
     Treatment,........204
Erysipelas,     --------    204
     Treatment,........205
Chilblains,........205
     Treatment,........206
Hysteritis, an Inflammation of the Womb,     -    -    206
     Treatment,........208
Leucorrhea,    --------    209
     Treatment,........210
Prolapsus Uteri,.......211
     Treatment,........212
Asthma,   -........212
     Treatment,........213
Sick Head-Ache,.......214
     Treatment,   --------  214

                        CHAP. IX.

Scrofula, or King's Evil,......217
     Treatment,........219
Scurvy,.....•                   221
     Treatment,.....-     -     -  222
Syphilis,......               -    223
      Treatment,........225 
CONTENTS.
Herpes, or Tetter,.......226
     Treatment,........228
Tinea Capitis, or Scald-Head,.....228
     Treatment,......--  229

                        CHAP. X.

White Swelling,.......231
     Treatment,........233
Whitloe,.........235
     Treatment,........235
Hernia,.........236
     Treatment,........237
Polypus,.........238
     Treatment,........238
Dropsy,    ---------    239
     Treatment,........242

                        CHAP. XI.

Angina Pectoris,.......245
     Treatment,........247
Obstructed Menstruation,   -     -    -    -    -     -    248
     Treatment,........248
Mortification,........249
     Treatment,........251
Atrophy,.........251
     Treatment,........252
Leprosy,......"""    2^3
     Treatment,........254
Diabetes,   -                   .....255
     Treatment,........256

                        CHAP. XII.

Congestion,     -    -     -    -    -    -    -     -    257
     Treatment,   --------  258
Icterus, or Jaundice,.......259
     Treatment,........260
Nervous Diseases,.......261
     Treatment,........262 
                        CONTENTS.

Tic Doloureux,.......2^2
     Treatment,........263

                       CHAP. XIII.

Cretinism—Swelled Neck—Bronchocele,   -    -    -     265
     Treatment,........2@7
Phlegmasia Dolens—Swelled Leg,   -    -    -    -     267
     Treatment,........271
Hydrocephalus, --------     272
     Treatment,  --------  275

                       CHAP. XIV.

Hydrophobia,........277
     Treatment,........281
Sick Stomach, or Milk Sickness,     ...    -     282
     Treatment,........283
Influenza,........284
     Treatment,........284
Fits.
     1. Apoplectic,.......285
     Treatment,......-     -  285
     2. Epileptic,.......286
     Treatment,........286
     3. Hysteric,.......286
     Treatment,   -     -     -.....287

                       PART  II.

                     TESTIMONIAL.

 Testimonials,      -      -      -      -       189 to 381

                      PART III.

                    PHYSIOLOGICAL.

Mechanism of the Human Skeleton,        -      -      383
Heart,......-   394
Lungs,       .-----      396
Breath,  -------   399
Head,        ------      399 
CONTENTS.
Brain,           -
Nerves,      -
Ear,            ...
The Appendages of the Human Eye,
Muscle,         -
Cartilage,    ...
Bone,    --..
Spine,
Joint,    -
Chyme,      ...
Liver,    -
Bile,
Blood,   ....
Kidney,
Spleen,  -
Intestine,
Diaphragm,      -
Pelvis,       ...
Uterus,  -       -             -
Embryo,     ...
Ovary,   -
401
403
405
407
410
414
415
416
420
421
422
423
424
428
429
429
431
432
432
434
434
Chimistry,
  PART  IV.

MISCELLANEOUS.

     CHAP. I.
435
CHAP. II.
Acids,
Alkalies,
Albumen,
Benzoin,
Caustic Potassa,  -
Caustics,
Essential Oils,
Decomposition, Chimical,
445
446
447
448
449
449
450
451 
CONTENTS.
CHAP. 111.
Origin and Regulation of Animal Heat,  -
Dr. Arnott's Hydrostatic Bed for Invalids,
Hunger,  -       -       -       -       -
Aliment,      -       -       -       -
Diet,     -       -       -       -       -
Digestion,    -
CHAP. IV.
Respiration,
Perspiration,
Secretion,
Sympathy,
Crisis,
Somnambulism,
Injections,
Pregnancy,
CHAP. V.
Irritability,      -
Clinical Medicine,   -       -              -
Contagion,      -
Antidotes,    -
Animal and Vegetable Nutrition,
Saline Bath,  -       -       -       -      -
Application of Galvanism to Poisoned Wounds,
Granulation,  -       -       -       -      -
Hereditary disease,
History of the Small Pox,
Anatomy,
The Pulse,   -       -       -       -      -
Life of Man,     -
Antiaris,     -

Glossary,      -
Index,      -
453
456
461
463
466
466
469
470
472
472
473
474
475
476
479
482
485
487
493
494
495
496
496
498
502
503
504
506

509

529 
PREFACE.
   The interest which has been excited, and which
 is steadily progressing among many men  and gen-
 tlemen of science in the United States, in relation
 to our concentrated remedies for the removal of
 disease, and the anxious solicitation of our friends
 for a work devoted to  the  latroleptic practice of
 medicine, have induced us to publish this  volume.
   The favorable reception which has attended our
 articles, heretofore  published, particularly  those up-
 on the subject of cutaneous  absorption, has induced
 us to believe that the same candor will be extended
 to this  work, and that  a desire to do good to the
 afflicted will induce medical gentlemen of science
 to continue to us that aid and patronage, which it is
 our pleasure to acknowledge has  been  so liberally
 extended.
  Although  the  plan of the work, as well  as the
 mode of overcoming disease, is entirely  new, we
 feel confident it will be acceptable to gentlemen of
 science  and sound learning.
  It was our original design to introduce,  as an ap-
 pendix,  a synopsis of Anatomy and  Physiology, but
 on reviewing the most valuable works  on  those
branches of science, we were satisfied that justice 
VI
PREFACE.
could not  be done them, without swelling  this vol-
ume to a  size beyond our present purposes.  We
have therefore contented ourselves, by publishing a
number of important articles on those  subjects  in
the Miscellaneous department of the work.
  The Pathology, Prognosis and treatment of vari-
ous forms  of disease, are the most important  parts
of the whole.
  Much care has been taken to render these arti-
cles interesting, and easy to be understood—and as
the modes  of  treatment have  been derived from
long and  successful  application in the hands of
men of discriminating minds, we are warranted in
assuring the public that confidence may be placed
in them. 
INTRODUCTION.
   In the following work, the Pathology and Prognosis of disease
will be treated  agreeably to the best received opinions of the
most learned physicians of the present age, and we shall state
some of the principles by which we are governed in adopting a
new mode of treating disease; and which, though  received and
believed to be correct in theory by some, provided agents could
be found to effect the object desired, has by others been doubted
for want of facts so established and developed as to  sustain the
principles referred to.
   Our grand object will  be to simplify the practice of medicine,
and overcome disease with the greatest promptitude and certainty.
This, we contend, is accomplished by our discoveries of very
many of the agents wisely designed by providence for  the  re-
moval of various diseases, and their application to the system by
the latroleptic practice, or the external application of medicine.
   Our theory, therefore, is respectfully submitted to the learned
and to gentlemen of science throughout the world.   We do not
claim infallibility in that respect, but as to the facts—the effects
wrought by such agents as we have thus far externally employ-
ed—we challenge a world to disprove them: we do not submit a
negative proposition—we have proved them, and by thousands of
living witnesses can establish their influence upon the system,
as clearly as that jalap and rhubarb operate as cathartics when
taken into the stomach.
   As it  regards our theory, we submit the leading  facts in favor
of cutaneous absorption, without which, (or the aid  of nervous
sympathy, or some yet unknown principle of Galvanic  Electric
influence,) our whole theory would fall to the ground, though the
facts  unexplained would  still remain,  like the elements, un-
changable. 
VIII
INTRODUCTION.
  We  have been  accustomed to  see  the  progress of disease
slowly arrested by the means generally adopted, and it  is not
strange that many should doubt whether an improvement upon
any new principle in practice, had taken place, so long as we
are constantly annoyed by hundreds  of nostrum-venders, who
profess to cure every disease  by one remedy.  But in guarding
against this class of speculators, the wise and intelligent will
not steel their  minds against a real  improvement, which  has
been substantiated by the most demonstrable  facts, although at
the first blush the plan might appear somewhat novel.
  It is well known, that all  medicine taken  into the stomach
for the removal of disease  in some distant  part of the  body,
produces its beneficial effect by a secondary influence upon the
diseased organ.   If,  for instance, a medicine is  offered to the
stomach for a pain in the head, sufficient time must elapse, be-
fore the object can be accomplished, for the medicine to pass the
digestive apparatus,  and reach the distant organ  through the
agency of the blood and nerves.  Somewhat similar is the pro-
cess of curing diarrhea by the employment of cathartics—they
stimulate excessively the already irritated and enfeebled  intes-
tines, and when the cathartic stimulant is exhausted, agreeably
to a well known law of the living economy,  the intestines are
inclined to  repose, their capability of being excited is diminish-
ed, a langor ensues, and a cure may be the result.   Now our ex-
ternal  remedies when applied to the body are readily absorbed—
they shield the skin against the too rapid evolutions of the elec-
tric fluid, which is believed to have a powerful influence in con-
centrating  disease.  When the proper remedies  are applied to
the head in one case, and to the bowels in the other, they are
placed in the nearest proximity with the diseased organs, being
absorbed, and at once brought into immediate conflict with the
malady.
  Another  advantage not  hitherto named,  is that  in  obstinate
and violent cases, by taking  at the same time,  internally, an
appropriate medicine, the disorder may be attacked on both sur-
faces, that, is, externally and internally at the same time.
  The superior  advantages  which this  mode presents are too
obvious to  every one, to be insisted on  here.  Whatever may
be said, however, theoretically upon this interesting  subject, in
the introduction of this work, will be  drawn from experience 
INTRODUCTION.
1%
 tilone, as theory, without substantiating  facts, is seldom produc-
 tive of any useful end or purpose.
   If we suppose ourselves divested of all knowledge of remedies
 suitable  for the restoration of health, with disease  and death
 exciting  our  sympathies, and urging us to the employment of
 means for the relief of  our suffering friends and fellow-beings,
 we might reasonably expect that, in our attempts to afford relief,
 we should extend the havoc of death rather than arrest the pro-
 gress of  disease,  before a knowledge of the nature and effects
 of the remedies employed had been obtained.  Nothing but expe-
 rience could remove our embarrassment, and give an assurance,
 in our efforts to relieve the afflicted, that we were  not using an
 instrument of death, instead of a remedy friendly to health and
 life.
   We should be wanting in duty to the public at this time, were
 we to withhold the numerous facts in our possession, illustrating
 the applicability of our  remedies to most forms of disease, with
 which our country is afflicted.
   If we were to contend, however, that one preparation could
 be so contrived, as to constitute a sovereign remedy for all dis-
 eases, we should have reason to expect an unfavorable reception
 among the most discerning; but our plan will be acknowledged
 to be more rational.
   We combine, concentrate, and extensively compound, the best
 therapeutical agents for  various forms of disease.   This princi-
 ple has been  more rigidly adhered to by us, than by any one
 who has heretofore prepared medi6ine.   For instance—we have
 a preparation which Will uniformly cure sick headache.  We have
 another, which is equally certain in arresting and curing the rheu-
 matism.   Whenever,  as is sometimes the case, the pains of the
 hip are, by the remedy,  transferred to the head, the rheumatic
 liniment will at once arrest it, but the headache liniment will
 not; neither will the rheumatic liniment cure the sick headache
 ■^-showing, in an important light, the principles which we have
 adopted, in the combination of our remedial agents.
  On the  subject of cutaneous  absorption, we would say that it
 is intimately connected with the latroleptic practice of medicine,
 or the curing of disease by an  external application of remedial
agents.  As our preparations are becoming more and more ex-
tensively  known and  adopted  by medical  men in   the United
        2 
X
INTRODUCTION*.
States, and as much of their general usefulness may depend on
a more extensive knowledge of the subject, we will here adduce
a few of the reasons which have  for a long time been adopted
by men of sound science, in favor of the doctrine in question.
  The function of absorption is one of the most curious and im-
portant in the animal economy.  The matter of which the living
body is composed, is in a state of continual change; old particles
are every moment  carried out of  the system, and new ones are
every moment conveyed to the  place  occupied by the  old, and
deposited in their room.  The constituent matter of the living
body is therefore never the same in  two  successive moments.
This change of the constituent  matter of the living body is ef-
fected by the process termed  absorption, and the agents by
which this process is carried on,  are termed absorbent vessels.
The absorbent vessels possess a peculiar structure, essentially
different from that of arteries, veins, or any other vessels of
the body, and their action likewise is altogether peculiar.  The
absorbent vessels consist of two distinct sets.  The first arise
from the alimentary canal, and more  especially from the small
intestines.   They  absorb the digested aliment,  and are the in-
struments by which the new particles of matter which are ne-
cessary to supply  the loss occassioned by the  removal of the
old, are  carried into the system.  The  new matter,  which is
termed chyle,  is of a white color, very much resembling milk;
and these vessels, when full of it, have the appearance of mi-
nute  tubes, distended with a milky fluid, hence  they are called
lacteal vessels, (that is, milk vessels.)   The other set arise from
every part of the  body—from the whole of its external surface
__from every one  of its tissues—from every one of its  organs,
 so that the  point of the finest needle can touch no part of the
 body, without coming in contact with some part of  this system
 of vessels.  At every point of the body these vessels are always
 at work,  taking up new and carrying away the old and worn
 out particles.  But, further, those which are spread out on the
 external  skin, and those which are spread on the internal skin,
 on the membrane  which lines the air passages, for example, and
 on that which lines the passages of the stomach, are capable of
 taking up many foreign substances which  may come in contact
 with them, and often powerfully affect the system,  by introduc-
 ing into it these foreign bodies.   Whatever may be the nature of 
INTRODUCTION.
XI
the substance contained in this second set of vessels, and from
whatever  source it be derived, it is always without color when
pellucid; on this account it is termed lymph—and these vessels
are therefore  called lymphatics.  The lacteals,  then, contain
new matter derived from the digested aliment.   The  lymphatics
contain the old  and worn out  particles of the  system, together
with whatever substances may have been taken into it from the
surface of the body.
   Of the  real existence and active operation of the function of
absorption, there is indubitable proof.   The  great number of
cases of disease which have recently been successfully treated
by external remedial agents, without the exhibition of any me-
dicine internally, might be judged  by some, as indubitable evi-
dence of the truth of the doctine in question.   The wasting of
the flesh, a dissipation of the solids, a diminution of the weight
of the body,  under certain circumstances, while the general
system remains unaffected, can only be accounted for, on the
supposition  that processes are continually going on within the
body, (not dependent on external influence) which remove from
the system both the solid  and the fluid  parts of which  it  is
composed.
   The important fact has been fully proven, that various sub-
stances, when  placed in contact with a living surface, produce
the same effect on the system, as when received into the stomach,
or injected into the veins.  Arsenic, when applied to an external
wound, will sometimes affect the system as rapidly, and as pow-
erfully, as when taken into the stomach.  A  strong infusion of
 tobacco, when applied  to the pit of the stomach, will occasion
vomiting; when injected into the  rectum, will produce almost
 instant fainting, and unless care be taken, the fainting will pro-
 duce  death.  These phenomena can be accounted for, only by
 supposing that the  substances in question are readily conveyed
 into  the  system.  It being established, that such effects can  be
 produced on the human system by poisons, through the medium
 of absorption, what  may not be expected by a  concentration and
 refining of the most powerful therapeutical  agents, adapted to
 the various forms of disease, when conveyed into  the  system
 through  the same channel?  We have proven, by actual experi-
 ment, that the remedial agents act as readily on the system in
 relieving disease, as the poisons  do in destroying life.  It has 
XII
INTRODUCTION.
been proven, by direct experiment, that the human hand is capa-
ble of imbibing, in a quarter of an hour, an  ounce and a half
of warm water, which, for the whole body, is at the rate of six
or seven pounds in a single  hour.  Sailors at sea, in perishing
need of water, have  been relieved by a shower of rain, which
wet their under clothes, and afterwards have  sustained life, by
wetting their clothes in sea water, which invariably gave relief,
the absorbents taking up the particles of water, and rejecting
the saline qualities dissolved in it.
  The functions of  absorption explain many phenomena con-
nected with health, with disease, and with the action of reme-
dies.   The  agents which produce disease, and especially  the
widely extended and powerful causes of fever, namely, animal
and vegetable substances in a state of decomposition;  these, to-
gether with the effluvia of marshes, exhalations from the animal
body  itself, and perhaps other noxious gases diffused in  the
atmosphere, afford striking  illustrations of its operation.  An
exposure for a few minutes, to an atmosphere loaded with marsh
effluvia, of an intensely noxious nature, may produce a protract-
ed ague, or even instantaneous death.  Even  a few inspirations
of an  atmosphere, rendered foul by the exhalations  from the
human  body, may  produce, in  a person previously healthy,
immediate  nausea and vomiting, followed by severe and perni-
cious  fever.  A person laboring under small pox, may contami-
nate the room to such a degree, that a healthy person, breathing
this air but a short space of time,  may become affected with the
disease, although the infected may never have come in contact
with the infecting person.  In all these cases, a  poison is dif-
fused  through the atmosphere, which comes  into  contact with
the surface of the body, and so affects  the system through  the
medium of absorption.  The free dilution of  this  poison with
pure  air, will  destroy  or render innoxious  these  malignant
agents; hence, persons who are under the necessity of remain-
ing constantly in the chambers of the  sick, may remain  there
with perfect impunity, if these  chambers are frequently  and
thoroughly ventilated;  while, if ventilation be neglected or im-
perfectly performed, not only is the disease of the patient aggra-
vated, and, perhaps, by this course alone rendered mortal, but
his  nurse is also sure to suffer; hence the value of this further
fact, which cannot  be too constantly borne in mind, that these 
INTRODUCTION.
XIII
noxious agents always affect the system exactly in proportion
to its want of energy.   Exposure to a powerfully noxious agent,
when the stomach is empty, when  the body is exhausted by fa-
tigue, when the mind is depressed and desponding, will occasion
a mortal disease.   Exposure to this same agent, when the  body
is nourished, when the functions are  carried on with vigor,
when the mind is cheerful and  confident, will be attended with
no appreciable effect.   There is no kind or degree of sickness,
with which  a family or an  individual  may be  affected, in the
management of which, the knowledge of facts of this kind may
not afford useful  suggestions; but  of far more  importance are
they, when a malignant or mortal  epidemic is generally preva-
lent.
  Our remedies are far the most valuable antidotes we  have
known, in cases where disease has originated from noxious va-
pors and an impure  atmosphere.   The readiness with which
they are carried into the system through the medium of absorp-
tion, the instantaneous action  they impart  to  the  circulating
fluids of the body, thereby expelling the impurities of the blood
by the perspirable pores, give relief to the patient, and stimulate
and guard the system against future attacks.
  Nor is there less practical utility in attending to the action
of absorption, in relation to noxious agents which are generated
within the body  itself.  When secretion is  vitiated, and the
morbid matter is absorbed by the  lymphatics—when digestion
is imperfect, and unwholesome chyle is absorbed in the lacteals
—when the excretory portion of the alimentary canal is torpid,
and the faecal matter which ought  to be carried out of  the sys-
tem, is retained there, and in part  absorbed; in such cases, the
sensible qualities of the perspiration,  the odor of the breath,
the foul state of  the skin, the loss of strength, the irritable and
feverish condition of body  and mind, sufficiently declare the
disorder of the system.   Considerations such as these show the
value of pure air, simple and easily digested food, moderate and
regular exercise, and medicine termed alterative.  By altera-
tive remedies, we mean  the  medicinal substances which are ab-
sorbed from the surface of the alimentary canal, and entering the
current of circulation,  are  conveyed  by this  channel to the
secreting organs,  and which, by their influence over the actions
of these organs,  effect a salutary change  in  the general func- 
XIV
INTRODUCTION.
tions of the body.  It will not be denied that all the organs of
the body are  excited to this performance of their functions by
certain  external agents,  which are called  stimulants—such as
air, water, heat and so on ; of these the most powerful and indis-
pensable, in a healthy state, is the aliment.  Upon the quantity
and quality of the aliment depend the quantity  and quality of
the blood, and upon the quantity and quality of the blood depends,
in a great measure, the energy of all the functions of the organs.
But when, by disease, the secretory organs have become weak-
ened and languid ; when most of the aliment taken into the sys-
tem does but little more than add to the accumulated impuri-
ties of the circulating fluid, the digestive powers of the stomach
are in a measure destroyed.  In  this  situation, our remedies,
composed of stimulants, tonics, and diaphoretics, externally ap-
plied, have produced the most  sudden relief to the oppressed
organs  ; the general circulation is promoted ;  the collected mass
of impurities  is  thrown  off by perspiration, and sometimes by
the intestinal canal ; the patient is  relieved without the  occur-
rence of a tedious state  of convalescence.  Life can be main-
tained but a short time under  the total  privation of food, while
the excessive privation  of it  produces effects on  the  system
which have not been often observed with  accuracy, but  which
are remarkably  uniform, and highly curious and  instructive.
Though we are opposed  to abstinence  in common cases of dis-
ease,  yet there are cases  wherein it may become necessary, and
be obviously capable of becoming  a most energetic remedy.
When  the mass of  the  fluids and solids  of the body  are  too
abundant, abstinence is capable  of reducing them to almost any
extent  that can be  required  ; and,  when  a  full application of
our stimulating  liniment is regularly made  during such absti-
nence,  it is unattended with any diminution of strength or injury
to the health, but it  contributes to the advancement  of both.  As
we have made a partial  digression from the subject in question,
we shall continue this digression by a few hints on perspiration ;
and, as absorption is a function of the skin, the insensible per-
spiration is intimately connected with  it, and its abundant pro-
motion is effected by our remedies.  A  learned physician says:
 "The large quantity of  insensible perspiration  from the lungs
 and skin, together,  amounted to thirty-two grains per minute
 three ounces and a quarter  per hour, or  five pounds per day. 
INTRODUCTION.
XV
Of this, the  cutaneous  constituted  two-thirds, or sixty ounces,
in twenty-four hours.   After  many experiments, the medium
average was found to be eighteen grains per minute, of which
eleven were from the skin, making, in twenty-four hours, about
thirty-three ounces.  Admitting this statement to  be, in some
degree, imperfect, still enough remains to demonstrate that ex-
halation is a very important function of the skin. It is admitted
by all that the cutaneous exhalations of the skin are more abun-
dant than the  united excretion of both the bowels and kidneys;
and that, according as the weather becomes  colder or warmer,
the skin and  kidneys  alternate in the proportion of the work
they perform, most passing off by  the skin  in  warm weather,
and by  the  kidneys in cold.  The quantity exhaled  increases
after meals, during sleep in warm dry weather, and by friction,
or whatever stimulates the skin, and diminishes when digestion
is impaired, and in a moist  atmosphere."   Here our external
remedies become eminently useful; they stimulate the surface,
aid the  insensible perspiration,  and give strength to the cuta-
neous organs.
  The same writer further remarks,—"that every thing tends
to show that perspiration  is a direct product of a vital process,
and not a mere exudation of watery particles through the pores
of the skin."  If this be a fact, how important is it to  health and
life that the functions of the skin  should be kept in  a healthy
state; and how much  is  gained by an external application of
durable stimulants, which, when absorbed, do not vaporize, but
remain  in the system, shielding it from sudden checks of the
insensible perspiration.
  " People know the fact,  and wonder that it is so, that cold ap-
plied to them, or continued  exposure in  a cold  day,  often pro-
duces a bowel complaint, a severe cold in the chest,  or inflam-
mation  of some internal organ; but were they  taught, as  they
ought to be, the internal structure and use of their own bodies,
they would  rather wonder that it did not always produce one of
these effects."
  The  idea of curing diseases by  external  applications is not
exclusively of modern origin.  It prevailed in the earliest periods
of medicine, and was highly esteemed by the Arabic  practition-
ers, who "applied to the skin medicine  intended to exert its in-
fluence  upon the bowels as purgatives, on the lungs as expecto- 
XVI
INTRODUCTION.
rants, and  on the kidneys  as  diuretics."   In  later times, this
method has been, by several writers, and particularly treated by
Dr. Jackson, in a work rich in observation and experiment, writ-
ten expressly on the latroleptic method of administering medicine
by cutaneous absorption.  Indeed  the  latroleptic  method has
ever been  in practice, more  or less, from the  very infancy of
medical science  down through  the  long and darkened vista of
time to the present moment, and has been adopted by every sect
and o-rade of practitioners.   The matter contained in the small
pox  virus, if confined for a short  time on  the arm without a
puncture, will as effectually  produce the disease as if inserted in
a puncture.  The pure concentrated Prussic acid applied to the
tongue of a dog produces instant death; and a portion of it spread
on the arm of a man produces the same effect.
  Some have carried their opposition to  this doctrine so far as
to aver that " nothing, whether metallic, mineral, or vegetable,
enters the circulation of the human body, unless previously assi-
milated,'1'1 that is, changed into the same nature of the body, or,
more technically, converted into nutriment.  Of  such  an ob-
jector, we would ask if he suppose poisons taken into the stomach
to undergo  this  process?  If so, how  can they  be poisonous?
Moreover,  substances, in order to become assimilated, must pass
the digestive apparatus, a process of several hours, while poison
acts instantaneously or in a few minutes.   It is also generally ad-
mitted that the  lacteals, through  which the assimilated matter
passes into the  circulation, absorb  nothing but what  is  con-
genial  to health  and life, in other words, nothing  but the chyle.
How, then, can the doctrine  be  sustained, " that nothing enters
unless previously assimilated.'''1  The doctrine of venous absorp-
tion appears to  be well  established; and this would be overset
if the other were true.   We contend that if, through the medium
of cutaneous absorption, poison can  be administered which will
produce  disease  and death, so  likewise,  through the  same
medium, a  medicine may be introduced which will restore health
and vigor.   To  the  objector against cutaneous absorption, we
would propose the following questions:
  1.  Is the skin  possessed of sensibility  which makes it suscep-
tible to the action of all stimulants?   It must be  recollected that,
in cases of external remedial applications, the nerves of the skin
must be first excited—first impressed; they must catch the pe- 
INTRODUCTION.
XVII
culiar power of the remedy, and then  transmit the impression
to its appropriate organs, or the organ whose functions will be
principally affected by its influence.
  2. If  the  skin possess  so wide a range of sensibility as  to
render it susceptible to all  kinds  of stimulants, why should  it
not take up the  stimulating properties of various remedial ar-
ticles, when these are applied in a solid form, or in powders?
  3. If  the doctrine of cutaneous absorption be false, why, or  in
what manner, does the urine become changed, in color, from the
application  of various  kinds  of coloring matter  to  the  skin?
Can coloring matter be conveyed  through the  medium of ner-
vous sympathy?
  4. If  the doctrine be false, how  is the  sensation of thirst re-
lieved by the application of water to the external surface of the
body?  But, admitting  these effects are produced through the
medium of nervous sympathy, br from any other cause, the re-
putation of  our external remedial agents would remain unim-
paired,  as they stand on their own merits.
   Their sensible qualities are those of a strong  and permanent
stimulant; they relieve pain by  restoring vital  action and  a
free circulation of the blood to the  painful parts; they  remove
disease by acting in accordance with that theory which  makes
disease to consist of obstructed circulation and  diminished vital
energy; they have so far sustained their reputation with every
honest, intelligent individual who has  become fully  acquainted
with  their therapeutical powers.
         3 
 
PAKT  I.
DISEASE  AND  ITS  TREATMENT.
                      CHAP.  I.

              OUR   REMEDIES:

CONSISTING OF LINIMENTS, SYRUPS, LOTIONS, CERATES, TETTER SALVE,
 PILE SALVE, VENEREAL OINTMENT, ITCH OINTMENT, TINCTURES, ETC.

  The following are the most important articles of our Con-
centrated Chemical Compounds, now in extensive use in the
United States.   A general mode of application, in  various
forms of disease, is hereunto annexed.  We shall treat the
subject more elaborately in connection with the Pathology
of disease.

              STIMULATING LINIMENT.

  This was the first article prepared, and has been attended
with the most complete success.
  It has been constructed on the principle upon which many
of our external remedies are based; and though the first, is
not the least efficacious, and will bear a comparison with any
medicine now in use.   It has been found efficacious for any
general  or local  pains  in  the back, breast or side, pleurisy,
cholic, diarrhea; and has also proved successful in curing 
20
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
cases of  bronchocele,  hydrocephalus,  local  inflammation,
morbid affections, incurvation of the spine, paralysis, &c. &c.

                   DIRECTIONS FOR USE.
  For Slight Pains—rub the part  affected  with the Lini-
ment, with much friction, and  apply a  plaster spread  with
the same.   Plasters made of glazed cloth are  preferable, as
they exclude the influences of the  external atmosphere, and
do not waste the Liniment by absorption, nor soil the clothes.
  For Severe Pains—in addition to the above, place a warm
brick near the part affected, renewing it if necessary.  If the
pains be very extensive  and general, the Liniment should be
freely applied to the body and parts affected, and to the soles
of the feet; and when in bed, place warm bricks to the feet
and sides, and take  the  Diaphoretic Drops until a free per-
spiration is produced;  which  course may be repeated  daily
or oftener, according to the violence of the pain.
  For Weak Joints—rub on the Liniment, with much fric-
tion, twice a day.
   For Bruised Limbs—if the skin be broken, apply the
Vegetable Cerate;  if not, and  inflammation has taken place,
apply the Liniment once a day.
  For JIgue in the Face—apply a plaster of the Liniment
on going to bed, and place a warm brick, or a bag of hot hops
or meal to the same.  A small  portion of the  Liniment ap-
plied to the jaw, inside of the mouth, will be beneficial.
  For Curved Spine—apply the  Liniment twice  or  three
times a day over the whole length of the spine, and a plaster
of the same;  occasionally, or each night,  heat may be applied
in either  of the  ways above directed.   Once  in three days
wash off  with warm soap suds, wipe dry, and then make a
fresh application of the Liniment.  The Vegetable Syrup or
Alterative Drops may be taken  according to directions.
  For Lame Back—wear a plaster on the back, and renew
once  or twice a day; if not relieved, apply heat as  above
directed, over the region of the pain.
  For Cholic and Inflammation  of the Bowels—apply the 
OUR REMEDIES.
21
Liniment very freely, with much friction, to the bowels, and
a plaster of  the same:  if not relieved, apply heat as above,
and take the Diaphoretic Drops according to directions.
  For Dropsy—if in the feet and legs, soak the feet in weak
lye or warm water, rub them upwards while in the same,
wipe dry, and apply the Liniment once or twice a day; and
if the  feet are much swollen, bandage them, commencing at
the toes.  If the  abdominal region be the seat of disease,
apply the  Liniment freely over that region, and wear a plas-
ter  on the same.
  For Dyspepsia and Liver Complaint—apply the Lini-
ment with friction to the stomach, wear a plaster of the same
over the region of the liver, renewing it once or twice a day.
When there are  pains  in the shoulders or back, apply the
Liniments to those parts on plasters.   In severe cases, apply
the Liniment once or twice a day on the whole surface of the
body, and wear plasters on the  parts as directed;  once in
three days wash off with warm soap suds, then with salt and
water, wipe dry, and apply the  Liniment.    In these  com-
plaints, if not readily  relieved,  take  the Vegetable Syrup,
Alterative Drops, and  Essence of Life,  according to direc-
tions.   If any fresh symptoms occur,  apply the Liniment to
the body as above, and to the soles of the feet, and when in bed,
place warm bricks to the sides and soles of the feet;  take Dia-
phoretic Drops until a perspiration ensues, which will remove
these symptoms, and if renewed  a few times, will accelerate
the cure of all the complaints.   An application of the Lini-
ment to the stomach, and on plasters worn over the region of
the liver,  renewed once or twice a day, for a length of  time,
without any other application, has effectually  cured many
long standing cases of dyspepsia and liver complaint; when
this course does not soon succeed, it will be necessary to per-
severe a considerable time in order to become permanently
relieved.  In extreme cases we have found the application of
plasters made of glazed cloth, and spread with the Liniment,
covering the whole chest, to be of great advantage.   In other 
22            DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

cases, where the liver has become extremely torpid, and the
Liniment did not appear to have much sensible effect, we have
applied  a bath to  good  advantage.   Take a gill of alcohol,
and add as much salt as will dissolve in it, set it on fire, under
a chair, on which let the patient sit, covered  with a blanket to
his neck: this will  cause a copious perspiration, without any
diminution of strength;  after which wash off, and the system
will more readily receive the Liniment.  In these affections
the bowels generally become constipated.   The  exhibition
of our Vegetable Syrup will generally overcome  this diffi-
culty; but should it not be sufficient, a gentle  cathartic may
be administered.
   Note.   Where the lungs are in any  degree affected, the
Consumption Liniment ought to be adopted.
   For Bronchocele—apply the Liniment two  or three times
a day over the neck, without a plaster; wear a piece of silk
next  to the skin and a flannel  over it, and  take freely of the
Vegetable Syrup, or the Alterative Drops.   This course per-
severed in for two or  three months, has uniformly reduced
the neck to its proper size.   If the Liniment does not appear
to cause a sufficient action in the parts affected, apply three or
four  drops of the Nerve Sanative over the  neck,  which will
aid much in effecting  that object.
   For Hydrocephalus—shave the head  and apply the Lini-
ment over the whole surface, two  or three  times a day; take
 our Alterative Drops  according to  directions. The Liniments
 may be applied once a day in small portions  in the ears, on
 the neck, &c, and freely to the bottoms of the feet;  the Nerve
 Sanative may also be applied to the top of  the head, three or
 four  drops at a time.   We  have known  a sufficient action
 o-iven to the system to cure this distressing  complaint, in
 some instances, in a very short time; but if immediate relief
 be not given, the patient ought  not to  despair, as we never
 have had a failure reported to us,  even in  cases which  have
 been pronounced, by the ablest physicians, beyond the reach
 of medicine. 
OUR REMEDIES.
23
  LINIMENT FOR FEVERS AND FEVER AND AGUE.

  This preparation has been  particularly adapted to bilious
fevers, and fevers generally—combining the best  concentrat-
ed medical agents for that class of diseases.  The results of
its use have been of the most satisfactory nature.  A suitable
application of this  Liniment  according  to directions, with
our Diaphoretic Drops to induce a more speedy perspiration,
has not failed in any instance yet known, to give a very
speedy ease to the patient, reducing the feverish symptoms
with great promptness, and in ordinary cases, overcoming the
disease in a very short space of time.   In cases of great sever-
ity, a continuation of the  remedy for a few days, has gener-
ally produced an entire cure;  and in such  cases, the patient,
instead of being left with a great degree of prostration, and a
long and  enfeebled state of  convalescence  in prospect, from
the tonic and restorative effects of the Liniment, which braces
the system and  restores the appetite, produces a speedy  and
entire recovery of health and strength.
  In fever and ague, with one or two applications of the Lini-
ment before the periodical return of the chill, or at the hight
of the paroxysm, we have never known it to fail of prevent-
ing a return, and entirely eradicating the disease.
  Under the head of  fevers, we shall have occasion to  say
more on the subject of this remedy, as we have the evidence
from a number of the most scientific physicians of our nation,
who have, from practical experience, become acquainted with
its efficacy, and do not hesitate to pronounce it to be of as
much importance to the human family, as any ever discovered.
                   DIRECTIONS FOR  USE.

  In slight cases of Fever—the application of the Liniment,
with warmth and friction, and the patient kept in bed, to
promote perspiration, will produce relief in a short time.  In
such cases, a convenient mode is to apply the  Liniment on
retiring to bed, which abates the fever, and enables the patient
to enjoy a refreshing sleep. 
21
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
  Iii severe  cases of Fever—let  the  Liniment  be applied
over the whole surface of the body, and to  the soles of the
feet, with friction; apply hot bricks to the feet and sides, and
once in twenty minutes, give the patient a half tea spoonful
of our Diaphoretic  Drops, diluted  in hot water  sweetened,
until a profuse perspiration takes  place.  If the  patient be
kept in a profuse perspiration for two hours, and the Liniment
fully applied  to the stomach, the fever will be arrested with-
out administering an emetic,  or the recurrence of a single
paroxysm.  In some instances,  there will remain for some
time, on the  surface of the body, much heat, after it may be
discovered by the pulse, that the  febrile symptoms are re-
duced.  In many severe cases of fever, it is recommended to
soak the feet, and wash the whole surface of the body with
warm water, before  the first application of the Liniment
After the fever has entirely subsided, it may be of advantage
to wash the body with warm soap  suds, then with salt and
water—wipe dry, and apply  the Stimulating or Fever Lini-
ment once or twice, which will add much to  the strength and
comfort of the patient.
  In cases of Fever and Jlgue—when it can be done, let
the Fever Liniment  be applied, accompanied by the Diapho-
retic Drops, in the manner above stated, about half an hour
previous to the time of the  expected chill,  until a profuse
perspiration is  produced;  or,  if the chill arrives  before  the
application can be made, then, during the paroxysm of chill
or succeeding fever, apply the Fever  Liniment in the same
manner,  which will  very generally arrest the disease, and
prevent a return  of chill or fever; and the patient, by ap-
plying the Liniment once or twice a day, for a few days, will
be entirely restored to health and strength.
  The object of the Diaphoretic Drops is to produce, more
speedily, a copious perspiration, and to aid in regulating the
tone of the stomach; if they should not be  at hand, warm
herb tea can be substituted, though the drops are more prompt,
and have a more extensive and beneficial operation.
  Many persons,  after undergoing a copious perspiration by 
OUR REMEDIES.
25
 means of the Fever Liniment, upon its subsiding, have appre-
 hensions of taking cold—to prevent which, it is important to
 make  free application of Stimulating or Fever Liniment to
 the body, as that previously applied, has become absorbed into
 the system.  This course renders the patient less liable to the
 effects of the atmosphere,  and is indispensibly necessary to
 invigorate by the tonic properties,  and overcome the debili-
 tating  and febrile symptoms.  This course should be repeated
 once or twice a day for a while, even if no paroxysm  of fever
 should occur after the attack is arrested.
   Where these  directions  have been fully attended to, we
 have never  known an unfavorable result.
   Scarlet Fever and Measels—are cured by the use of the
 remedies used for fever, with a readiness seldom produced
 by any other applications.
   For Small Pox and Chicken Pox—this Liniment  may
 be used as in cases of other fevers, accompanied with  Diapho-
 retic Drops.  They determine the  disease to  the surface of
 the body, and uniformly prevent the fatal effects of its strik-
 ing to  the vitals.
   We  have witnessed the most decided advantage by the ap-
 plication of this Liniment to the surface of the body, in cases of
 internal as well as external  inflammation.  It produces action
 which  causes  the inflammation  to  subside, and  reduces the
 inflamed parts to a healthy temperature;  and  the same Lini-
 ment, when applied  to the extremities, which have  become
 cold, will raise the heat and create a healthy circulation.
   Note.—In all cases where there is any  difficulty in  causing
 awjrofuse perspiration  readily,  by the  usual treatment, we
 wish to  impress  the importance of  applying the alcoholic
 vapor bath, as laid down in this work.  In extreme cases, the
 object will be more readily  effected by first applying the Lini-
 ment over the whole surface of the  body.

       LINIMENT FOR NERVOUS  AFFECTIONS.

   This article comprises some of the most valuable medicinal
agents for quieting, composing, and  restoring the nerves  to a
       4 
26
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
healthy action; and its success has been very great in cases of
long standing nervous irritation, and in cases of convulsive
fits;  and will generally succeed in hysteria, epilepsy, and St.
Vitus' dance.  It has entire reference to diseases depending
upon the derangement of the nerves, and competent to afford
great and  permanent relief.   In  a complication of disorders,
where the nervous system is affected, it is recommended to
be used in connection with another  Liniment adapted  to the
case of the patient.   In the testimony of cures, parallel cases
have been given, of using two Liniments  on different parts
of the body at the same time  with success.

                   DIRECTIONS FOR USE.
  Apply the Liniment to the neck, breast, the whole  length
of the spine, and the inside of the arms, thighs, and legs, once
or twice a day, until relief is obtained.   Sometimes the Lini-
ment has been applied to the crown of the head, and spread on
plasters, to the bottoms of the feet, to good advantage.   Also,
take a tea-spoonful of our Vegetable  Syrup three times a day.
When the Vegetable Syrup cannot be obtained, take our Al-
terative Drops according to directions.
  For Asthma—apply the Liniment to the throat and neck
generally,  and on plasters, to the  breast and  between the
shoulders; at the  same time, take two  or three times a day
our Pectoral Tincture, and in severe cases sufficient of them
to produce slight vomiting—also  bathe the feet in warm water,
dry them, and apply the Liniment  to the soles of the feet,
and when in bed, place a warm  brick to them.   The  Nerve
Sanative and Essence of Life are used to good  advantageyin
this complaint.
   For Mental Derangement—shave the hair from the head,
apply the Liniment  three times a day over  the head, neck,
and breast, and the whole length of the  spine, and  apply our
Stimulating Liniment to the  breast, bowels, and bottoms  of
the feet; take the Vegetable Syrup according to directions, or
if not to  be obtained, take the  Pectoral  Tincture in small
doses of four to six  drops, three times  a day for one week, 
OUR REMEDIES.
27
and then increase so as to cause vomiting.  Apply the saline
bath twice a week,  which is made  by adding about three
quarts of salt to twelve pailsful of water, made as warm as
can be borne; in which bathe the patient fifteen minutes, wipe
dry, and apply the Liniment.  The Liniment should be ap-
plied in the ears twice a day,  and  once a day a small  portion
in the nostrils.   The  Nerve Sanative must be applied to the
top of the  head, and the whole length of the spine, in small
portions.   The Essence of Life  may be taken, mixed with
the Vegetable Syrup, three times  a day.
   This  Liniment is used  to advantage,  when  the patient's
nervous  system has become so deranged, as to  be unable to
bear more  powerful treatment.
   Females, affected with nervous and uterine affections, will
find this Liniment beneficial.
   Sometimes, in chronic complaints, where  the  nerves are
very irritable, we find it advantageous to apply this Liniment
- generally to the body, until relief is obtained, and then make
use of the  Stimulating Liniment.
   As the nerves  are the seat of a great number of the most
afflicting diseases, it is important that every aid should be put
in requisition for their relief.  We venture to say that no
remedies possess more power than our Nerve  Sanative and
Essence of Life; but as they are articles which have not long
been before the public, we shall notice them fully in the course
of this work.

          LINIMENT FOR CHOLERA MORBUS

   Is offered as  a valuable remedy for cholera morbus, cholera
infantum,  diarrhea, cholic, and all  bowel complaints.  The
speedy effect it has in giving  relief, more so, it is believed,
than by any remedies internally administered—the ease  of
its application, particularly in the cases of children, who so
often suffer from these complaints, presenting such  obstacles
to the administration of nauseous  remedies—together with
the  benefit of  having a remedy  always  ready  for  use—are 
2S
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
advantages of great importance, and highly useful to persons
and families when traveling.

                   DIRECTIONS FOR USE.

  In cases of Cholera Morbus—apply the Liniment to the
stomach, bowels, and bottoms of the feet, and also apply hot
bricks to the sides and feet in severe cases.   Use freely of our
Diaphoretic Drops, until perspiration takes place.  This Lini-
ment alone has cured an immense number of cases of cholera
infantum, without any other remedies, and the ease of its ap-
plication to children renders it extremely useful.
  In common Diarrhea—relief can  be obtained  generally
in a few hours, by  rubbing the stomach and bowels with the
Liniment, and wearing a plaster of the same on the stomach.
  In  cases of Bilious Cholic, and Spasmodic Affections
of the Stomach and Bowels—this Liniment may be applied
to good advantage.   Where the pains or cramps are severe,
apply the Liniment freely to the region  of  the pain, placing
a warm brick to the same, which facilitates the absorption  of
the Liniment; take freely of the Pectoral Tincture in prefer-
ence to Diaphoretic Drops, as they will cause speedy relief,
by producing immediate and easy vomiting, without cramping
the stomach.  When relief is  obtained by these  remedies,
the bowels generally become regular without any recourse  to
physic.
  In Dysentery and cases of Hemorrhage—apply the Lini-
ment  to the stomach, bowels, and  at the termination of the
spine; take the Drops as before directed, and apply hot cloths
to the bowels, and a hot brick to the feet.  In addition to this,
let the patient drink freely of warm tea made of smartweed
sweetened, with a little milk added.
  We  speak with  confidence of the  valuable properties  of
these  remedies.  Were it in  our power, we would not rest
until the hundreds of  thousands of mothers in  the United
States, who yearly  mourn the loss of children, should be made
fully acquainted with the fact, that  relief has uniformly been 
OUR REMEDIES.
29
obtained  by these remedies, where they have  been properly
exhibited.

   LINIMENT FOR COUGHS AND CONSUMPTIONS,

  Has proved, for the disease for which it is adopted, a most
valuable remedy,  as will readily be observed by adverting to
the cases reported.   It  has  relieved the  most distressing
coughs, lingering cases of consumption, and diseases of the
lungs.   It operates  by arresting the decay  of the lungs, re-
leasing the corrupted matter, and  causing it to be discharged
by the mouth or  intestinal  canal, and proves  healing to the
lungs.   At  the same time, highly useful tonics  and puri-
fiers of the blood, are introduced  into the system, by means
of the Liniment,  and the use of our Vegetable Syrup, which
is intended to be  used in  connection with it, as a most valua-
ble and important addition.   Cases of the most alarming na-
ture, and of many years suffering,  have  been, by a regular
use of these remedies, entirely relieved, and permanetly cured,
as can be proved by the most undoubted testimony.
  In whooping cough, the Liniment and Syrup  have pro-
duced  immediate  relief, and effected speedy cures.   In com-
mon colds or slight  coughs, relief can generally be obtained
by the use ofJthe  Liniment alone.

                   DIRECTIONS FOR USE.

  In cases where the Lungs are inflamed only—and  the
patient has  not for a great  length of time been subject to a
cough—relief may be granted by applying our Cough Lini-
ment  to  the side, and  between the shoulders, two or three
times  a day; at the same time taking the Vegetable Syrup, or
if that be not at hand, take  from four to twelve drops of the
Pectoral Tincture, three times a day, and at night apply plas-
ters spread with the Liniment, and a warm  brick to the bot-
tom of the feet, and take some warm herb tea to  cause free
perspiration; at the same time, Tonic Bitters may be taken
two or three times a day, to sustain the strength of the pa-
tient.   In more advanced stages, where the patient shall have 
 30         *" DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

 been afflicted  with  a slight cough  a  long  time, pains  in the
 breast, sides and shoulder-blades, hemiplegia, and emaciation,
 with evident symptoms of the lungs having become ulcerated,
 a more elaborate  course ought to be pursued—the Liniment
 should be worn on  plasters, applied to the breast, back, and
 on the bottom of  the feet, renewed twice a day.   If the sys-
 tem has become very impure, this will cause small pustules
 to appear on the surface in two  or three days, which will dis-
 charge virulent pus.  The parts should be  washed with warm
 castile soap suds at  each dressing;  and once in two or three
 days, the patient should be washed entire in warm soap suds,
 then in salt and water, make free use of the flesh  brush, and
 apply the  Liniment again.   The  Liniment  should also be
 rubbed over the whole body, particularly the throat and spine.
 If the pustules become too sore for the Liniment to be borne
 on them, the Vegetable Create may be applied for a few dress-
 ings, and then, the  Liniment resumed.  The  Cough  Syrup
 should be  taken three times a  day, in tea or  table-spoonful
 doses, as the tickling sensation  attending the cough may de-
 mand.   The Pectoral Tincture  must also be administered in
 doses of  from  three to twelve drops as occasion may require.
 This article is  one of the best expectorants  known; and when
 taken in large doses, excites nausea and  vomiting, but we
 seldom find it  necessary to produce  this effect.   If the patient
 has chronic wandering pains, an under dress of white  silk  is
 valuable to be  worn.  The diet  should be light, exercise mo-
 derate, night and  damp air avoided, and the feet kept warm.
 In cases  of ulceration, this course will generally cause a dis-
 charge of matter in  two or three days, sometimes by  vomit-
 ing, and at  other times, by the intestinal canal.   If port wine
be agreeble to the patient, it may be taken in small quantities.
We  have known some instances  of sudden  relief by the
course here recommended.  In such cases, it will be absolute-
ly necessary for the patient to follow up the remedies, or at
least apply  the Liniment for a considerable length of time to
confirm the cure.   But if, through the agency of  external
remedies, the morbific matter can be expelled from  the  sys- 
                     OUR REMEDIES.                  31

tern, the digestive organs restored to  a healthy tone, and  the
whole  functions of the body strengthened, there is  much
gained towards the restoration of  health.   These effects, it
has appeared, we have been enabled  to produce, principally,
by our  remedies externally applied; for by the use of  the
Liniment  on the stomach  and bowels, we have frequently
known a healthy state of both to take place, though not always
without the aid of some medicine taken into the stomach.
  To aid  in the relief of the cough, we sometimes prepare
a syrup in the following manner: take two pounds of turnips,
and skin them one third of an inch thick; two pounds of  loaf
sugar pulverized: place a layer of the turnips in  a bake-oven,
and so on  alternately—then cover it tight, and place it over a
slow fire, for three hours—then strain it and bottle it for  use.
Dose—one table spoonful three times a day.  Covering  the
chest with a jacket of glazed cloth, spread with the Liniment,
as recommended in some other cases, has effected a cure in
many instances when  all other means had failed.
  It has been with  much diffidence that we have published
some of the results of experiments made with our remedies,
in cases of consumption.  We never have spoken confidently
in this matter, until we had treated a large number of cases,
which had been given up by all orders of physicians as incura-
ble.  These favorable results, together with the testimonials
from almost every section of the United States, vouched by
physicians, clergymen, and gentlemen of undoubted veracity,
have induced us to publish the most successful practice by
which  patients, laboring under pulmonary complaints, have
been relieved.

            LINIMENT FOR  RHEUMATISM,
  For inflammatory rheumatism, sciatic affections, common
rheumatism, local pains, and affections of the gout, is recom-
mended with confidence for these excruciating complaints, as
a remedy possessing more power to relieve, and to perform a
more radical  cure, than has been generally accomplished by
any other  means. 
32
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
                   DIRECTIONS FOR USE.
  For Inflammatory Rheumatism—apply the Liniment
once a day over the whole body, with friction—keep warm,
and make free use of our Diaphoretic  Drops.   When the pain
is deeply seated, a plaster spread with the Liniment must be
worn over the part, and a bag of hot hops or meal, or a hot
brick applied thereto.   If relief is not directly obtained  by
these means,  apply the Liniment more frequently.
  For the Gout—if in the feet or legs, soak them in weak
lye, wipe dry and apply the Liniment freely, wrap in flannel,
and when in  bed, place warm  bricks to them,  renewing them
as they get cool.   Take the Vegetable Syrup and  Diaphoretic
Drops according  to directions.   If the joints be  swollen,
plasters of the same Liniment must be worn over the region
of the affected parts, renewed once or twice a day; and if the
parts are painful, a bag of warm oats or hops  ought to be ap-
plied over the plaster.  If the case be of long standing, the
Vegetable Syrup and  Diaphoretic Drops may be given com-
bined together, and as a change, the Diaphoretic  Drops may
be occasionally omitted, and  the Alterative Drops or Nerve
Sanative  may be adopted.  Sometimes we have known these
preparations  to be  continued a number of days without  an
apparent  beneficial effect, and afterwards the patient, by per-
severance, has been  cured by them.
  The Nerve Sanative, taken in small doses  of two drops,
and  applied outwardly on  the affected limb,  has proven  an
excellent auxiliary in the gout.  After heating up the affected
limbs for a number of days, if the heat become  severe, we cool
the parts  by an application of the Vegetable  Cerate, for a day
or two, which will also allay  the pain, but there is nothing
equal to the Nerve Sanative in extreme cases.   A sweat may
be administered by the use of alchohol and salt, as heretofore
directed,  occasionally to good  advantage.
  If in the Breast—apply the Liniment to the breast freely;
take  Vegetable Syrup and Pectoral Tincture.
  If in the Head—make similar applications to the  head, 
OUR REMEDIES.
33
neck, and spine, and use the Syrup and Pectoral Tincture.  In
paroxysms of fever, or in extreme cases, if perspiration is not
produced  speedily, the  patient  should  be rubbed with the
Fever  Liniment, apply hot  bricks, take Diaphoretic Drops,
and plentifully of hot herb tea, until  a free, copious perspira-
tion is  produced.   In either  of the above cases, much benefit
would  be derived by an  occasional use of the saline bath,
which  is made by about three quarts of salt, to twelve pailsful
of water, made as warm as can be borne, in which bathe the
the patient fifteen minutes, wipe dry, and make an application
of the  Liniment.
  N. B. In very severe cases of rheumatism, when the sys-
tem  is  generally affected, if relief  is not obtained by the
means  directed, the patient is advised to adopt the same course
as is recommended in extreme cases of the gout.
  For Numb Palsy—the Liniment may be applied three or
four times a day over the affected parts, and once in four days
steam those parts in bitter herbs, wash off, wipe dry, and then
apply  the  Liniment, and take freely  of our  Diaphoretic
Drops.  This course, persevered in,  has cured cases of very
long standing.  An occasional use of the saline bath would
be advantageous.   If the disease be of long standing, and the
system be deranged, the patient will find much advantage, after
the first application of the Liniment, in taking an enietic of
our Pectoral Tincture, and  perhaps  it may be necessary to
repeat  it two or three times.

             LINIMENT FOR HEADACHE,

  Is competent to relieve, immediately, the most severe cases
of headache with a single  application, and in a short time to
effect an entire cure of long standing sick headache—a disease
of the most distressing nature, suffered by numberless persons
for years, without more than temporary relief, and often diffi-
cult to obtain that result.  It is  positively known that a fair
trial of the Liniment will effect a radical cure.
        5 
34
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
                    DIRECTIONS FOR USE.
   Apply the Liniment  freely, with much  friction, over the
forehead, crown of the  head, back of the  neck,  spine, and
the breast.
   For Sick Headache—in  ordinary  cases, apply as above,
wrap a silk handkerchief round the head, and apply plasters,
with a hot brick, to the  feet.  In more severe cases of long
standing, make the above application daily, and wear a small
plaster on the back of the neck, and sometimes a small quan-
tity of the Liniment, inserted in each nostril  and the ears,
which, though for a few minutes, will be pungent, will give
immediate relief.  If the stomach be foul, take ten or twenty
drops of our Pectoral Tincture, or a sufficient quantity to cause
a gentle vomiting, which will be effected with these  drops,
without the least danger of cramping the stomach, and relief
will be immediately gained.
  We have seldom witnessed cases so severe as to render all
these applications  necessary.  We have the evidence in a
number of instances, where  immediate and permanent relief
has been given  in cases  of chronic sick headache, by the ap-
plication of the Liniment alone.

                LAXATIVE LINIMENT.

  This Liniment is competent to effect a passage of the bow-
els, which have  for a long time been constipated, and where
the patient is much  emaciated, and a cathartic is indicated,
this method of procuring a passage is peculiarly advantageous,
as the object is effected without weakening the patient.
                   DIRECTIONS FOR USE.

  Apply the Liniment to the stomach and abdominal region
freely, and also on  the small of the back and bottom of the
feet, and place warm cloths  to the bowels, and hot bricks to
the feet.  Sometimes a passage is effected by these means in
a few minutes, without the recurrence of pain. 
OUR REMEDIES.
35
                 VEGETABLE CERATE,

  For burns, ulcers, wounds, salt rheum, scald head, chapped
hand, and almost every eruption that appears on the skin.
                   DIRECTIONS  FOR USE.
  For Burns, Cuts, and Ulcerations—it should be used by
spreading on very thin leather.   These plasters should not be
removed under thirty-six or forty-eight hours.
  In Scald Head—the hair should  be closely shaved, and
every day the  sore surface thoroughly cleansed with hard
soap and warm water.   The Cerate should be  applied over
the affected part  three  times a day, liberally, covered with
thin muslin or netting, to prevent the annoyance of flies; any
other covering  appears  to keep the sores too warm.   Con-
tinue this course ten or twelve  days; then have recourse to
our Tetter Salve, and continue the  use of it in the same way,
until a cure is accomplished.
  When the general health appears to be affected, or the cure
progresses slowly, rubbing the whole body every second or
third night with our Stimulating Liniment, being first cleans-
ed in soap and water, will greatly expedite a cure.
  To cleanse the system, the patient may take our Alterative
Drops, as directed.
  Many astonishing effects  have been produced, in cases of
broken  bones, with the  Cerate.  In small fractures, let the
limb be bound up, covered with the Cerate, after the bones have
been adjusted, and  remain two or three days without dressing,
which will much accelerate a cure.

                      PILE SALVE.
  A variety  of cases of piles,  even  of the  most obstinate
character, of many years'  standing, have been effectually
cured by this application.
                   DIRECTIONS  FOR USE.

   Rub the Salve freely about and  up the  anus  daily,  and in 
36
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
extreme cases, several times in twenty-four hours, inserting
as far up as can be reached;  at the same  time, take two  or
three times a day of Stoughton's Bitters, or any other suitable
tonic.  In  severe cases, our Stimulating  Liniment may  be
used by rubbing it on the bowels and back, and  spread  on
plasters' worn on the same places, which will have a tendency
to regulate the stomach and the bowels, by which the cure
will be accelerated.
  The Pile Salve, alone, is competent to effect a cure in most
cases.
                    TETTER SALVE.

  This Salve is particularly designed for the cure of  tetters
and ringworms,  and to  succeed the  use of our Vegetable
Cerate, in the cure of scald head.
                    DIRECTIONS  FOR USE.

   For  Tetters, Ringworms, fyc—apply the Salve, by rub-
bing the parts affected once a day, or oftener, cleansing with
 soap and water daily.
   For Chapped Hands—2, little rubbed upon  the  same for
 two or three  nights successively, will  seldom fail of  curing.
 A  single application will, in slight cases, entirely relieve,  and
 the parts  assume a  healthy appearance by the  return of the
 ensuing morning.

                 VENEREAL OINTMENT.
                    DIRECTIONS FOR USE.

    Apply  the Venereal Ointment  two or three times a  day
 on the affected parts; at the same  time rub the whole surface
 of the body with our Stimulating  Liniment, with  the excep-
 tion of the parts above  named.  Drink  freely of a tea made
 one-fourth of sassafras, and three-fourths of sarsaparilla,  or if
 that cannot  be obtained, substitute burdock root.   Keep the
 bowels open with a  gentle physic, and occasionally take a few
 drops of balsam copaiva, dropped on sugar. 
OUR REMEDIES.
37
  Note.—Though many confirmed cases of venereal have
been relieved  by the  above prescription, we intended them
more particularly for  common cases of  gonorrhea, in which,
generally, the patient may procure the medicine and cure
himself.  But in advanced  stages of the disease, and  particu-
larly syphilis,  the following directions will  be found  import-
ant.  If the patient be afflicted with ulcers,  let them be wash-
ed with castile soap suds daily, and then  apply the  Brown
Wash; after which, apply  the Venereal Ointment, until the
venereal virus is entirely eradicated, when  the  sores may be
cured by applying plasters spread with Cerate, and renewed
daily.  At the same time of these applications, let the patient
take half a wine glass of the Vegetable Syrup four times a
day, and drink freely of sarsaparilla tea.   The Syrup is  far
preferable to any preparation heretofore known, in cleansing
the blood from the venereal taint; and although an immediate
effect will not be discoverable, yet when persevered in, it will
restore  the system to health.   It may be necessary to use
the Syrup five or six  weeks in very obstinate cases.
   The above  contains the  most  sure, prompt, and  efficacious
course of treatment for this disease.  Some of the most loath-
some cases have been cured by it.
   The course we recommend can be understood and adopted
by the patient himself, without  exposing his situation to the
physician.   Thousands of  young men have suffered this dis-
ease to run on until their constitutions were destroyed, from
fear of making  their situation  known.   If the patient shall
entirely abstain from ardent spirits, and persevere in the above
course, however bad  his case may be, we  do not hesitate to
warrant a cure.
   When chancres appear,  which will be known by the little
eruptions, scabs, and  ulcers, arising on  different parts of the
head of the penis, accompanied,  at first, by itching, and gradu-
ally changing into pain, we would recommend  the use of the
Brown Wash, and the Venereal Ointment applied to the af-
fected parts, taking a table-spoonful of the Vegetable Syrup,
four times a day, and keeping the bowels gently open. 
38
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
   When the disease has run on for a length of time, so as that
 the absorbents have taken up the venereal poison, the gland-
 ular system will  be affected—usually the inguinal glands, or
 the groin.   These glands  will become swelled and  inflamed.
 Pain in the groin, and some  degree of hardness.   These are
 indications of bubo, and can  be checked and much relieved
 by wearing a plaster of Stimulating Liniment over the region
 of the pain, renewed two or three times a day.  Should  a
 rupture  or  a  scirrous affection  be mistaken for a bubo, still
 the above course  will give relief.
   In all  cases of swelled testicles, or extreme glandular swell-
 ing in the region of the groin, a poultice made of boiled white
 beans, beat fine, with an equal portion of slippery elm bark,
 is an  excellent remedy.
   In  some extreme  cases of syphilis, we have  prepared  a
 Liniment to be applied  over the whole of the body, which is
 composed of concentrated agents, calculated to aid in  cleans-
 ing the system from the disease.  Sometimes it has been ad-
 vantageously applied on the sound surface of the body, when
 the ulcers have been treated with Venereal Ointment, poul-
 tices, etc.  It  has been  fully demonstrated that  this  disease
 is not entirely confined to the  dissolute.  Instances are  known
 where the venereal taint has  been inherited from ancestors:
 others, where  it has been caused by fortuitous circumstances.
 In fact, we hazard nothing in  saying it may be communicated
 by inoculation, in the same manner as the small pox, and per-
 haps by inoculating for the small pox, with matter taken from
 the pustule of a man who  is infected with venereal.

                   ITCH OINTMENT.

   The variety of preparations which have been invented for
this loathsome disease, and to be sold in almost  every drug
shop in the country, would seem to be sufficient; and espe-
cially so, as many of those  compounds have a deservedly high
reputation.   Nothing could have induced us to have brought
this preparation before the public, but the fact of having ef-
fectually  cured a  number of  obstinate  cases of six or seven 
OUR REMEDIES.
39
years' standing, where every other prescription  had entirely
failed.   We have learned the fact, that this preparation  has
been efficacious in a number of eruptive cases, which  had
been unyielding to the usual forms of treatment.
                   DIRECTIONS FOR USE.

  Rub the Liniment upon all the parts affected, particularly
round the wrists, under the arms, upon the elbows, inside and
out, under the hams, and round the ankles.  All the eruptions
of the body, caused by the disease, should be rubbed with the
Ointment.

  HEALTH RESTORATIVE, OR VEGETABLE  SYRUP.
  We do not hesitate to aver, that this  Syrup, so far as we
are acquainted with its effects upon the human system, espe-
cially when accompanied with the application of our Stimu-
lating Liniment,  far exceeds any other preparation that we
have  any knowledge of.   If  there be any chance  for the re-
covery of patients in chronic  complaints, or if the disease be
within the control of medicine, with proper agents accompany-
ing it, this Syrup will prove effectual.  It may, in some cases,
be necessary to give it for a length of time, before its salutary
effect will become manifest; though in all cases we have  wit-
nessed, there remained no  doubt on the mind of its superior
efficacy, after one or two days' use.
  The astonishing effect which is produced on canker in the
throat and mouth, and in  cases of women who nurse their
children, which are  sometimes incurable by any remedies
heretofore discovered, (unless the child be weaned,) is alone
sufficient to recommend its adoption.
  In cases of bleeding at  the lungs, consumption, liver com-
plaint, nervous affections, asthma,  cutaneous eruptions, white
swellings, scrofula, syphilis, diseases occasioned by the use of
mercury, general debility, and most of the chronic complaints
of females, we hesitate not to recommend this  Syrup as inval-
uable.
  In what manner it acts upon the system is of but little  con- 
40
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 sequence to know, if we are enabled  to  testify  of its good
 effects.   It is pretty evident that it must change the secre-
 tions, expel the morbid matter by the skin, kidneys, bowels,
 or intestines,  although  it has but very  little sensible effect
 upon any of those organs.  The composition of this article
 is essentially botanical,  and  highly  concentrated.   Some of
 its ingredients have heretofore been used as a medicine only
 by the red  men of the West.

                    DIRECTIONS FOR  USE.

  In ordinary cases—a dose for an adult is a table-spoonful,
 and for a child a tea-spoonful, three times a day.

                 DIAPHORETIC DROPS,

   For promoting perspiration in cases  where  that end is
 desired, which they will be found to produce in a short time.

                    DIRECTIONS FOR USE.

  In cases of Fever, Fever and Ague, Scarlet Fever, Bil-
 ious Cholic, Cholera Morbus, Rheumatism, Numb Palsy,
 Liver  Complaint,  and in all cases where the  system has
 become morbid—(in which they operate as a powerful expec-
 torant and diaphoretic, and should never  be omitted  in con-
junction with our Liniment for Fevers)—to be taken in half
tea-spoonful doses, for adults; for children, half that quantity,
diluted in hot water, well sweetened, once in twenty minutes,
until a free perspiration takes place.   When the stomach is
very foul, they will sometimes cause vomiting.
  In cases of Colds—the Drops are used to advantage, when
our other remedies are not at hand.
  The Drops may be taken as above, and applied externally
about the neck and  stomach; soak the feet in warm  water,
wipe dry, and when in bed place a warm brick to the same,
and  take freely of  pennyroyal,  or  any sweating  herb tea,
 which will,  in many cases, arrest a cold without any other
 medicine. 
OUR REMEDIES.
41
                PECTORAL TINCTURE,

  A valuable expectorant, and highly useful, with other rem-
edies, in  removing  diseases of the lungs.  This Tincture is
one of the most  ready, safe, and efficacious emetics in the
whole Materia Medica, and may be resorted  to with  great
advantage where this remedy is indicated.  It warms up and
stimulates the stomach, and causes vomiting without the least
danger of cramps during the operation.
                    DIRECTIONS FOR USE.

  In Coughs and  Colds—this  preparation is  administered
in doses of from three to ten drops, three or four times  a day,
for adults, and for children in proportion.
  In cases of Bilious Affections—twenty drops taken, will
generally produce gentle vomiting and cleanse  the stomach.
In  all cases where it is important to promote expectoration, a
resort to this remedy will produce the desired effect.   The
dose  of twenty drops is competent to produce vomiting when
the stomach is very foul, but in urgent cases when it becomes
necessary to cause immediate vomiting, we sometimes give
the Tincture in tea-spoonful doses, once in five minutes, dilu-
ted in warm water, until the effect be produced.

                    FEMALE DROPS.

   These  Drops are intended to correct  profuse,  or restore
obstructed, periodical  discharges, peculiar to females,  (a due
regulation of which, is so essential to their health,) and are of
the greatest importance in all uterine affections.

                    DIRECTIONS FOR. USE.

    Take  half a tea-spoonful, three times a day, for a month;
 then increase the  quantity to a tea-spoonful each dose, and
 continue until the system is fully restored to regularity.
    These Drops, in connection with our Stimulating Liniment,
 and our Health Restorative or Vegetable Syrup, taken accord-
         6 
■12
DISEASE AND TTS TREATMENT.
 ing to the directions accompanying each, is competent to re-
 store the most deranged state of the system—which has been
 accomplished in a great number of cases.
   When the patient is very Nervous—it is advisable to use
 our Liniment for Nervous affections, instead of Stimulating
 Liniment—but otherwise, the latter is preferable.
   In cases of Fluor Albus and Prolapsus Uteri—and in
 fact all uterine affections, these Drops have been administered
 to good advantage—we have  the evidence of cases being re-
 lieved in a few days by these Drops, and our other remedies.

                 ALTERATIVE DROPS.

   The object  intended to be effected by these Drops  is, to
 restore the circulating fluids to a pure state.  They are taken
 in small doses—and it is said, by some who have used them,
 that the scrofula has been cured by these drops alone.
                    DIRECTIONS  FOR  USE.

   These Drops  are  taken  internally,  in  half  tea-spoonful
 doses, two or three times a day—children  from four to  six
 drops—and continued for a considerable length of time.
   In many chronic complaints, such as liver complaint, scro-
 fula, white swellings, inflammatory rheumatism, gout, and  in
 cases of eruptions on the surface of the body, they act power-
 fully in cleansing the blood and  circulating fluids; and though
 their beneficial  effects  are not so suddenly manifested as  are
 many of our preparations,  they are no  less certain  of pro-
 ducing the most  salutary effects, when taken in  conjunction
 with the use of our  external remedies.

                  ESSENCE OF LIFE.

  This remedy  was  prepared several years ago, but we were
determined not to offer it for sale, until its virtues were fully
tested.  The large number of chronic complaints  which have
recently come under our treatment, have fully established its
character, and we now cheerfully recommend  it in  cases of 
OUR REMEDIES.
43
 dyspepsia,  nervous affections, faintness and  distress  at the
 stomach, asthma, palpitation of the heart, bilious and wind
 cholic, etc.
   Its  powers to relieve in the above cases are very  ready;
 and though we do not recommend it to cure these complaints
 without the aid of other  medicine, we can with confidence
 say, that it  is a most grateful and ready palliative, affording
 almost instantaneous relief, in many cases, from extreme suf-
 fering.
                    DIRECTIONS FOR USE.

   In ordinary cases—it is taken in doses of from six to ten
 drops, in warm water, or on sugar, once in ten minutes, until
 relief  be afforded.
   In cases of Bilious and Wind Cholic, or extreme pains
 in the chest—take a tea-spoonful once in fifteen  minutes,
 diluted in water.
   Keep the vial well corked.

                   NERVE SANATIVE.

   A powerful remedy for tic douloureux, fits of every kind,
 nervous affections, and delirium.
   The agents composing  this invaluable preparation, have
 been  concentrated to a far greater extent than any of  our
 remedies heretofore prepared; and it is only to be  taken in
 very small doses.
                    DIRECTIONS FOR USE.

   For Nervous Affections—one drop, diluted in warm water,
 may be taken three or four times a day.
   For Tic Douloureux—apply externally, to the  parts af-
 fected, three or four drops, and then apply our Nerve  Lini-
 ment freely.  Take also half a tea-spoonful of the Essence of
 Life.
   For Spasmodic  Fits—take  two drops, diluted in water,
 once in  twenty-five or thirty  minutes, which will at once
reduce the spasms;  after which, take one drop, two or  three 
44
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
times a day, as a preventive.   In extreme cases, if  this dose
be not sufficient to immediately arrest the fits, the close may
be doubled, or even thrice the quantity given, and repeated
until relief be gained.
  In extreme cases of Pleurisy—from two to six drops may
be taken once in twenty minutes, and a few drops may be
applied to the side, with the  Nerve  Liniment.   In all cases
we recommend a full  application of our  Nerve Liniment.
These Drops, accompanied with the Nerve Liniment, have
frequently arrested fits in a very few minutes.
   In cases of long standing Delirium—a full application
of the Nerve Liniment over the whole body, including the
head, (after  shaving off the hair,) two or three times a day,
is absolutely necessary.  Take the Essence of Life, in half
tea-spoonful doses,three or four times a day; at the same time
take two drops of the  Nerve  Sanative two or three times a
day.
   Some might be led to suppose that the Sanative  contained
deleterious drugs, from the small doses recommended.   To
relieve all such, we pledge ourselves that this is not the case.

                    BROWN  WASH.

   This preparation is  efficacious in cases of gonorrhea and
syphilis, and was intended expressly for those diseases, but
may be used to good advantage in indurated ulcers, etc.
   The Wash is also exhibited internally, in doses of a tea-
spoonful two or three times a day.

               LOTION FOR DYSPEPSIA.

   This remedy has been advantageously applied to the head
and  glandular parts of the face and neck, in cases of long
standing dyspepsia, and especially where the complaint  has
caused a depression of  spirits in the patient.
   It is applied over the head generally, and may be used to
advantage in conjunction with  the Nerve  Sanative, in many
nervous affections. 
OUR REMEDIES.
45
               CANCER PREPARATIONS.

  Our preparations for cancers are composed  of a Liniment,
Syrup, Plaster, Poultices, etc., and are calculated to remove
pain in the region of the  cancer in a very short  time, but as
it is the business of thousands to pretend to cure cancers, we
have  avoided  giving publicity to our preparations, as with-
out the most  scrupulous attention to the prescriptions, there
is but little chance for a cure; and we  are well aware of the
difficulty which almost always attends these cases of inducing
the patient to persevere in a course long  enough to effect a
fair trial.

  The foregoing general directions will enable  the practi-
tioner to apply and exhibit our remedies  with safety and
benefit to the  patient, and though some variations may be ne-
cessary to most cases as they occur, the fact  that there is no
one of these preparations which contains any  medicine that is
poisonous or  deleterious to the human system, and  that there
can be no danger arising from applying as much of our exter-
nal preparations as the absorbing pores will  receive, renders
them perfectly safe, even if they are administered by unskil-
ful hands. 
 
CHAP.  II.
                      FEVER.

  Fever; a disease characterized by an increase  of heat, an
accelerated pulse, a foul tongue, and an impaired state of sev-
eral functions of the  body.  The varieties  are numerous.—
The principle divisions are into continued  and intermittent
fevers.  Continued fevers have no intermission, but exacerba-
tion comes on usually twice in one day.
  The genera of continued fever are, 1st, Synocha, or inflam-
matory fever, known  by increased  heat;  pulse  frequently
strong and hard;  urine highly colored; senses not much im-
paired: 2d, Typhus, or putrid-tending fever, which is conta-
gious,  and is characterized  by moderate heat; quick, weak
and small pulse; senses much impaired, and great prostration
of strength:  3d, Synochus, or mixed  fever.  Intermittent
fevers  are known by cold, hot and sweating stages in succes-
sion, attending each paroxysm, and followed by an intermis-
sion or remission.  There are three genera of intermitting
fevers, and several varieties: 1st, Quolidiana; a quotidian
ague.   The paroxysms return in the morning, at  an interval
of about twenty-four hours.   2d, Tertiana;  a tertian ague.
The paroxysms commonly come on at  mid-day,  at an inter-
val of about forty-eight hours.  3d,  Quartana;  a quartan
ague.  The  paroxysms come  on in the  afternoon, with  an
interval  of about seventy-two hours.   The  tertian ague is
most apt to prevail in the spring, and the quartan in autumn.
When these fevers arise in the spring, they  are called vernal;
and when in the autumn, they  are known by the name of
autumnal.  Intermittents often  prove  obstinate  and are of
long duration in warm climates; and they not unfrequently
resist every mode of cure, so as to become very distressing to 
IS
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT
the patient, and, by the extreme debility which they thereby
induce, after giving rise to other  chronic  complaints.   It
seems to be pretty generally acknowledged, that marsh mias-
mata, or the effluvia  arising from  stagnated water, or marsh
ground, when acted upon by heat, are the most frequent exci-
ting causes of this fever.  A watery, poor diet, great fatigue,
long watching, grief, much anxiety, exposure to cold, lying
in damp rooms or beds, wearing damp linen, the suppression
of some long accustomed evacuation, or the recession of erup-
tions, have also been ranked among the exciting causes of in-
termittents:  but it is more  reasonable to suppose that these
circumstances act  only by inducing that state of the body
which  predisposes to these complaints.   One peculiarity of
this fever is its great susceptibility of  renewal  from very
slight causes, as from the prevalence of an easterly wind, even
without the repetition of the original exciting cause,   In this
circumstance, intermittents differ from most other fevers, as
it is well  known that, after a continued  fever has once  oc-
curred, and  been removed, the person  so affected  is  by no
means  so  liable to a fresh attack  of the disorder, as one in
whom  it had never taken place.   We have not yet attained a
certain knowledge of the proximate cause of an intermittent
fever, but a deranged state of the stomach, and primas viae is
that which is most generally alledged.
   Each paroxysm of an intermittent fever is divided into
three different stages, which are  called the cold, the hot, and
the sweating stages, or fits. The cold stage commences with
languor, a sense of debility and sluggishness in motion, fre-
quent yawning and stretching, and an aversion to food.  The
face.and extremities become pale, the  features  shrunk,  the
bulk of every external part is diminished, and the skin over
the whole body appears constricted, as if cold had  been ap-
plied to it.  At length the patient feels very cold, and uni-
versal  rigors come on, with pains in the head, back, loins and
joints,  nausea and  vomiting of bilious matter; the respiration
is small, frequent and anxious; the urine is  almost colorless;
sensibility is greatly impaired; the thoughts are somewhat 
FEVER.
49
confused; and the pulse is small, frequent, and often irregular.
In a few instances, drowsiness and stupor have prevailed in
so high a degree as to  resemble coma or apoplexy; but  this
is by no  means usual.   The symptoms abating after a short
time, the second stage commences  with an increase of  heat
over the  whole body, redness of the face, dryness of the skin,
thirst, pain in the head, throbbing in the temples, anxiety and
restlessness; the respiration is fuller and more free, but still
frequent; the tongue is furred, and the pulse has become  reg-
ular, hard and full.  If the attack has been  very severe,  then
perhaps  delirium  will arise.  When these symptoms  have
continued for some time, a moisture breaks out on the  fore-
head, and by degrees becomes a sweat, and this at length ex-
tends over the whole body.   As this sweat continues to  flow,
the heat  of the body abates, the thirst ceases, and most of the
functions are restored  to their ordinary  state.  This consti-
tutes the third stage.
   When intermittents continue for any length of  time, they
are apt to induce other complaints, such as a loss of appetite,
flatulency, scirrhus  of the  liver,  dropsical  swellings, and
general debility, which now and then prove fatal in the end,
particularly in warm climates; and, in  some cases, they de-
generate into  continued  fevers.   Relapses  are very common
to this fever, at the distance of five or six  months, or even a
year.
   Autumnal intermittents are more difficult to remove than
vernal ones, and quartans more so than the other types.  It is
always desirable to suspend a paroxysm if possible, not only
to prevent mischief, but also that there may be more time for
the use of the most effectual remedies.  When, therefore, a
fit is commencing, or shortly expected, we may try to obviate
it by some of those means which excite  movements  of an
opposite description in  the  system:  determining the  blood
powerfully to the surface of the body, by various stimulating
remedies,  will often succeed.  Should the paroxysm have
 already  come on, and the cold stage be very severe, the  warm
 bath, and  cordial diaphoretics, in  repeated  moderate doses,
         7 
50
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 may assist in bringing warmth to the surface.  In the  inter-
 mission, in conjunction with a generous diet, moderate exer-
 cise, and other means calculated to improve the vigor of the
 system, tonics are the remedies especially relied upon.
   Febris synocha; inflammatory fever—a species of contin-
 ued fever,  characterized  by increased  heat;  pulse frequent,
 strong, hard; urine highly colored; senses not impaired.  This
 fever is so named from its being attended with symptoms de-
 noting general inflammation in the system, by which we shall
 always be able  readily to  distinguish it from  the nervous or
 putrid.  It makes its attack at all seasons of the year, but is
 most prevalent in  the spring; and it seizes persons of all ages
 and habits, but more particularly those in the vigor of life, with
 strong elastic  fibres,  and  of a plethoric constitution.  It  is a
 species of fever almost peculiar to cold and temperate climates,
 being  rarely, if ever, met with in very warm  ones, except
 among foreigners lately arrived, and even then, the inflamma-
 tory stage is of very  short duration, as it very soon assumes
 either the nervous or putrid type.  The exciting causes  are
 sudden transitions from heat to cold, swallowing cold liquors
 when the body is  much heated by exercise, a too free use of
 vinous and spirituous  liquors, great intemperance, violent pas-
 sions of the mind, the sudden suppression of habitual evacua-
 tions,  and  the  sudden  repulsion of eruptions.   It may be
 doubted if this fever ever originated from personal infection;
 but it is possible for it to appear as an epidemic  among such
as are  of a robust  habit, from a peculiar state of the atmos-
phere.   It comes on with a sense of lassitude and  inactivity,
succeeded  by vertigo, rigors and pains over the  whole body,
but more particularly  in the head and  back; which symptoms
are shortly followed by redness of the face  and eyes, great
restlessness, intense heat, and unquenchable thirst, oppression
 of the  breathing, and  nausea.   The skin is dry and parched;
the tongue  is of a scarlet color at the sides, and furred with
white in the center; the urine  is red and scanty; the stomach
is costive; and there is a quickness, with a fullness and  hard-
 ness in the pulse, not  much affected by any pressure made on 
FEVER.
51
the artery.  If the febrile symptoms run very high, and pro-
per means are not used at an early period, stupor and delirium
come on, the imagination becomes much  disturbed and hur-
ried, and the patient raves violently.  The disease usually
goes through its course in about fourteen days, and terminates
in a crisis, either by diaphoresis, diarrhea, hemorrhage from
the  nose, or the  deposit of a copious sediment in the urine;
which crisis is usually  preceded by some variation  in the
pulse.   As the disease advances, we must  attempt to promote
the other discharges, particularly that by the skin.  Impres-
sions on the  senses, particularly  the  sight  and  hearing,
bodily and  mental  exertion, etc.  must be guarded against as
much as possible.  When the head is much  affected, besides
the  general treatment,  have the head  shaved, and perhaps
stimulate the lower extremities.   In like manner, any other
organ, being particularly pressed upon, may require additional
means to be used  for its  relief, which will be different  in
different cases.
   Typhus; a species of continued  fever—characterized  by
great debility, a tendency in the fluids to putrefaction, and the
ordinary symptoms of fever.  It is to be readily distinguished
from the inflammatory, by the smallness of the  pulse, and the
sudden and great  debility which ensues on its first attack, and
in its more  advanced stage, by the petechia,  or purple spots,
which come out on various  parts of the body,  and the fetid
stools which are discharged; and it may be distinguished from
the nervous fever, by the great violence of all its symptoms,
on its first coming on.
  The most general cause that gives rise to this disease, is
contagion, applied either immediately from the body of a per-
son  laboring under it, or conveyed  in clothes, merchandise,
etc.: but it  may  be occasioned by the  effluvia arising from
either animal or vegetable substances, in a decayed  or  putrid
state; and hence it is, that, in low and marshy countries, it is
apt  to be prevalent, when  intense  and sultry heat quickly
succeeds any great inundation.  A want of proper cleanliness,
and  confined air, are  likewise causes of this  fever;  hence  it 
52            DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

prevails in hospitals, jails, camps, and on board of ships, espe-
cially when such places are much crowded, and the strictest
attention is not paid to a free ventilation and due cleanliness.
A close state of  the atmosphere, with damp weather, is like-
wise apt to give rise to putrid fever.
  Those of lax fibres, and who have been weakened  by any
previous debilitating  cause, such as  poor diet, long  fasting,
hard labor, continued want of sleep, etc., are most liable to it.
On the first coming on of the disease, the  person is seized
with languor, dejection of spirits, amazing depression, and
loss of muscular  strength, universal weariness and soreness,
pain in the head, back and extremities, and rigors; the eye
appears full, heavy, yellowish, and  often  a little  inflamed;
the temporal arteries throb violently; the tongue is dry and
parched; respiration is commonly laborious, and interrupted
with deep sighing;  the breath is hot  and offensive, the urine
is crude and pale, the body is  costive, and the pulse is unusu-
ally quick, small and  hard, and now and then fluttering and
unequal.  Sometimes  a great heat, load, and pain are felt at
the pit of the stomach, and a  vomiting of bilious matter en-
sues.   As the disease advances, the pulse increases in fre-
quency, (beating often from one hundred to one hundred and
thirty in a minute.)   There is a vast debility, a great heat and
dryness in the skin, oppression at the breast, with anxiety,
sighing,  and moaning; the thirst  is greatly increased;  the
tongue, mouth, lips, and teeth are covered with a  brown or
black tenacious fur; the speech is inarticulate and scarcely
intelligible; the patient mutters much, and delirium ensues.
The fever continuing to increase in violence still more, symp-
toms of putrefaction show themselves;  the breath becomes
highly offensive;  the urine deposits a black and fetid sediment;
the stools are dark, offensive, and pass off insensibly; hemorr-
hages issue  from the gums, nostrils, mouth, and other  parts
of the body; livid  spots, or  petechia, appear on its surface;
the pulse intermits and sinks;  the extremities grow  cold;
hiccoughs ensue, and death at  last closes the scene.
  When this fever does  not  terminate fatally, it generally, 
FEVER.
53
in cold climates, begins to diminish about the commencement
of the third week, and goes off gradually toward the end of
the fourth,  without any very evident  crisis;  but  in  warm
climates, it seldom continues above a week or ten days, if so
long.
   Our opinion as to the event, is to be formed  by the degree
of violence in the symptoms, particularly after petechia ap-
pear,  although, in some instances, recoveries have been effect-
ed under the most unpromising  appearances.   An abatement
of febrile heat and thirst, a gentle moisture  diffused equally
over the whole surface of the body, loose stools, turbid urine,
rising of the pulse, and  the  absence of delirium and stupor,
may be regarded in a favorable light.   On  the contrary, pete-
chia,  with  dark, offensive, involuntary discharges by  urine
and stool, fetid  sweats, hemorrhages, and hiccoughs, denote
the almost certain dissolution of the patient.  The appearances
usually perceived on dissection, are inflammations of the brain
and viscera, but more particularly of the stomach and intestines,
which are now and then found in  a gangrenous state.   In the
muscular fibres there seems likewise a strong tendency to
gangrene.
   In the very early periods of typhus fever, it is often possi-
ble, by active treatment, to cut  short the  disease at once; as
the disease proceeds,  we must keep up the functions, and at-
tempt to restore that of the skin, and the  other secretions, as
the best means of moderating the violence of vascular action.
It may be sometimes  advisable to employ the tepid  bath, to
promote the operation of the diaphoretic medicines.  If, under
the use of the measures already detailed,  calculated to lessen
the violence of the vascular action, the vital  powers  should
 appear materially falling off, recourse  must then be had to a
 more nutritious diet, with a moderate quantity of wine, and
 cordial or tonic medicines.   There is generally an aversion to
 animal food, whence  the mucilaginous vegetable substances,
 as arrow-root,  etc., rendered palatable by spice,  or a little
 wine, or sometimes mixed with a  little milk, may be directed
 as nourishing and easy of digestion.  If, however, there be 
54
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
no marked septic tendency, and the patient is cloyed with
these articles, the lighter animal preparations, as calves' foot
jelly, veal broth, etc., may be allowed.
   The extent to which wine may be carried, must depend on
the urgency of the case, and the previous habits of the indi-
vidual; but it will commonly not be necessary to exceed half a
pint, or a pint at most, in the twenty-four hours; and it should
be given in divided portions, properly diluted, made perhaps,
into negus, whey, etc., according to the  liking of the patient.
The preference should always be given to that which is of the
soundest quality, if agreeable; but where wine cannot be af-
forded, good malt liquor, or mustard whey, may be substituted.
Some  stimulant  medicines, as  aromatics,  serpentaria,  etc.,
may often be used with advantage, to assist in keeping up the
circulation; also those of atonic  quality, as columba, cusparia,
etc., occasionally in their  lighter forms, but  more especially
the acid.   These  are, in several respects, useful, by promot-
ing the secretions of the prima? vise, etc.—they quench the
thirst, remove irritation, and manifestly cool the  body; and
in the worst forms of typhus, where the putrescent tendency
appears, they are particularly valuable, from their antiseptic
power; they are also decidedly tonic, and, indeed,  those from
the mineral kingdom powerfully so.  These may be given
freely as medicine; the carbonic acid, also, in the form of brisk
fermenting liquors;  and the native vegetable acids, as they
exist in ripe fruits, being generally very grateful, may consti-
tute a principal part of the diet.   In the mean time, to obviate
the septic tendency, great attention  should be paid to  cleanli-
ness and ventilation, and keeping the bowels regular by mild
aperients or  clysters, of  an emollient  or antiseptic nature;
and where aphtha appear, acidulated gargles should be di-
rected.  If the disease inclines  more to  the nervous form,
with much mental anxiety, tremors, and other irregular affec-
tions  of the muscles,  or organs of sense, the antispasmodic
medicines may be  employed with  more advantage, to  call a
greater portion of nervous energy to the lower extremities by
the pediluvium, or other mode of applying warmth,  or occa- 
FEVER.
55
sionally by friction and stimulating remedies.  But if there
should be much increased vascular action in the brain, more
active means will be required, and it, will be always right to
have the head shaved.   In like manner, other important parts
may occasionally require local means of relief.  Urgent vo-
miting may, perhaps, be checked by the effervescing mixture;
a troublesome  diarrhea, by sudorifics, and warm applications
to the bowels; profuse perspiration, by the infusion of a dia-
phoretic regimen.
   Nervous Fever; a variety of the typhus mitior of Cullen,
but by many considered as a distinct disease.  It mostly be-
gins with loss of appetite, increased heat and vertigo; to which
succeeds nausea, vomiting, great languor, and pain in the head,
which is variously described by some, like cold water pouring
over the top—by others, as a sense of weight.   The pulse,
before little increased, now becomes quick, febrile, and tremu-
lous; the tongue is  covered with a white crust, and there is
 great anxiety about the praecordia.   Towards the seventh or
 eighth day, the vertigo  is increased, and tinnitus  aurium,
 cophosis, delirium,  and a  dry  and tremulous  tongue  take
 place.   The disease  mostly terminates about the fourteenth
 day.
   Dengue Fever.   This name  has been given to a disease
 which appeared in the year 1828, in the West Indies, and in the
 southern States of North America: it has also been called the
 dingee, the danga, the dandy, the bouquet, and the bucket
 fever.   This disease was remarkable for the suddenness of its
 attacks, the. great numbers affected, the  severity of the symp-
 toms, and the rareness of death from it.  It would seem from
 the reports of those who have seen most of this disease, and
 whose judgment may be relied  on, that the dengue has some
 affinities with the yellow fever.   The symptoms as noticed in
 Havanna were first, great languor, chilliness and pain in the
 tendons of the smaller joints; following these, were  burning
  heat and redness of the skin, pains in the muscles of the limbs,
  or pain in the  forehead, and a loathing  or vomiting of what-
  ever was taken into  the stomach.  The fever continued for 
56
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
one, two,  or  three days, and then usually terminated  with
abundant sweating, which freed the patient, likewise, from his
pains.  But many, after leaving their beds, suffered by  a re-
newal of their pains,  which, in some, have become chronic;
others  have also had a renewed attack  of the fever.  " The
most usual mode of  attack, however," says Dr. Stedman, of
Santa Cruz, "which appears not a  little  singular, was the fol-
lowing: A person  in  perfect health would suddenly feel a
stiffness, amounting almost to pain, in one  of his fingers, and
most frequently in his little finger.   The  stiffness increased,
and was accompanied with  an intense degree of pain, which
spread  rapidly over  the whole hand, and  up the arm to the
shoulder.   The fingers in both hands, in a few hours, became
swelled, stiff  and painful, preventing all attempts at bending
the joints."   To this  succeeded  restlessness,  depression of
spirits, nausea, vomiting, shivering, great heat, intense head-
ache, most acute pain in every joint.   The most distressing
symptoms were  intense pain in the eye-balls and back, the
eyes seeming to  the patient enlarged, filling the sockets, and
as if ready to burst.    Quite a remarkable symptom was the
feeling of  intense cold, while at the same time the skin was
intensely hot.  These symptoms continued from  twenty-four
to thirty-six hours.   The patient now remained languid, irri-
table and restless for about three  days, when it was not un-
common for  a new attack  to come on, accompanied  by an
efflorescence, beginning at the palms of the hands, and ex-
tending thence over the wbole body.  Secondary symptoms,
consisting principally of pain and stiffness in the limbs and
body followed, which, in many cases, continued  for weeks,
and made the patient most uncomfortable.   Sometimes  there
was distressing itching; and in some cases there was swelling
of the  prsepuce and scrotum, and  in others, a discharge from
the urethra, resembling gonorrhea.   Dr. Steidman considers
the disease contagious.
   Stimulating embrocations, mustard poultices, and the like,
were employed  in  the treatment of this  disease; the  latter
were applied to  the temples, to relieve the pain in the eye- 
FEVER.
57
balls, to the back, the  back of the  neck, etc., as indicated,
and always with advantage.

                        TREATMENT.

   In the various forms of fever enumerated in the preceding
article, we have noticed  that there is a very great similarity
of treatment adopted by the most eminent physicians.  The
variations are so trifling, that he wrho could successfully treat
one form  by the method pointed out, would not be at a loss
to adapt the means in his possession, to another.  In our ex-
perience in fevers, we  have noticed  the  same fact; we  have
never found any difficulty in overcoming all forms of fever,
by an application of our remedies for fever;  and we never
have been at a loss, to so modify them as to meet the variety
of cases which come within our notice.
   Note.—It would be irrelevant to the development of a cor-
rect idea, to go into a minute detail of the  nosology of that
class of diseases, called by Cullen, Pyrixia.  Its classification
into orders, and those into genera, and those again, into spe-
cies, are but an accumulation of names for many slight varia-
tions of type, arising, probably, from  peculiar  constitutional
causes.   Whatever be their form, their nature is the same.
   The causes and progress of  fever have hitherto  remained
inexplicable.  No man has had a power of discernment  suffi-
cient to penetrate the mystic phenomena.  When the febrile
and  other  symptoms have disappeared, or during the inter-
mission, what becomes  of the disease? why, at its appointed
hour, does it invariably  occur?   These questions have never
been answered.  Waving the assumption of any hypothesis
on these controverted points, we will  proceed to the treatment
we have uniformly found successful,  for the removal of these
distressing complaints.   Were  we to attempt a disquisition
of their modus operandi, here  again we should approach a
point of extensive controversy.   One author strenuously ad-
vocates lymphatic absorption, another nervous absorption, and
another the nervous sympathy, and  the like.  For obvious
        8 
58            DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

reasons, we have  every thing doctrinal for the physiologist
to speculate upon.
   In the adaptation of our remedies for  fevers, we embrace
the generally received opinion; and it is our  conviction, re-
sulting from practice, that fevers differ only in  the degree and
duration of their violence, and, consequently, the same course
of treatment will apply, to a certain extent, in every form of
the malady.
   We acknowledge that it requires more credulity than peo-
ple are generally habituated to exercise, to believe that the
worst forms of fever can be  cured, without the exhibition of
either emetics, cathartics, or injections.
   Some gentlemen of professed  science, unacquainted with
our remedies, argue that such results are opposed to the prin-
ciples of science.  But the vast number of cases which have
yielded to  this mode of treatment, have  established the fact
in the minds of all who  have made a fair trial—we say all,
for we have never known or heard of a single failure, where
our remedies have been properly used according to directions,
and we know of many cases which have been cured, after
having been pronounced incurable by the ablest physicians in
the United States.
   1st.  Apply our  Fever  Liniment freely to the body and to
the soles of the feet, with much friction;  bind  plasters of the
same on the soles the feet, and place warm bricks to the feet
and sides.
  2d. Take a tea-spoonful of the Diaphoretic  Drops, diluted
in warm water  sweetened, once  in twenty minutes, until  a
profuse perspiration takes place.   This course will  soon re-
duce the febrile symptoms, and relieve the patient from  pain.
In some cases, although the external heat  may appear  to be
increased for a short time, and produce an impression that the
fever is increased,  yet upon  examining the pulse, it will be
found to indicate the contrary.
   3d. The same Liniment may be applied to the stomach on
a plaster, which will supersede the necessity of administcrhi"-
an emetic. 
FEVER.
59
  4th. If the  application of the Liniment do not  give  full
relief, it may be repeated in four hours, or oftener, if neces-
sary.   In extreme cases of congestive  or typhus fever, the
saline bath may be used to advantage, which consists of warm
water, in which three quarts of salt are adder! to twelve pails-
ful of water; in this the patient may be bathed for the space
of fifteen minutes;  then wipe dry, rubbing the body well
with cloths, and applying the Liniment  freely.
  5th. After the symptoms of disease are removed, the pa-
tient  may be washed off with soap suds, then with salt  and
water, and wiped dry; after which, apply as before, the Stimu-
lating or Fever Liniment, giving the preference to the former
if at hand, being more tonic and less diaphoretic in its effects.
  Many persons, after undergoing a copious perspiration by
means of the Fever Liniment, upon its subsiding, have appre-
hensions of taking  cold—to  prevent which, it is important
for them to make a free application to the body, of the Stim-
ulating  Liniment, as that previously applied has become ab-
sorbed into the system.   This course renders the patient less
liable to  the effects of the atmosphere, and  is indispensably
necessary to invigorate  by its tonic properties, and overcome
the debilitating and febrile  symptoms.   This course should
be  repeated once or twice a day for a while, even if no par-
oxysm of fever should occur, after the attack is arrested.   In
cases of fever and  ague, where it can be done, let the  Fever
Liniment be applied, accompanied by our Diaphoretic Drops,
in the manner first stated, about half an hour previous to the
time of the expected chill, until a profuse perspiration is  pro-
duced;  or if  the chill  arrive before the application  can be
made, then, during the paroxysm of the chill or succeeding
fever, apply the Fever  Liniment in the same manner, which
will very generally arrest the disease,  and entirely prevent
a return  of  chill and fever;  and, by the patient applying the
Liniment once or twice a day, for a few days, he will  be en-
tirely restored to health and strength. <
   In severe cases of pleurisy, apply the  Fever or Stimulating
Liniment  over  the  region of pain, with a warm brick, or a 
60
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
bag of hops or meal, which will directly arrest the extreme
suffering, and, if followed up in a similar manner to the fore-
going, according to the violence of the attack, and relief ex-
perienced, will overcome the disease, and entirely supersede
any resort to the lancet, or to blistering.
  Our remedies for fever are the most valuable of any of our
preparations, and when they become fully known, will be so
estimated  by the various orders of physicians, as well  as by
the general people.
  In  many severe cases of fever, it is recommended to soak
the feet, and wash the whole  surface of the body in warm
water, before the first application of the Liniment.


               YELLOW  FEVER.


  This fever is one of a specific character, and generally con-
fined  to situations in which much moisture is joined to great
heat.   It  prevails in Asia, the West  Indies, South America,
in the southern,  and  sometimes  in  the northern parts of
the United  States.   It is endemial in many portions of the
globe, especially in the tropical climates,  and sometimes it is
epidemic in northern latitudes, as at Baltimore, Philadelphia,
and New-York.   It  is most common in sea-ports and near
large  bodies of water,  but occasionally it is found in inland
situations.   It is said to differ  materially from the endemial
remittant of tropical countries, and is of course not  merely an
exaggerated form of the  bilious remittent of such  places.  It
differs from the endemial remittent of the West Indies, in only
attacking strangers to such climates.  The natives and such as
have lived long in similar situations, are altogether exempt
from its attack; and, should  the stranger  survive the dangers
of an attack, he remains generally  safe for the future, though
not exempt from the endemial remittent of the place.  Should
the stranger escape for a year or two, he becomes acclimated,
and is no longer liable to be attacked by the scourge. 
YELLOW FEVER.
6-
   The yellow fever has heretofore been looked upon as con-
tagious; but this notion is now generally abandoned by those
best qualified to' judge of the fact.  Its rapid spread may be
accounted for, on the principles which make it  an epidemic.
The disease differs essentially from all others  in its mode of
attack, and in the violence of its symptoms.  In almost every
other febrile affection, as a general rule, the risk is in propor-
tion to the violence of the symptom; but the masked or insid-
ious form of the yellow fever is most  commonly  the least
manageable, and consequently the most dangerous.    Hence
the "walking cases"  are almost sure to  prove fatal.  It is
said there are three modes of attack in yellow fever; and the
phenomena of each may vary, as  the remote cause may have
been  more or less active or concentrated.   They may also
be influenced by individual  habits or constitution, or by the
force of occasional or exciting causes; and hence the disease
is sometimes found to  run its course very rapidly;  that is, in
from  two to five days, some of the cases terminating in black
vomit.   In this  form  of the disorder the symptoms are gen-
erally less terrible and less  distinctly marked, though more
certainly and speedily fatal; or it may run on to the fifth or
seventh day; and  though the sufferings are of a more acute
kind, the danger is less, as more time is given for the applica-
tion of  remedies;  or  it may present, like regularly-formed
remittents, exacerbations, and remissions.  If it assume this
form, it may run on t,o the  ninth or eleventh day.   The first
form  observes no very regular time of attack, the evening is
however the most common.  The second generally takes
place in the afternoon, and the third  usually in the  morning.
The mode of attack is generally marked by the same train of
symptoms,  differing more in force than  in character, if we
except the first, which often has  the peculiarity of betraying
itself by scarcely any outward signs,  except weakness,' slight
headache or nausea. This insidious character lulls the patient
and his friends into  fatal security.    The patient  has been
known  to walk about until within a  few minutes of dissolu-
tion.   The unmasked or violent attack of the yellow fever is, 
62            DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT

therefore, less to  be dreaded, than the seemingly mild form,
as the derangement of the system is more palpable, though it
is always highly dangerous.  This disease differs in its attack
from almost every other form of fever, as it is seldom  ushered
in by a well-defined chill, though the sensation  of cold will
sometimes remain a long time before reaction will take place.
Much languor is  always experienced, with  intense headache,
distress about the precordia, and the eyes are of a peculiarly
red color.  The heat of the skin is seldom great in  the be-
ginning, but  it soon increases  in  intensity.  The  pulse is
rarely open and strong; indeed, it appears  to the careful ob-
server, rather more feeble than usual, and  is  thereby some-
times betrayed into a dangerous security.   The face  assumes
a peculiar flush, which is different from the  redness of ordin-
ary fever.   This flushing gives a very marked  character to
the countenance, and can never be mistaken, by an eye ex-
perienced in this disease, for symptoms of common fever;  on
the contrary,  it always denotes a high degree of yellow fever.
The tongue  is usually moist and clammy; but rarely dry,
rough or red, at the commencement,  though these conditions
of this organ  are sure to  follow in a short time.  The skin is
for the  most  part dry and harsh, though  it  occasionally is
found wet with hot  perspiration.  This sweat is sometimes
early in its appearance, and, at times,  extremely  profuse, but
it neither  abates the action of the heart and arteries, nor mit-
igates the  local sufferings—as headache, pain in the limbs, or
oppression in the lungs.  It therefore betrays the malignancy
of the disease.  There is seldom an abatement at any period
of the dav which would  amount to a remission, though there
is frequently  an  exacerbation that is very alarming from  its
intensity;  and this may  happen twice or even thrice in the
twenty-four hours.  Where this happens, the disease proceeds
with hasty strides to its fatal termination; for should not rem-
edies at this time very soon after their application abate the
severity of the symptoms, more fatal symptoms quickly su-
pervene; the  eye becomes more red;  lividity is added to the
deep toned color of the cheek; the tenderness is much in- 
YELLOW FEVER.
63
creased by pressure over the region of the stomach; nausea
and vomiting commence or intervene;  the patient tosses him-
self into every position; delirium ensues; the urine becomes
intense in color, and  small  in quantity;  the extremities lose
their heat; the  gums become swollen and  livid, the tongue
red or brown, and dry; thirst insatiable, and the drinks are
ejected perhaps  as fast as swallowed.   After a continuance of
these symptoms for a few hours, the system seems to make
a compromise with  the disease, and passively yields, to  its
power.   There is no diminution of danger at this moment,
though the  system  seems less  morbidly excited;  for if the
suffering be  less, danger  is  increased.   Now  the stomach
gives way; the  most tormenting nausea and  thirst, with al-
most incessant vomiting, take place.   The fluids discharged
are, for the most part, nothing but the drinks the patient has
swallowed;  for these,  even in the  beginning,  are  seldom
tinged with bile. But the threatening change soon  follows—
the fluids become thicker, and somewhat viscous, and are now
found  to have  mixed with  them, flaky substances of a dark
color.   These flaky substances, there is reason to believe, are
portions of the viscous coat of the  stomach, detached, and
made to mix with the  ejected  fluids by the effort  of vomit-
ing.  The urine at  this time is usually very  scanty, or may
be suppressed; the bowels are tardy, or yield a blackish look-
ing substance, of considerable tenacity, and  much resembling
tar.  The whole surface of the body with the exception, per-
haps, of the abdomen, is colder than natural; sometimes dry,
sometimes moist; the hands and  feet are  deathly cold, and
mottled with stagnating blood; the pulse is feeble,  fluttering,
or extinct.  Sleep forsakes  the patient,  or  he doses  only to
suffer  more; his respiration is hurried, or preternaturally
slow.  Sometimes the patient remains in the full possession
of reason, until the last moment of life.  Some die tranquilly,
declaring that nothing ailed them; while others die in great
agony. This happens  generally when  delirium is present,
and when the brain, from sympathy, seems to sustain the great
force of attack.   The  patient may become more tranquil, 
64
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
from an evident mitigation of all the severer symptoms, and
this  short-lived  trance, gives rise, in the inexperienced,  to
hopes that  are never to be realized; for  now the yellowness
of the skin begins to show itself, and becomes the harbinger
of the  dreaded "black vomit."  This matter is thrown from
the stomach, sometimes in incredible quantities, and in vari-
ous shades of color.  It is ejected with very little effort, and
the patient, for the most part, denies the existence of pain.
Black  vomit does not always precede death.  But when this
is the case, its place is supplied by the eructation of prodigious
quantities  of gas,  rapidly and  constantly  secreted by the
stomach.   The gums and other portions of  the body, at this
time yield considerable quantities of blood, which renders
the aspect  of the patient truly hideous.  The teeth become
incrusted;  the tongue grows black and dry;  the pulse is slow
and  feeble, or at the wrist perhaps imperceptible; the  skin
and  extremities  are cold;  coma  or  low muttering delirium
takes place; sometimes there are convulsions; finally death
ensues.
   This fever is not inevitably  fatal, though the  prognosis
must always be unfavorable.  If the disease have commenced
in an open undisguised form, the chance is increased; but if
the attack be insidious, the danger is almost always in propor-
tion  to the absence of prominent or  decided symptoms.   If
the disease assume, or can be made to put on a regular form,
that is, if its remissions and exacerbations be in pretty regular
order,  though the symptoms run high, there appears a better
chance of increasing the one, and moderating  the other.  But,
on the other hand, if  the  disease manifest no tendency  to
regular remission,  the risk is greatly  augmented.   If the
patient sigh deeply immediately  after waking, and  before he
has recovered the power of speech, the  presage is bad; or if
he complain  much  of  soreness and  pain, without  the  part
having any morbid appearance,  it is  equally unfavorable.
Those  whose arms become rigid  recover seldom;  and those
who have an entire suppression of urine, never.  Black vomit
is always a very unfavorable symptom, especially when at- 
YELLOW FEVER.                   ^
tended by hiccough; but it is not necessarily a fatal one, par-
ticularly in younger people.   The "puking of wind" as it
is called, is perhaps as deadly a symptom as the black vomit.
On the other hand, should  there  be a general abatement  of
the symptoms, especially less headache, with a softened skin,
a generally and equally distributed warmth over the body,
diminution of thirst, without nausea and vomiting, the tongue
beginning to clean, less tenderness in the epigastrium, bilious
foecal discharges, a free flow of bright colored urine, a moder-
ate and generally diffused perspiration after the* abatement of
the exacerbation, the disease may be considered less desperate,
and as tending to a healthy solution.
   The pulse in this disease, is less affected than in most severe
complaints.  Indeed but little dependence  can be put upon
 it.  Sometimes it will  resemble the appearance of health at
the worst stages of the complaint;  at others, it has been known
to have entirely  ceased, and afterwards the patient recovered.

                         TREATMENT.

    An eminent writer on the  treatment of yellow fever, has
 made the following observations:
    "The  treatment of this  disease is very far from  being as
 efficacious or as  certain as its danger requires; yet it  is not so
 fatal, under  favorable  circumstances, as might at first sight
 be supposed.  In tropical climates, it rages among strangers
 almost exclusively; and these, for the most part, are of a  de-
 scription unable to procure  the means of mitigating  or avert-
 ing danger.   In northerly situations, where the disease is, as
 it were, accidental, the mortality, under  the  best circumstan-
 ces,  is considerably less, though  very much too great.  We
 may attribute some portion of the mortality to the views that
 have been taken of the habits  and nature of the disease.  The
 supposition of its contagion, increases the mortality, by with-
 holding the necessary aid from the afflicted, under apprehen-
 sion of danger;  while others are  sacrificed through the means
 of a multitude of hypotheses.   The opinion is now, however,
  daily gaining ground, that  yellow fever is essentially an in-
         9 
66
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 flammatory disease, and  one which  requires a vigorous and
 strictly antiphlogistic plan of treatment.   But neither a cor-
 rect pathology, nor the best concerted means, will avail, if the
 proper  time for their  application be lost.  Yellow fever, as
 stated by the best authors, must be looked upon as an exqui-
 site gastritis; it is for the relief of this condition of  the
 stomach almost exclusively, that remedies are to be sought.
 The  oppressed pulse in this  disease,  always acquires vigor
 by the loss of blood.   The quantity to be  taken at any given
 time, cannot be readily  defined; for this state of  the arterial
 system  may require a large quantity  of blood  to relieve it,
 or the pulse may become free and open  by the abstraction of
 only a few ounces.   The management of the bleeding must,
 therefore, be  left to  the  discretion of the  medical attendant.
 If the pulse  rise, as  it is wont to do under this condition of
 the  system, by the  loss of blood, its  abstraction should  be
 continued until it becomes soft  under the finger.   Nor can
 any rule be laid down for the repetition of bleeding, but one—
 namely, that recourse must be had to it whenever  the system
 reacts with force, by which every symptom becomes aggra-
 vated, even  if this occur several  times in twenty-four hours.
 It is mainly owing to  not taking down the excess of action
 at the heart  and arteries, when it occurs, that fatal disorgani-
 zation takes place  so frequently; therefore, every paroxysm
 should be carefully watched, that no one pass without having
 the force of the pulse abated, by the loss of blood; for it may
 be  confidently said, that the system never reacts  forcibly in
 this disease when it  will  not bear the abstraction of blood,
 either generally or tropically.   If tropical bleeding be resort-
 ed  to, it must be from the  epigastrium;  therefore, either
 leeching or cupping must be the  mode of abstraction.  This
 state of the system is rarely found, however, after the expi-
ration of eight and forty hours, unless the disease have been
vigorously treated by  previous blood letting.  Should  this
period have  been lost, bleeding from the general  system can
rarely be successful—tropical bleeding alone now promises
relief; and this may be tried at any period of the disease, if 
YELLOW FEVER.
67
the epigastrium remain active.  As regards the feebleness of
reaction, as just stated, we must not be mistaken in its causes
in the beginning of this disease; as it is almost sure to depend
on the depressed slate  of the pulse; for after  the blood has
been taken, in an appropriate quantity, the heat of the  skin,
and the activity of the pulse, will both increase.   But it is
always  proper when  reaction is feeble, the  skin cooler than
natural, and the extremities perhaps cold, but certainly preter-
naturally cool, to use external stimuli, with a view of aid-
ing the powers of  the  system, in their efforts  to  produce a
warmth upon the surface.  Bottles or jugs of hot water, heat-
ed bricks, sinapisms, Cayenne pepper, etc., should  be applied
to the feet  and legs, until proper warmth be restored.  The
bowels  should  be freely opened, but  not violently purged;
for this purpose, cathartic medicine should be given imme-
diately after bleeding, followed up in three hours by another
dose, if it do not operate previous to  the expiration of that
time.  During the whole disease, the bowels should be kept
open by mild purgatives or injections; for purging  freely is
uniformly hurtful, unless on the decline of the disease, and
after the liver has  begun to secrete large quantities of bile,
which requires to be carried off.  The mildest  drinks should
be  given during the attempt at cure, and those a little tepid.
Ice may be  swallowed in small portions, when  it can be pro-
cured; also, gum-arabic water, barley water, slippery-elm bark
tea, linseed tea, etc.  Drinks should be given in small quantities
at a time, lest the stomach  reject them.  If there be much
sickness at the stomach, attended by much tenderness upon
pressure, the epigastrium should be leeched or cupped; and
this may be followed by a blister, if the  nausea or vomiting
continue.   Should  the  headache be great after  due depletion
from the arm, the temporal  artery may be opened, or leeches
or cups be  applied to the temples, behind the ears, and to the
back of the neck.   Under these circumstances, if  the feet be
cold, they should be placed in hot water, with  which is min-
gled a quantity of the  flour of mustard, and the feet suffered
to remain in it for fifteen or twenty minutes.  This may be 
6S
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 repeated, pro re nata.   Fresh air ought to be admitted  into
 the room;  bed clothes and  body linen  changed as  often as
 practicable; light excluded, and noise prohibited.   Stimulants
 ought not, in large quantities, to be taken  into the stomach,
 which will augment the  danger, while  bleeding only dimin-
 ishes the power of reaction.   In  the first stages of yellow
 Aver, where recourse is  had to internal stimulants, the cases
 are almost uniformly fatal; whereas bleeding, even when in-
 judiciously employed, only depresses  the system, which may
 recover by  the  aid of external stimuli, and the case is not
 so desperate, as when stimuli have  been thrown  into the sto-
 mach during the state of active inflammation.   In  the case,
 however, under consideration, it js only the abuse of the pro-
 per remedy; for if the abstraction of blood be judiciously made
 in this state of the system, the  system, instead of becoming
 prostrate, will  react promptly; for the pulse, in the beginning
 of this disease is in a state of depression, as has already been
 explained, and not of absolute weakness; for  there have been
 cases of recovery, as already stated, after spontaneous hemorr-
 hage  from various parts  of the  body, but when  the abstrac-
 tion of blood from the general system, by the lancet, would
 certainly have proved fatal.  Nausea and vomiting are trouble-
 some conditions of the stomach, and its relief should  be at-
 tempted by  leeching, cupping, and blistering, over its region,
 by Seltzer water, the effervescing draught, lime water, milk,
 etc., but rarely in the beginning of  the disease by stimulants.
After decided marks of debility, clove tea, mint tea, or strong
coffee, with mustard to the epigastrium, may be tried.   Where
the black vomit has come on, the  spirit of turpentine, with
 the oil of cinnamon, has  been of permanent benefit.  Hic-
 cough is sometimes extremely distressing in  this complaint.
Camphor, in doses of from five to ten grains, will sometimes
relieve it.   Should it  offend  the stomach, it may be given
very advantageously in a  gill  of rich flaxseed tea, and thin
starch, or mucilage, of gum arabic as an  enema.   The utmost
attention must be constantly paid to the patient, by the nurse-
he should have fresh  air, constant and frequent renewal of
fresh, clean linen and bed clothes." 
YELLOW FEVER.
69
  The preceding quotation embraces the most approved treat-
ment of yellow fever, as adopted  by the ablest physicians in
the West Indies, and the United States.  It appears obvious
that the important objects to be attained by the treatment laid
down by these physicians, are—
  1st.  To reduce the general inflammatory symptoms by an
antiphlogistic treatment.
  2d.  To  reduce  the inflammation and paroxysms  of the
epigastric region, by the abstraction  of blood:  and also to
relieve the arterial  system, and take down  the excess of ac-
tion at the heart, by the  same process, or  by cupping and
leeching.
  3d. To cause the liver to perform its usual office of  secret-
ing the bile, by the application of leeches and blisters.
  4th.  To arrest the determination of inflammation  to the
head, by a resort to cold applications thereto.
  5th.  To keep the bowels free and active, by cathartics and
injections.
  The recommendations  for the  relief of  black vomit, hic-
cough, and for  determining the heat to the surface and ex-
tremities, are such as have generally proven successful.
  Treatment by our external remedies:
  1st.  To reduce  the general inflammatory symptoms, we
apply our Fever Liniment in the same manner as we do in
bilious, typhus, and congestive fevers, with this difference,
that we make a more full and frequent application,  and in
producing a powerful perspiration for the  first  and perhaps
the second time.  We give but about  one  half  the quantity
of Diaphoretic  Drops, that are administered in other cases.
This treatment  will  cause a  free circulation of  the blood
through the system, and at the same time eject large  quanti-
ties of  morbific matter, through the perspirable  pores.  The
tonics  contained in the Liniment which has  entered the cuta-
neous  absorbing pores,  will powerfully  sustain the patient,
through the sweating process; and the inflammation measura-
bly subsides at the same time, by  the final application.   Here
it may be observed that  the patient is much  relieved from 
70
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
distress; a relief so obvious that his own confidence in this
mode of treatment will be considerably strengthened.
  This treatment is more sure and safe than the antiphlogis-
tic, which, though it may afford  temporary relief, still leaves
the patient burthened, and liable to contend with the disease
unconquered.   He is  by weakness,  less able to grapple  with
the second paroxysm than the first, while through the appli-
cation of our remedies he has not only parted with a share of
the disease, but is strengthened and made better able to con-
tend with the second paroxysm, than with the first.
  2d. To  relieve the  great distress in the epigastric region;
to regulate the disorder of the arterial system, and to diminish
the excess of action at the heart;  we apply over these regions
the same Liniment in plasters, upon which we place bottles
of hot water, or bags of hot hops wet in vinegar, the object
of which is to  produce a more  speedy entrance of  the Lini-
ment into the system.   This treatment creates a powerful
action in the organs affected, and permanent relief is to a cer-
tain extent, the result.  There is no uncertainty in adopting
this course; whereas it  is acknowledged that nothing more
than temporary relief is to be expected by the abstraction of
blood; and farther, if bleeding be neglected or not performed
at the proper moment, much injury to the patient is the result.
It would seem to be absolutely necessary that the physician
be present  at  the proper time for letting blood, and that  he
should be  so well skilled in the disease as to judge with pre-
cision, in order to relieve the patient from a returning parox-
ysm.   He should also be enabled to determine the quantity
to be drawn at each bleeding.  Unless  all these conditions be
complied  with, the patient  suffers injury instead of benefit.
Another and a more serious difficulty  presents itself in this
mode of treatment.   Though the patient by the abstraction
of blood for the moment find relief;  still the disease remains
unconquered, and by the debilitating process of blood letting,
the patient is less able to sustain the accumulated load with
which the system becomes burthened, and nature, unassisted
is compelled into an  unequal contest.   This is not the case 
YELLOW FEVER.
71
when our  remedies are applied; for they  impart to her
strength to unburthen herself of the disease.
   3d. To enable the liver to perform its secretory office, we
apply a plaster of Stimulating Liniment over the region  of
that organ, to which warmth may be added to render the Lin-
iment more quickly active.   By this process, the torpidity of
the liver is removed; bile  is secreted;  and the bowels more
readily perform their office.  By this treatment much advan-
tage is gained over that of leeching and blistering; because the
effects intended to be produced by the latter practice, are thus
more readily obtained and more permanently secured.   It is
not contended that any thing more  than temporary  relief
can be expected from leeching and blistering, and that only
after a considerable lapse of time; whereas,  by our mode  of
treatment, relief is obtained at once.    In every instance of
torpidity of the liver, or of any affection of  that organ, we
have  been enabled to  effect relief by our external remedies.
   4th.  We arrest  the determination  of inflammation to the
head, by an application of our Stimulating Liniment, in the
same manner as we have frequently done in cases of hydro-
cephalus.   Let the Liniment be applied to the  top and back
part of the head, and behind the ears, etc.—repeat such appli-
cation as often as once in two or three hours.  We also apply
the same Liniment to the bottom of the  feet.  This treatment
gives action to the organs affected, and in the course of three
or four  hours, relief will be  obtained.  We  have by  these
means always succeeded in arresting inflammation, better than
those who have made cold applications.   In the one case, ac-
tion is imparted, and the cause removed; in  the other  a tor-
pid state of the organs is the result, and the disease remains
unsubdued.
   5th. Let the Liniment be freely and often applied over the
abdominal region,  which in a great measure will  relieve the
torpidity of the bowels; so much so that gentle physic or
occasional injections will generally enable the bowels to per-
form their office.
   We are opposed to  administering large doses of strong 
72            DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

medicine internally, especially at the commencement of the
attack.  It is far better to rely on the external applications, as
there can be  no danger  in  them, be  they ever  so abundant.
The Liniment passes into the  system in  small  portions,
through the cutaneous absorbing pores.   Sometimes we have
mixed six or eight drops of Croton oil with one eighth of an
ounce of Liniment, in order to move the bowels.   This is
safer than strong doses  of  physic internally given.    In the
treatment of yellow fever our great  object  is to relieve the
system of the worst features of this  disease, by producing a
speedy action of all the circulating  fluids of the  body.  In
some cases, this free circulation is hot easily obtained, owing
to various causes, but generally in consequence of the morbid
state of  the system.  When this is the case, much benefit may
be derived from a use of the saline bath.  Let the patient be
immersed in as hot a bath as he can bear, and apply the flesh
brush freely to all  parts of  the body; by so doing, the pores
are opened, and the absorbents will more readily receive the
Liniment; for let it be remembered  that the quickness of re-
lief is just in proportion to the rapidity with which the Lini-
ment is introduced into the system.  After the disease  is
overcome, the patient is invigorated,  and less liable to attacks
of chronic complaints than those who are treated according  to
the usual practice.   There are no lingering,  wandering pains;
no remnants of the disease lurking in the system; no nervous
affections or hectic cough.   The system  is invigorated; the
stomach performs its healthy action, the bowels are regular
and the  patient may look forward to the cheering prospect of
continued health.


               SPOTTED  FEVER.

  An  epidemic disease now generally recognized  by the
name of spotted fever,  prevailed extensively in many parts
of New-England,  and in some parts of several other of the
American States, at different times between  the years 1S06 
SPOTTED FEVER.
7£
and 1815.   A few cases of the disease occurred at Medfield,
Massachusetts, about thirty  miles  south-west of Boston, in
March, 1S06.  The number  was small, however, not exceed-
ing twenty, and the disorder did not so extend itself as to at-
tract  general attention until  the  following year.  In March
and April, 1807, it appeared in Hartford, Connecticut, and in
several  other places on the  Connecticut river;  and also in
Williamstown, in the  north-west part  of Massachusetts,
and the Green mountain range.   It disappeared during the
summer, but returned the following winter, visiting, in some
instances, the same pkces, besides many others in their neigh-
borhood, and in  similar  situations, and  also attacking other
and detached parts of New-England.  The disease followed
a similar course for several succeeding years.  It disappeared
during  the summer, and  returned  in winter, and for several
years, until  1813, it became each  year  more extensive and
more destructive.   In some of these  years, it also prevailed
extensively in the interior of the States of New-York and
Pennsylvania.  In 1812, the troops of the United States army
suffered by it severely, at various  places in New-York and
Vermont.   After 1813,  the  disease rapidly diminished, al-
though  it still continued  destructive, especially in some parts
of Maine.  It finally ceased in the spring of 1815.   The last
place visited by it, so far as our information extends, was Ber-
wick, in Maine.   There have indeed been some occasional
reports  of  the  prevalence of a similar  disease,  at different
times  since that period; but it may well  be doubted whether
any of them actually refer to  the true spotted fever, as it pre-
vailed from 1807 to  1815.
   This concise sketch of the progress of  the epidemic  shows
that it prevailed much less in summer than in winter.  In fact,
it was only during a part of the colder season of the year, that
the disease raged most severely.   Unlike the ordinary typhus
fever  of our climate, it was much less frequent  through the
autumn and the earlier part of winter than during the latter
months of winter, and the first months of spring.  It is worthy
of remark, that the disease,  in a great measure,  avoided  the
        10 
74
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
large towns on the sea coast.  Although it pervaded  at  dif-
ferent times, almost the whole of the interior of New-Eng-
land, Boston and the other large towns were  only slightly
affected by  it.   In  the interior also, the epidemic was  not
more prevalent, perhaps even less so, in the larger and more
crowded villages, than in  the less populous places.   This is
the more remarkable, since  those persons whose modes of
life render them peculiarly  susceptible to disease  of every
kind, are more frequently collected  in large towns and  vil-
lages.  But this epidemic seemed scarcely to regard peculiar
susceptibilities  of any kind.  The  man, whose constitution
was exhausted by excesses, unavoidably yielded more  readily
when attacked, and  fell a more certain victim, than  the  man
of temperance  and  regular habits.   But it does not  appear
that such were more frequently attacked than others.   On the
contrary, the disease seemed rather to select the healthy  and
vigorous.   Although in its  range, it embraced persons in
every period of life from  childhood  to old  age, yet the pro-
portion of cases and of deaths was much greater among adults
of mature age, of firm health, and of  habits every way cal-
culated  to  resist ordinary disease.   In many an agricultural
town in New-England, the correct, virtuous, and middle aged
heads of families, were swept off in such numbers as to leave
a mournful vacancy in the  general aspect of the community,
which is even now observable, after the space of twenty years,
in the absence of old men  from  congregations assembled for
their  weekly public worship.
   Of the extent of mortality produced by spotted fever, there
are no means of obtaining accurate  knowledge.  Except in
the larger towns, no returns are preserved of the number of
deaths, or their causes.  There are, therefore, no data upon
which to found an estimate of the destruction of life,  caused
by this epidemic.  It was, however very great, and  from the
character and relative station of many of its victims, pecu-
liarly afflicting.  The visitation  too,  was sudden, and, there-
fore, produced the greater alarm and distress.   In  some in-
stances, the disease visited a place twice, or even three times; 
SPOTTED FEVER.
75
but, in general, its work was accomplished in a single visita-
tion of a  few weeks  duration.  Dr. Gallup remarks of the
epidemic in Vermont, that -'There are but few towns whose
surviving  inhabitants  will not long, with grief, remember the
winter of  1812-13, for the loss of twenty, forty, or eighty of
their  most valuable citizens—most valuable to society, on
account of their being in the prime of life."
  Of the causes of spotted fever, no satisfactory account can be
given.  There was nothing in the habits of the disease, or the
manner in which it proceeded from place to place, to counte-
nance the  theory of contagion; and such a theory we believe
has never  been suggested.  It is difficult to reconcile the phe-
nomena of this disease, to any of the other theories by which
the progress of epidemics has been explained.  If we attri-
bute it to  some secret atmospheric influence, it is not easy to
account for their regular and fitful manner, in which it lio-hted
upon detached and distant places almost at the same moment,
while intermediate  places were passed by for the  time, only
to be  the subjects of a future visitation.   It  is still more im-
probable that exhalations from the surface of the earth could
have been its cause, for the favorite season of the disease was
fast locked in  frost.  For a  time  many physicians were in-
clined to suppose that ergot  in the rye, which is much  used
in New-England, might have contributed to produce the dis-
ease.   But it has never  been shown that  ergot  was more
abundant in those years  in which the epidemic prevailed, than
in others;  and what is still more conclusive, the disease was
not confined to those districts, in which rye  was used for
bread.   We  must, therefore, regard the peculiar causes of
spotted fever, as altogether unknown.
  In the description of the disease, we must necessarily be
very brief.  There were two leading forms of it.  One was
a simple fever of a peculiar character.  The other was compli-
cated  by local inflammation, but it still retained the same gene-
ral character as the other.   The more simple form began, like
most other fevers, with coldness, not generally  with distinct
shivering; pain in the head and back, and especially in the 
76
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
limbs; prostration of strength, etc.   In the milder cases, this
was followed, as in other fevers, with some degree of reaction,
manifested by heat,  and afterwards by sweating;  but, unless
aided by proper remedies, the reaction was very imperfect;
the coldness  soon returned, with a peculiar want of action
over the whole system.  The surface of the body lost its pe-
culiar elasticity, and  had in its stead a torpid, half cedematous,
doughy feeling.   Near the close of life, it was covered with
a profuse perspiration.  The stomach early became irritable,
and rejected whatever was put into it, though without much
vomiting of any thing else.  The prostration increased, and
was accompanied  by  violent pains in the back or limbs, which
frequently changed from place to place, but without spasms of
any kind.  In many cases, delirium came on very early.  In
most instances, as the strength of  the patient failed, the mind
became obscured, and he died comatose.  In the more severe
form of the disease, this comatose state followed the first at-
tack,  without any intervention of a stage of reaction:  the
patient  became insensible, and died in a few hours.  It was
generally in this severe form that  the spots, or petechia, ap-
peared, which gave the name of spotted fever to the epidemic.
They were not, however,  confined to the  more violent, or to
the fatal cases, but  were  occasionally found in those which
were comparatively mild.   Neither, on the Other hand, were
they, by any means,  general in the severer cases.   In the ear-
lier periods of the epidemic, they were much more common
than towards the close of its progress.   When they did ap-
pear, the spots were generally small  blotches, caused by blood
extravasated into  the cellular membrane under the skin, of a
dark purple color.   In many other cases, there was a slight
eruption of a very different character, which  seemed to be
caused by the excited state of the  skin, where the diaphoretic
and stimulating mode of treatment was carried to a great ex-
tent.  About the  beginning of  the year 1812,  the spotted
fever first began to assume a new form, in many cases, by be-
coming complicated  with. some  local inflammation.   This
inflammation was  sometimes in the throat, producing a species 
SPOTTED FEVER.
77
of cynanche; but its more common seat was in some one or
more of the textures of the lungs.  The fever, however, still
retained the same general character as before; and in most of
the places where this form of the disease prevailed, frequent
cases of the more  simple  form were intermingled with  it.
The cases with inflammation  were ushered  in, rather more
frequently than the others, with a distinct chill; and this was
oftener, perhaps, followed  by a distinct reaction; but the gen-
eral disease did not in these cases, any more than in the others,
retain  an inflammatory character.  On  the  contrary, it  ran
speedily into a state of great  depression; and when death en-
sued, it seemed to be less from the influence of the pulmonic
symptoms, than from the violence  of the  general disease.
There  was pain in the chest, with cough, and bloody expec-
toration; but these symptoms, although sometimes  severe in
the commencement of the  disease, rarely retained their promi-
nence  so long as to appear to exert a very important influence
upon  its  course,  or to  demand much  consideration  in  the
treatment, beyond what was  necessary to give relief to the
symptoms themselves.  There were  many other varieties in
the modifications of the spotted fever, which the limits of this
sketch will not permit us  to notice; for it assumed a greater
diversity of forms and  appearances  than most diseases.   It
was always sudden and  abrupt in its attack, as we have here
described it, but sometimes crept on  silently, slowly convert-
ing a slight indisposition into a severe, and  often fatal disor-
der.  In  whatever form  it appeared, however, it exhibited
the same general character of great prostration and debility.
Little  is known of its pathological character, except what has
been learned by inferences from its description and history.
Only a few examinations after death, were made.   The state
of public feeling throughout the interior of New England
was much less favorable to such examinations, twenty years
ago, than it is now; and the medical profession were then
much less accustomed to press the importance of  this mode
of investigation, than at present.  Such examinations as were
made,  have done little to enlighten us in regard to  the essen- 
7S
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
tial character of the disease.  And had they been much more
numerous, the result would probably have been no more con-
clusive, than that of similar observations in respect  to the
nature of fever in general.  The blood was found to remain
fluid for some hours after death.   It consequently flowed to
the depending parts, giving a dark color to the skin in those
parts, which  was  often  mistaken by  careless observers for
putrefaction. But putrefaction did not begin early after death.
The vessels of the brain, as might be expected from the coma-
tose state which preceded most of the  deaths, were found to
be turgid with blood,  and there was more or less effusion of
serum into  the ventricles, and sometimes of lymph under the
arachnoid.   In the chest, the heart sometimes exhibited marks
of disease,  its vessels being peculiarly injected with blood.
The lungs, in the cases of simple  spotted fever, were healthy.
We have seen few accounts of dissections in  the pneumonic
form of the disease.   In  some cases ulcerations, of a peculiar
character,  with black, gangrenous edges, were found in the
pleura of the lungs, extending deep into the substance of the
organ.  This appearance can hardly have existed,  except in
the severest form of pneumonic affection.   But we do not
remember  any description of marks of inflammation in the
lungs, which did not involve the serous membrane, although,
from the symptoms, it can  hardly be doubted that many such
cases existed. The abdominal viscera were generally healthy.
The  gall  bladder, and the urinary bladder, were filled with
their appropriate fluids, showing that the secretions had been
carried on  until death.  The result of our pathological obser-
vations is,  that this disease  was a fever, having a peculiar ten-
dency to run rapidly into a  state of great prostration and
debility, and often more or less complicated with local  inflam-
mation of  an erysipelatous character.
   The practice which had been previously applied to ordinary
fevers, was so entirely unsuccessful in the treatment of spotted
fever, that  many of the practitioners, on whom the manage-
ment of the disease at first devolved, seem early to have lost
all confidence, not only in  such a course of practice, but also 
SPOTTED FEVER.
79
in the resources of professional  skill  and science, and for a
time to have abandoned themselves and their patients to em-
pirical experiments.   A respectable writer gives the credit to
a worthy matron, of the first discovery of a successful treat-
ment.  This consisted in exciting a profuse perspiration,  by
drinking large quantities of a  decoction of the leaves and
twigs of  the ground hemlock, or dwarf yew, aided by a rude
sort of vapor bath, made by boiling billets of wood (of hem-
lock, if to be obtained), and laying them, wrapped in cloths,
in bed with the patient, who was at the same time to be kept
highly stimulated with brandy, and other diffusible stimulants.
But the more judicious and  scientific part of the profession,
were not long in adapting their treatment to the true state of
the disease.  Adopting a hint,  perhaps, from  the effects of
the empirical sweating and stimulating, which  soon became
common, they were  able to pursue a course of diaphoretics
and stimulants  which, while avoiding the dangers of empiri-
cal excess,  was eminently  successful in arresting the fatal
tendency of the disease.   Such diaphoretics were selected, as,
while  they act  promptly and surely, have the least tendency
to induce debility.   A moist heat, applied externally, added
much to the efficacy of internal diaphoretics.  A combination
of  ipecacuanha, opium,  and camphor, with sometimes  the
addition of calomel, was much used, and with the best effects.
It was necessary that a gentle diaphoresis should be constantly
preserved, always with great care, avoiding profuse sweating.
The true measure of the use of stimulants, was  the preserva-
tion of a healthful temperature  and  an  equable pulse.   In
some cases,  the tendency to coldness and prostration was  so
great,  that large quantities of the most  powerful stimulants
were necessary.  Brandy in hot  water, tincture  of cinnamon,
tincture of opium, with tinctures  of  peppermint  and lavender,
were among the best;  and these  were  to be used, not so much
in reference to  the quantities given, as the  effects  produced.
Very  early in the disease, almost as soon as a diaphoresis was
established, tonics of a more permanent  character were em-
ployed.  The cinchona, in its different modes of administra- 
80
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
tion, was chiefly relied on.  A favorite mode of using it, by
many physicians, was in a fermented decoction, with orange
peel and serpentaria.   A  nutricious and rather stimulating
liquid  diet  was also  prescribed quite early in the disease.
Emetics were avoided, or used only when there were mani-
fest symptoms of decided derangement of the stomach;  and
cathartics were only used  to  remove  costiveness, and then
none but the mildest laxatives were to be administered.  In the
pulmonic form of the disease, blisters and expectorants were
added  to the other means.  It was sometimes necessary, on
account of the cough,  etc., to defer a little the use of cinchona
and other tonics;  but  this did not often happen, and it never
appeared safe  to wait  for a decided convalescence before re-
sorting to them.
  This is a mere outline of the treatment adopted by a large
proportion of the most successful practitioners, in this singular
and formidable disease.   It of course admitted and required
great diversity in its application to the many varieties of form
and symptoms, which the disease assumed at different places,
and in the several cases.  There were a few physicians, how-
ever, who objected to  such a stimulating practice, and insisted
upon the necessity of  blood letting and other  evacuents, and
who still contend  that an anti-phlogistic course of treatment
was the  most  successful.   It may be said,  indeed, that the
prostration and debility must  have been  produced by some
active disease, and if  that disease could be arrested by early
bleeding and other means, much of the prostration would be
prevented.   But,  however true this may be in general, in
the present  instance,  the good effects which  generally  fol-
lowed  a  judicious  course of  stimulants, sufficiently showed
that no such disorganization  was produced by the disease,
which  was supposed to cause the debility, as to render it un-
safe to trust to them to  remove it.   If the  bleeding recom-
mended  had failed to prevent the  sinking  by arresting the
disease, it must have increased the exhaustion,  and conse-
quently added to the difficulty of the  cure.   Moreover, to
perceive accurately when it would be liable to do this, would 
SPOTTED FEVER.
SI
have required a nicety of discrimination greater than belongs
to most medical  practitioners, if indeed,  it can ever be ob-
tained.  The results  of the treatment were very various at
different places.   In many places, the disease, though violent
and severe, yielded to remedies with a docility truly remark-
able.   At the same time, it required unceasing vigilance and
care to  prevent  fatal  relapses.   In such places, most of the
deaths seemed to result more from accidental imprudences or
neglect, than from the  incurable nature of the disease itself.
In other places, the disease was speedily fatal to a large pro-
portion of those attacked.   In some small districts, twenty or
thirty died in rapid succession, before any recovered.  Much
of this inequality is doubtless to be attributed to differences in
the virulence of the  epidemic  itself.    But there are many
facts  which go to show, that something  must be ascribed to
diversities of treatment.   The comparison here intended  is
not between the diaphoretic and stimulating  practice on the
one hand, and the antiphlogistic on the other, so much as be-
 tween  each of these systems, and an awkward attempt  to
 engraft one or  the other of them upon a routine of earlier
 days, which many men found it difficult to abandon.  To our
 minds the stimulating  treatment, properly regulated, was in-
 comparably preferable to the bleeding; but either was immea-
 surably better than the hesitating, inefficient practice to which
 we have  alluded.  If it were proper to go into details, many
 examples might be  adduced, in which a change of practice
 was  followed  by a change of  results, in the same neighbor-
 hood, and often in the same families, so  immediate and  so
 striking  as to render it difficult to attribute the difference to
 any  thing but the change of treatment.
    The principal treatises  on spotted fever,  besides various
 papers in the several medical journals of the time, are  North
 on Spotted Fever;  Strong on ditto;  Report of a  committee
 of the Massachusetts Medical Society, published in the second
 volume  of  that  Society's communications;  Gallop  on the
  Epidemics  of  Vermont;  and Hale  on the Spotted Fever in
  Gardiner.
          11 
S2
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
   Remark.—Whoever reads the foregoing article on spotted
 fever, and also on the practice we have adopted in fevers gen-
 erally, will readily discover that more than twenty years ago
 the most successful practitioners in the United States, in that
 desperate predicament in which they were placed, adopted all
 of the essential  principles  of our  system.   The history  of
 spotted  fever is truly appalling!  In  the usual antiphlogistic
 treatment, almost all who were attacked fell victims to the
 disease; and so terrific had this fell  destroyer become that all
 stood aghast!  It  is acknowledged that the  physician  aban-
 doned his patient in despair; that he also lost all confidence
 in the science of medicine—until an aged matron discovered
 the  means of arresting the direful march of  death.   She
 adopted the stimulating and  diaphoretic practice.  She caused
 large blocks of wood to  be boiled and made hot, and laid
 them around the patient, which soon produced a proper per-
 spiration.   As a natural consequence, a reaction took  place
 in the system.   She gave large portions  of brandy as a  stim-
 ulant, which prevented the patient from sinking  under the
 sweating  process.  The physicians took a hint from the re-
 sult of this treatment and attempted to improve it.  But how
 much their philosophical ingenuity  exceeded that of the aged
 matron, the light which twenty years have shed upon the sub-
ject will show.  Suffice it to say that  they adopted  all of the
 essential principles  in this  desperate disease, for which we
 now  contend;  and  the history given  by these  same physi-
 cians shew  conclusively that they  'adopted  it with success.
 The difference arises only in the therapeutical agents which
 they used, and the agents of which our concentrated remedies
 are compounded, to produce the same effect.
   With any medical man  who has  become  acquainted  with
 our remedies, we are willing to trust the decision.  Here let
it be remembered, however, that one  of the most fatal epidemic
fevers that ever visited any country, is acknowledged to  have
been successfully treated, without the exhibition of emetics
or blood-letting. 
SCARLET FEVER—CHOLERA.
83
               SCARLET  FEVER.

  Scarlet Fever (Scarlatina); a contagious fever, char-
acterized by a scarlet colored eruption, in patches, which, after
three or four days, fall off in scales.  Some have asserted that
scarlatina never attacks the same person a second time; but
more extensive observation has  falsified  this  opinion.   It
seizes persons of all ages;  but children and young persons are
most subject to it.  It appears at  all seasons of  the year, but
is more frequently met with  towards the end of autumn,  or
beginning of winter, at which time it very often becomes a
prevalent epidemic.  Scarlatina, in  its inflammatory form,
is not usually attended  with danger, although a considerable
degree of delirium, in  some instances, prevails  for a day  or
two; but when it partakes much of the malignant character,
(scarlatina anginosa,)  or  degenerates  into  typhus pu-
trida, which it is apt to do, it often proves fatal.
                       TREATMENT.

   It is  truly  astonishing, the readiness  and certainty with
which our remedies for fever overcome this complaint.  The
cases of scarlet  fever which have heretofore been thus treated,
have uniformly terminated successfully.  But very little alter-
ation from  our usual  treatment  of fever, is required.   If,
however, delirium supervene,  a very free  application  of our
Nerve Liniment to the head, and of the Stimulating Liniment
to the feet, will be of much service.
  The patient  has generally been relieved  in one day, and it
is not unfrequent for all appearance  of disease to  be over-
come in forty-eight hours.

                     CHOLERA.

   Cholera, Cholera Morbus,  Cholera Asphyxia, Cholera
Maligna,  Cholera Epidemica,  Epidemic  Cholera  Fever.
All  these names have been applied by different  observers, to 
84
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
a formidable disease, which has, for the first time, been re-
cently known to be extensively epidemic in the world, and
whose origin and ravages will  be reckoned among the most
remarkable events of the present century.   Long prior to the
appearance of the present epidemic in the Delta of the Gan-
ges, in 1817, and its subsequent diffusion over so large a por-
tion  of the globe,  extensive  and  destructive visitations of
Cholera had been noticed by various writers.   One of them,
we learn, occurred in Europe at the close of the seventh cen-
tury; but most of them originated in the East, and limited
their devastations to that quarter of the world.  The indefati-
gable Mr. Scott has quoted, from the Madras Courier of 1819,
a letter which suggests the opinion that a description—though
certainly  a  very obscure  one—of disease resembling that
which has prevailed, is to be found in  a Hindoo work of great
antiquity, and cites instances of the epidemic prevalence, and
great fatality of cholera, from the time of Bontius, in 1629,
to the present century;  but the description of these epidemic
visitations has not reached us in so detailed a form as to enable
us to judge  correctly of their  identity  with what has  been
recently observed.  Enough,  however, may be ascertained,
to prevent our denying its identity in some instances.  Indeed,
it is impossible not to be struck with the resemblance which
certain of the more accurately reported of  these examples
bear, to the disease now existing.   But this much seems cer-
tain, that, however cases may, in  previous  visitations,  have
resembled in character  the prevailing disease, no other re-
corded cholera epidemic has equaled this, in the wideness of
its diffusion and extent of  its ravages, or has preserved  its
character  and intensity  so little influenced  by climate  and
temperature.  The question  of the  identity of the  disease
which has prevailed  in Great Britain, on the continent, and
in the  United States,  with that which ravaged Hindostan,
having been settled  in the affirmative, at least as regards cer-
tain of their most important practical points, by the  various
respectable physicians who have witnessed both diseases, we
may assume that much of  the valuable information transmit- 
CHOLERA.
85
 ted to us  from India, respecting the nature and treatment of
 the malady which raged there, is applicable to that which has
 ravaged Europe and America.
   Symptoms of Cholera in India.—The disease generally
 makes its attack in the night, or towards morning, with such
 excessive vomiting, that the  whole contents of the  stomach
 appear to be discharged; and, nearly at  the  same time, the
 bowels are copiously emptied, as though  all the solid matters
 in the intestinal canal were evacuated.  In some cases, a wa-
 tery purging precedes the vomiting by some hours; but, they
 more frequently occur simultaneously.  After the first copious
 discharge, the patient experiences a distressing feeling of ex-
 haustion,  and faintness, with ringing in the  ears, and giddi-
 ness.   The subsequent discharges from the stomach, and those
 from the bowels, do not differ in appearance from each other,
 excepting so far as the matters ejected from the stomach may
 be tinged by medicine, or other foreign  ingesta; they are in
 general watery, colorless, and inodorous, and are compared in
 their appearance to barley broth, or more frequently to rice-
 water.  Sometimes they are like milk, occasionally yellowish,
 greenish,  like muddy water, or yeast;  but the congee stools,
 as they are emphatically termed, which consist of albuminous
 flakes floating in serum, or discharges  of pure  serum, are of
 the most frequent occurrence.   The ejections sometimes take
 place  without effort or uneasiness, but occasionally very forci-
 bly, with simultaneous vomiting, spasms, and sinking of the
 pulse.   The violent action of the alimentary  canal is not of
 long continuance, the powers of the system not being able to
 support it: hence the vomiting and purging cease some hours
 before deaths but, in some cases, a discharge of serum takes
place  from  the rectum, on any movement of the body, until
the fatal termination.  In most cases, some time after the com-
 mencement  of this  affection of the  intestinal tube,  but,  in
 others, previously to it, spasmodic  contractions of the mus-
 cles of the fingers and toes, are felt; and these affections gra-
 dually extend along the limbs to the trunk.  The spasms are
 imperfectly clonic, or convulsive, with unfrequent relaxations; 
S6
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
they are attended with great pain, and  leave, for some days
afterwards, a degree of stiffness  in  the muscles.   The pulse
is, from the first, small, weak, and indurated; and, after a cer-
tain  interval,  but  especially  on the accession of spasms,  or
severe vomiting, it sinks suddenly,  so as to be speedily im-
perceptible in the external parts.  The length of time a per-
son will live in this pulseless state,  is remarkable.   In a case
related by Dr. Kcllett, the pulse was gone within three hours
from the attack, )Tet the man lived  twenty-two hours  in that
state.  On  the cessation of spasms  and vomiting,  and some-
times apparently from the exhibition of remedies, the pulse
will  return in the extremities for a short time, and again cease.
The  skin is cold from the commencement of the disease, and,
as it  advances, becomes gradually colder, and is covered with
profuse sweat, or a clammy moisture.   The state of its circu-
lation, and  its insensibility, is sometimes strongly denoted by
the following circumstances:   Leeches  will  not draw  blood
from it;  blisters, and other  vesicatories,  will not act; and
even the mineral acids, and boiling water, produce no effect;
and some patients are not even  sensible of their application.
In Europeans, the color of the surface is often livid; the lips
and  nails present  a blue tint; and the skin of the feet and
hands becomes corrugated, and exhibits a sodden appearance,
as after long immersion in hot water.   With these symptoms
co-exist violent pain of the  intestines,  with a sensation  of
writhing and twisting there;  heartburn, which the  sufferer
compares to a fire consuming his  entrails; excessive thirst;
anxiety, with inexpressible uneasiness about the praecordia;
hiccough; jactitation; and, notwithstanding the actual coldness
of the surface, and even of internal parts which are accessible
to the touch, (the tongue, for instance,) a sense of heat which
impels the  patient  incessantly to throw off the bed-clothes.
The  breathing is much affected, being performed either more
slowly than usual, (sometimes, for  instance, in the advanced
stage, only at the rate of  seven  respirations in a minute,)  or
the inspirations  are short and sudden,  with violent  pain from
spasm  of the  diaphragm; the  voice  being feeble,  hollow, 
CHOLERA.
87
hoarse, and interrupted.   The eyes are sunk in their orbits;
the corneal fluid, the conjunctivae, frequently  suffused with
blood;  the features collapsed;  and the whole countenance
wears a cadaverous aspect.  The secretions (those of the skin
and intestines excepted) are generally suspended.   The func-
tions of the mind  are undisturbed, almost to  the very  last
moment of existence.  The approach of recovery is denoted
by the rising of the pulse, return of heat to the surface, in-
clination to natural sleep, diminution or cessation of vomiting,
purging, and spasms; and, after  an interval, the  reappearance
of bilious stools, urine, and saliva.
   Regarding the  preceding as a picture of the  general  type
of a disease rather variable in its character, we shall proceed
to relate the more striking deviations from the ordinary forms
which were observed in India.  Instead of an exceedingly
depressed  state, there was a marked excitement, with a hot,
dry skin, and, in  several instances, a  pulse of considerable
force,  throughout a great part  of the  course of the  disease.
This, in some cases, arose from  the early application of stim-
ulants; but in others it appeared to be an essential part of the
disorder.   These cases yielded  most certainly and  readily to
treatment; and hence many of them have been subdued, with-
out the occurrence of sinking or debility.   It was at first a
matter of doubt, whether this description of disorder really
belonged to the epidemic; but  that it did so, was placed beyond
all question, by some of the more prostrated cases degenerat-
ing into the ordinary low form.  The most fatal  variety of
the disease, was denoted by  the slightness of commotion in
the system.   There was no vomiting; hardly  any purging;
perhaps there were only one  or two stools,  with no percepti-
ble spasm; no  pain of any kind; a mortal  coldness, with a
check  of circulation from the  beginning; and the patient died
without a  struggle, within  three or four hours.  Several in-
stances were heard of, at Hoobly and other places, of natives
being struck with  the disease while walking in the open air,
and who, having fallen down, retched a little, complained of
vertigo, deafness and blindness, and expired in a few minutes. 
8S
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
Mr. Scott informs us, that this  most deadly form of the dis-
ease frequently manifested itself in local epidemic visitations,
which were often  observed in India—all the cases occurring
at the same time  in a given district, partaking of the same
peculiarity of character.
   The collapsed form of disease, first described, is that which
has been most frequently observed.  In fatal cases, its dura-
tion  varies  from  four to eight hours; while in those which
terminate favorably, {a result often apparently due to early
medical assistance,) the  patient may be restored to perfect
convalescence, in a period  ranging between  twenty-four and
forty-eight  hours.  But, in many cases, considerable disturb-
ance of the system intervenes between the period of collapse
and restoration to health, or this disturbance may itself cause
death.  The Indian reporters mention two forms of this dis-
order.  In  the one, with some excitement of the system, the
bowels continue to discharge, for many days, first brown and
watery, then  dark, black, pitchy stools, sometimes with blood,
and  peculiar  pain in  the bowels, particularly in the rectum.
The  other, a distinct febrile form,  we shall describe  in the
language of the Bengal  Report:—'-'The fever, which  almost
invariably attends this second  stage of the disease, (in Euro-
peans,) partook  much of the  nature of  the  common   bilious
 attacks of these latitudes.   There was a hot, dry skin, with a
 foul, deeply furred  tongue,  parched mouth, thirst, sick sto-
 mach,  restlessness,  watchfulness, and quick,  variable pulse,
 sometimes with delirium and stupor, and at others, marked af-
 fections of the brain.   Generally, when the disorder proved
 fatal in this stage, the tongue, from being cream  colored, be-
 came brown, and sometimes  black, hard,  and more  deeply
 furred; the teeth  and lips were covered with sordes; the state
 of the skin  varied, chills  alternating with heats;  the pulse
 became  extremely  quick, weak,  and  tremulous;  hiccough,
  catching of the  breath, great  restlessness, and-deep moaning,
  succeeded; and  the patient soon sunk, incoherent and insen-
  sible, under the debilitating effects of low, nervous fever, and
  frequent, dark,  tarry,  alvine discharges."   A consecutive 
CHOLERA.                     89
fever,  similar to this, we learn from Doctors  Russell and
Barry, is of more frequent occurrence in Russia than in India.
The following description  we  owe to these gentlemen:—
"After the blue, cold period has lasted from twelve, twenty-
four, seldom  to forty-eight hours, or upwards, the  pulse and
external heat begin gradually to return; headache is complain-
ed of, with noise in the ears; the tongue becomes more load-
ed, redder at the tip and edges, and also drier.  High colored
urine is passed, with pain, and in small quantities; the pupil
is often dilated; soreness is felt, on pressure, over the  liver,
Stomach and  belly.  In short, the patient is laboring under a
continual fever, not to be distinguished from ordinary fever.
A profuse perspiration may come on from the second or third
day, and leave the sufferer convalescent; but much more fre-
quently, the quickness of  the pulse and heat of  the skin con-
tinue;  the tongue becomes brown and  parched;  the eyes are
suffused and drowsy; there is a dull flush, with stupor and
heaviness, about the countenance, much resembling typhus;
dark sordes  collect about the lips and teeth; sometimes the
patient is pale, squalid, and  low, with pulse and heat below
natural; but with the typhus stupor, delirium  supervenes, and
death takes place  from the  fourth to the eighth day, or even
later, in the very individual, too, whom the  most assiduous
attention had barely saved in the first or cold  stage.  To give
a notion of the  importance and  danger of cholera fever,  a
most intelligent physician, Doctor Reimer, informs us, that of
twenty cases  treated under his own eyes, who fell victims to
the  disease, seven died in the cold stage, and thirteen in the
consecutive fever."
  The same  gentlemen state, as the result of their observa-
tions, that the following are the points  of difference between
the  European epidemic and that of India:—"First, the evacu-
ations,  both  upwards and downwards, seem to have been
much more profuse  and ungovernable in the India than  in
the  present  cholera, though the character of the evacuations
are  exactly  the  same.  Secondly, restoration to health from
the  cold stage, without passing through consecutive fever of
       12 
90
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
any kind, was by far more frequent in India than in Peters-
burgh;  nor did the consecutive fevCr then assume a typhoid
type.  Thirdly, the proportion of deaths in the cold  stage,
compared with those in the  hot, was far  greater in India ac-
cording to Doctor  Russel's experience, than in Petersburgh.
Fourthly, the number of medical men and hospital attendants
attacked with cholera during the present epidemic, in propor-
tion to  the whole  employed, and to other classes in society,
has been beyond all comparison greater in Petersburgh than
in India, under similar circumstances."
   Doctor  Keir of Moscow, gives the following description
of the consecutive, or secondary morbid  state:—" A second
ordeal now begins, sometimes as severe, and frequently not
less fatal, though more slowly so, than the first: this is pro-
bably the  effect of morbid changes, which have been induced
during the first stages of the disease.  The appearance  of the
complaint  is now  entirely changed, insomuch that  one who
had not seen the patient during the first, period, or been told
of the symptoms, could not possibly know he  was suffering
from the epidemic.  I have observed the disease in this, its
usual period, to assume four forms: the first, an inflammatory,
or rather sub-inflammatory state of the stomach and bowels,
most frequently the latter, sometimes  conjoined; the second,
inflammatory irritation of  the lungs, with pain  in the  chest,
cough, viscid expectoration, and fever, approaching as a criti-
cal metastasis of the disease; the third, bilious or bilio-ner-
vous fever, with -suppuration of the parotid glands, in one case,
with axillary suppurating bubo, towards the  end of the  fever,
an inflammatory irritation of the lungs took place, ending in
vomica; and the fourth, a congestive  sub-inflammatory state
of the brain, and spinal cord.  This  last, as was natural to
expect, from the nature and seat of the affection, proved by
far the most dangerous  and  most frequent fatal form of the
second period; it  appears generally to supervene  after the
purging, vomiting, and cramps had been relieved, and the ex-
ternal heat in some degree restored; the patient complained
of pain in the back, between the shoulder blades, or in some 
CHOLERA.
91
other part of the spine, sometimes along the whole tract; he
appeared sleepy to such a degree, that I was disposed to at-
tribute this state, in part  at least, to the effect of the opium
given in the first period.   But I was soon  convinced that the
cause of this symptom, and of  others strongly characteristic
of this form of the disease, namely, the filling of the vessels
of the sclerotica with red blood, was a congestive sub-inflam-
matory state of the brain, and of the spinal cord.  This strik-
ing symptom at first began to show itself  in the inferior part
of the globe of the eyes; it gradually increased, and little by
little, reached the  upper part, while the eyes turned upward,
exposing  the  lower part  gorged with blood.   This state of
the patient generally ended in  a complete coma, and proved
fatal in a few hours afterwards."
   Besides the various and appalling symptoms, which indicate
general derangement of the action of  the  solids,  there are
appearances in the  blood, drawn during the  collapsed stage,
showing that the  fluids  feel the influence of this formidable
disease.   These appearances are very uniformly expressed by
the  terms dark, black, or tarry, in regard  to  color, and by
thick, ropy, syrupy, or semi-coagulated, in respect to con-
sistence.
   This change in  the condition of the circulating fluids  is
fully proved to be in the ratio of the duration of the disease;
the blood, at the commencement, seeming to be nearly or al-
together natural, and more or less rapidly assuming a morbid
state, as the  malady advances.   This condition was less con-
spicuous in cases of cholera ushered in by symptoms of ex-
citement, than where the symptoms of excitement had  oc-
curred early; and in certain rare cases it was not observable
at all, and the blood flowed readily from the vein; but the re-
verse was the fact, both  with respect to its  condition and
manner of flowing from the arm, in an immense majority of
instances.  In general, after a  certain quantity of dark, thick
 blood had been drawn, its color became lighter, its consistence
 less thick, and the  circulation revived, such appearances al-
 ways affording grounds for a proportionably favorable prog- 
92
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 nosis.  There is some discrepancy in the accounts  transmit-
 ted to us, of the mode in which this diseased blood coagulates.
 In some  instances, we learn, the coagulation is rapid, whilst
 in others it is slow and imperfect.  Reports are unanimous
 in declaring it deficient in summer, and destitute of the huffy
 coat.   The latter is occasionally observed in cases attended
 with  reaction,  in which the blood is not black and thick.
 The discharges from patients suffering under this disease, were
 subject to experiment by Doctor Christie.  The secretion con-
 sists of two substances, the one a transparant serous fluid, the
 other an opaque white coagulum; the former perfectly soluble
 in cold water, the latter quite insoluble.   These matters being
 submitted to the reaction, the fluid part was found to be pure
 serum, and the coagulated portion  fibrin.   The secretion,
 threfore, as the author remarks, has a composition similar to
 that of blood deprived of its coloring matter; but the serum
 is in much larger proportion than the  fibrin.
   Character of the Epidemic, as it appeared in Sunder-
 land in 1831.—Thus far,  (says the English writer,)  our ac-
 count of this formidable malady has been derived  from the
 very valuable mass  of information, with which we have been
 favored by our medical brethren in India, and  the many in-
 telligent men who have witnessed its ravages on the continent
 of Europe.   Circumstances having brought it under our own
 observation, we shall endeavor to convey succinctly to  the
 reader, the results of our  experience, prefaced  by a few re-
 flections  on  the character and designation of the  disease,
 which this experience has  suggested to us.  Were we to at-
 tempt a definition of epidemic  cholera, the following, accord-
ing to our experience, would comprise  its distinctive symp-
 toms.  After watery diarrhea,  or other  slight indispositions,
ensue vomiting and  purging of a white colorless fluid, violent
cramps, great prostration, and collapse.
  Note.—By collapse in this definition, is meant a feebleness
or almost an arrest of the circulation;  the death-like appear-
 ance, the coldnesss which may  in other  diseases be observed
 after they have existed some time, and as the powers of life 
CHOLERA.
93
are passing away; but which occur in what we shall call the
cold or choleric stage of the epidemic, in a short  time after
its  commencement, as though they formed  an essential part
of it.   The degree and early accession of this collapse, and
the white discharge, are the only distinctive  marks that we
are aware of, between this stage of the epidemic  and the or-
dinary  cholera, the last occurring simultaneously with the
vomiting and cramps, or shortly after them.   Should the pa-
tient survive the last train of symptoms, a state of excitement
and fever supervenes.   We can convey a correct idea  of the
disease, only by dividing it into three  stages, the incipient,
the cold or choleric, and the febrile: the division accords with
the character of the disease.
  1st.  Symptoms of the Incipient Stage.—In an immense
majority of instances, diarrhea has been the prominent symp-
tom of this stage.  Languor and lassitude, occasionally  nausea
and vertigo, co-existed with the disorder of the bowels, and
sometimes certain  of these symptoms may  have appeared
without it; but its occurrence has  been so common, that we
have treated few cases in which it  has not preceded the more
formidable symptoms.  On examining  the discharges, if we
have an opportunity of doing so shortly after the occurrence
of the diarrhea, they will be observed to be foecal and bilious;
but we  shall find that they subsequently bear the serous char-
acter of those which  occur  after the  choleric  stage is fully
found: they are passed copiously, and without much griping;
the feeling of debility which attends  them is great, and  this
diarrhea is so exhausting, that we have met with patients,
especially those advanced in life, in whom a considerable de-
gree of collapse had occurred, with a  feeble pulse, scarcely
exceeding fifty, before the accession of vomiting and cramps.
The natural tendency of this purging is,  we believe, to pass
into the choleric stage; but transition has frequently occurred
shortly  after some dietetic error, either  as  to quantity  or
quality  of food, or after exposure to cold.  The commence-
ment of the purging has sometimes preceded, by several days,
the  accession of the choleric stage, and occasionally only by 
94
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
eight or ten hours; but forty-eight hours has been its mean
duration, calculated for a great number of instances.   We
have dwelt more  on this  incipient stage, from a conviction,
the result of considerable observation of the disease, that  sub-
sequent symptoms might often be  prevented, and life  pre-
served, by early and proper treatment of the diarrhea.
  2d.  Symptoms  of the Cold,  or Choleric Stage.—Our
description will be more intelligible, if we divide into  two
periods this very important stage,  which has, in truth, given
its name to the disease, and, by its fearful symptoms, has en-
grossed such general  attention, that the fact of its being but
part of a series of changes, has been too  often lost sight of.
First Period.—The  time of invasion has been, as in India,
in a great majority of instances, from two to four o'clock in
the morning.  The patient is attacked with uneasiness of the
stomach, occasionally  amounting to pain, to which speedily
succeeds vomiting  of the characteristic  fluid so frequently
described;  and, if diarrhea have  preceded, which, in almost
all the cases we have  noticed, has been the case, a purging of
the same fluid, the fcecal  contents of the canal having been
previously expelled.  The vomiting is rarely full and effec-
tual, consisting rather of unsatisfactory  retchings, than  of a
full discharge of the contents of the stpmach;  but sometimes
these  contents  are  expelled  forcibly,  as  if squirted from a
syringe.   The discharges  from the  bowels are  occasionally
scanty, but much more frequently they take place copiously
and forcibly.  Simultaneously with  the vomiting, or not un-
frequently  before  this symptom  has occurred,  cramps take
place;  and the agony  that attends them  constitutes a great
share of the sufferings of the patient, who incessantly entreats
that friction may  be applied  to the parts they affect.   How-
ever soon our visit  may be made, the pulse will generally be
found to be feeble and frequent;  the skin, in point of heat,
below the healthy standard, the countenance Shrunk, and,  if
not livid, pallid; and  the respiration  hurried, if not checked,
as it frequently is, by spasms of the diaphragm and intercostal
muscles.   The circulation  sinks  remarkably, and sometimes 
CHOLERA.
95
appears momentarily to cease, on  every occasion of severe
vomiting or spasm.   Second Period.—The mean duration of
the preceding varies from about eight, to twelve hours; the
vomiting and spasms then  either totally subside, or  recur at
much longer intervals, and the patient sinks into a  state of
extreme collapse.  The pulse  at the wrist is scarcely, or not
at all perceptible; the surface is universally moist and  cold,
excepting as heat is imparted from without, for the instant the
hands or other parts are exposed, they become of an icy cold-
ness;  blueness, if it exist at all,—but  it is by no means a uni-
form symptom,—is  now conspicuous on the face and hands,
which last have the  shrunk and sodden appearance  so gene-
rally described;  the tongue is  moist, and, if not actually cold,
at least cooler  than  natural; and the voice is of that  mingled
huskiness and feebleness which strikes the ear so peculiarly.
In this condition there  is little suffering, excepting from the
sense of weight and oppression  at the  praecordia, of which
the patient complains much; for even should, spasms occur,
they are now  too feeble to  excite much pain; the respiration
is slow; the conjunctivas,  in  their inferior hemisphere, are
frequently injected with dark colored blood; and the insensi-
bility  of  the  stomach  is so great, that the most powerful
stimulants may be given and retained without the organ being
apparently more sensible of their presence than if it were a
lifeless pouch.  The urine is suspended throughout the whole
course of a choleric stage so intense as we have described it.
  3d.  Symptoms  of the Febrile Stage.—The preceding
stage, in most cases, makes a very gradual transition into the
present one.   After the patient has  remained  in a collapsed
state for a considerable time, some degree of warmth will be
found  returning to the surface, which, for a variable period,
perhaps for a couple of  days,  has been almost of an icy cold-
ness;  and the  pulse is proportionally  developed, being  early
perceptible at the wrist, generally about eighty, and soft; the
vessels of the  conjunctivas gradually  become distended with
blood; or if those of the inferior hemisphere  have  been so
during  the  stage of the collapse, the  distention now diffuses 
96
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 itself over the whole membrane;  the  patient,  who, on his
 attention being roused, is perfectly sensible, complains of se-
 vere pain in the head, of a sense of giddiness, and that the
 light distresses his eyes.  The tongue, in this early stage, is
 clean and moist; the bowels are readily acted upon by medi-
 cine, and the discharges are feculent, and,  though somewhat
 clayey, contain a proportion of bile;  but the urinary secretion
 is sometimes either not restored, or is considerably deficient
 for a day or two after the  establishment of fever.  In the
 progress of the fever, the tongue becomes black, and sordes
 accumulate about the teeth; the eyes become more and more
 injected; the intellect more and more torpid, though still the
 patient can be roused to answer questions, and make a sensible
 remark on his condition;  but the instant the conversation
 ceases, the eyes are turned up in the orbit, exposing  through
 their half-closed lids the red sclerotica, and the patient is in a
 state of profound  stupor;  urinary  secretions are  now  esta-
 blished, and the urine, which at  first was dark  colored and
 cloudy, is now limpid and pale; the alvine discharges are
 darker colored than at first; and throughout the disease there
 is a deficiency of vascular  action and of temperature, which
 we have not observed to the  same extent in typhus, or any
 other fever.   However flushed the countenance may appear—
 and it is often very considerably so—the temperature of the
 surface is below the healthy standard; and we  have not often
 found the pulse above ninety.   Typhoid is not an inappro-
priate designation of the condition  we  have endeavored  to
 describe; but we  think that an  individual  who  has  once
watched the progress of such a case, would run  no risk  of
 confounding it, on a future occasion, with typhus;—the defi-
 ciency of vascular and calorific power;   the peculiar vascu-
larity of the  eye;  the absence of subsultus and muttering
delirium, (for though delirium  occasionally  occurs during
 night, the condition of the intellect throughout is much more
one of  torpor than of irregularity,) would be marked, by
which  he would discriminate the two affections.  The dura-
tion of such a febrile stage  as we  have described, is from a 
CHOLERA.
97
Week to ten days.  Its termination has been, in a considerable
majority of instances which have fallen under our observation,
fatal.   The  brain  appeared to us to be the organ  mainly
affected;.and  by this  view our treatment has been  chiefly
guided, though, at the  same time, the condition of the intesti-
nal canal has not been neglected.  In another form, and one
which supervenes on  a  minor degree  of collapse than the
preceding, the symptoms do not  differ from those  described
above, excepting that  there are indications of greater excite-
ment—more warmth of  surface or more force and frequency
of pulse.   Depletion could be more freely practiced, and  it
was altogether a more tractable form of disease.   The mildest
and most tractable type of the febrile stage is  denoted  by
symptoms of general  but moderate  excitement, with epigas-
tric pain or pressure, headache and giddiness; the tongue be-
ing at the same time either clean, with a disposition to become
dry and glazed, or slightly white and furred; the  skin warm;
the pulse free and forcible;  the urine highly colored, and the
thirst considerable.  In such a case there is little or no con-
fusion of thought or delirium, and the eyes are not injected.
We need scarcely remark that examples of this mild and tract-
able type of the febrile stage occurred after a choleric stage,
in which the symptoms of collapse had been inconsiderable,
in which the urinary secretion had  not  been suspended, or
which had not always been attended with vomiting—a symp-
tom occasionally  wanting in  slight cases.   In the preceding
sketch of the febrile stage, it will be understood that, as in
the case of the choleric stage, we have not attempted to de-
scribe all the various shades of intensity in which the disease
manifests itself.   The extremes only are given.   To describe
all the intermediate degrees would  have swelled the article
beyond reasonable limits, and would  have proved  a burden to
the memory of the reader.
  4th. Prognosis.—The danger of the disease is, in all cases,
to be estimated from the degree of collapse attending the cold
or choleric stage.   In India, it was remarked that  the cases in
which  spasms and vomiting were the most  violent, were by
        13 
9S
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 no means fraught with the most peril; and  what we have
 seen of the disease enables us to bear testimony to the accu-
 racy of the remark; for when we have heard the attendants
 exulting in the cessation of  the spasms, and the facility with
 which the stomach retained medicine or food, and have felt,
 at the  same time, the pulseless wrists, and the cold and clam-
 my hand, we have seen, in these apparently favorable omens,
 only the natural progress of the disease from a bad condition
 to one still worse.  Whether  we are to dread a fatal result in
 the cold stage, the intensity and duration of the  collapse in
 the former of these stages are  the measure of the danger;  for
 if the  patient die in this stage, he dies of collapse, and if he
 survive it, and  pass into  the  state of fever, the character of
 this fever is malignant and dangerous,  in  proportion  to  the
 same collapse.
   5th. Diagnosis.—From ordinary cholera the  cold  stage is
 to be distinguished, as  it appears to us, by the peculiarity of
 the discharges,  which  has  been sufficiently dwelt upon, and
 by the degree  of collapse and its early occurrence.  Cases
 have been adverted to, which, at least  in the choleric stage,
 could not be discriminated from ordinary cholera, excepting
 perhaps, from their taking place at a season of the year when
 ordinary cholera is never observed; but it may be remarked,
 that no one would infer the existence of the  epidemic from
 such cases, though he might be disposed to acknowledge that
 they belonged to it, if cases less equivocal were  simultane-
 ously prevalent  and especially if they originated  under cir-
 cumstances mentioned in the preceding pages.
  We  have been favored, by  a gentleman  of high character
 and attainments, with a report  of two cases,  regarded at the
time they occurred, as  aggravated cases of the ordinary dis-
ease: both took place in the interior, under circumstances in
which there was  not the slightest ground to suspect contagion,
and previously to there being  any suspicion of the existence
of the epidemic in this  country.  In one, the symptoms bore,
unquestionably,  a  considerable resemblance  to the choleric
stage of the epidemic; but no fever  supervened.  The symp- 
CHOLERA.
99
toms of the other shall be given in the words of the writer:
"The total, or nearly total suspension of the secretion by the
kidneys; the watery vomiting and stools; the severity of the
spasms; the shrunk and  corrugated  state of the skin on the
hands and  feet, and the blueness of his nails, persuaded me
that his disease was of the spasmodic type.  In  him, moreo-
ver, a slow fever succeeded the original  symptoms, and long
retarded his recovery."  This case occurred in the beginning
of July, 1831.   There is a certain form of the febrile stage—
that which supervenes on a choleric stage, attended  with ex-
treme  collapse—which _ the deficiency  of  the  teirperature
and  the circulation, the congested state of the conjunctiva
from the very commencement of the fever, and the peculiar
torpor of the intellect, would, as it appears to us, enable the
observer to discriminate from any fever  which we are in the
habit of witnessing  in this country, provided he saw the pa-
tient early  and watched him throughout; but in  the majority
of instances, the diagnosis  can only be  corr:ctly drawn by
coupling the preceding history of the case with the existence
of fever and with its character.
   6th. Appearances presented on Dissection.—The exter-
nal appearance of the body closely resembles that which has
been noticed during life.   The solids are  shrunk, the surface is
livid, the skin of the hands and feet is corrugated, the nails are
blue, and the fingers are often rigidly contracted.   There is no
putrefaction, nor any characteristic fetor from the abdominal
cavity.   In the  head are found  marks of  congestion, and
occasionally even of extravasation.  These occurrences were
found very common by Doctor Davy, in dissections in  Cey-
lon; and Doctor Keir, of Moscow, discovered in the Russian
form of the disease, the blood  vessels of  the brain and its
membranes more or less turgid with blood, particularly to-
wards the base,  with a fluid effused into  its convolutions, and
more or less of serum in the lateral ventricles.  In the thorax,
the pleura  and pericardium  are found,  as the serous mem-
branes generally are in this disease, perfectly healthy, with
the  exception, occasionally, of an  unusual  dryness.   The 
100
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 lungs are sometimes in a natural  state, but  more frequently
 gorged with dark colored blood,  so  as to resemble  liver or
 spleen; or they have been found collapsed on each side of the
 spine,  leaving the thorax nearly empty.   This latter appear-
 ance Doctor Pollock explained by supposing gas to be extri-
 cated within the cavitv of the pleura; but the thorax having
 been opened in such cases under water,  and  no air having
 been found, Mr. Scott is disposed to ascribe it to a contractile
 power exerted by the viscus,  sufficient to overcome  the at-
 mospheric pressure.  Both sides of the  heart are in general
 distended with dark blood, and  the bronchia are frequently
 filled with mucus.   In the abdomen, the vessels of the liver
 are much  congested, and pour forth blood copiously when
 incisions are made into  that organ.   But this  congestion is
 not uniformly found; the  gall bladder is turgid with black
 bile, and its ducts are sometimes  constricted and impermea-
 ble, though occasionally in an opposite state.  The peritoneum
 is often quite healthy, but the portion investing the alimentary
 canal has frequently an inflamed appearance, from the exceed-
 ingly loaded state of its blood-vessels.   This  congestion is
 sometimes so  great  as to give the appearance of  gangrene;
 hut by drawing the finger over the surface, innumerable small
 veins may be found  running  in  every direction, as in a pre-
 paration nicely injected, and the texture is found to be resist-
 ing and firm.    This portion  of  the peritoneum, however,
 occasionally bears marks of actual inflammation, especially if
the patient has lingered long before death.  It then presents
a thickened appearance externally, and its color varies from a
pale vermilion, through all the deeper shades, to a dark pur-
ple hue; the former  being  chiefly remarkable on the surface
of the duodenum and jejunum, the latter on the ileum, where
it terminates in the ccecum.  At other times, the whole  ali-
mentary tube,  instead  of  this congested state, presents a
blanched appearance, both internally and externally.   The
omentum  is sometimes  healthy;  at  others, it presents  the
same appearance of extreme vascularity as the peritoneal sur-
face of the alimentary canal.  The following appearances are 
TIIOLERA.
101
 discovered on laying open the stomach and intestinal tube:  A
 white, opaque, and viscid substance is found adhering  to the
 surface of some portions  of the mucous membrane;  and  in
 many cases, it is so abundant in the intestines as completely to
 fill parts of them, of a greater or less extent.   The stomach,
 and portions of the intestines, are filled with a transparent or
 turbid serous fluid, and frequently the viscid matter mentioned
 above is found intimately mixed with  the  serous fluid,  or
 floating in  it in the  form of  flakes.   The mucus membrane,
 except when inflamed, which it not  unfrcquently is, has an
 unnatural whiteness,  is often  soft and  pulpy, and in general—
 especially in the stomach  and small intestines—can be easily
 detached  by scraping, in the form of thick pulp, from the
 subjacent coat.   These appearances are  sometimes more  or
 less partial; but some of them are generally found throughout
 the  whole extent of the tube.  They extend, in some cases, to
 the  mucous membrane of  the bladder and ureters, and have
 been found, in  some  instances,  in that lining the bronchia.
 The dissections in Sunderland have generally furnished results
 corresponding with those obtained elsewhere.  In concluding
 this rather  unsatisfactory portion of our subject, we cannot
 refrain from expressing a conviction, that the symptoms during
 life throw much more light on the nature of the disease, and
 its appropriate treatment,  than appearances after death.
  7th. Nature of the  Disease.—Many writers have displayed
 much ingenuity in attempting to trace all the phenomena  of
 the choleric stage, the stage which has been the principal sub-
ject  of investigation.  But there has been but little accord-
 ance among medical reasoners, as to the part of the body in
 which the phenomena of the disease  are  presumed to origi-
 nate; for the nervous system generally, the ganglionic exclu-
 sively, the blood itself, and the lining of the digestive canal,
 have each been equally unable to sustain their cause. The diver-
 sity  of these views, is a proof of the intricacy of the subject;
 and  probably, also, since  they have all proceeded from ob-
 serving and ingenious men, are evidence of the variable nature
 of the disease; each reasoner being, perhaps, influenced by that 
102
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 portion of the general phenomena of the epidemic, which pre-
 dominated in the cases it was his lot most frequently to witness.
 The partial nature, too,  may  be in a considerable degree as-
 cribed to the unfortunate influence on  medical reasoners  of
 the expression, proximate cause, as a substitute for the more
 comprehensive  term, essence,  or  nattire  of  the  disease.
 Even those who affect to use it as an equivalent term for na-
 ture of the disease,  are  yet insensibly influenced  by the
 words they employ.  Amidst the crowd of phenomena pre-
 sented to their notice in certain maladies, they often assume,
 on very  insufficient grounds, that some one fact is the original
 of all others; and this they invest with the title of proximate
 cause.   If the facts related respecting  epidemic  cholera are
 compared  with  the explanations offered of  them, it will be
 found  that each medical reasoner has attributed the  com-
 mencement of the phenomena of the disease  to an affection of
 some part of the  frame; which  affection  unquestionably exists,
 in a very great number of instances, but neither with that
 uniformity, nor  with that priority of time,  which will  war-
 rant us in concluding that it was the cause of all other symp-
 toms.  It seems a  rational supposition, that the  remote cause
 of a disease may act, in some instances, first  on one, in others
 on another part of the system, from some local weakness, or
 peculiarity of individual constitution, or from some specialty
 in the mode of application of the cause; and  yet that the dis-
 ease  shall retain, in each  case, such a  resemblance to  a com-
 mon type, as shall  prove its identity.  It is likewise supposa-
 ble, that the remote cause may make a simultaneous attack on
more than one organ, or part of the system.
   No one writer has been able to ascertain the proximate
cause of  cholera, either by inferences drawn  from the symp-
toms, or  from appearances  after death.   It  is gratifying  to
know that some light has  been thrown on  the subject, by
which favorable practical results are obtained.  That the ner-
vous system generally, and  the ganglionic and spinal  nerves,
and the  spinal medula itself,  are affected, is manifest from
many symptoms;  but whether this affection arises  from a 
CHOLERA.
103
 direct impression of the remote cause of the disease on these
 organs, or  from irritation propagated from  the alimentary
 canal, along the  ganglionic nerves to the spine, we are igno-
 rant.  Is the dark appearance of the blood to be explained by
 the  feebleness of the action of the  right ventricle, as a con-
 sequence of which little  blood  is  transmitted  through  the
 lungs, and exposed  to  the influence of the air?  According
 to this view, which is suggested with diffidence, the imperfec-
 tion of the respiratory process, will arise from the same cause
 as in  congenital  malformation of the heart, such as the per-
 sistence after birth, of the foramen ovale, or the aorta  arising
 from both ventricles, in which a very small proportion of the
 whole mass of blood is oxidized.  This  hypothesis explains
 readily the dark  appearance of the blood, its accumulation in
 the  great veins of the  viscera, the coldness  and lividity of
 the  skin, and the  imperfection  of the  respiratory process,
 which has  been  so ably illustrated by Doctor  Davy.  This
 gentleman was the first to show that the air expired  by pa-
 tients in the choleric stage, is colder, and  contains less than
 the  usual portion of the  carbonic  acid; and  that this is the
 case, when the breathing is full, free, and rapid.  The thick-
 ened consistence of the blood receives a ready explanation,
 from the loss  of its serous part, by the abundant discharge
 from the inner intestinal surface.   There are two morbid con-
 ditions of the lining of  the digestive  canal.   In one it is in
 a manifest state of inflammation;  in the other it is white and
 pulpy, and  easily detached from the subjacent coat.    The
 affection of  the alimentary canal  is essential  and primary, if
 any part of  the disease  is  so;  and it  were vain to attempt
 to trace  it to a morbid  condition of any other organ or sys-
tem of organs.  The general  suspension of secretion, which
is complete only  when the collapse is extreme, appears to re-
sult from the disorder of those systems, the nervous and vas-
cular, on which this important function  depends.  That the
whole series of the phenomena results from the action of a
morbific poison on the body, there can be no  doubt;  but, as
in the case of fever, we  are yet ignorant of the precise  nature 
104
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
of the primary change effected by it in various organs or sys-
tems; and it is to be feared that, till more accurate  ideas are
attained, respecting the pathology of fever in general, this
ignorance will remain.   In the febrile stages, there are by no
means,  equivocal indications of inflammation of the brain,
and  occasionally  of other organs, the analogy to fevers  in
general, being in this respect preserved.   Many cases report-
ed from abroad, lead to  the  opinion that the nervous system
is primarily affected.
  Sth. Proportionate Mortality.—The mortality during the
early prevalence of the epidemic in India, in IS 17 and 1818,
was very great;  but, either from the abatement of the inten-
sity  of  the disease, or from the improvement of the treat-
ment by our medical men, or, as is most  probable, from  the
co-operation of both these circumstances, it was subsequently
very much reduced.  There is no disease in which unassisted
nature seems  more powerless than in this.  WTe  learn from
the medical report at Bombay, that there is reason to believe
that, of  1294 cases which received no medical assistance, every
individual perished.  From this appalling statement, it is gra-
tifying  to  humanity to  turn to the following records.  Ac-
cording to  the documents collected by the medical board at
Madras, the nubemr of deaths  caused  by it in the army of
that presidency, during  1S18, was 4430, of which 695  oc-
curred  among the  European troops, and  3735  among  the
Sepoys.  The number  attacked was  19,494—namely, 3664
Europeans, and 15,830 natives.   The average strength of the
army, during the period included in the report, being 10,112
Europeans, and 73,254  natives, it follows that, in five years,
twenty-three and a third per cent, of the troops were attack-
ed, and  that of these twenty-two and  three-fourths per cent.
were carried off, or five  and one-third per cent of the whole
force of the army.   We hear, in different situations, of rates
of mortality infinitely lower than this.  In some stations, not
more than one  in  a hundred proved  mortal,  of those who
were early succored. 
CHOLERA.
105
   In our observations on  the  treatment, we shall follow the
natural subdivisions adopted in describing the disease.
           I.  TREATMENT OF THE INCIPIENT STAGES.
   We have adverted to two forms which this  stage assumes.
In the one there is some general uneasiness, nausea, and ver-
tigo; in the other these affections may exist, with diarrhea, but
the latter is frequently present, without the former being dis-
cernable.   The  first of  these  forms—in which it may be re-
marked, that medical aid is rarely applied to—requires that the
stomach should be unloaded by an emetic, and a table-spoonful
of mustard constitutes a very efficient one.   A few ounces of
blood should be  drawn from a  vein; a laxative of calomel and
rhubard administered; and the patient restricted to a diluent
diet, and kept within doors and warm.   The treatment of the
diarrheal form, to which, circumstances witnessed by us lead
us to attach considerable importance, must be  noticed more
at length.  It was mentioned  that, in this  diarrheal form of
the incipient  stage, the evacuations are at  first found  to  be
fcecal and  bilious; but, at the time medical  aid is summoned,
they have generally assumed the serous character which they
have in  the choleric stage.  A  state of the system resembling,
in some degree, collapse, it was observed, coincided with this
condition of the alvine discharges.  In this  state,it was found
very advantageous to give a dose of  calomel, combined with
a proportion of opium  and some aromatic, and in twelve  or
fourteen hours afterwards, a dose of castor oil.   On first visit-
ing such a  patient, a large blister was generally applied  to the
abdomen, in the cases under our care; warmth was enjoined
—indeed,  when  compliance with  our wishes  could  be en-
forced, the patient was  confined to bed—and it was directed
that the diet should  be  diluent.  The subsequent treatment
consists  in  the employment of smaller doses of calomel and
opium, for  one or two successive nights,  and a second dose of
oleum vicini was sometimes  administered.   In certain  local-
ities, the writer has found the constitutional state accompany-
ing this stage of the disease, to be one of marked excitement,
        11 
106
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
rather than of feebleness and collapse; and some points of fhe
abdomen have been  painful on pressure.  In such cases, one
general  bleeding, or the very liberal application of leeches to
the abdomen, has preceded the employment of other reme-
dies.   It should be  remarked, however, that the  choleric
stage has supervened, as we have been informed, on diarrhea,
which had been skillfully treated; but our inquiries have uni-
formly convinced us that, in such cases, medical aid had not
been  summoned till the diarrhea had existed  sometime, and
the subsequent stage was closely impending.

        II.   TREATMENT OF THE COLD OR CHOLERIC STAGE.

   In order that we may be distinctly understood in our obser-
vations  on the  mode of conducting this very important stage,
We must adhere to  its subdivisions into two periods.   The
first period is certainly that in which alone our most power-
ful means of arresting morbid action, can be employed with a
considerable prospect of success.  It  may be considered  an
axiom in medicine, that fevers, to be successfully must  be
early treated; and the rule has a powerful application to a
disease so rapid in its course as that under consideration. But
there are many obstacles to its being generally acted upon in
a populous town; and one  considerable obstacle, we appre-
hend, will every where be  found in the self deception which
seems to be inspired by the  disease.   We have met with per-
sons  to whom, from  their peculiar situation, all the symptoms
of this disease were as familiarly known as to medical men;
yet, when they  were attacked with it, they did not or would
not recognize it;  and one such individual actually walked out
with the disease upon him,  and failed to send for assistance
till eight hours after its invasion, though  it was so severe as
to destroy him in twelve.   So strong is this tendency to self-
deception, regarding the nature of the disease, when the chol-
eric  stage actually  occurs, that, wherever  cholera prevails,
strong appeals to the public should be made on the necessity
of early treatment of this stage, as well as due care of that
which generally precedes it. 
CHOLERA.
107
  The first remedy to be considered is blood-letting; and we
shall endeavor to point out the circumstances, which, so far as
our observation extends, indicate, and those which forbid  its
employment.   Its safe employment  should be early, not ac-
cording to mere time only, but with respect to the rapidity of
the disease;  for one case may have made as considerable a '
progress towards actual collapse in two hours as  another in
ten; and we should  regard a considerable degree of collapse
indicated by feebleness or arrest of circulation, and percepti-
ble in  the intervals of pain and spasms, (for when these occur,
the pulse often sinks instantly, though only a second before,
it had  been  beating with consider ible vigor,) as an imperative
reason for abstaining from drawing blood.  But  if we find
the temperature not below, or but a  little below, the healthy
standard, a pulse of tolerable force, and  strong spasms at short
intervals, provided  collapse have  not preceded this favorable
condition, we should at once open  a vein, and  not lose  an op-
portunity, which will never be restored, of probably prevent-
 ing extreme collapse, and either its immediate fatality, or its
 more  remote, but scarcely less fearful evils.   But should this
 condition, with respect to circulation and temperature, have
 succeeded to collapse, either spontaneously or by the adminis-
tration of remedies, our experience would dictate  that blood-
letting should be carefully  abstained from, as we have seen
great  injury produced, under such circumstances, by its em-
ployment;  cases having fallen under our notice in which the
loss of three or four ounces of blood has destroyed the fruits
of  two or three hours assiduous labor.   The difference in the
 effect  of blood-letting  on conditions apparently very analo-
 gous,  but differing in the period, from  the commencement of
 the attack at which they manifest themselves, cannot  be  too
 strongly impressed on the  reader's attention.   Perhaps the
 only difference in external character which can be discovered
 between the two states, will be the existence of spasms of
 considerable strength in the early period, whilst, in the more
 advanced, they have nearly, if  not altogether, ceased; but in
 one case blood-letting breaks the morbid catenations, and pre- 
108
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 vents collapse and congestion; in the other it lowers the vital
 energies which are freeing  themselves from  a state of op-
 pression.   But, again, in a more advanced stage,  when the
 constitution is no longer balancing between collapse  and fever,
 and the latter may be considered as established, bleeding is a
 suitable remedy, if the state of the circulation and the general
 condition  of the patient render it admissible.  Thus, then,
 there are three periods  of the  disease, at which according to
 our experience, blood-letting may be employed: occasionally
 in the incipient stage, as has already been stated, in the early
 part of the first period  of the cold stage; and at  the com-
 mencment of the  feverish stage, under circumstances  to be
 subsequently mentioned.   We have  been particular on this
 head, perhaps to prolixity, because we found great discrepancy
 in the testimony of various East  Indian and continental au-
 thorities regarding  it; and in the early part of our experience
 of the disease, the selection of the appropriate time  for bleed-
 ing, and the circumstances which indicated or forbade it, con-=
 stituted the great difficulty we had to  encounter.  The meas-
 ure  to be adopted  next  in succession to blood-letting, will
 depend on the condition of the patient.   If, in a short time
 after bleeding, we find a circulation of tolerable  force, without
 much tendency to general or partial deficiency of heat, and if,
 at the same time, there be a pain in the epigastrium  increased
 on  pressure, (a very common  accompaniment of cases in
 which the  tendency to collapse is least conspicuous,)  a  large
 blister or sinapism  to the abdomen will be suitable remedies.
 Should the circulation,  on the  other hand, be feeble, with
 general or  partial deficiency of warmth, we should endeavor
 to rouse the system by full vomiting;  and powdered mustard
 is a very proper means for accomplishing this  object.  Half
an ounce of this substance, suspended  in half an  ordinary
tumbler of warm  water, may be considered a medium dose,
and  one  which, in a great majority  of instances, will  act
promptly and powerfully;  but, in a more advanced stage of
the disease, when  collapse has been extreme, a whole ounce
 has been required to produce the full effect.  After  full vom- 
CHOLERA.
109
king, sinapisms may be applied to the abdomen and along the
spine; whilst the warmth of the patient is supported by bot-
tles  of hot water  wrapped  in  flannel bags of hot oats, and
other familiar methods of applying dry heat, directed  to the
extremities, or other points in  which the temperature seems
deficient.   Friction of the parts  affected  with spasms will
probably be required, and should be performed under the bed-
clothes.   The  quantity  of the liquid given  at this period
ought  to depend on the condition  of the patient;  if, for in-
stance, the tendency to collapse be  considerable, a little weak
brandy and  water should  be given  at  short intervals; but
should the circulation be tolerably  vigorous, and the tempera-
ture good, simple diluents, such as  toast and water, constitute
the most suitable beverage.  Should the patient be in a state
of considerable  collapse, whether  in consequence  of neglect
of the earlier stage, or occurring, (which will occasionally
prove to be the case,) in  spite of the most diligent attention
to it, blood-letting should not form  part of the remedial agents
selected.  In the sinking stage  of  the disease, various stimu-
lating remedies  have been recommended.  Whatever stimu-
lant medicine be employed, we would advise that calomel in
doses of five or six  grains, repeated at intervals of  three or
four hours, be given at the same time, with the view of aiding
the restoration of secretions;  and with the  intention of at
once rousing  the system, and lessening the irritability  of the
stomach;  and also  that a large sinapism should be applied to
the abdomen, and another along the course of the spine.  The
tobacco enema has been suggested  by Mr. Baird of New-
castle, and, as he assures us, employed with considerable suc-
cess.   Weak brandy and water may be given occasionally
during the collapse; and we have observed no injurious effect,
in this or any stage of the disease, from the ordinary diluent
taken in moderate doses.

  III.  TREATMENT OF THE EXCITED, OR FEBRILE STAGE.

  This division of the subject will not require so lengthened
a discussion  as  the  preceding, which may be considered as 
110
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
more exclusively  belonging  to  this disease;  for recognized
principles, applicable to the treatment of pyrexia in general,
must be our guides in treating this fever.  The fever consti-
tuting this stage, be it in essence what it may, has inflamma-
tion accompanying it, of which the principal locations are the
brain and lining of the  digestive canal; and to the subduing
of these, by such measures as the state of the system admits,
our attention should be carefully  directed.   A form of fe-
ver has been described  as supervening on an extreme and
long-continued  collapse  in the cold stage, and in which  it
was mentioned  that the  vascular action  was low and feeble,
the temperature of the surface  under the healthy standard,
and  the  description of warmth  very partial.   A degree of
irritability of the stomach, with occasional vomiting, is a very
frequent accompaniment of such a  case, for two or three days;
and, under such circumstances, leeches,  and subsequently a
blister to the epigastrium, have been resorted to.  Of internal
remedies, calomel  is the most to be relied on, from its effects
on the secretions, particularly of the intestinal  canal, and from
its facilitating the  laxatives which  the state of the brain ren-
ders advisable to administer.   Simultaneously with this, atten-
tion should be paid to  keeping  up the heat of the cold  parts
of the body, by bottles of  hot water wrapped in flannel.
Even when relieving the system by bleeding, stimulants may
be required, to  keep up  the action.  The more excited  form
admits of one general bleeding with advantage, the amount of
blood to be drawn being regulated by the  various circum-
stances which would  govern in ordinary fever.  Should the
head, as it generally does, continue to be affected after blood-
letting, leeches  and cold  applications should  be resorted to,
the former being repeated, if  necessary, to such extent, and at
such intervals, as the degree of headache, intellectual torpor,
and  vascular excitement, may seem  to require.   Laxative
medicine should be administered; calomel at night, and castor
oil in the morning.  That kind of  permanent fomentation,
which  is afforded by hot poultices  on the abdomen, has been
found  beneficial.   In most cases of high excitement, as well 
CHOLERA.
Ill
as the lowest form of the disease, in which the collapse of the
cold, seems prolonged through the febrile stage, it is advisable
to counteract, by warmth, applied to the extremities and other
points, that tendency to irregular distribution of blood, which
forms so striking a feature of the disease.
  As to the Proximate Cause, or Pathological Inception
of Cholera.—On  this subject,  similar diversities of opinion
prevail, among  the  physicians of this country, to  those we
have already noticed among the profession in  other parts of
the world.  Some suppose the  unknown poisonous influence
to make its first morbid impression on the mucus membrane
of the stomach and bowels; others, that the nervous texture,
in general, or the  ganglionic system, specially, is the first to
feel its baleful operation; others, that a failure of the active
powers of the heart and blood-vessels take  the lead in this
unmanageable train of marked  actions; others, that the fluid
they contain, becoming decomposed or deteriorated, occasions
all the formidable  symptoms of the disease; and  lastly, there
are those who believe that the proximate cause of cholera as-
phyxia consists in  a simultaneous modification of all the or-
ganic powers and functions, the poison acting  either directly
on the properties of the several textures, or indirectly through
the nervous  system.  Which  of these speculations has the
advantage, either in the number or respectability of those who
entertain it,  we are unable to determine.
   Many of  the  agents adopted, as laid down in the foregoing
article,  for the treatment of cholera,  are  such as we  would
recommend, as  accordant with our mode of treating this dis-
ease.   But so far as depletions, leeches, epispastics, and calo-
mel, are concerned, we are enabled, by the application of our
remedies, to  dispense  with  them.  By giving action  to the
blood, we avoid the  danger  (a danger which is admitted) that
sometimes attends blood-letting, and also the  prostration of
the patient, which is  the  necessary  result of that practice.
Our agents, which are intended to give action to the system
generally, are more ready and certain in their operation, than
calomel, and dispatch and  certainty  are objects  of vital im- 
112
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
portance in  contending  with a disease so swift as this.   The
fact that all our external remedies  determine the disease  to
the surface of the body, more  readily and more successfully
than blistering, will recommend them in preference thereto.
The powerful effects of a combination of concentrated stimu-
lants, tonics, diaphoretics, and  anti-spasmodics, of which our
remedies are composed, and which enter every part of the
body at the same time, in cases of cholera, need no argument
to induce every reflecting man of science to give them a can-
did consideration, and we feel justified by experience, in say-
ing, that we doubt  not that, with  as many  as shall make a
thorough, persevering trial of them, the continuance of their
application in all cases of cholera, will be the certain conse-
quence.  Though the disease is of a character which is more
terrific than  any which has ever afflicted our race; has spread
abroad desolation and alarm in their most direful forms; has
frightened husbands from the bed of their dying companions,
and  from the terror created, has been a  fruitful  cause of pro-
ducing  attacks on the subjects of its alarm; though all  such
have been its sad consequences,  and will so continue  to  be
until it shall be known and believed that an antidote is dis-
covered, which wrill arrest its march  of death; it  is our plea-
sure to state,  with the fullest confidence,  established from
actual experience,  that  our remedies are abundantly com-
petent to arrest the disease, in all its forms.
   In many respects, we treat the cholera as we do congestive
fever, though not entirely so.  Let the patient be rubbed over
the whole body (with the least possible  delay) with our Fe-
ver Liniment; prepare plasters of the same, and bind them  on
the bowels,  breast, wrists, and  ankles, repeating  the rubbing
of the other portions of the body with the Liniment, and
prepare hot bricks to lay at the feet and sides,  to promote
perspiration;  administer  an injection of our Pectoral Tinc-
ture, at the  same time give an  emetic  of  the  same, in tea-
spoonful doses every five minutes, and if vomiting does not
take place in fifteen minutes, double the dose;  still continue
the rubbing on of  the Liniment:  while this is  going on,  let 
PLAGUE.
113
some one prepare a mustard poultice, to be placed over the
plasters on the breast and bowels,  which will accelerate the
absorption of the Liniment: after vomiting, give tea-spoonful
doses of  the  Diaphoretic  Drops, and (apply the Liniment
freely on the whole length of the spine, with much friction,)
then the  tincture of gum  myrrh.   If  the stomach  remain
sick after vomiting  freely, drink liberally of strong pepper-
mint or spearmint tea,  These measures, persevered in, will
soon cause a reaction in the system;  the spasms will subside,
all the symptoms will be removed, and the patient's recovery
will generally be as sudden as was his prostration.   We have
the evidence of  a number of desperate cases having been sud-
denly  overcome by some of these means, and not a single
failure has come to our knowledge.

                      PLAGUE.

  This is a disease characterized by a contagious typhus, en-
tire prostration  of strength, and by  certain local symptoms,
as buboes, carbuncles, livid spots, (petechias.)   The latter are,
in this connection, the peculiar characteristics of  the  plague,
since the former also appear in other malignant diseases.   In
the beginning, the patient generally  experiences great mental
dejection,and corporal debility;  slight chills,  alternating with
heats, which are afterwards succeeded by a burning heat with-
in, and a heaviness about the head;  then follows  stupor; the
eyes are glaring, glazed, or wild and sparkling; the face ap-
pears whitish and livid; and the patient is melancholy, morose
and anxious, faint  and delirious.   In many cases nausea and
vomiting occur.  The thirst is  unquenchable, the tongue  is
reddish or yellowish, the speech indistinct.  In the progress
of the disease, the  face often becomes red, the perspiration
quick and uneasy, and  bilious, green, or bloody and black
matter is vomited.   The  delirium often becomes mild; the
urine is  sometimes turbid,  black, whitish,  or bloody;  and
hemorrhages  take place, when  death does not immediately
ensue.   Buboes appear in the groins, the arm pits, the paro-
         15 
114
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
tids, and other places, with carbuncles, or  small, yellowish
black spots, over the whole body.  The fear, anxiety, and
despair, which seize  the  patient on the first appearance of
the plague, increase the  danger  of the disease.   Death, in
many cases, takes place on the first day, and frequently in a
few hours after the attack, but sometimes not till the second
or third day.   It is considered favorable if the  buboes and
carbuncles  appear at the same  time, are very numerous, and
terminate in suppuration.   They either terminate in suppura-
tion, or become indurated, are healed or cut out.
  In regard to the origin of the plague, and the manner in
which it is communicated, very different opinions have been
entertained, according to the state of medical science.  In
early times, when  calamitous  events, the  causes of  which
were not understood, were attributed to spirits and demons,
the plague was ascribed to their influence.   At a later period,
it was  accounted for by changes in the air,  poisonous vapors
which descended from the atmosphere, or to clouds of insects
which were received into the body, by inspiration, or in the
food, or by absorption through the skin, and thus corrupted
the blood.   Physicians, according  to  the tendency of their
theories, found the cause in the excess of sulphureous matter
in the blood, or in its coagulation, or resolution, etc.   Many
have considered it as not contagious, but at present there is a
very general conviction of its contagious character.
  The plague  is a specific disease, and can originate of itself
only in certain countries.   Hot weather, bad air and  food,
and  filthiness, favor its production  and propagation.   The
nature of the disease seems to  exist in a diminution  of vital
energy, which  may be so rapid and universal, that the com-
ponent parts of the system, particularly the  blood, lose  their
natural properties, and become corrupted, and life is destroyed
before  the  nervous system  is able to counteract the  effects.
When  the  progress of the disease  is not so rapid, the vital
energy which  remains, is exhausted by febrile excitements,
and local inflammation.  Dissections have shown collections
of coagulated or decomposed fluid, black blood, inflammations 
PLAGUE.
115
 of large portions of the skin, and  carbuncles in great num-
 bers.  The buboes discharge an offensive matter, and extend
 far inward.  The carbuncles, which precede the approach of
 death, and which contain mortified parts, also generally reach
 deeply inwards.   When nature possesses sufficient vigor, the
 inflammations are on  the  skin, rather than in the  interior.
 The buboes soon terminate in suppuration, and the carbuncles,
 when cut, discharge a less corrupt  matter, and fall off.  The
 fever is  carried off by a violent sweat, the recoveryT is slow.
 When the disease is completely developed, it is contagious;
 to this is owing the terrible devastations which it causes.
  There is but little doubt the plague appeared in the most
 ancient times, particularly where a numerous population was
 collected together in warm climates; but we must not consider
 every disease a plague, which has been called so by historians,
 as they often mean by the  term nothing  more than a malig-
 nant disorder, prevailing over a considerable extent of coun-
 try.   Among the most famous instances,  is the plague descri-
 bed, in  so masterly a manner, by Thucydides,  which,  in
 the third year of the Peloponnesian war,  (430 B. C.) ravaged
 Athens, then besieged  by the Spartans.  A large number of
 the inhabitants of Attica had fled into the city; fear, anxiety,
 want or  badness of provisions,  and the corruption of the air,
 caused by the crowded state of the population, produced and
 propagated the  plague in the city.   Death generally ensued
after the seventh  or ninth  day.   The plague in  Jerusalem
 (A. D.  72,) when it was besieged by the Romans, is described
 by Josephus.   In  Rome, the plague prevailed (A. D. 77) in
the reign of Vespasian; of Marcus Aurelius (170,) when it
raged over almost all Europe and Asia; of Commodus (189,)
and particularly of Gallienus, (in 262,) when five thousand per-
sons are said  to  have died  daily in Rome.   From that time,
it continued  occasionally to  prevail  in  Italy, Greece, Asia,
and Africa, and  raged  particularly in the populous cities, for
instance in Constantinople, in the reign of Justinian, (in 544,)
 when one thousand grave diggers were said to have been in-
 sufficient for  the interment of the  dead.  This  plague con- 
116
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
tinued its ravages for fifty years, with but short intervals.   In
565, it appeared  under the name of pcstis  inginnana in
Treves, and in 588 at Marseilles.  In the seventh century it
appeared in Saxony.   In 823 it prevailed all over Germany;
and from 875 to 877, was  particularly malignant in Saxony
and Misnia, as was  also the case in 964.  In the eleventh
century it broke out in Germany at least six times, mostly
after or  during the famine, and raged with so much violence
it was believed that all mankind was doomed to be swept away
by it.  This unfortunate belief prevented the taking of effec-
tual means to check it; and apathy in suffering was consider-
ed an act of piety.  In some cases, however,  the Jews were
suspected of having poisoned the wells, as in our own time,
the Hungarian  peasantry  suspected  the  nobility, when the
cholera morbus swept away so many of the poorer clases.   In
fact, the  ignorant of all ages have been  inclined to  ascribe
general and far spreading diseases, whose causes are unknown
or disbelieved in by them, to  poisoned  wells.    Thus, the
writer recollects, that when the ophthalmia broke out in the
Prussian army in 1813, many believed  that the  French had
poisoned the wells.   Similar  notions  were  entertained  by
many French soldiers, during the plague which  swept them
off in Egypt.  In the twelfth century, the plague prevailed in
Germany about twenty-five years.  In the thirteenth century
it was  brought into Europe by the  Crusaders.  From 1347
to 1350, it traversed all Europe, and was then called the black
death.  Since that time it has  never ravaged with so much
violence.  Boccaccio, in the introduction of his Decameron,
has given a lively description of its physical and moral effects
in Florence, in 1348.   In the latter half of the fifteenth cen-
tury, it raged in  all  Europe, and was  accompanied  by the
most terrible sufferings. The historians of that time give the
most horrible picture of distress.  In the sixteenth century
the plague again raged, and in 1563 was again introduced into
England, by the  return of an English army from the conti-
nent.   At the same time the sweating sickness prevailed on
the continent, which had been  imported  from England, to- 
PLAGUE.
117
wards the  close of the fifteenth century.  It was called in
Germany, the English sweat, and spread from the seaports,
over Germany, France, the Netherlands, and Italy.  Though
some means were already taken against the plague, for in-
stance, the  establishment of lazarettos, yet it raged in Europe
during the seventeenth century.   In 1603, 1625, 1636, and
1665, it  made great  ravages  in England.   As the plague
never  ceases in the East, in  Greece, and in European  and
Asiatic Turkey, it has continually been introduced by vessels,
into the ports of Italy and France;  and has also been propa-
gated in Western Europe,  through Hungary, Poland,  and
Transylvania.  The quarantine rules have  not, in general,
been stictly observed, and as late as 1720, a Levantine vessel
imported the plague into Marseilles, which soon  spread all
over Provence.  In  1795 and 1796, it extended over the
countries into the Turkish frontiers, but was checked by the
skill of the  physicians.   It broke out in 1816, at  Noia, a
town in the Neapolitan territories.
   The ancients endeavored  to avert the plague by sacrifices,
the christians by processions and prayers.  The ancient phy-
sicians tried several modes of  treatment; among them, sweat-
ing.  The  researches  of modern physicians have given  us a
greater insight into the nature of disease, and of its remedies,
than were  possessed  formerly, when want of courage  was
quite as  fatal as want of knowledge.   Precautions against
contagion,  and when  that has once occurred, the speedy ex-
pulsion of  the poison  from the system, the diminution of the
internal inflammation, the preservation  of  the vigor of the
arterial blood, the strengthening of the nerves, the promotion
of suppuration, the seasonable resolution of the carbuncles, are
the main points of the treatment. Baldwin, English Consul Gen-
eral at Alexandria, recommended (1795) oil friction, which has
been tried with success. Having observed that oil-porters were
never attacked, he concluded that olive oil was a preservative
against the plague, and his expectations were surpassed by the
favorable results of his process.  As  soon  as any symptom
of the plague is discovered,  the body of the patient is quickly 
 118           DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

 and vigorously rubbed with warm oil, and he is put to bed.
 This application is followed by a profuse sweat, which is pro-
 moted by alder tea.   The friction is  repeated, once or twice
 a day, until a violent sweat is produced.   If there are buboes,
 they must be  frequently rubbed with oil, until suppuration
 follows.   Doctor Madden, in the work already quoted,  gives
 the following as the results of  his experience, both  in regard
 to the nature of the disease, and the treatment of it: " I have
 given plague the name of typhus gravissimus.  The symp-
 toms, from the first, are, general debility, congestion about
 the  heart, not depending upon inflammation, but upon the
 putrescent state of the circulation.  It differs  little from pu-
 trid typhus, except in its duration and eruptions.   In every
 stage of plague, nature  appears to be prostrate under the in-
 fluence of the poisonous miasma; and when the patient sinks
 at last, it is from the want of force in the constitution to drive
 out the eruptions on the surface.  The bubo  recedes, or the
 carbuncle diminishes, or neither appear at all externall}T; but
 they have seized  on the internal vital organs, and the imme-
 diate cause of  death has been  shown by  dissection to  have
 been carbuncles  on the liver,  lungs, spleen,  or  mesenteric
 glands: in short,  it  appears  that the  whole glandular system
 is the seat of the disease.  I have seen all the  different  spe-
 cies of plague enumerated by Russel and the French authors,
 and  I have no  hesitation  in pronouncing all these different
 species of plague to be the symptoms of one class only:  and
 I assert there is but  one  indication to fulfill; namely, to assist
 nature to expel the  poison,  by strengthening  the  exhausted
powers of the constitution, and enabling  it to throw out the
morbific matter.   By what means is this to be done?—whether
by emetics, by purgatives, by bleeding, by calomel, by  mer-
 curial unction, or by oil friction?  There are none of these
means  I have not tried,  and out of the first eleven patients I
so treated, I lost nine.  I  had recourse to another mode of
 cure; strong stimulants, diffusible and permanent, I now tried.
I commenced with wine and brandy, the first moment I saw
the patient, whether the eye was suffused, the cheek flushed, 
PLAGUE.
119
and the skin arid, or the low  delirium set in, or not.  I ad-
ministered it in the following; manner:  The first dose was  a
tumbler of hot brandy and water, about one-third spirit. This
sometimes was vomited, and again  repeated; the second time
it usually remained on the stomach, and in the course of two
hours, it generally produced perspiration, even after James'
powder had failed.   Two or three  hours after the first  dose,
another was administered, and the  patient would feel less of
the burning pain  at the heart.  If vomiting supervened, it
was again repeated, and during the day it was now given
every  four or six hours, according  to  circumstances.   The
buboes commonly increased in size, and profuse sweating was
often  followed by petechias, or livid spots on the chest: when
I saw this, I was always sure of my patient.   The second day,
I increased the strength of the dose;  instead of one-third
spirit, I gave one-half, every  eight hours; no intoxication
came on, but  a lethargic drowsiness was  common  enough,
continuing till the perspiration broke out, or carbuncles ap-
peared externally.   If  on the third day the patient  was de-
cidedly  better, I kept  up the excitement by strong Cyprus
wine, in frequent but small doses of two table-spoonsful every
two hours;  but if the bad symptoms were unabated, I  con-
tinued to give the hot brandy and  water, in increased quanti-
ties, till some decided change took place.  This active treat-
ment it was seldom necessary to pursue beyond the sixth day;
indeed, in plague, if the patient live till  the sixth  day,  he is
likely to recover; but the third day is that which is most to
be  feared.   The only  other  treatment, was  once or  twice
opening the bowels with enemas, for purgatives by the mouth
do  no service, and sponging the body frequently with vine-
gar and water;  the head was  constantly kept soaked  with
towels dipped in vinegar, and the buboes were poulticed with
very  hot cataplasms, sufficiently hot to give pain, and  they
were  allowed to burst spontaneously.  With this  treatment,
at the rate of seventy-five  per cent, recovered.  In Candia,
of  nine patients, five patients recovered, and some of these
were   almost hopeless  cases  when I  began to treat them. 
120
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 Every thing in plague, of course, depends on early treatment;
 for, in a disease which commonly runs its course in three
 days, there is no time to be lost."
   Remark.—In tracing the history of the plague, it appears
 that for a long time physicians were unable to adopt a treat-
 ment which  proved successful, or which in any manner ar-
 rested the disease; and not until 1795 was the external ap-
plication of  sweet oil  discovered to be competent to accom-
 plish that object.  After this discovery, it was found that
 stimulants and diaphoretics would cause a free perspiration,
 and throw off the morbific matter; and by a persevering course
 of this treatment, vast numbers of those who  were attacked
 with the plague were saved.   It was further ascertained, that
 the  great variety which physicians had supposed  to exist in
 this disorder, and which had  caused  so  much indecision in
 the treatment of it, was nothing more than the various symp-
 toms of the same complaint.   It is hardly possible to produce
 stronger evidence of the  superiority of our system for the
 treatment of  disease, than is here contained.


                        AGUE.


  Ague is a disorder belonging to the class of intermittent
 fevers.   It may  be  followed by serious consequences, but,
 generally, it is more troublesome than dangerous, and is some-
times even considered  salutary.   According to the length of
the apyrexia, or intermission  between one febrile paroxysm
and another, agues are  denominated  quotidians, tertians or
quartans', which latter, are much the most obstinate, being
generally  attended with a greater degree  of visceral obstruc-
tion than those, the attacks of  which return at shorter inter-
vals.  The quartan ague is apt to terminate in dropsy.  An
ague paroxysm has been divided into the cold, the hot, and
the sweating stages.  The feeling of extreme cold, in the first
stage, cannot  be prevented by fire, or the heat of summer.
Generally, after the sweating  stages, in which  there is a pro- 
AGUE.
121
fuse exhalation from the pores of the skin with a flow of urine,
depositing a copious sediment, of a lateritious  or brick-dust
appearance,  the  patient falls into a refreshing sleep, from
which he awakes without any remains of indisposition, except
a slight degree of languor and debility.
  Agues occur chiefly in situations where there are shallow,
stagnant waters.    Hence their  frequency in Holland, in the
East and West Indies, in the flat, marshy parts of England,
and the thinly settled parts of the United States, where they
diminish with the clearing;  of the woods and the draining, of
the lands.  The neighborhood of rivers or marshes, therefore,
is carefully  to be  avoided  by persons  afflicted  with agues.
They are cured  by medicines,  which, at the same time that
they exert a tonic  influence, produce and keep up an impres-
sion upon the  system greater than  that communicated by the
cause of the disease.
  Ague Cake is a hard tumor on the left side of the belly,
lower than the false ribs, and said to be the effect of intermit-
tent fever.
                       TREATMENT.

  A partial  description is given of the treatment of this com-
plaint in another part of this work.  We will here observe,
that a knowledge of the time of a returning  paroxysm being
almost certain, the  patient may uniformly avoid it by the  fol-
lowing treatment, viz:  Some  time previous to the return of
the cold stage, let the patient take his bed; apply our Fever
Liniment over the whole body, at the same  time take a half
tea-spoonful of  Diaphoretic Drops, once  in ten or  twenty
minutes; place warm bricks to the feet and sides, w7hen a per-
spiration will  break out: then keep up  this  perspiration by
warm herb tea for two hours; afterwards wash off the body
and then again apply the Liniment; put on  clean dry under-
clothes—and seldom if ever will  it be  necessary to have re-
course to this  treatment a  second time.  There is  another
advantage gained by this course:  the disease is not so likely
        16 
122           DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

to supervene as it otherwise would be, or if the sweating pro-
cess was to be dispensed with.   An ague cake is uniformly
removed by applying a plaster of the same Liniment on the
side, and taking plentifully of the Diaphoretic Drops. 
CHAP.   III.
  PHTHISIS, OR  PULMONARY CONSUMPTION.

  This disease is more frequently found in cold climates than
in warm.   The causes which  predispose  to  it, are very nu-
merous.   The  following  are,  however the most general:—
Hereditary disposition; peculiar formation of the body, obvi-
ous by a long neck, prominent shoulders, and narrow chest;
scrofulous  diathesis, indicated by a fine clear skin, fair  hair,
delicate rosy complexion, large veins, thick upper lip, a weak
voice, and great sensibility; certain diseases, such as syphilis,
scrofula, small pox,  and measles;  particular employments,
exposing artificers to dust, such as needle  pointers, stone cut-
ters, millers, etc., or to the fumes of metals or minerals under
a confined or unwholesome air; violent passions;  agitation  of
mental affections, as  grief, disappointment, anxiety, or  close
application to  study without  proper exercise; frequent and
excessive  debaucheries;   late  watching; drinking  of strong
liquors;  great  evacuations, as diarrheas,  diabetes,  excessive
venery, fluor albus, immoderate discharge of the  menstrual
flux; the continuing to suckle too long under the debilitating
state; and, lastly, the application  of cold, either by  a too sud-
den change of apparel, keeping on wet clothes, lying in damp
beds, Or exposing the body too suddenly to cool  air, when
heated by exercise; in short, anything that gives considerable
check to perspiration.   The  more  immediate or  occasional
causes of phthisis, are hemoptysis; inflammation in  the lungs,
proceeding to inflammatory tumors; catarrh; asthma; and tu-
bercles, or swelling knots; the last by far the most general.
   The incipient symptoms usually vary with the cause of the
 disease, but wdien it arises from tubercles, it is thus marked:
It begins wTith a short, dry cough, that at length becomes ha- 
124
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 bitual, but from which nothing is spit up for some time, except
 a frothy mucus, that seems to proceed from the  fauces.   The
 breathing at the same  time is somewhat impeded, and  upon
 bodily exertion, is much hurried; a sense of straitness, with
 oppression at the chest, is experienced; the body gradually
 becomes leaner, and great, languor, with indolence, dejection
 of spirits, and loss of appetite, prevails.   In this state, the
 patient frequently continues a considerable length  of  time,
 during which he is, howTever, more subject than usual, to slight
 colds, and upon one  or  other of these occasions, the cough
 becomes more troublesome and severe, particularly by night,
 and is at length attended with an expectoration which, towards
 morning, is more free  and copious.  By  degrees, the matter
 which is expectorated  becomes more viscid and opaque, and
 now assumes a greenish color and purulent appearance, being,
 on many occasions, streaked with  blood.   In  some  cases, a
 more severe degree of hemoptysis prevails, and the patient
 spits up a considerable quantity of florid, frothy blood.   The
 breathing at length becomes more difficult, and the emaciation
 and weakness  go on  increasing.   With these, the  person be-
 gins to be sensible of pain in some part of the thorax or breast,
 which, however, is usually felt at first under the breast, palate
 or sternum, particularly  on  coughing.  At  a more advanced
 period of the disease, a pain is sometimes felt in one side, at
times prevailing to so high a degree, as to  prevent  the person
 from lying on that side;  but it more frequently happens that
 it is felt  only  on making a full  inspiration, after coughing.
 Even where no pain is felt, it often  happens that  those who
labor under consumption, cannot lie easily on one or the other
 of their sides, without  a fit of coughing being excited, or the
difficulty of breathing  being much  increased.   At the  first
manifestation of the disease, the pulse is often natural, or per-
haps is soft, small, and  a little quicker than  usual; but when
the symptoms which have  been enumerated, have subsisted
for any length of time, it then becomes  full, hard, and  fre-
quent.  At the same time, the face flushes, particularly after
eating; the palms of  the hands, and the soles of the feet, are 
PULMONARY CONSUMPTION.
125
affected with burning heat:  the respiration is difficult and la-
borious.  At evening the symptoms increase; and by degrees
the fever assumes a hectic form.  This species of  fever is
evidently of the remittent kind, and  increases in symptoms
twice every day.   The first occurs usually about noon, and a
slight remission ensues about five in the afternoon.  This last,
however, is soon  succeeded by another symptom, which in-
creases gradually until after midnight; but about two o'clock
in the morning, a remission takes place, and  becomes more
apparent, as the morning  advances.   During the exacerba-
tions,  or increase  of symptoms, the patient is very suscepti-
ble to any coolness of the air, and often complains of a sense
of cold, when  the skin is, at the same time, preternaturally
warm.  In  the evening, these exacerbations are by far the
most considerable.  From  the  first appearance of the hectic
symptoms, the urine is highly colored, and deposits a copious,
branny, red sediment.   The appetite, however, is not greatly
impaired;  the tongue appears  clesn;  the  mouth is usually
moist; and the thirst  is inconsiderable.  As the disease ad-
vances, the  fauces put on rather an inflamed appearance, and
are beset with aphtha, or sore mouth, and with  small, white
ulcers  on the tongue, gums, and throat, resembling small par-
ticles of curdled milk, and the red vessels of the tunica adnata,
or white of the eye, become of a pearly white.   During the
exacerbations, a florid, circumscribed redness appears on each
cheek; but at  other times, the countenance is pale, and some-
what  dejected.  At  the commencement of hectic fever, the
person affected is usually  costive;  but in  a more advanced
stage, a diarrhea often comes on, and this continues frequently
to recur  during the  remainder of the  disease.   Colliquative,
or severe sweats, likewise break out, and these alternate with
each other,  and induce exceedingly great debility.   In the
last stage of the disease, the emaciation is so great,  that the
patient has the appearance of a walking skeleton; his counte-
nance is altered, and his cheeks are prominent, his eyes look
hollow and languid, his hair falls off,  his nails are of a livid
color, and  much  incurvated, and  his  feet are swollen.  To 
126           DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

the end of the disease, the senses remain entire, and the mind
is tranquil, and full of  hope.   It is, indeed, a happy circum-
stance  attendant on phthisis, or consumption, that those who
labor under it, are seldom apprehensive or aware of danger;
and it is no uncommon  occurrence  to  meet with persons la-
boring under its  most advanced stage, flattering themselves
with a  speedy recovery, and  forming distant projects under
that vain hope.   Some days  before death, the extremes be-
come cold.  In some  cases, a delirium  precedes that event,
and continues until life is extinguished.
  As an expectoration  of mucus from the lungs may possibly
be mistaken for purulent matter, and  may  thereby give us
reason  to suspect  that  the patient labors  under  phthisis, or
consumption, it may not be amiss to point out a sure criterion
by which  we shall always be able to distinguish the one from
the other.   The medical world are indebted for the discovery
to  the late Mr. Charles Darwin, who has directed the experi-
ment to be made in the following manner: Let the expecto-
rated matter be dissolved in vitriolic acid,  and in caustic lixi-
vium, and add pure water to both solutions.  If there  is a
fair precipitation  in each, it  is a certain  sign of pus; but if
there is not a precipitate in either, it is certainly  mucus.   Sir
Everard Home, in his  dissertation on  the  properties of  pus,
and the means of distinguishing accurately between pus and
animal  matter, asserts, that the property which characterizes
pus, and distinguishes it from most other substances, is, its
being composed of globules, or round particles, which are
visible when  viewed through a microscope; whereas animal
mucus,  and  all chimical combinations of  animal substances,
appear in  the microscope to be made up of flakes:  this pro-
perty was first noticed by the late  Mr.  John Hunter.   Pul-
monary consumption is, in every  case, to be considered as
attended with much danger; but it is more so when it proceeds
from tubercles, or round, corrupted pimples, than when it
arises in consequence  either of hemoptysis,  or pneumonic
suppuration, (inflammation in the lungs, and inflamed mucus
deposited in the lungs).  In the last instance, the risk will be 
PULMONARY CONSUMPTION.
127
 greater,  where the abscess breaks inwardly, and gives rise to
 empyema, or pus in the thorax, than where its contents are
 discharged by the mouth.   Even cases of this  nature have,
 however, been known to terminate in immediate death.   The
 impending danger is generally to be judged of, however, by
 the hectic symptoms; but  more particularly by the fetor of
 the expectoration, the degree of emaciation and debility, the
 extreme sweats, and the diarrhea.  The disease has, in many
 cases, been found to be considerably retarded in its progress
 by pregnancy; and in a few instances, it has been  alleviated
 by an attack of mania, or madness.   The morbid appearance
 most  frequently  to be met with, on the dissection of those
 who die  of phthisis, or consumption, is that of tubercles in
 the cellular substance of  the lungs.   These are small tumors,
 which have the appearance of indurated glands.  They are of
 different sizes, and are often found in clusters.  Their firmness
 is in proportion to their size; and when laid open in this state,
 they are often of a white color, and of a  consistence nearly
 approaching  to cartilage.  Although tranquil at first, they at
 length become inflamed, forming little abscesses, or vomicae,
 in the lungs, which, breaking and pouring their contents  into
 the bronchia, or throat, give rise to  purulent expectoration,
 and thus lay the foundation of phthisis, or consumption. Such
 tubercles, or matter, are most usually situated at the upper,
 and back part of the lungs;  but in some instances, they occu-
py the outer part, and then adhesions to the pleura  are often
formed.   When the disease is partial, only about a fourth of
the upper and posterior part of  the  lungs, is usually found
diseased; but in some cases, life  has been protracted till  not
one-twentieth part appeared, on dissection, fit for performing
their functions.   A singular observation, confirmed by  the
marked collections of anatomists, is, that the left lobe is much
 oftener affected than the right.
   The indications are, first, to moderate inflammatory action;
 second, to support the strength, and promote the healing of
 the lungs; third, to palliate' urgent symptoms. 
128          DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

   To effect the objects just mentioned, our system is  alto-
gether new; the principles upon which it is based having been
adopted, heretofore, only in part.   We reach the diseased or-
gans through the medium of cutaneous absorption—depend-
ing principally  upon the sanative powers of our external
agents;  and from demonstration, we hazard nothing in saying,
that we can prepare nearly all remedial agents, and introduce
them  into  the system through this medium, so as to produce
the desired effect, much more readily than by the common
mode of exhibiting through the stomach.  With this we also
combine the desideratum  of releasing the internal  organs
from the great action, necessary to be  undergone, by medi-
cines  passing  the  digestive function, which all grant is  most
grateful to  the enfeebled state of the patient.   In all pectoral
diseases, or complaints of the chest,  we are opposed  to the
giving of strong medicines internally, at  least  in large doses,
often repeated, for the reason already stated, that in a healthy
state, all the energies of the stomach are  called forth to per-
form their office; hence their inability to perform  digestion
when enfeebled.  In all its stages,  we  have been enabled to
discover the most decided advantage by the use of our reme-
dies.  They excite the torpid organs to action,  impart a most
efficient tonic to the worn out and enfeebled  patient, while
they allay  inflammation, and enable a free and gentle expec-
toration; readily removing the obstructed matter, and leaving
the patient in  a state of tranquillity.  From experience and
observation for some time past, we  are led to fix upon the fol-
lowing mode of

                       TREATMENT.

   In cases where the lungs are inflamed only, and the patient
has not for  a great  length of time  been subject to  a cough,
relief may  be  granted by applying our Cough Liniment  to
the side, and between the  shoulders, two or  three times a
day; at the same time taking the Vegetable Syrup, or if that
be not at hand, take from four to twelve drops  of  the Pecto- 
                PULMONARY CONSUMPTION.            129

ral Tincture three times a day, and at night apply plasters
spread with the Liniment, and a warm brick to the bottoms of
the feet, and take some warm herb tea to cause free  perspira-
tion;  at the same time, Tonic Bitters may be taken two  or
three times a day, to sustain the  strength of the patient.   In
more advanced stages, where the patient shall have  been af-
flicted with a light cough a long time, pains in the breast, sides,
and shoulder blades, hemiplegia, and emaciation, with evident
symptoms of the lungs having become ulcerated, a more ela-
borate course ought to be pursued—the  Liniment should be
worn on plasters, applied to the breast, back,  and on the bot-
toms  of the feet, renewed twice a  day.  If the system has
become very impure, this will cause small pustules to appear
on the surface in two or three  days, which will  discharge
virulent pus.  The parts should be washed with warm Castile
soap suds at each dressing, and once in two or three days the
patient  should be washed entire, in warm soap suds, then  in
salt and water, make free use of the flesh brush, and apply the
Liniment again.  The Liniment should also be rubbed over
the whole body,  particularly the  throat and  spine.   If the
pustules become too  sore for the Liniment  to be  borne on
them, the Vegetable Cerate may  be  applied for a few dress-
ings,  and then the Liniment resumed.   The Cough Syrup
should be taken  three times a day, in tea  or table-spoonful
doses, as the tickling sensation attending the  cough  may de-
mand.  The Pectoral Tincture must also be administered,  in
doses of from three to twelve drops, as occasion may require*
This article is one of the best expectorants known; and when
taken in large doses,  excites  nausea  and vomiting—but we
seldom find it necessary to produce this effect.   If the patient
has chronic wandering pains, an under dress of white silk  is
valuable to be worn.   The diet should  be light,  exercise
moderate,  night and  damp  air avoided, and the feet  kept
warm.  In cases  of  ulceration, this  course  will generally
cause a discharge of matter in two  or three days, sometimes
by vomiting, and at other times by  the  intestinal  canal.   If
port wine is agreeable to the patient, it may be taken in small
        17 
130
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
quantities.   We have known some instances of sudden relief
by the course here recommended.  In such cases, it will be
absolutely necessary for the patient to follow up the remedies,
or at least to apply the  Liniment for a considerable length of
time, to confirm a cure.  But if through  the agency of exter-
nal remedies, the  morbific matter can be expelled from the
system, the digestive organs restored to  a  healthy tone,  and
the whole functions of  the body strengthened, there is much
gained towards the restoration of health.   These effects, it has
appeared, we have been enabled  to produce, principally, by
our remedies externally applied; for by  the use  of the Lini-
ment on the stomach and bowels, we have frequently known
a healthy state of both  to take place, though not always with-
out the aid of some medicine taken into the stomach.
  To aid in  the relief of the cough, we sometimes prepare a
Syrup in the following  manner:  Take two pounds of turnips,
and slice them one-third of an inch thick;  two pounds of loaf
sugar, pulverized: place a layer of the turnips in a bake-oven,
then a layer of the sugar, and so on alternately—then cover
it tight and  place  it over a slow fire, for three hours;  then
strain it, and bottle for  use.   Dose: one  table-spoonful, three
times a day.   Covering the chest with a jacket of glazed
cloth  spread with  the  Liniment, as recommended in some
other  cases,  has effected a cure in many instances  when all
other means had failed.
  It has been with much diffidence that we have published
some of the results of experiments made  with our remedies
in cases of consumption.  We never have spoken confidently
in this matter,  until after we had treated a large number of
cases, which had been given up by all orders of physicians as
incurable. These favorable results, together with testimonials
from  almost every section of the United States, vouched  by
physicians, clergymen,  and gentlemen, of undoubted veracity,
have induced us  to publish the most successful practice  b}-
which  patients, laboring under pulmonary complaints, have
been relieved. 
COUGH.                      131
                       COUGH,

  Is a deep inspiration of air, followed  by a sudden, violent,
and sonorous expiration, in a great measure involuntary, and
excited by a sensation of the presence of some irritating cause
in the lungs or windpipe.  The organs of respiration are so
constructed, that every forcing substance, except atmospheric
air, offends them.   The smallest  drop of water, entering the
windpipe,  is  sufficient to produce  a violent  coughing, by
which the organs labor to expel the  irritating substance.  A
similar effect is produced by inhaling smoke, dust, etc.  The
sudden expiration of air from the lungs, is produced by the
violent contraction of the diaphragm, and the muscles of the
breast and ribs.  These parts are thus affected, by a sympathy
with the organs of respiration, which sympathy springs from
the connection, of the nerves of the different parts.   The sen-
sation of obstruction or irritation, which gives  rise  to cough,
though sometimes perceived in the chest, especially near the
pit of the stomach, is most  commonly confined to the tra-
chea, or windpipe, and especially to its aperture in the throat,
termed the glottis; yet this is seldom the seat  of the irritat-
ing cause, which is generally situated at some  distance  from
it, and often in parts unconnected by structure or proximity,
with  the organs of respiration.   Of the various irritations
which give  rise to cough, some occur within the cavity of the
chest; others are external to that cavity;  some exist  even in
the viscera  of the pelvis.   Of those causes of cough which
take place within the chest, the disorders of the lungs them-
selves are  the  most common, especially the inflammation of
the mucous membranes, which excites the catarrhal  cough, or
common cold.   This disease is  generally considered unim-
portant, particularly if there be no  fever connected with it.
But  every  cough, lasting  longer than  a fortnight or three
weeks, is suspicious, and ought to be medically  treated.  An-
other common cause of cough which has its seat in the lungs, 
132          DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

is inflammation of those organs, whether in the form of pleu-
risy or  peripneumony.   These diseases  do not differ very
essentially, except in violence and  extent, from  the acute
catarrh, but are more dangerous, and more rapid in their pro-
gress; and the constitution is excited to a highly febrile con-
dition.  Even after the acute state of inflammation may have
subsided, a cough, attended with extreme  danger, sometimes
continues  to  be excited, by collections of pus, or abscesses,
which ensue in the substance of the lungs, and either termin-
ate  in consumption,  or suffocating  the patient by suddenly
bursting;  more rarely the pus is discharged gradually from a
small aperture, and the patient recovers.  In such cases, the
fever, originally acute, is converted  into a hectio, with daily
chills, succeeded by heat, and flushing of the face, night
sweats, and emaciation.
  Another frequent  origin of cough, is the rupture of some
of the blood-vessels of the lungs; and the consequent effusion
of blood into the cells, which is expelled by the cough that
its irritation  excites, constituting what  is technically  termed
hemoptoe, hemoptysis, or spitting of blood.  When the vessels
of the lungs are thus ruptured, they seldom heat readily, but
degenerate into ulcers, which pour out a purulent matter; and,
by this  discharge, the vital powers are  gradually worn down
and  destroyed.  This is a common source of consumption,
or phthisis pulmonalis.  A cough is  excited; and the same
fatal disorder is also induced, by the existence of tubercles in
the lungs.  These are little  tumors, which gradually inflame
and ulcerate, and produce the same consequences as the ulcer-
ations from  hemoptysis.   Calculi,  or stony concretions, are
sometimes formed in the lungs, and  the irritation which they
produce necessarily excites a cough, which is liable  to ter-
minate in  consumption.
  There is yet another source of irritation within the lungs,
of which cough is an attendant, namely, an effusion of  serum
into the parenchymatous  substance of the lungs, or into the
cellular  membrane, which connects the cells and blood-vessels
together.  This  has  been called anasarca pulmonum,  or 
COUGH.
133
dropsy of the lungs, and  is marked by  great difficulty  of
breathing, with a sense of weight and oppression in the chest,
occasioned by the compression of the air cells and vessels by
the accumulated  water; hence so  great irregularity  of pulse,
frightful  dreams, imperfect sleep, etc., are among its symp-
toms.  Inflammation of the heart, and of the pericardium,
or membrane surrounding  it, is also accompanied by cough,
and other symptoms not easily distinguishable from those of
pleurisy  and peripneumony.   Where a cough  is caused by
disorders of parts external to the cavity of the  chest, it is
generally dry, as the irritating cause is external, and not any
obstructing matter in the lungs themselves.  Disorders of the
viscera of the abdomen, especially of those which lie in con-
tact with the diaphragm, frequently induce a cough.  A short
dry cough  invariably attends  inflammation  of  the liver,
whether acute or chronic, and accompanies the various tuber-
cular and other obstructions in that organ.   Hence inflamma-
tion of the liver is not unfrequently mistaken for inflammation
in the lungs;  and, in some of the chronic diseases of the liver,
the cough is occasionally complained of as  the most urgent
symptom.   The presence of pain in the right side, shooting
up to the top of the  shoulder, the dryness of the cough, and
pain, enlargement, hardness, or uneasiness on pressure below
the ribs of that side, will afford the best means of distinguish-
ing whether a disease of the liver  is the origin of the cough.
Disorders of the stomach are, also, often  accompanied with a
cough of the same dry and teasing nature, especially when that
organ is  over distended with food, oris in the opposite condi-
tion of emptiness.   A short cough, is, therefore, a  frequent
symptom of indigestion and hypochondriasis, or of that weak-
ness of the  stomach which is  popularly termed bilious.   In
short, there is scarcely any one  of the viscera, in the cavity
of the abdomen, the irritation of which, in a state of disease,
has not excited  cough.  Disorders of the  spleen,  pancreas,
and even the kidneys, have all given rise to this symptom;
and external tumors, attached to them have had the same ef-
fect.   Any distention of the abdomen, which, by its pressure 
134
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 upwards, impedes the descent of the diaphragm, and conse-
 quently the expansion of the lungs, occasions cough.  Thus,
 in the ascites, or dropsy of the belly, the water—in tympan-
 ites, the air—in corpulency, the fat in the omentum—and, in
 pregnancy, the gravid uterus—all have the effect of exciting
 cough in many constitutions.   The variety of causes from
 which coughs may arise, must convince  every reader of the
 absurdity of attempting to cure all  kinds of  coughs by  the
 same remedy.
                       TREATMENT.

   Most of the directions in cases of consumption  which are
 recommended in this  work, will  apply to  coughs  generally.
 We have known coughs of short duration cured by a few ap-
 plications of our Cough Liniment  about the throat, breast,
 between the shoulders and to the bottoms of the feet.  This
 mode of  cure  is much facilitated by administering our Dia-
 phoretic  Drops.  But after the cough has become seated, it is
 necessary to give the Pectoral Tincture as an expectorant and
 sometimes as an emetic.   Whoever  understands our mode of
 treating pulmonary complaints will  not be  at  a loss to adopt
 our remedies in coughs.   The great object in this disorder
 will generally be accomplished when the  obstructions are re-
 moved.   Little more  is necessary than Tonics to restore  the
 diminished strength of the patient.


                 RHEUMATISM;

  A Disease, attended  with sharp pains, which has so much
 resemblance to the gout, that some physicians have considered
it  not an entirely distinct disease;  although  they  are by no
means to be confounded.
  Rheumatism is distinguished into acute and chronic.  The
former is of short continuance, and either shifting to different
 parts of the body, or confined to a particular part;  in the lat-
 ter case, it has  a tendency to pass  into   the chronic, unless 
RHEUMATISM.
135
properly attended to;  it is often attended with fever, or some-
times comes on in the train of a fever,   This combination of
rheumatism with fever is called  rheumatic fever, which is
considered by physicians a distinct species.   Chronic  rheu-
matism  is  attended with pains in the head, shoulders, knees,
and  other  large joints, which at  times are  confined to one
particular part, and  at others shift from one  joint to another,
without occasioning any fever; and in this manner the com-
plaint continues often for a considerable time, and at length
goes off.   No danger is attendant on chronic rheumatism; but
a person having been once attacked with it, is ever afterwards
more or less  liable  to  returns of  it.   Neither is the acute
rheumatism frequently accompanied with much danger.  The
acute is preceded by shivering, heat, thirst, and feeble pulse;
after which the pain commences,  and soon fixes upon  the
joints.  The chronic rheumatism  is distinguished by pain in
the joints, without  fever,  and is  divided  into three  species:
lumbago,  affecting  the loins; sciatica, affecting the hip; and
arthrodynia, or pains in the joints.  The acute rheumatism
mostly terminates in one of these species.  Rheumatism may
arise at all times of the year, when there are frequent vicissi-
tudes of the  weather from  heat to cold,  but the spring and
autumn are the seasons in  which it is most prevalent, and it
attacks persons of all ages; but very young  people  are less
subject to it than adults.  Obstructed perspiration, occasioned
either by  wearing wet clothes, lying in damp linen, or damp
rooms, or by being  exposed to  ccol  air when the body  has
been much heated by exercise, are the  causes  which usually
produce rheumatism.   Those who  are much afflicted with
this complaint, are very apt to be sensible of the approach of
wet weather, by finding wandering pains about them at that
period.   Rheumatism usually affects only the external mus-
cular parts; but it has  sometimes  been known to affect  the
internal parts, especially the serous membranes,  the pleura,
the peritoneum, the dura mater. 
 J 36          DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.


                       TREATMENT.

   The forms of  rheumatism are so various—the appearance
 so different in persons of different habits, that it  is no  easy
 matter to give special directions for the  treatment  thereof.
 Much must depend on circumstances, which are so various,
 that we find  great difficulty in directing and adapting all the
 modes, in which our remedies are susceptible of being suc-
 cessfully applied.  In common cases of  rheumatism, pains in
 the joints of short duration, a iew applications of the Rheu-
 matic Liniment  will generally cure.  If of longer standing,
 and there be  wandering pains, we have known the patient
 cured by one full application over the whole body, taking the
 Diaphoretic Drops freely,  and herb tea,  covering up warm in
 bed, with hot bricks to the feet and sides,  and keeping in  a
 profuse perspiration for two hours.   Perhaps  it may be  ne-
 cessary, in some of these cases, to apply the Liniment a few
 times afterwards, in order to prevent a recurrence.
   In chronic rheumatism of long standing,  the disease is by
 no means so easily subdued.   In addition to the above treat-
 ment, we find it sometimes necessary to take internally, for a
 length of time, our Vegetable Syrup and Alterative Drops;
 wear plasters spread with  the  Liniment over  the region  of
 the pain; and  frequently, it  is necessary  to  use so much
 Liniment on the plasters as to cause an abraded surface—and
 still continue the Liniment.
   We also  wash  the  affected parts with the Diaphoretic
Drops.  Make use of the saline bath frequently.  Wash off
with soap suds, and  use the  flesh brush freely.  Sometimes
 we give an emetic of the Pectoral Tincture.  We are careful
to keep the bowels open by cathartics, if necessary.  We fre-
quently give our Essence of Life, and in some extreme cases,
 the Nerve Sanative is of much importance, especially if there
 be any  cramps in the stomach.   If there be paroxysms of
 fever, we reduce them  with our Fever preparations.  Some- 
RHEUMATISM.
137
times we steam the affected limbs with bitter herbs, and  at
others, we sweat the patient with burning alcohol, in which
salt has been dissolved.
  We have cured many extreme cases, after many months'
continuing to make the above applications every day.   When
the system is very torpid, we have introduced two ounces of
Liniment into the system, daily, for more than a month, and
found the most decided advantage therefrom.
18 
 
CHAP.  IV.
                    DYSPEPSIA.


   Dyspepsia—difficulty of digestion.  The strict etymology
 of the term implies an imperfect, or disordered condition of
 the functions of digestion.  Systematic writers, in their artifi-
 cial arrangements have been not a little perplexed to find an
 appropriate location for this affection, and this difficulty must
 exist whilst symptoms, which are always fluctuating, are ad-
 mitted into systems of nosology, as the elements of nomencla-
 ture and arrangement.  From the same circumstances, differ-
 ent symptoms of the affection have received the character of
 separate disease, as apepsia, bradypepsia, anorexia, cardialgia,
 etc.  These are no more than  different  grades in the symp-
 toms, or varieties of the affection, and are not different dis-
 eases.
   The disorder of the digestive function is the most frequent
 and general  of the ailments that afflict man in the  civilized
state.  All classes and all ages suffer from its attacks.   Few
are so happy  as to pass through a life of ordinary duration,
without  undergoing a protracted struggle with this malady,
and experiencing its torments.   Let it once be fully estab-
lished, and the comfort of existence disappears, to be regained,
in most cases,  tediously,  and  at  the price of the most ascetic
self-denial.   The greater prevalence of dyspepsia,  or indiges-
tion, in modern times, arises from the more frequent injury
done to the stomach and  its functions, directly, by the habits
of luxurious  indulgence,  which  have been exceedingly  in-
creased and extended; and, indirectly, by the multiplication
of intellectual and moral  agitations, through an extension  of
the commercial and financial operations of society, the greater 
140           DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

activity and employment of the mental faculties, and by the
augmentation  of political,  social  and  individual  reverses.
Something, too, is to be ascribed to the mere change of names.
We call that dyspepsia  now, which formerly, was  termed
liver disease, bilious disorder, etc.
   A large proportion of the discomfort produced by  this
malady arises  from an ignorance of the digestive functions,
leading to their abuse and  premature derangement, and may
be obviated, to a great extent, by instruction as to the nature <
of these functions, and their natural  exercise.   A  general
view of the digestive  organs and functions is therefore requi-
site to  an  understanding of their disorders, the means to pre-
vent, and  the methods of remedying them.
   All organized or animated beings hold their existence under
the condition  of renewing incessantly, the elements of their
composition, by an appropriation to themselves of exterior
matters.  Simple animals find, in the medium  wherein they
live, and  from which they directly receive them, the princi-
ples serving for their composition.   The decomposition of
animal and vegetable  matter in the soil prepares the aliment
or nutritive principle of  vegetables,  which, being  held  in
solution by water, is absorbed  by their roots.   In all these
beings there are no digestive organs or functions.  The prepa-
rations of their  nutriment  is effected  by physical operations
exterior to themselves, and over which they have no control.
In the higher  and more perfectly organized beings, as in man,
the case is very different.   Nature does not present to them
the nutritive  elements in  a state fitted for  introduction, at
once, into the interior organism, and for employment in its
composition.  Their aliments consist of the nutrive  principles
in a compound state, intimately combined with other substan-
ces, from which they require to be disengaged.  This is ac-
complished by the animal  itself, which is provided with espe-
cial organs, or apparatus and functions for this purpose.   Di-
gestion then  consists  in the disengagement  of the  nutritive
elements  from their combinations, and their  reduction to the
molecular state, thus preparing them for introduction into the 
DYSPEPSIA.
141
Vessels, and for diffusion throughout the organism, to subserve
the purpose of its composition.   It is a process analogous to
the decomposition of the aliment of vegetables in the soil,
and is affected, like all decompositions, by analogous or chim-
ical operations.   In this class, the procuring of the aliment
is the act of the animal, depending on its voluntary powers,
and is controlled by a great variety of circumstances, affecting
the quantity and quality of the food.
   The organs composing the digestive apparatus in man, are
numerous.   They arc the mouth, armed with teeth, for me-
chanically breaking down the food by mastication;  the saliva-
ry glands, furnishing a fluid intimately  combined with the
food, in mastication, and collected in the stomach, which is
its reservoir; the pharynx, a muscular and membranous bag,
for the reception  of the masticated bolus from the mouth;
the  oesophagus, a muscular  and membranous  tube, for con-
ducting the bolus  into the stomach; the stomach, a muscular
and membranous bag, or enlargement of the alimentary canal,
secreting a fluid or fluids, and a reservoir of the salivary and
other secretory fluids of the interior surfaces.  In the stomach
the  food is subjected to the  decomposing process, until re-
duced  to a pulpy mass, called chyme, consisting of the nutri-
tive and innutritive elements, in a state of mechanical  mix-
ture.  Then  follows the duodenum, or second stomach, in
which the chymous mass  is submitted to the action of the
biliary and pancreatic  fluids, and  in which the nutritive ele-
ments  begin to separate from  the innutritive matters, and to
be absorbed by the lacteals, the roots of the animal economy.
Afterwards we  find the liver and pancreas, furnishing bile,
and a species of saliva, which are mixed with, and act on the
chyme in the duodenum; the jejunum and ileum, or small in-
testines, in the course of which the separation, begun in the
duodenum, is  completed, and  nearly the whole of the nutri-
tive principles forming  chyle, are absorbed; and, lastly, the
large intestines, a reservoir for all the excrementitious  prin-
ciples, and which, in it, are converted to faeces.   The whole
of these organs compose the apparatus of digestion, but all 
142
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
are not of equal importance.   The stomach and duodenum
are the most eminent organs, and those whose  condition ex-
ercises the greatest  influence  over  the powers of digestion.
The different parts of this apparatus, are intimately connected,
and a natural state of each of them, and a due exercise of the
functions of each, are essential to  the healthy, undisturbed
performance  of digestion.   This connection is  maintained
through the  ganglionary system of nerves, which  not only
unites these organs together, but combines them  with all the
congeries, appropriated to the  perfect elaboration of the nu-
tritive and sustaining principles in the economy.   The sto-
mach is the center of the digestive apparatus, and may be re-
garded in nearly the same view, for the whole of the organs
connected with individual nutrition.   It owes this character
to its intimate union with the  great solar plexus, the center
or brain, if it may be so  termed, of the ganglionary system,
regulating the nutritive functions. It is also immediately asso-
ciated with the brain, through the medium  of the eighth pair
or pneumo-gastric  nerves, and thus is placed in relation with
the exercise  of the moral and intellectual faculties.  The
stomach is, consequently, liable  to be  disordered in its func-
tions, by violent impressions upon these faculties, as these also
in their turn are liable to be affected by the disordered condi-
tion of the stomach.   It is necessary to have these diversified,
connections  pointed out, in  order to  possess a clear under-
standing of the numerous  and  very  different  sources, from
which disturbances arise  to the progress of  digestion.
  A few words will now be necessary as to digestion itself.
All substances are  not fitted for aliment,  nor  susceptible of
digestion.   Food is intended for the renovation of the body.
It must consist of the same elements as those which constitute
the animal structure, and be capable of becoming organized
and vital.   It  must, then, contain at least  three  elementary
animal principles—hydrogen, carbon, and oxygen; and much
of it  also contains a fourth—viz:  azote.   These  elements
form secondary compounds, in which state  alone they consti-
tute aliment: such are albumen, fibrin, gelatin, osmazome, oil, 
DYSPEPSIA.
143
engan, farina, mucilage, and other animal and vegetable com-
pounds.  In all these substances, the molecules are easily sep-
arable, without being chimically decomposed; and this is one
of the primary requisites of digestibility, to effect which  is
the chief object of digestion.   The masticated and insalivated
food passes into  the stomach.  Here it is macerated in  the
saliva collected in the stomach, and  in  the  proper liquid se-
creted by the villi of the gastric mucous membrane, at a tem-
perature of 104°  Fahr.  This liquor is called gastric juice.
Its true nature is not accurately determined; but, as far as dis-
coveries of it have been made, it resembles saliva, mixed with
a small portion of lactic or muriatic acid.   The stomach, in a
healthy state, always contracts on its contents, so that, in diges-
tion, its parietes are always in contact with the food.   During
digestion, the  stomach has a constant vermicular  motion, its
muscular fibers contracting  successively, from the smaller  to
the larger  end.   The food  thus agitated, acquires a rotatory
movement, and is mingled  with the fluids of the stomach.
In a short time, the change to be accomplished in the stomach
commences;  the  food, becoming pulpy and thin, is reduced
to a semifluid, of a light, grayish color.  From  the uniform
pressure of the stomach, the solid and most resisting portions
are forced into the center, while the  digested and more fluid
matter is found  on  the surface, and  is gradually carried, by
the contraction of the muscular fibres, into the duodenum.
William Philips,  and others, have been led to suppose, from
this circumstance, that the food in contact with the parietes
of the stomach, was alone digested;  but it is a mere physical
result, as uniform pressure  in every direction, on a  mass  of
different consistency, will always drive the most fluid to the
circumference.
   The pulpy, grayish substance, resulting from the stomachic
digestion, is called chyme.  When examined with the micro-
scope, the writer  of  this article has always found it to consist
of an immense number of  transparent globules, of various
sizes, intermixed  with undissolved fragments of  the fibers  of
the alimentary substance.   When  food  is masticated,  and 
 144           DISEASE AND ITs TREATMENT.

 macerated for a few hours in simple  saliva, he has found it to
 present exactly the same  appearances as the chyme of the
 stomach.   The digestion of the stomach, he infers from his
 experiments,  is not  a decompositio?i of  the  alimentary
 matter, but is a simple disintegration of it into its com-
ponent molecules, the animal character  remaining un-
 changed.   The chyme, having passed into the duodenum,
 meets  with the pancreatic liquor and the bile. What are the
 positive changes induced by these fluids,  is not accurately
 known.   The acids of the  chymous  mass are neutralized by
 the alkaline principles of the bile, the picromel  and coloring
 matter of which appear to coalesce  with the unassimilative
 principles  of  the  food, and assist in  their conversion  into
 faeces.   A chimical modification in some of the alimentary
 elements, may also be effected.  It is certain that chyle, or
 the nutritive principles of which  blood is formed, does  not
 appear in  the lacteals  until  after the action  of  the bile and
 pancreatic fluid on  the  chyme, the product of the stomachic
 digestion.  The action of the  stomach on  the food, is that
 usually designated as digestion, and it is the derangement of
 this process that is usually expressed by the term dyspepsia.
 The process accomplished in the duodenum, is also a true di-
 gestion, and the symptoms arising from  its disordered state,
 are confounded with those of the stomachic  digestion, in the
 general account of dyspepsia.
   From this sketch of the  function of digestion,  it is evident
 that its most important agents are, 1st, the fluid secreted  in
 the stomach; 2d, the contractile movements of the stomach,
 keeping the alimentary mass in constant  agitation, mixing it
 with the fluids as they are secreted, and removing the portion
 digested,  or reduced  into chyme; 3d, the application of the
 biliary and pancreatic fluids to the chyme, in  the  duodenum;
 4th, the  contractile movements of this viscus.   Most of the
 derangements  of the digestive functions may be traced imme-
 diately to a departure  from a natural state of some one or
 more of the above requisites of digestion.   But this devia-
 tion from  the natural order is, itself, an effect.  The secretions 
DYSPEPSIA.
145
are products of organs, and all excitement of the secretory
organs beyond the range of healthy action, causes a vitiation
of the secretion,  or  its total suspension.  This action of the
organ, diminished below the physiological range, is attended
with other vitiations of the fluid,  or the  cessation of its se-
cretion.  Indigestion, or dyspepsia, is a consequence of both
these conditions of the organs furnishing the fluids of diges-
tion.   Digestion  is a very stimulating process: all functional
actions are exciting.   The  increased  demand  for secreted
fluids renders an augmented  action, and an increase of blood
in the furnishing organs, necessary, for their production. The
presence of the food, drinks, etc., in the stomach, add to the
stimulation of digestion.   If the  stomach of an animal be
examined while in the act of digestion, its mucous membrane
is found to be of  a diffused scarlet  color.   The movement of
the stomach essential to digestion depends on its nervous com-
munications, and  especially  on the integrity of the  eighth
pair of nerves.   When these are  divided, the stomach and
oesophagus  are paralyzed; the food is no longer agitated and
mixed up with the digestive  fluids, and  it often regurgitates
from the stomach into the  oesophagus.  This fact proves the
influence of the contractile motion of the stomach  in the act
of digestion.  The ganglionic nerves are  not less important,
though their specific influence cannot as readily be determined.
But in many cases of disease of ganglions, vomiting, eructa-
tions,  pain  in the gastric region, and impaired digestion, are
accompanying symptoms.  Through the nervous system, the
function of digestion is exposed to numerous disorders from
moral impressions, especially those of an agitating character.
   From the preceding principles, it is evident that dyspepsia
or indigestion is not, properly speaking, a disease, but rather
a symptom, indicative of diseases of the digestive apparatus,
themselves very various and even  opposite in their character.
No specific treatment can, therefore, be laid down for the cure
of dyspepsia, but  each case requires to be managed  according
to its peculiar cause and nature.  The organ of the digestive
apparatus  most frequently productive of dyspeptic symptoms
        19 
146
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 is the stomach, and the most usual cause of dyspepsia is  its
 irritation and inflammation.  The stomach is more liable than
 any other organ to  these states, from its direct exposure to so
 many irritating influences, and its intimate sympathetic com-
 munications, which make it  participate in the irritations of
 almost every other organ.   The  sub-acute and chronic forms
 of gastric irritations and inflammation,  the signs  of  which
 have only of late been fully appreciated, are the disorders
 that, in seven or eight cases out of ten, are termed dyspepsia.
 Hence dyspepsia so frequently succeeds to febrile diseases,
 especially when treated by emetics, drastics, and the improper
 use of tonics and stimulants, which, although the patient may
 escape the fever, leaves him a victim to the chronic, disorgan-
 izing and perturbating irritations of the gastric mucous mem-
 brane.  Hence, too, dyspepsia almost inevitably follows  con-
 tinued abuse of the digestive functions, from too highly sea-
 soned or too abundant food, and stimulant drinks.  The con-
 stant stimulation of the stomach finally becomes pathological
 or morbid.   The simple  prolongation  of the  functional ex-
 citement essential to digestion, continued from meal to meal,
 without permitting the stomach to revert to a state of repose,
 is sufficient  to constitute a morbid condition.   All  functions,
 for their perfect performance, require alternate periods of re-
 pose and  activity.   Incessant  action  irritates, inflames, and
 finally disorganizes the structure of the organs.
  A second condition of the stomach, productive of dyspep-
 sia, is the congestion of its mucus tissue.   This may be con-
fined to the stomach alone, succeeding an attack of acute gas-
tritis, or following on its protracted irritation; or it may be an
attendant on a general congestion of  the whole portal system
involving most of the abdominal viscera.  Every irritation is
attended by an afflux of the circulating fluids into the structure
where it is seated; an afflux proportioned to its intensity and
the vascularity of the structure.   This gorged state often con-
tinues after the subsidence of the irritation that provoked  it,
 and  prevents a resumption of the healthy functions.  It is a
 state of passive congestion, and often  exists in  the mucous 
DYSPEPSIA.
147
membrane of the stomach, after attacks of inflammation or
acute irritations, and embarrasses its digestive operations.  In
all the extensive irritations of the alimentary canal, especially
when attended with fever, having a paroxysmal character, the
great portal system  of the  abdomen becomes  loaded with
blood, and congestion of its radical vessels  ensues.   The
functions of the viscera are  then disordered, the secretions
are defective, and indigestion, costiveness, and their attendant
affections, are the necessary consequences.
   A third state of  the stomach, causing dyspeptic symptoms,
is precisely the reverse of  the preceding.  Asthenia,  or dimi-
nution of vitality and actions below the  healthy degree, occa-
sionally  takes possession of the stomach.  Its  circulation  is
then  deficient, its secreted fluids are defective in quantity or
quality,  its sensibility is impaired, and digestion is imperfect.
It is not probable that  gastric asthenia is ever primitive.  It
succeeds to  previous irritation, and  is  often occasioned by
irritation in other organs.
   All the preceding conditions form a first class of dyspeptic
diseases, which,  depending entirely on  the stomach, may be
termed gastric dyspepsia.   This class embraces three spe-
cies.
   A second class of dyspeptic diseases is connected with the
duodenum and its  functions.   This  viscus, similarly consti-
tuted to  the stomach,  is subject to the same morbid alterations.
Its mucous membrane  is the seat of irritation, in its various
grades, and productive of its  usual consequences—augmented
irritability, sensibility, perversion of secretions, vitiation of
structure, and disorder of function.   Duodenic irritation most
commonly accompanies gastric irritation, and the symptoms
of the two are blended together.   It exists, however, in many
instances independently, and then manifests particular symp-
toms, which are often termed dyspepsia.   It is, more espe-
cially, the chronic irritations of the duodenum, that pass for
dyspepsia.   It is not probable that congestion, or asthenia
ever affects the duodenum exclusively, to the detriment of its
functions.   When  these states prevail,  it is in  conjunction 
14S
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
with similar conditions of the whole digestive apparatus.   At
least, we have no knowledge of these states limited to the
duodenum.
   A third class of dyspeptic diseases depend on those organs
which furnish  nerves to the digestive viscera.  The gangli-
onic system of nerves, distributed on  each side of the spine,
from the head to the pelvis, transmits nerves to all the organs
connected with the  nutritive  function.  The stomach espe-
cially, is largely supplied from  the solar plexus, and it  re-
ceives, likewise, numerous nervous filaments from the pneu-
mo-gastric, placing it in connection with the functions of re-
lation.  The offices of the ganglionic  system, are not ascer-
tained with precision.  It is, however, well  determined, that
diseases of the ganglions, disorder the functions of the viscera
to which  they transmit  nerves.  Hence arises an order  of
dyspeptic symptoms, independent of any immediate affection
of the stomach, but occasioned by  disease in the great solar,
or other neighboring plexus.   The  disorders of  the digestive
functions, from this  cause,  are various.   The sensibility  of
the stomach is sometimes greatly increased,  constituting gas-
tralgia.   At other times, the secreted  fluids of the stomach
are morbidly acid.   The stomach appears, in  other cases, to
be partially paralyzed, and  the peristaltic movements, neces-
sary for  the admixture of the food with the gastric  fluids,
and the continuous passage of the chyme into the duodenum,
are suspended.  At the same time,  considerable quantities of
flatus collect in and distend the stomach, preventing its action
on the food.  Mechanical manipulation of the abdomen, and
particularly of the epigastrium, after a meal, becomes  a sub-
stitute for the natural motion of the  stomach, expels the wind,
and facilitates digestion, that would otherwise  be  laborious
and painful.
  Dyspepsia, or indigestion, from this  analysis of its modes
of production, is seen not to be a disease of uniform character,
and depending on an identical state of the  digestive organs.
It is attached, as a symptom, rather to a variety of conditions,
each of which requires to be managed in its appropriate mode. 
DYSPEPSIA.
149
It is not possible that it can be remedied by any one general
mode of treatment, or by any set of specific remedies.
  The most common causes of dyspepsia, are excesses of va-
rious  kinds, especially in quantity of food.  Most individ-
uals, in this country, err in this respect.  Meat at three meals,
daily, can be borne only by the most robust frames, and by
hard laborers.   Persons of a sedentary life, require less nutri-
ment; the economy makes less demand on the stomach for
supplies; and if it be compelled then to labor, it is at its own
loss.  Exercise, or  the expenditure of the nutritive elements
by the economy, and the quantity of food to be digested, must
be proportioned to each other, for the preservation of health,
and the due vigor of digestion.   The food, by being render-
ed tender and pulpy, is reduced to  chyme in a shorter period,
with a smaller expenditure of the secreted fluids, and less ex-
citement of the stomach, than when it  is not properly con-
cocted.   The  art of long and healthy living, will depend on
a perfect  system of cooking, and a rational mode of eating.
The  powers of the stomach differ  in  individuals, as much as
the force  of their muscles; and each one must adopt a mode
of  nutrition, both as to quantity and quality of food, suitable
to  the wants of his economy, and  the  digestive capacity of
his stomach.   The quality  of food  is a frequent cause of
dyspepsia.  Tough and badly dressed meats, and crude vege-
tables, are among the prominent causes of this  affliction; as
are also hot bread and cakes, heavy and fresh bread, and the
daily use of hot coffee for breakfast.  In enumerating the
most  common  causes of dyspeptic symptoms, we ought not
to omit the frequent exacerbations of malevolent passions, as
anger, hatred, envy, jealousy, and, what is not often suspected,
excessive indulgence and abuse of the venereal propensity.
Another fruitful source of the  digestive disorders, is found
in  the employment of emetics, and in a frequent  resort to
saline or drastric cathartic medicines.  When a constipated
habit prevails, it should always be overcome, if possible, by a
laxative regimen, and the acids of  purgatives should be cau-
tiously and rarely invoked. 
150
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
TREATMENT.
  Though it may not be expected that our general directions
will be competent to meet the different forms of this disease,
in all  cases, the ingenuity of those who are acquainted with
our remedies will, in  most cases, suggest the means of sup-
plying the deficiency, according to the nature of the case.  In
all cases, we
  1st.  Apply the Stimulating Liniment, with much friction,
to the stomach; wear a plaster of the same over the  whole
region of the liver, and down as  low as the navel, renewing
the same once  or twice  a  day, and at  each renewal rub  the
Liniment  in  with the hand, as first directed.  If the  nerves
be affected, apply the Nerve Liniment on the whole length of
the spine, and on the top of the head.  Wash the whole body
with salt and water, applied with a flesh brush (stiff as  can be
borne) every day.
  2d.  In more  severe cases, wash the whole body with soap
and water,  applied with a flesh brush, wipe dry, apply the  salt
and water,  (salt as it can be made,) rub dry, and then apply the
Stimulating Liniment over the whole body, once every day,
with much friction;  apply plasters to the bottoms of the feet;
wear the plasters as first directed, also, and repeat the washing
off with soap suds, etc., every third day.   Take  our Vegeta-
ble Syrup, Alterative Drops, and Essence of Life, according
to directions.   To prepare the system for the reception of the
Liniment in the first  instance, (after washing off and applying
the Liniment as directed  under this head,) place warm bricks
to the sides, and bottoms of the feet, when in bed, and  use
our Diaphoretic Drops freely, as directed.
   3d.  In extreme cases, where a healthy action of the  system
is not readily  produced  by the above directions, and where
the liver has become extremely torpid, we use a salt bath to
 good advantage,  and immediately  apply a plaster of glazed
 cloth, in form of a vest, covering the whole chest, which is
 worn night and day, renewing the Liniment and using fric-
 tion, as above directed. 
MENTAL DERANGEMENT.
151
  To apply the salt bath, take a gill of alcohol, and add  as
much fine salt as will dissolve in it, set it on  fire, under  a
chair, on which let the patient sit, covered with a blanket to
his neck, and take of the Diaphoretic Drops according  to di-
rections: this  will cause a copious perspiration, without any
diminution of strength; after which, wash off with warm salt
and water, using the brush, and the system will readily  re-
ceive the Liniment.
  In  these affections, the bowels  generally become consti-
pated: the exhibition of our Vegetable Syrup,  will in most
cases overcome the difficulty; but should~it not be sufficient, a
gentle cathartic may be administered.
  Note.—When  the  lungs are in any degree  affected, the
Consumption Liniment should be applied to the breast, and
over the region of the lungs, with  plasters: so,  when the pa-
tient is affected with rheumatic symptoms, or pains, accom-
panying this disease, the Liniment for rheumatism should be
applied over the parts thus affected.
  A large number of cases, and apparently of very alarming
character, have been relieved and  cured by the use of our
remedies  as first  directed, and it has generally been found to
be all that was necessary for the complete cure  of dyspepsia.
In some cases, relief  is very soon gained;  in others, it has re-
quired time and perseverance;  but, when the disease has evi-
dently made  a deep impression upon  the system, especially
when it has  been accompanied with nervous  or rheumatic
affections, and a state of convalescence  is not soon  produced,
we  resort to the other remedies and modes of application, as
given under the 2d  and 3d heads of direction; a persevering
use of which we  have never known to fail of fully accom-
plishing the desired object—that of sound health, and vigor.


  MENTAL DERANGEMENT —INSANITY.

  By these general terms, we  understand every form of in-
tellectual disorder, whether consisting in a total want or aliena- 
152           DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

tion of understanding, as in idiocy, or in only slight aberra-
tions of the faculties.  Medical writers have adopted different
systems of classification, in their treatment of this  subject;
but perhaps the most convenient, is that which comprises all
mental diseases  under the four  heads of mania, melancholy,
demency or fatuity, and idiocy.  Lunacy, in its proper sense,
implies an influence of the changes of the moon on the state
of the mind or body, of which modern science cannot recog-
nize the operation.  It is true, that many diseases are periodi-
cal; and  it  is not improbable,  that paroxysms  of violence
among insane persons, may be really increased at the time of
a full  moon, by the effect of the shadows of clouds, and other
objects, as  ghosts are generally seen by  moonlight;  but any
other  lunar influence,  neither experience nor science can dis-
cover.
  The causes of insanity are divided, by modern  writers, into
physical  and moral.   Every excess of passion—joy, grief,
anger, fear, anxiety, etc.,  may  become a moral cause of  in-
sanity.   Great political or civil revolutions have always been
observed to be attended with numerous  cases of mental de-
rangement.   Pinel observed this phenomenon in France, after
the revolution of 1789; and  Doctor Rush describes similar
effects in the United States, after  the war of the revolution.
Strong religious excitement  often produces  similar results,
although, in many cases, religious  enthusiasm is only a form
of the malady, and not a cause.  Madden, (Travels in Egypt,
Nubia, etc., 1830,) states that insanity is rare among  the Mo-
hammedans, and attributes it to  their  consoling belief in the
certainty of their salvation.   Doctor  Rush thinks that the
disease is more common  among civilized communities, than
with  savages, on account of  the greater influence of moral
causes on the former.  The physical causes of insanity are
various, and numerous; diseases of various kinds, and of dif-
ferent organs; bodily injuries, or  wounds;  excessive indul-
gence in  eating,  drinking, and other sensual pleasures; priva-
tion; exposure to extreme cold, or heat, etc., are among them.
Insane persons are often, however, in  good health;  and dis- 
MENTAL DERANGEMENT.
153
section does not always detect a disordered condition of the
organs.  Philosophy is not sufficiently acquainted with the
mutual action and reaction of the body and the mind  on each
other, to  decide how far  the disordered state of the one is
consistent with the sanity  of  the other;  nor is it certain that
there is any one organ, or  function, which must be diseased,
to affect the mind.  Climate, age,  occupation, and  sex, are
often mentioned as causes  influencing  insanity.  But climate
does not appear to be an exciting cause, although the moral,
civil, religious,  or physical  condition of a nation, may have
rendered the disorder more frequent in some countries than
in others.  The seasons, however, appear to exercise an  influ-
ence, and it is generally observed that the cases of insanity
are most numerous in the hottest part  of the year.  Suicides
are most frequent when the thermometer  is above 84°.   Al-
though many circumstances, both physical and moral, appear
to render the female sex more liable to insanity, it does not
appear that the number of  insane females is greater than that
of males;  drunkenness being more prevalent among the latter,
may  be one cause of this.   In both sexes, the most active
period of life, from thirty to forty, presents the greatest  num-
ber of cases.  In regard to occupation, sufficient data do not
exist to show that there is any decided predominance of cases
in any particular employment.
  Idiocy is either a congenital, or an  acquired defect of the
intellectual faculties, or, as Pinel defines it,  an obliteration,
more  or less absolute, of the functions of the understanding
and affections of the heart.   Congenital idiocy may originate
from  a malformation of the cranium,  or of the brain itself;
the senses are  often wanting,  or defective, and  life  is  com-
monly of short duration.   Acquired  idiocy proceeds  from
mechanical injury of the  cranium,  or from an injury or a
disease of the  brain; from excess in sensual indulgences, in-
temperance, fatigue, and from moral  causes.   In some, the
senses may be partially affected, or quite  destroyed;  and life
often  continues to old age.   Absolute idiocy admits of no
        20 
154
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
cure; but it should not be too hastily concluded that a patient
is in this state.
   The term demency is applied to a complete or partial hebe-
tude of individual faculties, particularly those  of association
and comparison, producing confusion of thoughts, loss of me-
mory, childishness, a diminution or loss of the powers of vo-
lition; it differs from idiocy, in being curable.  Persons being
reduced to this state, exterior objects make but weak impres-
sions on them;  the sensations are therefore feeble, obscure,
and incomplete; the patient  does  not  form a correct idea of
objects, nor compare associate  or  abstract ideas.  It is often
merely  an attendant of other diseases, or other forms of in-
sanity, and is  frequently quite temporary, though it often be-
comes permanent.
   Mania  (madness) is a species of  mental  derangement,
characterized  by the disorder of one or  several of the facul-
ties, or by a blind impulse to acts of fury.   Adults are the
principal subjects.  A nervous temperament, an irritable con-
stitution, predispose to it.  Females are  more  exposed to it
than males, particularly at the period when  menstruation be-
gins or ceases, during pregnancy, and after delivery.  Violent
emotions, a dissipated life, excess  in  any indulgence,  some-
times produce it.  This disorder of the intellectual faculties,
is manifested  by  extravagant, gay, gloomy, or furious emo-
tions; the gestures and words  seem automatic.   Sometimes
the conversation is rational, but the patient bursts out at in-
tervals,  into paroxysms of rage, attacking everything which
he meets; the moral affections also seem deadened, and the
most ferocious hatred is  displayed  towards the most natural
objects of love.   It is sometimes  cured, but sometimes re-
mains stationary, and sometimes is converted into demency.
Repeated  bleeding, hellebore,  cold water poured upon  the
head, scouring, and other means of terror, were formerly  em-
ployed as remedies.  At present, solitude, warm  baths, low
diet, etc., are more commonly applied.  Some dark or mourn-
ful ideas occupy the mind exclusively, so that, by  degrees, it
becomes unable to judge rightfully  of existing circumstances, 
MENTAL DERANGEMENT.
155
and the faculties are disturbed in their functions.  The pow-
ers of the soul become weakened, we might say crippled.   If
these feelings are allowed to attain a hight, at which the pow-
er of self-control is lost, a settled gloom takes  possession of
the mind—consciousness, however, may still continue;  the
person knows his state: but if conciousness is also lost, if this
state becomes continual, the melancholic patient is insensible
to the world around him; he only lives within himself, and
there only in the circle of one fixed idea.   In this disordered
state of the feelings, the other faculties  may still continue to
act, although the mode  and result of their operation will ne-
cessarily be influenced by the existing  disease.  There may
be reflection in the actions of the patient, but the reflection
proceeds from false premises.
   Several kinds of melancholy are distinguished; the distinc-
tions are founded, however, mostly on the cause of  the dis-
ease.   A very common  cause of melancholy  is love.   He
who loses the great object of his wishes and affections, which
has absorbed, we might almost say, the whole activity of his
soul, feels  more than a jealousy at the  success of a fortunate
rival; existence appears to him a blank, and himself the most
unhappy of men.  Another frequent cause of melancholy, is
gloomy views  of  religion.   A constant excitement of  the
feelings, by the awful picture of the eternal punishment of sin,
often produces absolute despair.   The use of such means, to
prepare the mind for the reception  of  deep religious princi-
ples, has not unfrequently led to distraction and suicide.  Re-
peated failures in enterprises pursued with anxious zeal, may
also reduce the faculties of a man so much, that he  becomes
wrapt up solely in the  idea of his misfortune.   Melancholy
patients often flee from  men, haunt solitary places,  such as
orave-yards, and are given to nocturnal rambles.  The course
of the disease is various;  sometimes it lasts a series of years;
sometimes it ceases itself, or is cured by medical aid;  more
frequently it passes over into other kinds of insanity, or into
bodily diseases, as dropsy of the chest, consumption, dropsy
in the head, apoplexy, etc.  It is said that melancholy people 
156
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
rarely suffer from the gout, or are attacked  by epidemic dis-
eases.  Several physical causes are enumerated, as inducing
it, particularly a superfluity of black bile.   Various derange-
ments in the physical system tend to occasion it, as debility
of the nerves, violent flow of the blood to the heart, superfluity
of thick blood, etc.

                       TREATMENT.

   The man who becomes  a maniac  is but  a  mere blank in
society—nay, worse—for  sometimes his nearest friends and
bosom companions are in imminent danger  from his ravings.
Within half a century, much has been  done  by the philan-
thropist in alleviating his forlorn situation; asylums have been
erected;  the State has contributed means to render him com-
fortable ; the  best  regimen and management  have  been
adopted to restore him to his right reason; and it is a pleasing
reflection that in many instances these means have had a most
salutary influence, and sometimes the insane is restored  to his
friends.   While all these philanthropic institutions have been
progressing, it is with much satisfaction we  reflect that some-
thing has been done  by  our remedies for the benefit of this
distressed class of  people.   A number of individuals (under
circumstances  of confirmed madness) have been  brought to
the enjoyment of sound health and reason, by our preparations
alone, without the  aid of other agents.*  Whatever may have
been the producing cause of mental derangement, it will not
be denied that the  derangement of the nervous system  is the
cause of  a continuation of  the complaint. In  all cases which
have been treated by our remedies, just so soon as the nerves
were restored to a  healthy state, so soon reason has reassumed
her empire.  For the accomplishment of this  object we have
prepared a number of medicines which are admirably adapted
to the restoration of those organs.  Our Nerve Liniment, Ve-
getable Syrup, Nerve Sanative,  Essence of  Life, and Pecto-
ral Tincture, are all adapted to the complaint, and can be made
use of in various stages of the disease, with  the most decided
advantage. 
HYPOCHONDRIASIS.
157
  These remedies are well adapted tp the cure of those dis-
eases which are generally attendant on a deranged state of the
nerves;  and  it would be in vain to  attempt  to restore the
nerves to  soundness, while the cause which produced their
derangement remained in the system.   A peculiarly pleasing
incident has thus far attended the  administration of our rem-
edies in cases of insanity.  The relief they have gained, has
been so  readily manifest that on a recovery of their senses, the
patients thus afflicted  have become attached to the medicine,
and in some instances have refused to be further treated by
any other remedies.
  The shaving of the head and applying the Nerve Liniment
to the same, to the neck, and in the ears, with the usual course
of administering our remedies, as laid down in this work, is
all that  is necessary to be said to render the treatment success-
ful by a physician of intelligence.


              HYPOCHONDRIASIS.


  This  is one of the most troublesome diseases.  Its seat is in
the abdomen, particularly under the short ribs;  but  when it
has increased  to a certain degree, it  manifests  itself in the
most various ways,  in the whole body, as there are  few dis-
eases of which the  hypochondriac does not at some  time  or
other complain.   He feels a pressure on the  right side, and
thinks it is owing to a complaint of the liver; he has  pains in
the breast, and immediately apprehends inflammation of the
lungs;  his head feels heavy, and nothing is more certain than
an approaching apoplexy; he sees specks before his eyes, and
a cataract is  unavoidable; if  the  heart beats stronger than
usual, a polypus in that organ is probable; and an unimportant
pimple  becomes the indication of  inveterate ulcers; and so on.
All these effects of the disease are explicable from its nature,
seat, and causes.  Hypochondria is a disturbance of the func-
tions of the nervous system of the abdomen.  Hence, the 
15S
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 sensibility of the nervous system is morbidly heightened, but
 its  power of action  lessened.   At  the same time, the sepa-
 ration between the nervous system of the abdomen and that
 of the brain  is rendered less complete, so that certain feelings
 reach the brain, and thus affect the thoughts much more than
 in a state of health.  The disturbance in the functions of the
 abdominal nervous system, produces next  a weakness and
 disturbance in the digestion, which generally produces the first
 and most numerous attacks of hypochondria, from  which all
 the others originate, in proportion as the  morbid sympathy
 extends over the whole body.  Hence, first is produced spas-
 modic contractions under the short ribs, sometimes on one
 side, sometimes on the other,  sometimes  in the pit of the
 stomach;  torpidity of the bowels, flatulency, inflammation of
 the abdomen, want of appetite, increased pressure, and gener-
 ally disagreeable feelings after eating.   In the progress  of the
 disease, a slow and  somewhat difficult inspiration comes on,
 indescribable anxiety, and pain and  giddiness in the  head.
 Also, wdien the stomach is empty,  this organ sometimes suf-
 fers pain  and sickness, and vomiting takes place.   For mo-
 ments, particularly after digestion  is finished, the hypochon-
 driac feels easy, well, and serene; but all at once, the  old com-
 plaints seize  again  upon their  victim.  The disturbance  of
 the nervous system also has, as well may be conceived, a great
 influence upon the mind, and humor of the patient.  Some-
 times he is melancholy, sometimes gay to an excess.   Un-
 interruptedly occupied with  the state of his body,  he  takes
 notice of every feeling, and wishes  to have every trifling pain
 explained, considering every one  as a symptom of  a serious
 disease.  For everything he wants physic.  In the hours of
 anxiety, hypochondriacs are  constantly in  dread  of death.
 Sometimes anxiety attacks them so suddenly, that they must
jump up, and cannot find quiet anywhere.   Sometimes me-
 mory leaves  them, so that they cannot think of their name.
 In the midst  of the  most serious conversation,  nay, even of
 prayers, the most ludicrous ideas or images strike them.   Oth-
 ers, all at once, feel a desire to perform the  strangest actions, 
HYPOCHONDRIASIS.
159
from which  they can restrain  themselves only with  great
difficulty.
   This deplorable disease may be occasioned by any circum-
stances which disturb the functions of the abdominal nervous
system, highten its sensitiveness, debilitate digestion, and les-
sen the separation of the reproductive nervous system from
the  sensitive.  Among the chief causes, are great exertions
of the mind in studying, a sedentary or dissipated life, ex-
cesses in  exciting  liquors, particularly coffee; also, want  of
exercise of the physical and mental powers, producing ennui.
Hypochondria is, physically considered, not a dangerous dis-
ease.  It is true, the genuine hypochondriac believes, at least
for six days in every week, that his hour is come.  He passes
a wretched existence, and is a real  torment to his family and
physician.
   Hypochondria can be cured but slowly.  A hypochondriac
must abstain from much physic, but the difficulty is to per-
suade him to do so.  He would  often rather  take ten medi-
cines than one.  He ought to avoid sensual indulgencies, but
his irritated nerves refuse  obedience to duty.   He ought  to
master his  feelings, but the body has become the governing
power.   He ought to take much exercise, but his indolence
finds continual excuses for omitting it.  He ought to observe
a strict diet for years, and confidently follow the directions  of
his physician,  but  he is impatient  to be cured immediately,
and his most solemn promises are  forgotten in a week.  He
would have ten physicians at once, not to follow their advice,
but to quarrel with all, and to tell them that they know noth-
ing of his case.  Thus it happens that a hypochondriac is sel-
dom entirely cured, but, after having suffered for  years, he
dies of some additional disease; or in very advanced age, when
the irritability of  the nerves is lessened, the disease still ap-
pears.

                       TREATMENT.

   It would be in vain to point out any one mode of treating
the above complaint, as it is questionable whether the patient 
160
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
would be persuaded to pursue a regular course of treatment,
for even one week.
   It is sufficient here to remark that the  complaint is a ner-
vous affection, affecting the whole system,  to a certain extent.
We will remark further, for the benefit of  those thus afflicted,
that our Nerve Liniment, Vegetable Syrup, Nerve Sanative,
Essence  of  Life, and  Pectoral Tincture, are all  invaluable
remedies, and, if used according to directions, and persevered
in, will restore the nerves to strength and vigor, and a cure
will be the result.


                    HYSTERICS,


   Are, with women, nearly the same as hypochondriasis with
men;  the difference which really exists, arising from the pe-
culiar character and constitution  of women.   This disease
arises from  a morbid excitement of the nervous system, and
manifests itself  by great uneasiness, unusual susceptibility,
occasioning  great trouble, often from imaginary  causes, and
affecting the sufferer even to tears.  To  these is added the
sensation of a ball mounting from  the abdomen, and particu-
larly from the pit of the stomach, where the most important
nerves concentrate, and occasioning a feeling of strangulation.
From the greater susceptibility in the system of women, these
affections are more universal, and appear quicker in other parts
of the body, particularly in the muscles, than in men.  Hence
spasms of various kinds, contractions of the neck, pains  in
the head, fainting fits, palpitation of the heart, appear very
frequently, and are sometimes so severe, that persons afflicted
with them seem to be dying,
   These complaints were once ascribed to vapors arising from
the stomach, and were called by that name.  They were once
very fashionable among the ladies.   Women of  a delicate
habit, and whose nervous system is extremely sensible, are the
most subject to hysterical affections; and the habit which pre- 
HYSTERICS.
161
 disposes to these attacks, is acquired  by inactivity  and a se-
 dentary life,  grief,  anxiety, and  various physical disorders.
 They are readily excited, in those who are subject to  them,
 by strong emotions, especially if  sudden.   Hysterical com-
 plaints are best prevented, by a judicious care of the moral
 and physical education of girls.   Men of uncommon nervous
 sensibility, are sometimes subject  to disorders not essentially
 different.

                         TREATMENT.

   Much less charity has generally been extended to those af-
 fected by this complaint, than we ought to bestow.   It is evi-
 dently an affection of the nervous  system, and whenever that
 system is restored to sound health, the  patient becomes in-
 vigorated,  and enjoys good health.   Our preparations for
 nervous  affections are abundantly competent to master this
 disease.
   1st. The Pectoral Tincture may be taken, in small doses,
 as an alterative.
   2d. The Essence  of Life, in cases of fainting, is of great
 service.
   3d.  Sometimes it  may  be necessary to administer our
 Nerve Sanative,  diluted  in warm water, in two drop doses,
 twice a day.
  4th. The Nerve Liniment ought to be applied on the top
of the head, behind the ears, and on the neck, at least once a
day, and a plaster should be worn on the breast constantly.
  5th. If the feet be constantly cold, as  is the case in some
instances, the Stimulating Liniment should  be applied to the
bottoms of the feet once a day.
  Much attention should be paid  to  keeping the bowels in
order, and the most simple diet should be adopted.
  Those few cases of this complaint which are not caused by
other forms of disease, are treated  of  in another  part of this
 work.
       21 
162
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
   DEPRESSED  STATE  OF  THE MIND.


   Notwithstanding the uncharitableness of the world at
 large, for those who are afflicted with low spirits, we aver it
 to be a disease, occasioned principally by indigestion.  Some
 writers believe the seat of the disease to be confined to those
 particular regions of the abdomen called hypochondriac, which
 are situated on the right and left side of the cavity, whence
 comes the name of hypochondriasis.
   The common symptoms are, acid eructations; flatulency in
 the stomach or bowels; spasmodic pains; costiveness;  giddi-
 ness; dimness of sight; listlessness, and often  unable to fix
 the mind on any thing which requires vigor of thought.  The
 mind becomes fretful, dejected, and desponding, accompanied
 with a total derangement of the nervous system.   The men-
 tal feelings  and peculiar ideas that haunt the imagination, and
 overwhelm  the judgment, exhibit an infinite diversity.  The
 wisest and best men, who have led  a  sedentary life, are as
 subject to the  affliction, as are those of the other sex, who
 generally possess fine talents, but are thus unfortunate by rea-
 son of a general derangement of their system.
   The  causes of the complaint are, severe study, protracted
 to a late hour at night, in a cold room;  a sedentary life; dis-
 solute habits; excess of eating and drinking; use of mercury;
 suppression  of habitual discharges, or long continued  erup-
 tions; debility of the organs within the abdomen, etc.   The
 symptoms vary much in different patients.  Whoever leads a
 sedentary life, and neglects to keep the feet warm,  is sure to
 be afflicted  with some  or all of the above symptoms; and as
 a preventive, we would recommend the putting  of half a tea-
spoonful of  cayenne into  each stocking, daily.  This will
give action to the system, and prevent much of  the evil very
properly ascribed to cold feet. 
DEPRESSION OF MIND.
162
                        TREATMENT.

  The principal object is to remove  obstructions, restore the
digestive  powers, and  brace up the  nervous svstem  to  a
healthy action.   These  objects can more readily, and  with
greater certainty, be effected by the application of our exter-
nal remedies, than by any other practice of which we have a
knowledge.  Our first object is to relieve the nervous affec-
tion,  by which all gloomy  apprehensions will subside,  and
the patient's confidence in a cure will be much strengthened.
   1st. Apply the Liniment for Nervous Affections on the top
of the head, on the neck, the whole  length of the spine, the
inside of the arms, thighs, and legs; and  if there be palpita-
tions,  apply the  same over  the region of the breast; at the
same  time, apply the Stimulating  Liniment, on  plasters, to
the bottoms of the feet.  This ought to be regularly repeated
two or three times a day,  until the nervous system is relieved.
In addition to the above, the patient ought to  take the Nerve
Sanative and Essence of  Life.
  2d.  Apply the Stimulating Liniment, on a plaster, to the
breast; renew it once or  twice  a day,  as  the urgency of the
case may require.  This  application will regulate the stomach
with  more certainty than the exhibition of an emetic, as re-
lief is gained without any of the evil consequences generally
attendant, in such cases,  by the exhibition of large doses of
strong medicine internally.   Sometimes we find much advan-
tage in giving the Diaphoretic Drops.  Apply bricks to the
feet, and cause a free  perspiration.  In some cases, the Pecto-
ral  Tincture taken in three drop doses,  on loaf  sugar, has
produced a salutary effect;  and in a very few  instances  have
we  found it necessary to  increase the dose to twenty drops, so
as to cause vomiting.   The Vegetable  Syrup is an excellent
remedy.    The washing off the surface of the body in  soap
suds and weak lye, or  salt  and water, will be found advan-
tageous in  this complaint.   We also make free use of tonic
bitters—eat easily digested food—exercise  on horseback is
serviceable—and  keep from exposures to a moist atmosphere. 
 
CHAP.  V.
        DIARRHEA,  OR  LOOSENESS.

   Diarrhea consists in copious discharges of feculent mat-
ter by stool, accompanied by griping,  and often, at first, by
slight vomiting, but unattended either by inflammation, fever,
or contagion.   The presence of these, with tenesmus, (a con-
tinual inclination to go to stool without a discharge,) and an
evacuation of blood and purulent mucus, with hardened balls
or scybala instead of natural faeces, which prevail  in  dysen-
tery, will always enable the practitioner readily to distinguish
the  two diseases  from each other.  It is to be distinguished
from cholera morbus by the discharges not being very bilious,
and also by there being no vomiting of bile.
   In diarrhea, there is evidently a  morbid increase  of  the
peristaltic  motion, which morbid increase is the  effect of  a
variety of causes, applied either to the body  in general, or
acting solely on the parts affected.  Of the former, may be
noticed the application of cold to the surface of the body, so
as to give a check to perspiration, and thereby determine the
flow of blood more to  the interior parts; as likewise passions
of the mind, and  certain diseases, as dentition, retrocedent
gout, and rheumatism, fever, etc.  Of the latter, may be enu-
merated, first, matters taken  into the stomach, and acting
either from their quantity, as in the case of overcharging the
organ; or from their nature, on the  state of the stomach it-
self, producing fermentation, as acid fruits, or oily and putrid
substances, and purgative medicines.  Secondly, matters gene-
rated in the body, and thrown  into the intestines; acrid bile,
pancreatic juice, purulent matter, water in dropsy, worms,
etc.   Thirdly, mucous matter, poured from the mucous folli- 
166
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
cles of the intestines themselves, in consequence  of an in-
creased excretion, and producing what is known by the name
diarrhea mucosa (from mucus).  In diarrhea, each discharge
is usually preceded by a murmuring noise and flatulence in
the intestines, together with a sense of weight and  uneasiness
in the lower part of the belly;  which cease on the discharge
taking place, but are again renewed before  the  one which is to
succeed ensues.
   The appearance of the  stools  is various; sometimes they
are thinner than natural, from the admixture of a larger quan-
tity of fluid,  poured out by  the  exhalents of the  intestines,
than common;  sometimes they are slimy, and sometimes they
are green, when first discharged;  sometimes they  are evacu-
ated of a yellow color, but.become green  on exposure to the
air; and now and then they are of a dark brown color, and
very fetid.
   As the disease advances,  the stomach becomes affected, and
sickness,  nausea, and vomiting, occasionally prevail; the coun-
tenance turns pale, and the  skin becomes dry  and  rigid.   If
it continue for  any length of time, universal emaciation,
dropsy of the lower extremities, and relaxation of every part,
ensue, together with  a great loss of strength.   Dissection in
cases of diarrhea which have terminated fatally, have shown,
that where  it  prevailed as  a primary disease, ulceration  of
some  portion  of the intestines is the  morbid change most
usually met with; in which cases, the inner membrane is often
abraded for a considerable extent, and  its muscular coat laid
bare.  They have likewise  shown, that the follicular glands
are the most  frequent seat  of such ulcerations, and that they
frequently become cancerous, and assume the same appearance
as scirrhus and cancer in other parts.

                       TREATMENT.

   In all cases of the above disease, the Cholera Morbus Lini-
ment is an invaluable remedy.   If the patient  be severely at-
tacked, let the Liniment first be used on the abdominal region,
after which, spread a flannel cloth over  the  same,  and use a 
CHOLERA  morbus.
167
warm flat-iron gently over the belly: this course will impart
warmth, and greatly facilitate the absorption of the Liniment;
and just so soon as it  is absorbed, temporary relief will be
gained.   In cases where discharges of blood occur, a tea made
of smart weed, administered to the patient warm,  will be  of
service.  If the evacuations be hard and in little balls, a gen-
tle cathartic may be given.   If flatulency  ensue, take freely
of our Essence of Life.  If  the stomach be nauseated, apply
very  freely  to  the same our  Stimulating Liniment;  after
which the  Pectoral  Tincture  may be  taken  in  nauseating
doses, to cause vomiting.


              CHOLERA  MORBUS.


  Cholera  Morbus is a purging and  vomiting  of bile, at-
tended with anxiety, painful  gripings,  spasms of the abdomi-
nal muscles, and those of the calves of the legs.   There  are
two species  of  this genus:  1. Cholera spontanea, which
happens, in  hot seasons, without  any  manifest  cause.    2.
Cholera accidentalis, which occurs after the use of food that
digests slowly, and  irritates.  In warm climates it is met with
at all  seasons of the year, and its occurrence is very frequent;
but in England, and other cold climates, it is most prevalent
in the middle of summer, particularly in the month of Au-
gust;  and the violence of the disease has usually been greater
in proportion  to the intenseness of the heat.
  It  usually comes on  with soreness, pain, distention, and
flatulency in the stomach and intestines, succeeded  quickly by
a severe and frequent vomiting, and purging of bilious matter,
heat,  thirst, a  hurried respiration, and frequent, but weak and
fluttering pulse.   When the disease is not violent, these symp-
toms, after continuing for a day or two, cease gradually, leav-
ing the  patient in a debilitated and exhausted state; but where
the disease proceeds with much violence, great  depression
of strength ensues, with  cold, clammy  sweats, considerable
anxiety, a hurried and short respiration, and hiccoughs, with 
168
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
  a sinking and irregularity of the pulse, which quickly termi-
  nate in death, an event that  not unfrequently happens within
  the space of twenty-four hours.
    The  appearances  generally observed  on dissection,  are  a
  quantity of bilious matter in the primae viae; the ducts of the
  liver relaxed and distended.   Several of the viscera have been
  found, in some cases, displaced, probably by  the violent vo-
  miting.  In the early period of the disease, when the strength
  is not much  exhausted, the  object is to  lessen the irritation,
 and facilitate  the discharge of the bile, by tepid  demulcent
 liquids, frequently administered.   It will likewise be useful
 to  procure a determination to the surface, by fomentations of
 the abdomen, by the foot bath, or even the warm bath.  When
 the urgent symptoms  are relieved, the strength must be re-
 stored  by gentle tonics, as the aromatic bitters, calumba, and
 the like, with a light nutritious diet: strong toast  and water
 is the best drink.   Exposure to cold  must be carefully avoid-
 ed.  The  abdomen and the feet, particularly, must be  kept
 warm, and great attention is  necessary to regulate the bowels,
 and procure a regular discharge of bile, lest a relapse should
 happen.  It will also be proper to examine the state of the
 abdomen, whether  pressure  gives  pain at any part,  because
 inflammation  in the  primae  viae is very liable  to supervene,
 often in an insidious manner.

                        TREATMENT.

  Cholera Morbus has uniformly been successfully  treated in
the following  manner, varying the treatment as the circum-
stances of the case may require.
  1st.  Apply our preparations for fever, and cause a free per-
spiration therewith.   At  the same time, apply the Cholera
Morbus Liniment on the abdomen, and low on the back—re-
peat until relief be gained.
  2d. If the patient be troubled with flatulency, let there be
repeated doses of the  Essence of Life administered.
  3d. Bathe the feet and legs in warm water, wipe dry, and
apply the Liniment to them freely. 
COLIC.
169
  4th.  If relief be not directly obtained, immerse the patient
in a saline bath.
  5th.  If  the stomach  remain irritable, let the Stimulating
Liniment be applied to the pit of the stomach, and continue
friction thereto for a considerable length of time, for just so
soon as the Liniment  is absorbed, the irritation of the stomach
will  subside.
  6th. Should there be an appearance of inflammation of the
bowels, a most powerful and continued application, for a long
time must be applied  thereto, with friction of the hand.
  7th. Let the patient be supported by the use of tonics. The
diet should be  simple, and of easy digestion, and exposures
to the influence  of sudden cold should be avoided.
   The course above recommended,  uniformly reduces the
spasmodic  affections, causes a free perspiration, determines
the disease to the surface of the body, causes a reaction to take
place, and  in a very short time the patient is out of danger.


                        COLIC.


  The appellation of colic is commonly  given to all pains
in the abdomen, almost indiscriminately; but, from the differ-
ent causes and circumstances of this disorder, it is differently
denominated.  When the pain is accompanied with a vomit-
ing of bile, or with obstinate costiveness, it is called a bilious
colic;  if flatulency cau<se the pain, that is, if attended with
temporary distention, relieved  by the  discharge of wind, it
takes  the name of flatulent or windy colic;  when  accom-
panied with  heat  and inflammation, it takes the name of in-
flammatory colic.  When  this disease  arises to  a  violent
 hight, and is attended with obstinate costiveness, and  an eva-
 cuation of faeces by  the  mouth, it is  called passio iliaca, or
 iliac passion.  Doctor Cullen enumerates seven species of
 colic.  One of  the most  important is the  colica pictonum.
 This  is called, from the places where it  is endemial, the
 Poictou, the Surinam,  the Devonshire colic;  from  its vie-
         22 
 HO           DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

 tims, the plumbers'' and the painters' colic; from its symp-
 toms, the dry belly-ache, the nervous  and spasmodic colic.
 It has been attributed to the poison of lead, and this is un-
 doubtedly the cause, when it occurs to glaziers, painters, and
 those employed in  lead works;  but  though this is one, it  is
 by no  means the only cause.   In Devonshire, it certainly
 more often arises from the early cider, made of harsh, unripe
fruit; and in the West Indies, from new rum.
   The characteristics of this disease, are obstinate costiveness,
 with a vomiting of an  acrid or  porraceous bile, pains about
 the region of the  navel, shooting from  thence  to  each  side,
 with excessive violence, strong  convulsive spasms  in  the in-
 testines, and a tendency to a paralysis of the extremities.  It
 is occasioned  by long-continued costiveness; by an accumula-
 tion of acrid  bile; by cold, applied either to the extremities,
 or to the belly itself; by a free  use of unripe fruits, and by
 great irregularity in the mode of living.  From its occurring
 frequently in  Devonshire, and other cider  countries, it  has
been  supposed to arise from an impregnation of lead received
 into  the stomach; but  this  seems to be a mistake, as it is  a
very prevalent disease in the West Indies likewise, where no
 cider is made, and where there  is only a very small quantity
of lead in the mills employed to extract the juice from  the
sugar canes.   One or other of the causes just enumerated, may
justly be said  always to give rise to this species of  colic.
   The dry belly-ache is always attended with some degree of
danger, which is in proportion to the violence of  the  symp-
toms, and the duration  of the disease.  Even when  it does
not prove fatal, it is too apt to terminate in palsy, and to leave
behind it, contractions of the hands and  feet, with  an inabili-
ty in their muscles, to perform their office;  and in  this mise-
rable  state of existence, the patient lingers out many wretched
years.
                        TREATMENT.

   The colic has been treated, in all its various forms, by our
remedies, with the most decided success.  Our medicines are 
DYSENTERY.
171
peculiarly adapted to meet all the exigencies which occur in
this disease.
  If the patient be threatened with inflammation in the bow-
els, our Stimulating Liniment is a powerful remedy.
  If flatulency supervene, the Essence  of  Life  may be ad-
ministered.
 In cases of spasms, and nervous affections, the Nerve Sana-
ative and Nerve Liniment will afford relief.
  The bilious affection may be removed, by nauseating doses
of the Pectoral Tincture.
  For costiveness, gentle cathartics may be administered.
  In very severe  cases, it is always more  safe to  apply the
Liniment over the whole body at first, and administer Dia-
phoretic Drops, and  cause a profuse  perspiration; and just so
soon as the sweating process commences, the patient is out of
danger.

                   DYSENTERY.


  This disease is said to be a contagious fever, the distinctive
features of  which are, frequent, ^griping stools;  tenesmus;
stools chiefly mucus, sometimes mixed with blood, the natural
faeces being retained, or voided in small, compact, hard sub-
stances, attended by loss of appetite, and nausea.
  It occurs chiefly in summer and autumn, and is often occa-
sioned by moisture succeeding quickly intense heat or great
drought, whereby the perspiration is suddenly checked, and a
determination made to the  intestines.   It is also occasioned
by unwholesome and putrid food, and by noxious exhalations
and vapors; hence it makes its appearance in armies encamp-
ed  in  the  neighborhood of  low and  marshy  grounds, and
proves highly destructive; but the cause which most usually
giyes rise to it, is said to be a specific  contagion; and if it once
makes its appearance where large numbers of people are col-
lected together, it frequently spreads with great rapidity.  A
peculiar state of the atmosphere sometimes gives rise to the 
172           DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

dysentery, in  which case it prevails epidemically.  It gene-
rally occurs about the time of the autumnal intermittent and
remittent fevers, and with them it is often complicated.  It is
more prevalent in  warm,  than in  cold climates, and in the
rainy seasons of the year it  frequently breaks out and be-
comes fatal, in the West Indies.
  An attack of dysentery  is sometimes  preceded by loss of
appetite, costiveness, flatulency, sickness at  the stomach and
vomiting, and comes on with chills, succeeded by heat  in the
skin and frequency of the pulse.   These symptoms are gene-
rally the forerunners of griping,  and increased  evacuations,
which afterwards occur.   More or less fever usually attends
the symptoms which have been  described, throughout the
whole  disease, when  there is an  inclination to a fatal ter-
mination, and is either of an inflammatory or putrid tendency.
In some cases, the febrile state entirely disappears after a time,
while the proper dysenteric symptoms will be of  long dura-
tion: hence the distinction  into acute and chronic dysentery.
When the symptoms run high, produce great loss of strength,
and are accompanied with  a  putrid tendency and a fetid and
involuntary discharge, the disease often terminates fatally  in
the course of a few days.  But when they are more moderate,
it is  often protracted to a considerable length of time, and is
removed by a gentle perspiration diffused equally over the
whole body; the fever, thirst, and  griping, cease, and the
stools become of a natural color and consistence.  When the
disease is of long standing, and becomes  habitual,  it seldom
admits of  a cure;  and in  consumptive  cases, and  persons
whose constitutions are broken down, it almost always proves
fatal.
                       TREATMENT.

  In no disease whatever, is the saline bath of more import-
ance, than in the dysentery; it ought to  be made use of fre-
quently; after which, make  a  full application of  the Fever
Liniment over the body, taking at the same time Diaphoretic
Drops, and applying heat sufficient to produce a free perspira- 
DYSENTERY.
173
tion.  The saline bath will arrest all the inflammatory symp-
toms.  A free use of  the Liniment for Cholera Morbus, over
the abdominal region, will cause a sudden reaction in that re-
gion, arrest the dysenteric symptoms, and readily relieve the
patient from pain, and also from the uncomfortable sensation
which usually attends this complaint in the region of the anus.
After the disease is arrested, gentle physic and tonics may be
resorted to, in order to perfect a cure.
   Sometimes  smart-weed tea has proven beneficial in this
complaint. 
 
CHAP.   VI.
            STONE,  OR  CALCULUS;

   Every hard concretion, not bony, formed in the body of
 animals.   The article Calculus treats of  the variety  and
 chimical  composition of these concretions.   We shall  add
 here a few  words respecting their  probable origin, and the
 cause of this disease, in man.
   These concretions originate, immediately, in a disturbance
 of the secretions; which disturbance  may,  perhaps, in most
 cases, be caused by a disordered  condition of the juices, par-
 ticularly of the blood, and a want of due assimilation.  This
 may be supposed, because, in the complaints of the gravel and
 the gout, which frequently interchange, the digestion  almost
 always suffers, and acid is found in the primae  viae;  also,  be-
 cause cattle  often have biliary calculi in the  spring, which
 disappear after they have fed for a time on green fodder. Cal-
 culi  form themselves in those secreted  fluids which contain
 many ingredients, and which have an inclination to assume a
 solid form, especially in such as are collected in particular re-
 ceptacles (the gall bladder, and  urinary  bladder);  and they
 have even been found in the salivary ducts.   They consist of
 a nucleus and several surrounding coats, similar or various in
their nature.   Their component parts vary, according to the
fluid in which they have been  formed.   They obstruct the
passages, and prevent the  discharge of  the  secreted  fluidsf
they irritate the vessels in  which they are contained, and
thereby cause convulsions, pains, inflammations, and suppura-
tions; they also affect, indirectly, other organs;  namely:—the
stomach, producing sickness and vomiting; the stones in the 
176
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
bladder occasion itching in the glands of the genitals, pains in
the loins, testicles, etc.
  The most common calculi are,  1st, biliary calculi,  often
found in great numbers in the bile, sometimes in the  liver,
from the size of a pea to that of a hazel nut.   They are dark
brown, black, and usually polished on several parts of the sur-
face, and generally occasion disease only when they move, and
are very  jagged.   But in such cases, violent pains  exist,
which extend from the right side to the center of the  body.
They also sometimes cause periodical and obstinate jaundice.
The convulsions and pains which they occasion,  frequently
require the application of particular medicines, to relieve  the
immediate suffering, besides those directed against the disease
itself.   The patient is often relieved from them by vomiting,
or by stool.
  2d. Urinary calculi are  sometimes  a kind of coarse sand,
called gravel, which sinks immediately to the bottom of  the
vessel in which the urine is left.   Sometimes they are real
stones, of the size of a pea, of a walnut, or  even  of the fist.
They are found either about the kidneys, and there  cause
pains, inflammation, and suppuration, or in the pelvis of  the
kidneys.   In this case, from time to time, single stones pass
into the bladder, with violent pains extending from the region
of the kidneys downward or backward, and are  carried  off
with the urine;  or  they originate in the bladder itself, where
they often acquire a very considerable size.   They cause pains
in the region of the bladder,  in the perinaeum, and  great
suffering during the discharges of the urine.   It often happens
that this can be discharged only in certain positions, and drop
by drop, with great pain; is slimy, smells offensively, and is
mixed with blood and gravel.  The examination by the  cathe-
ter affords the most certain information respecting  the  exist-
ence of calculi, if, as sometimes happens, the stone does  not
lie inclosed (encysted) in a certain part of the bladder.  To
destroy  urinary stones, internal  means  have been recom-
mended;  but  they are  little to be depended upon.    If the
stone in the bladder increases so much that it prevents entire- 
GRAVEL  AND STONE.
177
ly the discharge of the urine, it is necessary to remove it by
the knife (lithotomy), or by breaking it to pieces in the blad-
 der (lithotrity).   The operation  of lithotomy may be per-
formed in four different ways:   1st.  By the apparatus minor,
an operation described by Celsus, and very simple, requiring
few instruments; whence the name.  The operator introduces
his middle  finger and  fore finger up the anus, and endeavors
to bring the stone towards the neck of the bladder.  He then
cuts on the left side of the perinaeum, directly  on the stone.
2d. In the high operation, the bladder is opened on the oppo-
site side, over the pubes.   3d. When the apparatus major is
applied, the urethra is widened so much that forceps can be
introduced, and the stone extracted.  The name of apparatus
major is used, on account of the number of instruments re-
quired.  4th.  The lateral operation is generally considered as
the safest and most effectual, and is the most common.  Its
object is to divide that part of the urethra which suffered ex-
tremely in the application of the apparatus major, from  the
means used to distend it; and as the lower side of the urethra
cannot be divided far enough without the rectum  being
wounded, the cut is directed sideways:  this is  the reason of
the  name.   Lately,  the  operation  of  cutting the  bladder
through the rectum, has been introduced.


  LITHIASIS — GRAVEL AND  STONE.


  We have many lengthy works on the pathology of this
disease, by Eberle, Thomas, etc.  But according to Leroy of
Paris, he seems to differ somewhat from  those  medical gen-
tlemen.  He says:—" It is a general principle, that when the
serosity is produced by matters excessively corrupted, it is
always  burning, or extremely heating.   It is with  that char-
acter it acts in the formation of the stone or gravel; it is, also,
because those matters, in  certain individuals, are composed of
parts passive  of  stony or gravelly concretions,  that  there
        23 
178
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
united in the substance of the kidney, the  serosity operates
the nealing of a saline portion of the phlegm, which it finds
there, and converts it into a semipurulent substance.  A part
of this gravel remains  sometimes in the kidneys,  but  more
generally it falls down into the bladder, through the ureters.
When there, they reunite and  form the stone, which is sus-
ceptible,  with time, of acquiring bulk, more or less considera-
ble.   Sometimes several stones are formed, of different  sizes,
or if there is but one, there may be grains of sand, resembling
salt or candy.  The stone swims upon the urine, and presents
itself at the neck of the bladder.   This viscera begins its ac-
tion, when full, to expel the excremental fluid.   The course
is stopped by the presence of the stone upon the neck of the
bladder;  it is what produces the pains  felt.  These pains are
greatly increased by the repeated strokes of the stone against
the nervous membrane, and by the acrimony, or the excessive
heat of that fluid, and also by the superabundance of the urine,
produced by the partial or total suppression of its course.
  "The  operation of lithotomy (the operation of cutting out
the stone) succeeds well enough in drawing the stone out of
the bladder; but it too often  happens,  that in the space of a
year or two, another stone is formed; then another  operation
becomes  necessary, and successively a third.  This is natural-
ly to be expected, since proper means  had  not been used to
destroy the  formative causes of that  foreign body.  As long
as this measure is  not taken, the same accidents will happen,
and there will be danger at the time of the operation, or after.
By means or cause of this complaint, the  functions  of the
whole system are somewhat disordered;  and before the ope-
ration of lithotomy takes place, the patient ought to be treat-
ed with emetics, purges, or clysters, until the system is com-
pletely cleansed from  the adulterated  state of the humors,
and until the health be so much ameliorated, that the patient
might say he is very well, save that incommodity.  I would
recommend the excellence of the operation of lithotomy.
  " The  benefit  derived from  the course of  treatment above
recommended, previous to the operation of lithotomy, is the 
GRAVEL  AND STONE.
179
absence of fever, after the operation; the wound is not apt to
come to suppuration, and is easily healed.   After  the  opera-
tion of lithotomy, if the wound  does not  seem to heal, as it
does when  simple and  recent, on a person in good health; if
it becomes inflamed; if it runs much, and a long time;  if fear
is entertained that it may become ulcerated; if the health of
the patient decreases; if the natural functions are out of order;
in a word, if he is  not, according  to the  picture of health,
persevering in the above mentioned  plan,  cleansing  the  sys-
tem  is  indispensably necessary.  It  is by strictly observing
the appearance of the  wound, that the attendant physician
may know,  whether he must, from time to time, repeat the
course of cleansing the  system.  After the system is cleansed,
we will give some remedies which  may obviate the necessity
of lithotomy;  or I would recommend a trial, peradventure a
cure may be performed by those  simple  remedies, without
going  through the painful operation.  Take of weak  lye,
made from the hickory bark or wood; it must not be so  strong
as to irritate the mouth or throat, to cause them to be sore.
For a dose, take one half gill, three times a day, before eating.
The same must be injected into the bladder, by means of an
instrument for that purpose, when the passage is stopped.   In
one hour, if this is not thrown off as urine,  it must  be pumped
or drawn  off,  by means of an instrument or pump for  that
purpose, and then  inject half a gill of sweet oil, in  order to
keep down inflammation, if any appears.  This course, if per-
severed in, has seldom  or never failed of giving relief."
   It has been said by some, who were affected with the  gravel
and stone, that they have been cured by taking about a thim-
ble full of fine gravel or sand from a boiling spring, three
times a day, and using a tea of dwarf elder.  Also, the ex-
pressed juice of smart weed,  in doses of one table-spoonful,
three times  a day;  this has been recommended by an Indian
to a patient, when  he  was given up by the  physician who
attended on him, and  when all  remedies  except  lithotomy,
had failed.   Also, great relief has been obtained from the fol-
lowing :—take one pint of water-melon  seeds, one pint of 
180
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
burdock roots cut fine, half a pint of parsley seed, half a pint
of sunflower seed, boiled in two quarts of water, down to one
half.  For a dose, take  one half gill, three times a day.  Or
take scrub grass or rushes, make a strong tea, and drink free-
ly.  This has been  known to perfect a cure, when the ordi-
nary means had failed.   Another; take one part of master-
wort; five  parts queen  of the meadow;  three parts Indian
snake root; two parts smart weed—make a strong  decoction,
and drink freely three or four times a day. 
CHAP.   VII.
 HEMOPTYSIS, OR SPITTING  OF BLOOD.

   This disease generally causes great alarm  to the patient,
and also to those around him.  Accordiug to Cullen, it is char-
acterized  by coughing  up florid or frothy matter, preceded
usually, by heat or pain in the chest, irritation in the larynx,
(or cavity behind the tongue,) and a saltish taste in the mouth.
   This disease arises from five causes :
   1st.  From the fullness of the vessels.
   2d.  From some external violence.
   3d.  From ulcers corroding the small vessels.
   4th. From calculus (or gritty) matter  in the lungs.
   5th. From the suppression of some customary evacuation.
   This disease is readily to be distinguished from hemateme-
sis (or vomiting of  blood); for  in vomiting  of blood, it is
thrown out in  large quantities, and  of  a darker  color, and
more grumus, and mixed with the contents of the stomach;
whereas, blood, proceeding from the lungs, is usually  small
in quantity, of a florid or fresh red color, and mixed with a
little frothy mucus only.  Spitting of blood arises, most usu-
ally, between the ages  sixteen end twenty-five, and may be
occasioned by any violent exertion, either in running, jump-
ing, wrestling, singing loud, or blowing wind  instruments, as
likewise by wounds, plethora or full habit, weak vessels, hectic
fever, coughs, irregular living, excessive drinking, or a sup-
pression of some accustomed discharge, such as the menstrual
or hemorrhoidal.   Spitting of blood is not, however, always
to be  considered  as a  primary disease.   It is  often only a
symptom; and in some disorders, such as pleurisies, peripneu-
monies (or inflammation in the lungs,) and in many fevers, 
182
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
often arises,  and is the  presage of a favorable termination.
Sometimes it is preceded, as has been already observed, by a
sense of weight and  oppression at the chest, a dry tickling
cough, and some slight difficulty of breathing.  Sometimes it
is  ushered in with shiverings,  coldness at the extremities,
pains in the back and  loins, flatulency, costiveness, and lassi-
tude.
  The blood  which is spit up, is generally thin, and of a florid
red color, but sometimes is thick, and of a  dark and  flat cast.
Nothing, however, can  be inferred from  this circumstance,
but that the  blood has lain a longer or shorter time  in the
breast, before it was discharged.
  An hemoptoe, or  spitting  of blood,  is not  attended with
danger, where no symptoms of pulmonary  consumption have
preceded  or  accompanied  the  discharge, or where  it  leaves
behind  no cough, dyspnoea, or other affections of the  lungs;
nor is  it dangerous in a strong, healthy person, of  a sound
constitution;  but when it attacks persons of a weak,lax fibre,
and delicate habit, it may be difficult to remove it. It seldom
takes place to such a degree, as to prove  at  once fatal;  but
when it does, the effusion is from some large vessel.  The
danger, therefore, will be in proportion as the discharge of
blood comes from a  large vessel  or small one.  When the
disease  proves  fatal, in consequence of the rupture  of some
large vessel, there is found, on dissection, a considerable quan-
tity of clotted blood  in the lungs, and there is usually more
or less of an inflammatory appearance, at the ruptured part.
Where the disease terminates in pulmonary consumption, the
same morbid  appearance is to be met with, as described under
that particular head.   In this hemorrhage or discharge, which
is mostly of the active kind, such  diet as will  keep down  in-
flammation, must be strictly observed,  particularly avoiding
heat, muscular  exertion, and agitation of the mind, and  re-
stricting the patient to a light, cooling, vegetable diet.   Acid-
ulated  drink  will be  useful, without taking much liquid  to
quench thirst.   Where  the  blood has been  copiously dis-
charged, but no great  quantity lost already, it will be proper 
HEMORRHAGE.
183
to attempt checking it, if the habit will allow; but where there
has been much loss of blood, and a low pulse, this  measure
should not be attempted.

                       TREATMENT.

  From  whichever of the causes named in this article, the
spitting of blood  may originate, it is readily relieved by the
use of our Vegetable  Syrup and Essence of  Life, and  by a
full application of our Stimulating Liniment  over the whole
body.  The Liniment causes so free an action of the blood,
as to relieve the oppressed blood-vessels.   Sometimes it may
be necessary to administer small portions of alum; and here
let it be observed, that if the bowels become costive, it is im-
portant to administer gentle cathartics.   It is sometimes diffi-
cult to distinguish  this complaint from incipient pulmonary
affections, to which it has a natural  tendency.   Whenever
this be the case, the course of treatment recommended in con-
sumption, will be advisable.


                 HEMORRHAGE;


  A flux of blood from the vessels which contain it, whether
proceeding from a rupture of the blood-vessels, or any  other
cause.   Hemorrhages produced by mechanical causes, belong
to surgery; those produced  by internal causes, to medicine.
The cutaneous system  is rarely,  and  the cellular  and serous
systems are never, the seat of hemorrhages;  that of  the mu-
cous membrane is the most subject to them.
   The symptoms  of disease are not  less various  than  its
causes and its  seats, and the  treatment must of course  be
adapted to all  the  different circumstances.   A hemorrhage
from the lungs, is  called hemoptysis;  from the urinary organs,
hematuria; from  the  stomach, hematemesis;  from the nose,
epistaxis. 
184
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
                       TREATMENT.

   An important object to be gained, in hemorrhage, whatever
may be its form, is to determine the circulation of the  blood
from the weakened or affected organs;  or, in other wrords, to
restore an equilibrium of the circulation of the blood.  This
is effected by a general application of our Stimulating  Lini-
ment, accompanied by astringent remedies.  Hemorrhage of
the lungs is explained, and the treatment thereof, in another
part of this work.   The same remedies will apply, generally,
with but little alterations in the application of  them.


HEMATURIA,  OR  VOIDING  OF BLOOD
                     BY  URINE.

   This disease is sometimes occasioned  by falls, blows,  or
bruises, or  some violent  exertion, such as hard riding, and
jumping.   But it usually arises from a small stone lodged in
the kidney or ureter, which, by its size or irregularity, wounds
the inner surface of the part  it comes in  contact with;  in
which case, the blood  discharged is, most usually, somewhat
coagulated, and the urine deposits a sediment of a dark brown
color, resembling the grounds of coffee.  A discharge of blood
by urine, when proceeding from the kidney or ureter, is com-
monly  attended with an acute pain in the back, and some dif-
ficulty  of making water; the urine which comes away first,
being muddy, and highly colored; but  towards the  close  of
its appearance, when the blood  comes immediately from the
bladder, it is usually accompanied with  a  sense of heat, and
pain at the  bottom of the belly.  The voiding of bloody  urirte
is always attended with some danger, particularly when mixed
with purulent  matter.  When it arises  in, the  course of any
malignant disease, it shows a highly putrid state of the blood,
and always indicates a fatal termination.   The appearances to 
HEMATURIA.
185
be observed on dissection, will accord with those usually met
with in the  disease which has  given rise to the complaint.
  When hematuria, or voiding of blood  by urine, proceeds
from a  stone  in  the  ureter, (the urinary canal between the
kidney  and the urinary bladder,) it is only to be cured by
removing the  cause; but as this may not always be practica-
ble, we  must then be content to moderate the  symptoms, by
giving the patient plentifully to drink of thick  barley water,
solutions of gum acacia, or a decoction of marsh mallows,
sweetened with  honey,  joined  with refrigerants.   When
hematuria is symptomatic of some malignant disease, as pu-
trid fever, etc., powerful antiseptics must be given.

                        TREATMENT.

   We cured a case of voiding blood by urine, in a patient of
eighty years of age, which had been of long standing.  He
had served as a soldier in the revolution;  habits rather intem-
perate;  had undergone  much hardship from indigence, and
his constitution was almost destroyed.   We adopted  the fol-
lowing treatment:—
   1st. Applied a plaster of our Stimulating Liniment to his
back, and rubbed  the  same on his loins and lower extremities,
regularly, twice a day.
   2d. The Vegetable Syrup, and Essence  of  Life, were ad-
ministered three times a day.
   3d. A decoction of sumach and dried  peach leaves, made
strong, was given as a common  drink.
   4th. We kept his bowels regular by gentle physic.
   5th. We  applied our Cerate,  the length of the  urethra,
regularly, once a day.
  By this method, and by these means alone, he was relieved
immediately, and  in twelve days the complaint was subdued;
since which (more than six months ago)  he has remained  in
good health.   We found no difficulty in mastering the com-
plaint without recourse to blood-letting.
       24 
1S6
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
        HEMORRHOIDS,  OR  PILES.

  A flux, or flow of blood.  Until the time of Hippocrates, this
word was used, conformably to its etymology, as synonymous
with hemorrhage.  It was afterwards used in a narrower sense,
to indicate the flux of blood from the extremity of the rectum,
and in some other  cases which were considered analagous to
it; thus we hear it applied to the flow of blood from the nos-
trils, the mouth, the bladder, and the matrix.   It is at present
used to signify a particular affection of the rectum, although
the disease is not always attended with a flux; in this  sense,
it is  also called piles.
  Certain general causes may produce a predisposition to this
disease; in some cases, it appears to be the effect of a heredi-
tary  disposition.  In general, it manifests itself  between the
period of puberty and old age, although infants and aged peo-
ple are not entirely exempt from its  attacks.  The bilious
temperament seems to  be more exposed to  it than any  other.
Men are oftener afflicted with it than women, in whom it is
sometimes produced by local causes.   It often shows itself in
subjects who pass suddenly from an active to a sedentary life,
or from leanness to corpulency.   Any circumstance  which
produces a tendency to, or stagnation of the blood at the ex-
tremity of the rectum, is  to be  reckoned among  the local
causes.  The accumulation of fecal matter  in  the  intestines;
efforts to  expel urine;  the pressure produced by polypi; the
obstruction  of any of  the viscera, especially of  the  liver;
worms;  the frequent  use  of hot bathing,  of  drastic purges,
and  particularly of aloes; long continuance in a sitting pos-
ture;  riding on horseback;  pregnancy; the accumulation of
water  by ascites;—such are some of the ordinary causes of
hemorrhoids.
  They are distinguished into several sorts,  as, external, when
apparent at the anus; internal, when concealed within the ori-
fice; blind,  or open; regular, or irregular;  active, or passive; 
HEMORRHOIDS.                   187
periodical, or anomalous,; etc.   There  is also a great differ-
ence in the quantity of blood discharged! it is usually incon-
siderable;  but, in some cases, is so great as to threaten the life
of the subject.   The  quality, color, etc.,  of the blood, also
differ in different cases.  The number, seat, and form of the
hemorrhoidal tumors, likewise  present a great variety of ap-
pearances.
   When the disease is purely local, we may attempt its  cure;
but in the greatest number of cases, it is connected with  some
other  affection, or with the constitution of  the subject.  In
these cases, if  the tumors are  not troublesome on account of
their size, or if the quantity of blood discharged  is not very
considerable, the cure may be attended with bad consequences.
 The subject  should avoid violent exercises; but moderate ex-
 ercise will be found beneficial: the  food should  not be too
 stimulating or nutritious.  Traveling, or an active life, should
 succeed to sedentary habits.   The constipation, with which
 the subjects of this disease are liable to be affected, should be
 remedied by laxatives, or gentle purgatives.  If bathing is
 used, it should be  in  lukewarm or cold water.  Any  thing
 which may be productive of a local heat, should be  avoided;
 as warm seats, soft beds, too much sleep.  If the sanguineous
fluxion becomes excessive,  particular  care must be  paid to
regulating it.  If the  tumors acquire a considerable volume,
 surgical operations may become necessary.   If any bad con-
sequence result from the suppression of the hemorrhoids, care
must be taken  to give the blood the salutary direction which
it had previously: this  may be effected by the use of  laxa-
 tives, baths, emetics, and fomentations.

                         TREATMENT.

   In ordinary cases of piles, the application of our Pile Salve
 to, and up the  anus, as far as the finger can reach, has proven
' successful, and hundreds have been cured readily by no  other
 means.  But when the stomach is diseased, the bowels consti-
 pated, and the patient has long suffered, tumors having formed
 on the anus which have proved troublesome, our  course, in 
188           DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

addition to the above, has been, to apply our Stimulating Lini-
ment to the breast, bowels, and low on the back, two or three
times a day.  We  further administer  our Vegetable Syrup
and Alterative Drops;  and  when  the Syrup is insufficient to
regulate the bowels, we add to it, or give in  other portions,
some laxative medicine, in order to cause a  regular  passage.
When the bowels have for a long  time been costive, we find
that our Laxative Liniment applied thereto, answers a better
purpose than physic internally administered.
  By following the above directions, no one need suffer long
from this complaint. 
CHAP.   VIII.
                        QUINSY.


    Quinsy:  cynanche laryngea, or inflammation of the larynx.
 This complaint is very apt to prove mortal, especially to chil-
 dren, if proper and speedy remedies  are not resorted to.   It
 is  of a local nature, is acute, and of a short duration, and af-
 fects the mucous membrane of the epiglottis or rima glottidis,
 (the epiglottis,  or  cartilage, is  at the root of the tongue, and
 falls  upon  the  superior opening of the larynx, or windpipe;
 the rima glottidis is the opening of the larynx, or windpipe,
 where the air passes out of  the lungs,) probably both  these
 parts; and in which there is  a  high degree of inflammatory
 action, occasioning impeded  deglutition, with difficult respira-
 tion.
   It is only  of late  that this fatal variety Of sore throat has
 attracted  the notice of practitioners, having been commonly
 confounded with croup.  In  many  cases, there may, indeed,
 arise some difficulty of forming a  just diagnosis;  but the fol-
 lowing peculiarities may greatly assist us:  In  quins}^, the
 symptoms are, an uneasy sensation in the larynx; difficult and
 painful deglutition; partial swelling of the fauces;  a super-
 vening and  perpetually increasing  difficulty of breathing,
 nearly amounting to a sense of suffocation, the voice being ex-
 tremely hoarse,  or  reduced  to scarcely audible whispers, at-
 tended with  inflammatory fever.  In croup, there is a diffi-
 culty of respiration, without any swelling of the fauces, or
painful deglutition;  the expirations, especially in coughing,
are  very shrill; but the fever in  this  is also inflammatory.
  The usual  cause  of quinsy is exposure to  cold, which ex- 
190           DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

cites an inflammatory determination to the membrane invest-
ing the larynx,  or  windpipe.   It  comes on with chilliness,
succeeded by heat and fever, which are soon followed by a
hoarseness and indistinctness of voice,  laborious respiration,
and pain, or, as  it were, a stricture in the throat, threatening
suffocation; the pulse quick and feeble; the eyes suffused with
blood, and somewhat protruding; the countenance has a livid
or swollen appearance; the tongue is furred; the tonsils, uvula,
and pharynx, presenting a dark red appearance on inspection,
and any attempt to swallow is attended with difficulty, and
succeeded by excruciating pain.   If the symptoms are  not
properly  attended to, and subdued by an immediate applica-
tion of active and proper means, the patient is destroyed  by
suffocation.
   The morbid  appearances observed on dissection of those
who have died of this complaint, are as follows:  The mucous
membrane investing the epiglottis and margin of the glottis,
is inflamed; serum  is infused under it, or coagulated lymph
on its external surface, by which the rima glottidis, or upper
part of the windpipe, becomes narrowed, or actually closed.
Sometimes there has been perceived an accumulation  of mu-
cus in the cells of  the lungs, with a slight effusion of serum
into their reticular texture.  In some instances, the pleura  has
been found partially adhered, with more fluid in the cavities
than is natural.  To control and manage  the disease with suc-
cess, a timely and active employment of an appropriate treat-
ment, is obviously necessary; and this must be directed to  the
subduing the local inflammation  as quickly as possible.   It
frequently happens, that the stomach  and bowels of patients
affected with inflammation, are in a foul state; and in such in-
stances, purgatives  and  emetics operate with peculiar benefit.
When  quinsy  (inflamed  or sore  throat) first appears, a few
applications of pounded onions, or garlic, has finally removed
the disease, by giving some cathartic medicine to carry it off.
When the glands and fauces of the mouth are much swelled
 and have an inflammatory appearance, and the patient feels
 great inconvenience in  taking  medicine by way of the  ali- 
CATARRH.
191
mentary canal, as it often happens with children, prompt at-
tention  must be paid to the cathartic injections.   Frequently,
suppuration takes place, and a copious discharge of matter is
thrown  up by a violent fit of coughing, produced by an effort
at deglutition.  When suppuration  exists, it might be advisa-
ble to excite vomiting, that the abscess may be  ruptured, and
the matter discharged by the mouth, as expeditiously as pos-
sible, and thereby prevent suffocation.

                        TREATMENT.

   As at the first appearance of quinsy, the disease is princi-
pally situated in the neck  and throat, relief is  almost instan-
taneously  given by an application of our Cough Liniment
thereto, with warmth.   After the Liniment is applied, wrap
several  thicknesses of flannel round the neck, and make a free
use of the Stimulating Liniment to the bottoms of the  feet
and palms of the hands.   In fact, an application over the
whole body, causing free perspiration, will be found of essen-
 tial advantage; at the same time, give the Pectoral Tincture,
 in portions which shall cause  vomiting, and  afterwards in
small doses, as an expectorant.  The sudden and sure relief
which these remedies  impart, will render venesection unne-
cessary: in fact,  we would avoid the practice,  by all means;
as, just in proportion that the patient sustains a loss of blood,
in the same proportion his strength will be diminished.  Some-
times, in extreme cases,  the saline  bath will aid in affording
relief.

                     CATARRH.


   Catarrh; an increased secretion of mucus from the mem-
branes of the nose, fauces and bronchia, accompanied by fever,
 and attending with sneezing, cough, thirst, lassitude, and want
 of appetite.
   There are two species of catarrh, viz: catarrhus a frigore,
 which  is very common,  and is called a cold in  the head; and 
192
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
catarrhus  a contagio, the influenza, or epidemic catarrh,
which sometimes attacks a whole city.  Catarrh is also symp-
tomatic of several  other  diseases.  It is seldom fatal,  except
in scrofulous habits, by laying  the foundation of phthisis;  or
where it is aggravated  by improper treatment, or repeated
exposure to cold, into some degree of peripneumony; when
there is hazard of the patient, particularly if advanced  in life,
being suffocated  by the copious effusion of viscid  matter into
the air-passages.   The epidemic is generally, but not invaria-
bly, more severe than the common form of the disease.  The
latter is  usually  left to subside spontaneously,  which will
commonly  happen in a few days.
  The bowels must be kept regular, and diaphoretics employ-
ed, with demulcents and pectorals, to quiet the cough.  When
the disease hangs about the patient, in a chronic form, gentle
tonics and  expectorants are required. In the epidemic  ca-
tarrh, more active  evacuations are often  required, the lungs
being more seriously affected;  but  though these should  be
promptly employed, they must not be carried too  far, the dis-
ease being  apt to assume  the  typhoid character,  in its pro-
gress;  and as the chief danger appears to be, that suffocation
may happen, from the cause previously mentioned, it is espe-
cially important to promote expectoration.

                        TREATMENT.

   In common cases of catarrh, when the  head, neck, and
throat only are affected, sometimes relief is obtained by an  ap-
plication of our Stimulating Liniment on the top of the head,
behind the ears, and in the ears, on the back of the neck, and
on the  throat.   But when the disease is more general, we,
in  addition, apply our Cough Liniment to the  breast, and
Stimulating Liniment to the feet, with warmth thereto. We
also give the  Pectoral Tincture, in doses to create vomiting,
and after the  stomach is emptied, it may be administered in
small doses, as an expectorant.   If there be pains  in the chest
of a chronic form, the Essence of Life may be given, together 
HOOPING-COUGH.
193
 with tonics and expectorants, and wear a plaster  spread with
 the Stimulating Liniment, on the breast.  If the disease as-
 sume an epidemic character, the most active evacuents ought
 to be  administered, in addition to  a full  application of our
 remedies for fever.
   With this course of treatment, no fears of suffocation need
 be apprehended, as, by calling into requisition all  the avenues
 of evacuation, the  system is just as sure of being immediately
 relieved, as that the means are applied.


               HOOPING-COUGH.


   Hooping-Cough; a disease known by a convulsive, strang-
 ling  cough, with hooping, returning by fits, usually terminat-
 ed by vomiting.   It is contagious.   Children  are most com-
 monly the subjects of it, and it seems to depend on a specific
 contagion, which affects  them but once in their  life.  The
 disease being once produced, the  fits of coughing are often
 repeated, without any evident cause; but, in many cases, the
 contagion may be considered as only  giving the predispo-
 sition, and the frequency of the fits may depend upon various
 exciting causes, such as violent exercise, a full meal, the hav-
 ing taken food  of difficult digestion, and irritation  of the
 lungs by dust, smoke, or disagreeable odors.   Emotions of
 the mind, may likewise prove an exciting cause.   Its proxi-
mate  or immediate  cause, seems to  be a  viscid  matter  or
phlegm, lodged about the bronchia, trachea, and fauces, which
sticks so close, as to be expectorated with the greatest diffi-
culty.
  The hooping-cough usually comes on with a difficulty of
breathing, some degree of thirst, a  quick pulse,  and other
 slight febrile symptoms, which  are  succeeded by a hoarse-
 ness, cough,  and difficulty of expectoration.   These  symp-
toms continue, perhaps, for a fortnight or more, at the end of
which time,  the disease puts on its peculiar and characteristic
form, and is  more evident as  the cough  becomes convulsive,
        25 
194
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
and is attended with a sound, which has been called a hoop.
The coughing continues, till either a quantity  of mucus  is
thrown up from the lungs, or the contents of the stomach are
evacuated by vomiting.   On the first coming on  of the dis-
ease, there is little or no expectoration, or, if any, it consists
only of thin mucus; and, as long as this is the case, the fits  of
coughing are frequent, and of considerable duration; but, on
the expectoration becoming free and copious, the  fits of cough-
ing are less frequent, as well as of shorter duration.
  The disease, having  arrived at its hight, usually continues
for some weeks longer, and at length goes  off gradual 1)\  In
some  cases, it is, however, protracted for several  months, or
even a year.  It is seldom fatal, except in very young chil-
dren, who are always likely to suffer more  from  it, ^han those
of a more advanced age.   The danger seems, indeed, always
to be in proportion to the youth of the person; and the degree
of fever  and difficulty of  breathing, which accompanies the
disease, as likewise the state of debility which prevails.

                       TREATMENT.

  We apply our  Cough  or  Stimulating Liniment freely to
the neck and  stomach, two or three times a day, and cover
the parts, to keep them  from  the influences of the cold;  at
the same time, the Pectoral Drops are administered, as  an ex-
pectorant, four or five times  in twenty-four hours.
  If febrile  symptoms appear, our fever preparations may be
applied once or twice, which will remove these symptoms.
  It has been supposed by many, that this  disorder could not
be cured until it had run a considerable length of time.  No-
thing  is farther  from the fact.  We have uniformly arrested
the complaint, in one or two days after our first  application.


         RUBEOLA,  OR  MEASLES.

  Measles, according the Cullen, are known by a hot fever,
hoarseness, dry cough,  sneezing, and drowsiness;  about the 
MEASLES.
195
 fourth day, eruptions, or small red points, discernable by the
 touch, which, after  three days, end in mealy desquamation.
 In addition to the symptoms already related, it is remarkable
 that the eyes and  eyelids always  show the  presence of this
 disease, being  somewhat inflamed, and  suffused with tears.
 The  fever continues through the whole progress of the dis-
 ease.
   The  measles may prevail at all seasons of the year, as an
 epidemic, but the  middle of the winter is the time they are
 most prevalent; and they attack persons of all ages, but chil-
 dren are most liable to them.   They prove most unfavorable
 to such as are of a plethoric habit.  Like the small pox, they
 never affect persons but once in their lives.  The contagion
 appears to be of a specific nature.   The  eruption is usually
 preceded by a  general uneasiness,  chillness, and shivering;
 pain in the head, in  grown persons, but in children, a heavi-
 ness and soreness in the throat; sickness and vomiting, with
 other affections, such as happen in  most fevers.  But the chief
 characteristic symptoms are a heaviness about the eyes, with
 swellings, inflammation, and a  defluxion of sharp tears,  and
 great acuteness of sensation, in the eyes, so that they cannot
 bear the light without pain, together with  a discharge of such
 serous humor from the nostrils, as to produce sneezing.  The
 heat  and other  febrile symptoms  increase very rapidly, to
 which succeeds a frequent  and dry cough, a stuffing, great
 oppression, and  oftentimes, retching to vomit, with violent
 pains in the loins, and sometimes a  looseness.  At other times
there is great sweating, the tongue foul and white, the thirst
very great, and, in general, the fever runs much higher than
in the milder sort of the regular small pox.  The eruptions
appear about the fourth or fifth day, and sometimes at the end
of the third.   On the third  or fourth day from their first ap-
pearance, the  redness  diminishes,  the spots, or very small
 papulae, dry up, the cuticle peels off, and is replaced by a new
 one.  The symptoms do not go off on the  eruption, as in the
 small pox, except  the vomiting.   The cough and headache
 continue, with weakness and  defluxion in the eyes,  and a 
196
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
considerable degree of fever.   On the tenth or eleventh day
no trace of redness is to  be found, but the skin assumes its
wonted appearance; yet,  without there have  been some con-
siderable evacuations, either by the skin, or by vomiting, the
patient will  hardly recover  strength, but the  cough will con-
tinue, and the fever return with new violence, bringing on
great distress and danger.
  In the more alarming cases, spasms of the  limbs, subsultus
(or twitching of the tendons,) delirium, or, as more frequent-
ly happens, coma or drowsiness, supervene.   This last symp-
tom  so frequently attends the eruptive fever  of  measles, that
by some practitioners, it  is regarded as one of its diagnostics.
In measles, as in other febrile diseases, the symptoms general-
ly suffer some remission towards morning, returning,  how-
ever, towards evening, with increased severity.  The measles,
even when violent, are not  usually attend with  a putrid  ten-
dency;  but it sometimes  happens that such a  disposition pre-
vails, both in the course of the disease, and at its termination.
In such cases, petechia?,  or spots like flea bites, are to be ob-
served, interspersed among the eruptions, and  these last be-
come livid, or assume almost a black color.   Hemmorrhages
break out from different  parts of the body; the pulse becomes
frequent, feeble, and perhaps irregular; universal debility en-
sues, and the patient is destroyed.
   In those cases where there is much fever, with  great diffi-
culty of breathing, and  other symptoms of  pneumonic  in-
flammation, or where there is great debility, with a tendency
to putrescence, there will always be considerable danger.  But
the  consequences attendant on  the  measles  are, in general,
more to be dreaded than the immediate disease, for, although
a person may get through it, and appear, for  a time, to be re-
covered, still hectic symptoms, and pulmonary  consumption,
may afterwards arise, and destroy him, or an ophthalmia may
ensue.
   Measles, as well as small pox, not unfrequently call into
 action, a disposition to scrofula, where such exists in the con-
stitution.   Another bad consequence  of the  measles is, that 
MEASLES.
197
the bowels  are  often left by them, in a very weak state, a
chronic diarrhea remaining, which has sometimes proved
fatal.   Dropsy has also been known as a consequence of mea-
sles.
   The morbid appearances to be observed  on dissections of
those who die of measles, are pretty much confined to  the
lungs and intestines, the former of which always show strong
marks of inflammation, and sometimes a tendency to sphacelus,
or mortification, where the patient, under  the  eruption, the
trachea, and larger branches of the bronchia, as in the small
pox, arc  often covered with  it;  which may account for  the
increase of the cough, after the appearance of the eruption.

                       TREATMENT.

   Were  it not for the serious, and sometimes fatal conse-
quences attendant on an  injudicious treatment of measles, it
might be  unnecessary to say more on this, than any eruptive
febrile complaint.   The great number of chronic complaints,
the approximating cause of which, can be traced to measles,
badly managed, would seem to impose on us a duty of par-
ticularizing the most successful treatment.   We have known
some instances of ten and fourteen years standing, where  the
measles but imperfectly appeared on the surface, or, after ap-
pearing, struck into the system, thereby entailing on the pa-
tient,  consumption  and dropsical affections;  and  where, by
the application of our external remedies, they made  their re-
appearance, or caused an eruption similar to that of the mea-
sles, to spread over the whole surface of the body.  To pre-
vent such disastrous consequences,  we have adopted the fol-
lowing treatment:
   1st. We treat the complaint with  our fever preparations, at
its very first appearance.   This course determines the dis-
ease to the  surface of the body, and, if persevered in, will
cause  the  eruptions on the skin to appear much sooner, than
any other course that can be adopted.   When the eruptions
can be kept prominent on the surface there is no danger to 
19S           DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
be apprehended.  The above treatment will effectually secure
this object.
  2d. If the patient be afflicted with cough, apply the Cough
Liniment freely to the throat and neck, which will effectually
reduce the inflammatory affections of the bronchial tubes, and
the cough will be relieved.
  3d. If the stomach be oppressed,  an  emetic of Pectoral
Tincture will relieve it.
  4th. If the bowels be constipated, let a gentle cathartic  be
administered.
  5th. If hemorrhage supervene, and a chronic diarrhea shall
follow, a full use of our  Cholera  Morbus Liniment may  be
applied, taking, at the same time, smart-weed tea, as a com-
mon drink.
  6th. If twitching  of the limbs, spasms, coma, or a deter-
mination of the blood to the brain,  take place, all our nerve
preparations may be made successful agents in arresting this
form of the complaint.   Let it be  remembered that, during
all these various applications, the Liniments must not be lost
sight of.  They must certainly be applied;  and their applica-
tion renders your patient safe,  and within your reach of resto-
ration to perfect health.
  Let this treatment  be  adopted, and we shall hear no more
of the measles making a second  appearance,  fourteen years
after their first.


          PAROTITIS,   OR  MUMPS.

  Mumps is an inflammatory affection, capable of being pro-
pagated by a peculiar  contagion, and occurring sometimes epi-
demically.  The disease  usually commences  with  slight  fe-
brile symptoms, with a feeling of stiffness of the jaws, and a
swelling and pain in either one or both parotid glands.  The
swelling gradually increases until about the fourth day from
the beginning of the disease, at which time the affected gland
is greatly swollen, and very firm and tender to the touch. The 
MUMPS.
159
skin on the tumor is generally of a natural color, or but slight-
ly inflamed, although  in some instances a pale redness is dif-
fused over the swelling.   Mastication and deglutition (eating
and drinking) are attended with considerable pain.  The fever
is generally mild, and is attended by a state of  nervous  irri-
tability and  restlessness.   From  about  the fourth day, the
swelling gradually subsides, until  the delumescence is com-
plete, which is generally  about the seventh day.  Soon after
the inflammation of the parotids begins to decline, the breasts
in females, and  the  testicles in males, often  become much
swollen, and hard.   The  subsidence of the disease is usually
attended with more or less general diaphoresis or perspiration,
and a red sediment in the urine.
   In general, mumps is neither a severe, nor a dangerous af-
fection, more especially when the patient  keeps the affected
parts moderately warm, and  avoids exposing himself to the
 morbific influence of variable or low temperatures.  In some
 instances, however, a sudden metastasis, or change of the in-
 flammation, takes  place  to the brain,  or the testicles, or the
 mammae or breasts;  and this is generally  occasioned  by the
 patient taking cold:  when it passes to the brain, insensibility,
 coma, or furious delirium, usually supervenes, and death some-
 times occurs in a few hours.   Doctor Eberle tells us he has
 known a case of this kind  terminate fatally in less  than an
 hour, under a paroxysm of violent  convulsions.  When the
 disease thus suddenly falls on the testicles, and  the case is not
 judiciously  treated,  suppuration of  these parts  may  take
 place—an occurrence always exceedingly  painful, and some-
  times ultimately fatal.  The inflammation or parotitis,  how-
 ever, has no tendency to terminate in suppuration; yet when
  circumstances favorable to this termination supervene, it does
  sometimes take  place in the parotids, (or salivary glands, situ-
  ated under the ear, the excretory ducts of which open in the
  mouth,) as well  as in the external  parts  to which it may  be
  transferred.  Children, and young  persons, are most liable to
  this affection;  its occurrence  in middle  and  advanced age 
200
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 being very uncommon.  It very rarely occurs more than once
 in the same individual, and resembles in this respect the other
 acute contagious maladies.

                        TREATMENT.

   At the first commencement of the disease, it may  be over-
 come  without  difficulty, by  applying  our Stimulating Lini-
 ment, about the fauces and neck, two or  three times a day.
 It, however, is  necessary to  avoid  exposure to cold.   But if
 the groins, and the parts near thereto, become swollen and in-
 flamed, our Vegetable Cerate ought to be applied,  and the
 parts occasionally  steamed with bitter herbs, or poulticed with
 a compound of slippery elm, blood root, and the bark of the
 root of  willows.   The application of a  poultice of boiled
 white beans, is also recommended.


                       CROUP.


   This  is a disease  which mostly attacks infants, who are
 suddenly seized with  a difficulty of breathing and a crouping
 noise;  it is an inflammation of the mucous membrane of the
 windpipe,  inducing the secretion of a very tenacious coagu-
 lable lymph, which lines the air passages and impedes respira-
 tion.
   The croup does  not appear  to be contagious, whatever some
 physicians may think to the contrary;  but it sometimes pre-
 vails  epidemically.   It seems,  however, peculiar to  some
 families; and a child having been once attacked, is very lia-
 ble to a return.   It is confined to young children, and has
 never been known to attack a person  arrived at the age  of
puberty.
   The exposure to cold, seems to be the general cause which
produces this disorder, and therefore it occurs  more frequent-
ly  in the winter and spring, than in the other seasons.   It has 
'•J
                           CROUP.                      201

 been said, that it is most prevalent near the  sea-coast;  but it
 is frequently met with in  inland situations, and particularly
 those which are marshy.   Some days previous to an attack of
 the disease, the child appears drowsy,  inactive, and  fretful;
 the eyes are somewhat  suffused, and heavy;  and there  is a
 cough, which, from  the first, has a peculiarly shrill  sound:
 this, in the course of two days,  becomes more violent  and
 troublesome, and likewise more shrill.  Every fit of coughing
 agitates the patient very much; the face is flushed, and swell-
 ed; the eyes  are protuberant; a general tremor takes place,
 and there is a kind of convulsive  endeavor  to renew respira-
 tion, at the close of each fit.  As the disease advances, a con-
 stant difficulty of  breathing prevails, and the head  is thrown
 back in the agony of attempting to escape suffocation.   There
 is not only an unusual sound produced by the cough, but respi-
 ration is performed with a hissing  noise, as if the windpipe
 was closed up by some slight, spongy substance.   The cough
 is generally dry; but if any thing is spit up, it has either a
 purulent appearance, or seems to  consist of  films resembling
 portions of a membrane.   Where great  nausea and frequent
 retchings  prevail,  coagulated  matter of the same nature is
 brought up.   With these symptoms, there is much thirst,  and
 an uneasy sense of heat over the whole body; a continual in-
 clination to change from place to place, great restlessness, and
 frequency of the pulse.  In an advanced stage of the disease,
 respiration becomes more stridulous,  and is  performed with
 still greater difficulty, being repeated at longer periods, and
with greater exertions, until, at last, it ceases entirely.
  The croup  frequently proves fatal by suffocation, induced
either by  spasm affecting the glottis, or by a quantity of mat-
ter blocking up the air-passages; but when  it  terminates  in
 health, it is by a resolution of the  inflammation, by a ceasing
of the spasms, and  by a free expectoration of the matter ex-
 uding from the trachea, or of the crusts formed there.  The
 disease  has, in  a  few  instances,  terminated fatally within
twenty-fours after its attack; but it  more usually happens, that
where it proves fatal, it runs on to the fourth or fifth day.
        26 
202
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
Where considerable portions of the membranous films formed
on the surface of the trachea, are thrown up, life is sometimes
protracted for a day or two longer than would otherwise have
happened.   Dissections of children who have  died  of the
croup, have  mostly shown a preternatural membrane, lining
the whole  internal surface of the upper part of the trachea,
which may always be easily separated from the proper mem-
brane.  There is likewise usually found a good  deal of mu-
cus, with a mixture of pus, in the windpipe and  its ramifica-
tions.  As the inflammation is declining, it is very important
that free expectoration should take place.  This  may be pro-
moted by nauseating medicines, by  inhaling steam, and by
stimulating gargles, for which the decoction of seneca is par-
ticularly recommended.  Where there is much wheezing, an
occasional emetic may  relieve the  patient considerably;  and
under symptoms of threatening suffocation, the operation of
bronchotomy has sometimes saved life.  Should fits of spasmo-
dic difficulty of breathing occur in the latter periods of the
disease, pectorals, joined with diaphoretics, would be most
likely to do  good.

                       TREATMENT.

   Of all the diseases which afflict our race,  there are none
which have carried devastation and death in their train with
such  unconquerable sway, among children and youth, as has
the croup.   The bills of mortality in our  cities,  warrant the
above remark.  So hard  to overcome has been  this disease,
that many worthy physicians have abandoned  the idea of sav-
ing even a plurality of  their patients; and when the disease
enters at our door, death appears to be  ready to follow after.
No one disease  that has been treated with our remedies, has
done  more to establish  the  latroleptic treatment, than  croup.
Thousands of  cases have been treated with our  agents, and
we have 3^et to hear of the first failure of complete success,
where our remedies have been solely depended upon.
   1st. We apply our Cough Liniment to the throat and neck,
very freely,  and cover the same with warm flannel. 
ENTERITIS.
203
  2d. If the child can swallow,  the  Pectoral Tincture  may
be administered, in nauseating doses; and while this is going
on, let some one prepare a warm bath, in which immerse the
child, as soon as possible; and if the case be very severe, and
spasms have commenced, we apply the Fever Liniment over
the whole body,  before  being taken from  the bath.   This
treatment will  generally give so much  action to the system,
that he will be  enabled to swallow.
   3d. We then administer our Diaphoretic Drops, in doses of
eight or ten drops, in warm water, once in ten minutes, until
a proper perspiration  takes place—during all  this time, the
throat and neck must  not be  neglected.  Continued  applica-
tions must be made thereto, which will soon remove the ob-
structions in the  windpipe.   After which, keep up the gene-
ral treatment as circumstances may suggest.
   With this course, the  patient is safe.   He recovers, by the
use of tonics, without a diminution of strength, as is the case
in  venesection.

                   ENTERITIS.


   Enteritis:  inflammation of  the intestines.  It is known
by the presence of fever, fixed pain in the abdomen, costive-
ness, and vomiting.
    The causes  are, acrid substances, indurated faeces,  long-
continued and obstinate costiveness, spasmodic  colic,  and a
strangulation of any part of  the intestinal canal;  but another
very general cause, is the application of cold to the lower ex-
tremities, or to the belly itself.  This  disease is most  apt to
occur at an advanced period  of life, and is very liable to a re-
lapse.  It comes on with an acute  pain, extending, in general,
 over the  whole of the abdomen, but more especially round the
 navel, accompanied with eructations, sickness at the stomach,
 a vomiting of bilious matter, obstinate costiveness, thirst, heat,
 great anxiety, and a quick, hard, and small pulse.  After a
 short time, the pain becomes more severe, the bowels seem 
204
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
drawn together by a kind of spasm, the whole region of the
abdomen is highly painful to the touch, and seems drawn to-
gether in hard, elevated contractions.   Invincible costiveness
prevails, and the urine is voided with great difficulty and pain.
The inflammation, continuing to proceed with violence, ter-
minates at last in gangrenes;  or abating gradually, it goes off
by resolution.  Enteritis is always  attended with considera-
ble danger, as it  often terminates in gangrene in the space of
a few hours from its commencement.

                       TREATMENT.

  We treat  this, as we do  all inflammatory complaints, by
powerful stimulating remedies, which give action to the sys-
tem, and  cause  a free circulation of the blood; thus at once
reducing the inflammatory symptoms.  Our Stimulating Lini-
ment is applied freely, and continued  on  the  abdominal re-
gion, and over the  whole  body, and also to the feet.   The
Pectoral Tincture is administered in nauseating doses, and in
case of costiveness, gentle physic may  be given.


                  ERYSIPELAS.


  Erysipelas; the rose, or St. Anthony's fire.   This disease
is an inflammatory affection, principally, of the skin, when it
makes  its appearance externally, and of the mucus membrane,
when  it is  seated internally.  It  is more liable to attack
women and  children, and those  of an irritable  habit,  than
those of a plethoric  and robust constitution.   Erysipelas
sometimes returns periodically, attacking the patient once or
twice a year, or even once every month; and then, by its re-
peated attacks, it often gradually exhausts the strength, espe-
cially if the  patient be old, and of a bad habit.   Every part
of the  body is equally liable to it; but it more  frequently ap-
pears on the face, legs, and feet, than  anywhere else, when
seated  externally. 
chilblains.
205
  It is brought on by all the causes that are apt to excite in-
flammation, such  as  injuries of all kinds;  exposure to cold,
and obstructed perspiration; and it may likewise be occasion-
ed by a certain matter generated within the  body, and thrown
out on its surface.  A particular state of the  atmosphere seems
sometimes  to render it epidemical.
  A species of erysipelatous inflammation, which  most usual-
ly attacks the trunk of the body, is that vulgarly known by
the name of shingles, being a corruption of the French word
ceingle, which  implies a belt.   Instead  of  presenting a uni-
form inflamed  surface, it consists of a number of little pim-
ples, extending around the body, a little above the umbilicus,
which have vesicles  formed on them in a short time.  Little
or no danger ever attends this species of erysipelas.

                        TREATMENT.

  This disease may be cured in a few days by the following
course of treatment :
   1st. Administer our Vegetable Syrup and Alterative Drops,
for the purpose of cleansing the system.
  2d.  If the bowels be costive, take gentle laxatives.
  3d.  Apply our Tetter Salve to the affected surface, once or
twice a day, and at each dressing, wash off with a decoction
of equal  parts of blood root, pond lily, kerkuma, and bitter-
sweet, made into a suds, by the addition of  Castile soap.
  Keep the affected parts cool.
                  CHILBLAINS.


  Chilblains are painful inflammatory swellings, of a deep
purple or leaden color, to which the fingers, toes, heels, and
other extreme parts of the body, are subject, on being exposed
to a severe  degree of cold.  The pain is  not constant, but
rather pungent and shooting at particular times, and an insup- 
206
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
portable  itching attends it.   In  some instances  the skin re-
mains entire;  but  in  others, it breaks and discharges a thin
fluid.   When the degree of cold has been very  great, or the
application long-continued, the parts affected are apt to morti-
fy, and slough off, leaving a foul, ill-conditioned ulcer behind.
  Children  and old people are more apt to be troubled with
chilblains, than persons of middle age;  and such as are of a
scrofulous habit, are remarked to suffer severely from them.

                       TREATB1ENT.

  If the skin remain  unbroken,  apply our Stimulating Lini-
ment  twice a day to the  affected parts.   After the skin be-
comes broken, the Tetter  Salve may be made use of, and, at
the same time, wash the sore with a decoction made of  blood
root.
  If a foul  indurated  ulcer supervene, and the appearance of
mortification becomes  visible, apply, directly, into the ulcer,
the Stimulating Liniment, which will give action, and correct
the gangrene;  after which, cure up the sore with our Vegeta-
ble Cerate.


HYSTERITIS —AN  INFLAMMATION  OF
                   THE  WOMB.

  Characterized by fever, heat, tension, tumor, and pain
in the region of the womb; pain in the os uteri, when touched,
and vomiting.  In natural labors, as  well as those of a laborious
sort, many causes of injury to the uterus, and the peritoneum,
which covers it, will be applied.   The long-continued action
of the uterus, on the body of the  child, and the great pressure
made  by its head, on the soft parts, will further add to the
chance of injury.  Besides these, an improper application of
instruments, or an officiousness of the mid-wife, in hurrying
the labor, may have contributed to the violence.  To these
causes may be added,  exposure to cold, by taking the women 
HYSTERITIS.
207
too early out of bed after delivery, and thereby throwing the
circulating fluids upon  the internal parts, putting a stop to
the secretion of  milk,  or  occasioning a suppression of the
lochia.
  An inflammation of the womb is sometimes perfectly dis-
tinct, but it is more frequently communicated to the perito-
neum, fallopian  tubes, and  ovaria; and having once begun,
the natural functions of the organ become much disturbed,
which greatly adds to the disease.  It is oftener met with in
women  of a robust and plethoric habit, than in those of lax
fibres, and  a delicate  constitution, particularly where they
have  indulged in food of a heating nature, and in the use of
spiritous liquors.   It never prevails as an epidemic, like puer-
peral fever, for which it has probably often  been mistaken;
and to this we may, with some reason, ascribe  the difference
in the mode of treatment which has taken place among physi-
cians.
   An inflammation of the uterus shows itself usually about
the second  or third day after delivery, with a painful sensa-
tion at the bottom of  the belly, which gradually increases in
violence, without any kind of intermission.  On examining
externally, the uterus appears much increased in size, is hard
to the touch, and on making a pressure upon it, the patient ex-
periences great soreness and pain.  Soon afterward, there en-
sues an  increase  of heat over the  whole of the body, with
pain in the head and  back, extending into the groins, rigors;
considerable thirst, nausea, and  vomiting.   The tongue is
white and dry, the secretion of milk is usually much inter-
rupted,  the lochia are greatly diminished, the urine is highly
colored  and scanty, the body is  costive, and the pulse  hard,
full, and frequent.  These are the symptoms which usually
present themselves when the inflammation does not run very
high, and is perfectly distinct;  but when it is so extensive as
to affect the peritoneum, those of irritation succeed, and soon
destroy the patient.
   Uterine inflammation is always attended with much danger,
particularly where the  symptoms run high, and the proper 
208
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 means for removing them, have not been timely adopted.   In
 such cases, it may terminate in suppuration, scirrhus, or gan-
 grene.  Frequent rigors, succeeded  by flushing of the face,
 quickness and  weakness  of the pulse, great depression  of
 strength, delirium, and the sudden cessation of pain and sore-
 ness, in the region of the abdomen, denote a fatal termination.
 On the contrary, the ensuing of a gentle diarrhea, the lochial
 discharge returning in due quantity and quality, the secretion
 of milk recommencing, and the uterus becoming gradually
 softer, and less  tender to the touch, with an abatement of heat
 and  thirst, prognosticate a favorable issue.  When shiverings
 attack the patient, after several days continuance of the symp-
 toms, but little  relief  can be afforded  by medicine, the event
 being generally fatal in this case; the woman emaciates and
 loses her strength, becomes hectic, and  sinks under colliqua-
 tive sweating or purging.

                       TREATMENT.

  The exhibition of our Vegetable Syrup will be found inva-
 luable in the treatment of this complaint.   It will not  only
 aid in regulating the bowels, and cause a healthy action with-
 out resort to cathartics, but it acts as a powerful preventive to
 scirrhus, suppuration,  and gangrene.  If  there should  be a
 case where costiveness should not be entirely removed, a gen-
 tle cathartic may be administered.  Our Female Drops, taken
 in doses of six  or eight drops, diluted in warm water sweet-
 ened, may be used to advantage;  and  if the patient be  very
feeble, tonic bitters may be administered.  Externally, our
 Stimulating  Liniment may be applied once a day,  on the
 breast, bowels, back, and loins, and on plasters at the bottoms
 of the feet.  It may be of advantage to apply a plaster to the
 back.  About the head and neck, let the Nerve Liniment be
freely applied—as in cases of this complaint the nervous sys-
 tem  is generally much affected—in the region of the  uterus,
 if there be much  external inflammation.   The application of
 our Vegetable Cerate will be useful to aid in allaying inflam- 
LEUCORRHEA.
209
 mation, and relieve  the  patient from pain:  at the same time
 apply a poultice made of the flour of white beans, to  which
 add a little slippery  elm bark and pond lily root.   If  the fe-
 brile symptoms run  high, a similar course to that adopted by
 us in cases of fever, may be resorted to, which will generally
 reduce the febrile symptoms by one application.   The  course
 here recommended has proven successful in every case within
 our knowledge: and we feel the more pleasure in recommend-
 ing it, from the fact that, this disease is considered one  of the
 most difficult of treatment, by the best physicians, and that it
 is frequently mistaken for puerperal  fever.  Whenever this
 mistake happens, there is no danger of injury to the patient
 by a wrong judgment of the form of disease—as the promi-
 nent directions herein given may be applied in child-bed fever
 to good advantage.   This course will give action to the circu-
 lating fluids of the body, relieve the oppressed organs, reduce
 the inflammation, and readily relieve the patient from  every
 dangerous symptom.


                  LEUCORRHEA.


  Fluor Albus—the whites.   A secretion of whitish  or
 milky mucus from the vagina of a woman, arising  from  de-
 bility, and not from venereal virus.  This disease is marked
 by the  discharge of  a thin white or yellow matter from  the
 uterus and vagina, attended with some degree of  fetor, smart-
 ing  in  the uterus, pain in the back and loins, anorexia, and
 atrophy.  In some cases the discharge is of so acrid a nature
 as to produce effects  on those who are connected  with  the
 woman somewhat similar  to  venereal matter, giving rise to
 excoriation about the glands and preputium, and  occasionally
 a weeping from the urethra.   To distinguish leucorrhea from
 gonorrhea, it will be  very necessary to attend to the symp-
 toms.   In the latter,  the running is constant, but in a  small
quantity;  there is much  ardor urinae, itching of the pudenda,
swelling of the labia, increased inclination to venery, and very
        27 
210
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
frequently an enlargement of the glands in the groin; where-
as in the former, the discharge is irregular, and in considera-
ble quantities, and is neither preceded by, nor accompanied
with, any inflammatory affection of the pudenda.
  Immoderate coition, injury  done  to the parts by difficult
and tedious labor, frequent miscarriages, immoderate flowings
of the menses, profuse evacuations, poor diet, and other causes
giving rise to general debility, or to laxity of the parts more
immediately concerned, are  the causes which usually give rise
to the disease.  Delicate women with lax fibers, are very apt
to be attacked, without the parts having been injured.
   A perfect removal of  the disorder will at  all times prove
somewhat difficult to procure;  but it will be much more so in
cases of long standing,  and where the discharge is accompa-
nied with a high degree  of acrimony.  In these cases, many
disorders, such as prolapsus uteri, ulcerations of the organs,
atrophy, and dropsy, are apt to take place, which in the  end
prove fatal.

                        TREATMENT.

   In leucorrhea, there is accompanying the discharge, gene-
ral debility,  with considerable  disorder of the digestive or-
gans.   Which of these symptoms claim  our first attention?
   The treatment should, from the  first commencement, be
appropriate to them  all.  The derangement  of the digestive
organs will require such gentle laxatives as will produce  two
or three evacuations daily.  This will be effected by  the use
of our Vegetable Syrup, generally—warming  medicine should
be exhibited, and the diet should be light, nutritious, and suit-
ed to the digestive powers.  The  tincture of  cubebs, given in
tea-spoonful doses three  times a day, before eating,  has  re-
lieved many  cases of the leucorrhea. Our Stimulating Lini-
ment, applied on plasters, renewed  daily, and worn on the
back and low on the abdominal region, together with small
plasters of the same on the  bottoms of the feet, should not be
omitted.  Our Female Drops, taken according to directions, 
PROLAPSUS UTERI.
211
should be continued until perfect relief be obtained.  Let the
patient drink  freely of tonic bitters,  into which mix a small
quantity of birth root, and a tea of white cohosh; into each
draught  add a half tea-spoonful  of tincture of gum myrrh.
A wash may  be  made use  of daily, by  injection, made of
white oak bark and birth root, with a  little balsam of life.  If
a cure is not effected  by this  treatment, continue the Lini-
ment, and give the patient half a cup  of senna tea three times
a day, for a week; then give a table-spoonful of  port wine,
with an egg in it, for a number of mornings.   A tea of holly-
hock and princess feather, occasionally through  the day;  and
sometimes, for a  change, a tea of the bark of the  crab-apple
tree, and at night a tea-spoonful of charcoal  and magnesia, in
melasses.  Drink  no tea or coffee.  Make a custard in the fol-
lowing manner: Dissolve one  ounce of isinglass in two quarts
of milk, with  eggs seasoned with  cinnamon, nutmeg, and al-
spice—eat a few spoonsful three times a day.  Malaga wine,
yolk of an egg, and loaf sugar,  may be taken  occasionally. As
a change for injection, white oak  ooze and alum—broad leaf
motherwort—young hyson tea, cinnamon and fennel.
   We have never witnessed  a case where all the above pre-
scriptions were necessary.  They  are given  for the purpose
of enabling the patient to procure such of them as may come
within reach of being obtained.  Though the patient should
not despair if  immediate relief be not gained, long standing
cases require much care, attention, and perseverance.   Expo-
sures of every kind ought to be avoided; gentle exercise in a
carriage may be  advantageous;  and  in order to  divert the
mind  from  the fearful forebodings attendant on the complaint,
the changing of objects by traveling and the promiscuous in-
tercourse in society, will do  much towards rendering the pa-
tient comfortable and happy.

              PROLAPSUS  UTERI.

   This complaint, so common, and at the same time usually
so unsuccessfully treated, has uniformly been overcome by an 
212           disease and its treatment.

application of our remedies.  At present, the usual treatment
of the complaint is by supporters,  which palliate the disease,
though seldom, if ever, do they promise a cure.  But the ex-
ternal and internal remedies which we prescribe, have a ten-
dency to strengthen the uterine organs, restore a healthy and
free  circulation to the fluids  of the body, and a cure is the re-
sult.  It is well known that the fluor  albus  is sometimes an
attendant on this complaint, and we have adopted the  treat-
ment recommended  for that complaint, in cases of prolapsus
uteri.  A vast number of cases have recently been cured with
an expense much less than the cost of a supporter; and when
we compare the vast difference between a radical  cure and a
palliation of so distressing  a disease,  we should judge  that
none would hesitate which to choose.  Though in many cases,
the prolapsus uteri, of long standing, has been relieved so sud-
denly, that some have pronounced the cure a miracle, we wish
to guard our friends  against the belief that such results  will
always occur by the use  of  our remedies.   It  is well known
to the careful observer, that ladies thus afflicted, generally, are
among the most ambitious, talented, and persevering, in what-
ever may be their pursuits in life, and  that  such women are
by no means the most prudent in guarding their health;  but,
on the other hand, they will persevere in their avocations be-
fore they have gained sufficient strength, and  before the dis-
ease is entirely overcome.   To such we say, that all great ex-
ertions, exposures to cold, walking, and particularly the fre-
quent ascending stairs,  etc., are exceedingly injurious, and
ought to be avoided.  Let the diet be simple, and easy  of di-
gestion.   Wear a silk dress under the flannel.   Let the mind
be free from anxious cares—and  the  patient  may look for-
ward with the pleasing prospect of health and happiness.


                      ASTHMA.

   Asthma; a difficulty of respiration, returning at intervals,
with a sense of strictures across the breast, and in the  lungs; 
ASTHMA.
213
a wheezing, hard cough, at first, but  more free towards the
close of each paroxysm, with a discharge of mucus, followed
by  a remission.  Asthma rarely  appears before the age of
puberty, and seems to attack men more frequently than wo-
men, particularly those  of a full  habit, in whom it never fails,
by frequent repetition, to occasion some degree of emaciation.
In  some  instances, it arises from hereditary predisposition;
and in  many others, it appears to depend on a particular con-
stitution of the  lungs.  Dyspepsia always prevails, and ap-
pears to be a very prominent feature in  the predisposition.
Its attacks are most frequent in midsummer, and in dog days,
and its first attack is frequently  in the night.   It is preceded
by dullness, headache, drowsiness, and lassitude.  If the cough
is attended with an expectoration of mucus, he experiences
much relief, and soon falls  asleep.  When he  awakes in the
morning, he still feels  some degree  of tightness  across the
breast, although  his breathing is  probably more free and easy,
and the least motion  renders this more difficult and uneasy;
neither can he continue  in  bed, unless his head and should-
ers are raised to a considerable  hight.  Towards evening he
again becomes drowsy, is much troubled with  flatulency in
the stomach, and perceives a return of the difficulty of breath-
ing, which continues to increase gradually, till it becomes as
violent as the night before.
  The exciting causes  are various.   Accumulation of blood
or viscid  mucus, in the lungs;  noxious vapors;  a cold and
foggy atmosphere; a close, hot air; the repulsion of eruptions;
flatulence;  accumulated faeces; violent passions; organic dis-
eases in the thoracic viscera; etc.   Sometimes the fits return
regularly.   The disease seldom  proves fatal, except as induc-
ing other more formidable diseases.

                        TREATMENT.

  The treatment must vary, in some  degree, according to the
form of the disease, and its attendant approximation to other
diseases.   A regular diet of easily digested  food, and proper 
214           DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

regimen, will do  much towards  relieving the disease.  We
apply the Nerve Liniment freely to the breast, neck, and be-
tween the shoulders, twice  or thrice  a day.   The  Pectoral
Tincture may be taken five or six times in twenty-four hours,
regulating the dose from six to twelve drops, as the stomach
can bear without nausea.  Drink warm herb tea; soak the feet
in warm water, and apply the Liniment to the bottoms thereof.
There are some cases so  severe,  that it may be proper to ap-
ply the  Liniment over the  whole body, take the Diaphoretic
Drops, and cause a free  perspiration; but a continuation  of
the treatment first directed, will  almost always grant perma-
nent relief.


               SICK   HEADACHE.


  The great interest which has been excited by reason  of
the cures performed in a number of very distressing cases of
many years standing, by the use of our Liniment for Head-
ache, has induced us to give more extensive directions for its
application, in the various forms of that complaint.

                       TREATMENT.

  For  slight headache, apply the Liniment,  with friction,
to the forehead, and  crown of the  head, holding the warm
hand on the forehead, or applying warmth in any  other way,
or binding on a silk handkerchief, will facilitate relief.
  In more  severe cases, in addition, apply the Liniment be-
hind the ears, and to the back of the neck, a plaster of the
same, and rub the Liniment on  the breast, neck, spine, and
soles of the feet.  When these applications do not succeed,
by inserting a small quantity of the Liniment  into each nos-
tril, which will  prove pungent, and not severely so, for a few
minutes only, it often gives entire relief.
  For  severe paroxysms of sick headache, apply as  above,
and if speedy relief does not ensue, the patient should treat 
SICK HEADACHE.
215
the case more elaborately.   Where the disease is caused by a
foul state of the stomach, take from ten to twenty drops of
our Pectoral Tincture, or sufficient to produce gentle vomit-
ing, which will be effected by the Pectoral Tincture, without
cramping the stomach, and  apply warm bricks to the soles of
the feet.  Soak the feet and legs in warm water, rub them
with a flesh  brush; then apply to the legs and feet our Stimu-
lating Liniment, and wear the same on plasters applied to the
bottoms of the feet, keeping the feet very warm.  Let there
be a small portion of the Headache Liniment applied in the
ears, as far as it can be inserted, two or three times a day. 
 
CHAP.   IX.
     SCROFULA,  OR  KING'S  EVIL.


  Scrofula consists in hard indolent tumors of the conglo-
bate glands, in various  parts of the  body, but particularly in
the neck, behind the ears, and under the chin, which, after a
time, suppurate  and  degenerate into ulcers,  from which, in-
stead of pus, a white curdled matter, somewhat resembling
the coagulum of milk,  is discharged.
  The first appearance of the disease is most usually between
the third and seventh  year of a child's age; but it may arise
at any period between this and the age of puberty, after which
it seldom makes its first attack.  It most  commonly affects
children of a lax habit, with  smooth, fine skin, fair hair, and
rosy cheeks.  It likewise  is apt  to attack  such children  as
show a disposition to rickets, marked by a  protuberant fore-
head, enlarged joints, and a tumid abdomen.   Like this dis-
ease, it  seems to be peculiar to cold and  variable climates,
being rarely met with in warm ones.  Scrofula is by no
means a contagious  disease;  but, beyond all doubt, is of an
hereditary nature, and  is often entailed by parents on their
children.  There are, indeed, some  practitioners, who wholly
deny that this, or any  other disease, can be  acquired by an
hereditary taint.   That a peculiar  temperament of body, or
predisposition in the constitution of some. diseases, may ex-
tend from both  father and mother, to their offspring, as ob-
serves Doctor Thomas, is very clearly proved.  For example,
we  very frequently meet with gout  in young persons  of both
sexes, who could never have brought it on  by intemperance,
sensuality, or improper diet, but must have  acquired the pre-
disposition to it  in this way.   Where there is any predispo-
       28 
218
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
sition in  the constitution to scrofula, and the person happens
to contract a venereal taint, this frequently excites into action
the causes of the former, as a venereal bubo not unfrcquently
becomes  scrofulous, as soon as the virus is  destroyed by mer-
cury.
   The late Doctor Cullen supposed scrofula to depend upon
a peculiar constitution of the lymphatic system.  The attacks
of the disease seem much affected or influenced by the period
of the seasons.   They begin usually sometime in the winter
and  spring, and often disappear, or are greatly amended, in
summer and autumn.
   The first  appearance  of the disorder is commonly in that
of small oval, or spherical tumors, under the skin, unattended
by any pain or discoloration.   These appear, in general, upon
the sides of  the neck, below the ears, or under the chin; but
in some cases, the joints of the elbows, or ankles, or those of
the fingers and  toes, are  the parts first affected.   In these in-
stances, we do not, however, find small moveable swellings;
but on the contrary, a tumor  almost  uniformly  surrounding
the joint, and interrupting its motion.  After some time, the
tumors become larger and more fixed; the skin which covers
them, acquires  a purple or livid color, and being  much in-
flamed, they at last suppurate, and break into little holes, from
which, at first,  a matter  somewhat puriform oozes out;  but
this  changes, by degrees, into a kind of viscid,  serous  dis-
charge, much intermixed with  small pieces of a white  sub-
stance, resembling the  curd of milk.  The tumors subside
gradually, while the ulcers, at the same time, open more, and
spread unequally in various directions.  After a time, some
of the ulcers heal; but other tumors quickly form in different
parts of the body, and proceed  on, in the  same slow manner
as the former ones, to suppuration.  In this manner the dis-
ease goes on for some years, and appearing at last to have ex-
hausted itself, all the ulcers heal up, without being succeeded
by any fresh  swellings, but leaving  behind them an ugly
puckering of the  skin,  and a  scar of considerable  extent.
This is the  most mild  form under which scrofula ever ap- 
SCROFULA.
219
 pears.  In  more virulent cases, the eyes are particularly the
 seat of the disease, and are affected with  ophthalmia, giving
 rise to ulcerations in the tarsi, and inflammation of the tu-
 nica adnata, terminating,  not unfrequently, in an opacity of
 the transparent cornea.  In similar cases, the  joints become
 affected;  they swell,  and  are incommoded by excruciating,
 deep seated pain, which is much increased upon the slightest
 motion.   The swelling and pain continue to increase, and the
 muscles of the limb become, at length, much wasted.  Matter
 is soon afterwards formed, and this is discharged  at  small
 openings, made by the bursting of the skin; being, however,
 of a peculiar acrimonious nature, it corrodes the ligaments and
 cartilages, and produces a caries  of the neighboring bones.
 By an absorption of the matter into the system, hectic  fever
 at last arises, and in the end, proves fatal.
   When  scrofula is confined to the external surface, it is by
 no means attended with danger, although leaving one part, it
 is apt to be  renewed in others.   But where the  ulcers  are
 imbued with  a  sharp  acrimony, spread, erode, and become
 deep, without showing any disposition to  heal; when deep-
 seated collections of matter  arise from among the small bones
 of the hands  and feet, or  in the joints, or tubercles of  the
 lungs, with  hectic fever, the consequence will be fatal.
   On  opening the bodies of persons who die of this disease,
many of the viscera are usually found in a diseased state, but
more particularly the glands of the mesentery, which are not
only much tumified, but often ulcerated.  The lungs are fre-
quently beset with a number of tubercles or cysts, which con-
tain  matter  of different kinds.  Scrofulous glands, on being
examined by  dissection, feel  somewhat softer  to the touch,
than in their natural state, and when laid open, they are found
to contain a soft, curdy matter, mixed with pus.

                        TREATMENT.

  The first object to be gained in the treatment of king's evil,
is to cleanse the blood, and  restore the digestive powers of 
220
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
the stomach.  To render pure the  circulating fluids, we ad-
minister, three  times per day, our Vegetable Syrup in table-
spoonful doses, to which add half a tea-spoonful of our Altera-
tive Drops.   If the stomach be foul, take the Pectoral Tinc-
ture in nauseating doses, until it be cleansed; at the same time
apply our Stimulating  Liniment freely to the pit of  the  sto-
mach, once or twice a day.  The same Liniment ought to be
applied over the whole, sound surface of the body, once a
day, and by our  usual means, cause a free perspiration fre-
quently, or until there be a full circulation of all the  circulat-
ing fluids.   On the ulcers apply the Vegetable Cerate, spread
on plasters, and cleanse them twice a  day with  Castile soap
suds.
  Let the whole body be washed off with soap suds, and then
with salt and water, twice a week.
  If the tumors  be indolent, they may be treated  with so
much of our stimulating remedies, as will  cause action in
them;  but if they be irritable, apply a  wash at each dressing,
composed of equal parts of blood-root, bitter-sweet, kircuma,
and dandalions, made into a suds, by Castile soap.
  When the skin is not  broken, and the tumorous swellings
have not formed  matter, we have frequently been enabled to
reduce the swelling by the application of our Liniment, and
have thus prevented an ulcer.
  It is of much importance in scrofula, that the patient avoid
all intemperance, or excess of any kind.   The food ought to
be simple, of easy digestion, principally of hard, old bread,
or ship-biscuit, avoiding oily  substances or meat.   Let the
exercise be  moderate, and the mind ought to be freed from
care or anxiety; and a frequent intercourse with social friends
will do much to dispel the gloom  with  which patients, afflict-
ed with  scrofula, are frequently troubled, and which  retards
the progress of a cure.
  With particular attention to the  foregoing directions, the
patient may look  forward with the pleasing anticipation of a
radical relief from this most loathsome  disease. 
SCURVY.
221
                      SCURVY.


   Scurvy (scorbutusJ:  a disease of a putrid nature, preva-
lent in cold and damp climates.   It chiefly affects sailors, and
such as are shut up in besieged places, owing, as is supposed,
to their being deprived of fresh provisions, and a due quanti-
ty of acescent food;  to the prevalence of cold and moisture,
and  by such other causes as depress the nervous energy,  as
indolence, confinement, want of exercise, neglect of cleanli-
ness, much labor  and  fatigue, sadness, despondency, etc.
These debilitating causes, with the concurrence of a diet con-
sisting principally of  salted or putrescent food, will be sure to
produce this disease.   It seems, however, to depend more on
a defect of nourishment, than on its vitiated  state;  and the
reason that salted provisions are so productive of the scurvy,
is, most probably, because they are drained of their nutritious
juices, which are extracted and run off in brine.
   As the  disease is apt to become  general among the crew of
a ship when it has once made  its appearance, it has been sup-
posed by  many to be of a contagious nature;  but the conjec-
ture seems by no means well founded.   The scurvy comes on
gradually, with  heaviness,  weariness, and unwillingness to
move about, together with dejection of spirits, considerable
loss of strength, and debility.  As it advances in its progress,
the countenance becomes  sallow, and bloated; respiration is
hurried, on the least motion; the teeth become  loose; the
gums are  spongy;  the breath  is very  offensive;  livid  spots
appear on different parts of  the  body; old wounds, which
have long been healed up, break out afresh; severe wandering
pains are  felt, particularly by  night;  the  skin is dry; the
urine, small in quantity;  and the pulse is small, frequent, and
towards the last, intermitting; but the intellect, for the most
part, clear and distinct.  By an aggravation of the symptoms,
the disease, in its last stages,  presents a most wretched ap-
pearance. 
222
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
   Scurvy, as usually met with on shore, or when the person
has not been exposed to the influence of the remote causes
before enumerated, is unattended  by any violent symptoms.
Slight blotches, with scaly eruptions on different parts of the
body, and a  sponginess of the gums, are the chief ones ob-
served.   In the cure, as well as in the prevention of scurvy,
more is to be done by regimen than by medicines, obviating,
as far as possible, the several remote causes of the disease, but
particularly providing the  patient with  a more wholesome
diet, and a large proportion of fresh  vegetables;  and it has
been found that those articles are especially useful, which con-
tain a native acid, as oranges, lemons, etc.  Where these can-
not be procured, various  substitutes  have been proposed,  of
which the best appear to be, the inspissated juices of the same
fruits, or the crystallized  citric acid.  Vinegar, sour-crout, and
farinaceous substances, made to undergo the acetous fermenta-
tion, have likewise been used with  much advantage;  also,
brisk fermenting liquors, as  spruce beer, cider, and the like.
Mustard, horse-radish, garlic, and other substances of a stimu-
lating character, promoting the secretions, are useful to a cer-
tain extent.

                        TREATMENT.

   To cure scurvy effectually, we first administer our prepara-
tions for fever, fully.   This treatment will arrest the disease;
and it is peculiarly favorable to sailors, as the necessary means
may at all times be at hand, whereas the usual  remedies are
frequently without the reach of this useful class of men.
   We also apply our Tetter Salve  over the whole body, once
or twice a day;  and prepare a decoction of equal parts  of
mustard seed, horse-radish, and garlic, which may be taken as
a common drink.  Much, however, depends upon a complete
change of diet—a continued use of salt provisions, is said  to
be one of the producing causes of the complaint.   We would
recommend  sour-crout; and, in many cases, the acids may be 
SYPHILIS.
223
used pretty freely, such as vinegar, cider, etc.   Fresh provi-
sions, together with a strict regard to cleanliness, will do much
towards effecting a cure.


                     SYPHILIS.


  Syphilis,  (from the Greek siphlos, feeble,) is the name
now most frequently used for the venereal disease, which is
thus called in a very fine poem, written in Latin hexameters,
by  the  Italian Fracastorio,  (first  printed in  Venice, 1530,
4to).  The history of this disease  is one of the most difficult
parts  of the  history of  medicine.   It is uncertain whether
that violent and truly epidemical disorder of the skin, which
appeared  in  the last  ten  years of the fifteenth century, was
really what we now call syphilis, or not rather a variety of
the leprosy, which soon  after entirely disappeared.  Towards
the end of the fifteenth, and at the beginning of the sixteenth
century, a disease appeared in Europe, till then unknown, and
which,  by its rapid extension, its horrible consequences, its
great contagiousness,  the  inefficacy of all the remedies em-
ployed against it, perplexed the physicians, and excited a gen-
eral horror.  Respecting its origin, nothing certain is known.
The physicians of that time were,  generally speaking, too ig-
norant to investigate the origin of  a disease which they were
but rarely able to cure.   Until lately, it was pretty generally
believed that this malady was carried by the vessels of Co-
lumbus  from  America to Europe;  but the most accurate ex-
amination of  this opinion, shows its incorrectness.  The first
author who expresses this opinion, was a physician of  Nurem-
berg, Germany, of the name of Leonhard Schmauss, in 151S.
He founded his opinion  upon the  fact, that the guaja wood,
which had been introduced from America in the mean time,
had become known as a good remedy for the disease; for, said
he, nature always provides an  antidote  in the vicinity of a
poison.   The principal  support which his opinion received,
was from the testimony of the son of Columbus, and his sue- 
224
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 cessor, Oviedo:  but  the  first speaks only  of  a disease like
 scald-head,  said  to  predominate in St.  Domingo;  and  the
 other, a tyrant, like most of the Spaniards in America at that
 period, delights in representing his nation as the favorite peo-
 ple of God, and the Americans as cursed.  A careful inquiry,
 shows only  that the crew  of Columbus brought a contagious
 disease with them, which  destroyed the greater part of their
 number, and communicated itself  to those who had  inter-
 course with them.  This is easily explained by the imperfect
 care taken of the health of such a crew, and the uncommon
 hardships of such a voyage, in those times.  At all events,
 their complaint was not  the venereal disease, as this broke
 out, almost at the same moment, in the summer of 1493, in
 the south  of France, in  Lombardy, and in the north of Ger-
 many.  Now, the vessels of Columbus  did not arrive,  till
 April, at  Seville, and the disease  could not possibly have
 spread so  far from this place within two months.
   Others have sought for the origin of this disease  in the  ex-
 pulsion of the Marranos (secret Jews) from Spain, between
 1485 and  1493.   Many thousands of these unhappy persons
 died of the plague on their passage by sea to Italy, Greece,
 etc.   Thousands of others suffered by the leprosy;  and with-
 out doubt, they carried misery and sickness with them where-
 ever they went.   But that this particular form of disease  ex-
 isted among them, cannot  be proved; and, moreover, though
 Germany  was  not visited by these emigrants, the syphilis
 showed itself simultaneously, in 1493, in Halle, Brunswick,
 Mecklenberg, etc.
   As to the  opinion that the venereal disease had always ex-
isted in some form, it only amounts to a play upon  words, as
a mere diseased state of the genitals is far from amounting  to
syphilis, especially if we  consider  the horrid consequences
which that disease produced  at  the time referred to.  The
most probable conclusion is, that the venereal disease was pro-
duced  by  an epidemic tendency existing at that time, which
 gave this new form to the leprosy, then so widely spread. 
SYPHILIS.
225
  The ancient writers, for many years, described syphilis
more as a terrible disease of the skin and  bones in general,
than as a mere affection of particular parts—more as a plague,
than as a disorder of particular individuals.  A new form of
disease could be developed the more readily, as the political
relations of  that time brought the nations very much  into
connection with each other; Spaniards, French,  Germans,
traversed Italy; and all  these, together with the Italians,
spread through Germany.  The disease brought by the  sail-
ors from America, akin to the scurvy, may also have contri-
buted its part.   It is certain that the disease was then far more
terrible than now.   It made  the patient an object  of horror
to his friends, and almost inevitably reduced him to despair,
as no physician  was able to aid him, and  the  remedies used
were almost as shocking as the  disease.  Since contagion at
that period took place much  easier than now,  and  houses of
ill fame, which contributed greatly to spread the disease, were
found everywhere,  the disorder  had  by no means  the same
character of disgrace connected with it as at present.  On the
contrary, Ulrich von Hutten, who suffered from it  for years,
and at length recovered his health by the use of guiacum, and
the strength of his constitution, always enjoyed  public esteem,
and even dedicated his work on the disease to the first spirit-
ual prince of Germany, without indecorum or offense.  Like
other diseases, it gradually diminished in virulence, particu-
larly after Paracelsus had found  in mercury, and Swediauer
in acids, the most effective remedies against it;  and great suf-
fering does not arise from it at present, except in consequence
of neglect:  yet it  is still a formidable disease, as it injures,
more or less, the general health, and lays  the  foundation for
other diseases of a  very obstinate character—gout, rheuma-
tism, complaints in  the bladder, etc
   Remark.—A reference to the directions for the  treatment
of venereal, in this work, wTill enable the practitioner to over-
come the disease with as much readiness as any practice here-
tofore adopted.  Though the gonorrhea and syphilis are two
distinct forms of the venereal, we find the  same remedies for
        29 
226
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 cleansing the system to be appropriate to both.   There  must
 be much care taken by the patient to avoid all heating drinks,
 and excesses of every kind, and  more  particularly  that of
 venery.

             HERPES,  OR  TETTER.


   Herpes—a Greek  word signifying  to  creep,  because  it
 creeps and spreads about the skin—tetter:  an  assemblage of
 numerous little creeping ulcers, in clusters, itching very much,
 and difficult to heal, but terminating in furfuraceous or  bran-
 like scales.  Bell, in his treatise on ulcers, arranges the herpes
 among the cutaneous ulcers, and says, that all the varieties, of
 importance,  may be comprehended in the four following spe-
 cies:  1st. Herpes farinosus,  or what might be termed the
 dry tetter, is the most simple of all the  species.   It appears
 indiscriminately on  different parts of the body, but most  com-
 monly on the face, neck,  arms,  and  wrists,  in  pretty broad
 spots, and small pimples.  These are generally very itchy,
 though not otherwise very troublesome;  and after continuing
 a certain time, they  at last fall off in the form of a white pow-
 der, similar to fine  meal, leaving the skin  below perfectly
 sound; and  again returning in the form of a red  efflorescence,
 they fall off,  and are renewed, as before.   2d. Herpes pustu-
 losus.—This species appears  in  the form of pustules, which
 originally are separate and distinct, but which afterwards run
 together in clusters.   At first, they seem  to  contain nothing
 but a thin, watery serum, which afterwards turns yellow, and
 exuding over the whole surface of the part affected,  at last
 dries into a thick crust, or scale; when this  falls off, the  skin
 below frequently appears entire, with only a slight degree of
 redness on its surface;  but on some occasions, when the mat-
 ter  has probably been more  acrid, upon the scale falling off,
 the skin is found  slightly excoriated.   Eruptions of this kind
 appear most frequently on the face, behind the  ears, and on
other parts of the head, and  they occur  mostly in  children. 
TETTER.
227
3d. Herpes miliaris—the miliary tetter.   This breaks  out
indiscriminately over the whole  body, but more frequently
about the loins, breast, perinaeum, scrotum, and inguinae, than
in other parts.   It generally appears in clusters, though some-
times in distinct rings, or circles of very minute pimples, the
resemblance of which to the millet seed, has given rise to  the
denomination of the species.   The pimples are at first, though
small, perfectly separate, and contain nothing but clear lymph,
which, in the course of this disease, is excreted upon the sur-
face, and  there forms into small,  distinct scales;  these at  last
fall off,  and leave a considerable degree of inflammation be-
low; and still continue to exude fresh matter, which likewise
forms into  cakes, and so falls off as before.   The itching, in
this species of complaint, is always  very troublesome; and
the matter discharged from the pimples is  so tough and vis-
cid, that every thing applied to the part adheres so as to occa-
sion much trouble and uneasiness on its being removed.  4th.
Herpes exedens—the eating and  corroding  tetter;  so  called
from its destroying or corroding the parts which it attacks. It
appears commonly, at first, in the form of several small pain-
ful ulcerations, all collected into larger spots, of different sizes
and different figures, which are always more or less of an ery-
sipelatous inflammation.   These  ulcers discharge quantities
of their sharp, serous  matter,  which sometimes forms into
small crusts, that in a short time fall off; but most frequently,
the discharge is so thin and acrid, as to spread along the neigh-
boring parts, where it soon produces  the same kind of sores.
Though these  ulcers  do not in general proceed farther than
the cutis vera, yet, sometimes the discharge is so very pene-
trating and corrosive as to destroy the skin, cellular substance,
and, on  some occasions, even the muscles themselves.  It is
this species which should be termed phagedenic, or spreading
ulcer, from the great destruction of parts which it frequently
occasions. 
228
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
                       TREATMENT.

  We have treated every species of tetter with our prepara-
tions, with decided advantage.   In ordinary cases, rubbing the
parts once or twice a day with our Tetter Salve, washing off oc-
casionally with Castile soap suds, will effect a cure. But in long-
standing cases of tetter, where the system is much affected with
it, we administer our Vegetable Syrup and Alterative Drops
three or four times a day—apply the Tetter Salve three times
a day, with a soft shaving-brush—keep the parts cool.   We
also wash the affected parts, three or four times a day, with a
decoction of equal parts of blood-root, bitter-sweet, curcuma,
and dandelion,—taking  great care to remove all the matter
which is discharged therefrom.  With this treatment, obsti-
nate cases have been  cured, which had been unyielding to
every other prescription for years.   Salt rheum, and erysipe-
las, have been cured by the  same means.


  TINEA  CAPITIS, OR  SCALD-HEAD.


  This disease consists in a chronic inflammation of the  skin
of the head,  productive of a secretion of matter peculiar in
its nature, and capable of propagating the complaint, if applied
to the scalp  of a healthy  subject.   At first, the eruption is
confined, probably, to only a small portion of the head;  but,
by degrees, its acrimony is extended to the neighboring parts,
and, at length, the whole of the scalp is eroded, and beset  with
a scabby eruption.   Children are principally affected  with it,
particularly of the lower class:  hence it evidently arises from
uncleanliness, from  the  want of  a due proportion of whole-
some nutritive food, and possibly from bad nursing.   At any
rate,  these will very much aggravate the disease.  In many
instances, it  is propagated  by  contagion,  either by  using a 
scald-head.
229
comb imbued with the matter from the head of a person la-
boring under it, or by putting on his hat or cap.   When pro-
per means are early adopted, the disease seldom proves diffi-
cult of cure.

                       TREATMENT.

  One of the most obstinate cases of scald-head was cured,  a
number of years ago, by our remedies, adopting the following
method—viz: We first applied our Vegetable Cerate a few
days, leaving the head  exposed to the air; then our Tetter
Salve; washing twice a day with Castile soap.   We gave, in-
ternally,  our Alterative Drops, to cleanse the system.  In
about two months, a cure was effected.
  This treatment has proved eminently successful, in every
case which has come within our knowledge. 
 
CHAP.  X.
             WHITE  SWELLING.


   Arthropuosis; lumbar abscess; white swellings, and other
affections of the joints:  white swelling.   According to Coop-
er, in his first work on the practice of surgery, the large
joints, such as the knee, ancle, wrist, elbow, are most exposed
to the attack of this alarming malady.
   In the first stages of the disease, the skin is not at all alter-
ed in color.  The swelling sometimes yields, in a certain de-
gree, to  pressure, but is generally sufficiently firm to make
the uninformed examiner believe that the bones  contribute to
the tumor.  Whatever  degree of pain may attend the early
stage of  the disorder, it particularly affects only one point of
the articulation, in general its center, or the head of the tibia.
In most  cases, the tumor at first is very trivial,  although the
pain is severe.  When  the knee is affected, a fullness is first
observed to  occupy the little hollows, which are naturally
situated on each side of the patella.  This prominence aug-
ments, and the whole articulation soon becomes everywhere
very  palpably  enlarged.   As the patient cannot bear the
weight of the body on the affected  limb, he gets into the ha-
bit of only touching the ground with his toe, and thus the
knee is  generally kept  a little bent, and the power of com-
pletely extending it again  is soon  lost.   In advanced cases,
the knee is always  found in a  permanent state of flexion, or
being bent.   At length  the diseased joint attains an enormous
size, but  the skin is not  materially affected; a shining smooth-
ness, and a few varicose veins, being the only uncommon ap-
pearances.  The  skin,  however, cannot  now be pinched  up
into a fold, as it could in the early stage of the  disease.  At 
232
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
last, abscesses form around  the joint, and their contents  arc
discharged through ulcerated apertures.  These openings oc-
casionally heal after some time, and  other similar abcesses
take place at a different  part of the tumor.   The patient's
health gradually becomes impaired, by the local disease.  His
appetite fails; he cannot sleep at night; his pulse is small and
frequent;  he has profuse perspirations,  and his bowels  are
often disordered with diarrhea.  Under  such symptoms, dis-
solution follows sooner or later, unless  the local  disease be
relieved.
  There is another kind of white swelling, termed rheumatic,
and  it  is very different from the scrofulous, just described.
In the  rheumatic, the  pain  is said never  to  occur, without
some swelling  being evident, nor does  the acuteness of  the
pain subside, in proportion,  as the  tumefaction   increases.
On the other hand, scrofulous white swellings are always pre-
ceded with  pain, which is  not  so acute after  the swelling
commences, as it was before.  "In rheumatic cases, the pain
is  not  confined  to  a particular  point, but extends over  the
whole articulation, and the health is not so mnch impaired as
in other instances.  I believe also, the bones do not undergo
the morbid alteration which  is peculiar to scrofulous affections
of the  joints.   Rheumatic cases are more  frequently cured
than scrofulous ones.   It is a very prevailing opinion that, in
white swellings, the heads of the  bones are preternaturally
enlarged.   I must frankly own, that, deceived by the  feel of
many diseased joints,  and influenced by general  opinion, I
once imbibed the idea, that there is often a regular expansion
of the heads of scrofulous bones.   But, excepting an occasion-
al enlargement, which arises from spicula of osseous matter, de-
posited on the outside of the tibia, ulna, etc., and which  altera-
tion  cannot be called an  expansion  of those  bones, I never
have been an eye-witness of the head  of  a  bone being  of
preternaturally large dimensions, in consequence of the dis-
ease known  by  the name  of white swelling.   I have been in
the habit of frequently inspecting  the  state of numerous dis-
eased joints  which are annually amputated in  St. Bartholo- 
WHITE SWELLING.
233
 mew's hospital, and though I have long been attentive to this
 point, my searches  after really enlarged  scrophulous bones,
 have always been in vain.  The change  which the head of
 the tibia undergoes in many cases, is first  a partial absorption
 of the phosphate of lime throughout its texture, while a soft
 kind of matter seems to be secreted into  its substance.  In a
 more advanced stage, and indeed, in that stage which  most
 frequently takes place before a joint is amputated, the  head
 of the bone has deep excavations in consequence of caries, and
 its structure is now  so softened, that when an  instrument is
 pushed against a carious  part, it easily penetrates  deeply into
 the bone.  A cursory examination of the diseased joint,  even
 when it is cut open, will  not suffice to show that the bones
 are not enlarged.   I dissected one a  few  weeks ago, and on
 first looking at the parts, the swelling had every appearance
 of arising from an actual expansion of the bones.   An intel-
 ligent medical friend, who was present, felt the ends of the
 bones, after the integuments were removed, and he coincided
 with me, that  the feel, which was even now communicated,
 seemed to be caused by a swelling of the bones themselves.
 But on cleaning them, the enlargement was demonstrated to
 arise  entirely from a thickening of the soft parts.-  The soft
 parts undergo a material  change; they are  both thickened and
 softened;  and there is a large quantity of  a viscid fluid inter-
 mixed with  the cellular substance, which becomes thicker
 and  softer than in  the healthy state.   In the  cavity of the
joint, we sometimes  find  a quantity of curdy  matter, and the
 cartilages  absorbed in various places."

                        TREATMENT.

  Very many cases of scrofulous and rheumatic white swell-
 ings have  been treated with our remedies, within the last four
 years, with the most decided success;  several of them are
 given in another part of  this work, some of which had  been
 pronounced incurable by eminent physicians both of Europe
 and America.
        30 
234
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
  We have cured some cases where the thigh and arm bones
were perfectly carious, a large number of bones having ex-
foliated therefrom, and in one instance the upper end of the
thigh bone came out entire, at the hip.
  We have found by experience, that it requires a long, con-
tinued and persevering treatment to effect a radical cure, some-
times nine months or a year.
  Our first object  has  been, to relieve the intense  suffering
and in every case, we have  been enabled to succeed  in attain-
ing this desirable object.   We then commence a  course of
cleansing the circulating fluids, to effect which, we administer
regularly, our Vegetable  Syrup  and Alterative Drops;  keep
the bowels open by gentle cathartics; sustain the system with
tonics; and we also apply our Stimulating Liniment over the
whole, sound surface of the body, twice a day, which aids in
cleansing the blood, and giving action to the system,  frequent-
ly causing a free perspiration.  At the same time, we  apply
our Vegetable Cerate to  the ulcers, and wash  them twice a
day with Castile soap.  If  there  be much  inflammation, we
apply a poultice  compounded of kircuma, slippery-elm bark,
bark of the root of willow, pond lily, blood-root, and  bitter-
sweet.  Sometimes we apply the poultice, and as a change,
the Cerate.
   If ulcers  become morbid, we apply stimulating agents
thereto, to give action, and  cause a more ready discharge.
  All the variations from this course, necessarry  to meet spe-
cial cases, will be readily comprehended by those who may
have charge of the treatment.
  It is very important that  the patient abstain from all oily
food, or that which is not easily digested.
  A persevering course of  treatment, as  above described, is
sure of affording relief; and the use  of the knife  will seldom,
if ever, be necessary, even in the worst cases; for, if the ulcers
have commenced gangrene,  the Stimulating Liniment, applied
directly into them, will correct it. 
WHITLOE.
235
                    WHITLOE.

   Paronychia; panaris; panaritium; whitloe or felon.   Any
collection of pus formed in the fingers, is termed by authors,
panaris, or whitloe, and is an abscess of the same nature, as
those arising on other parts of the body.  These abscesses are
situated more or less deep, a fact which has induced writers
upon the subject, to divide them  into several species; accord-
ingly they have arranged them  under four heads, agreeably
to the places in which they are formed.
   The first kind of panaris is formed under the cuticle, under
one side of the nails, and sometimes all round.   The second
is seated in the fat  lying under the skin, between that and the
sheath, which  involves the flex or tendon.   The third is des-
cribed by authors, to be formed within the sheath; and they
still add a fourth species, arising  between the periosteum and
the bone.
   Whitloe is  a settling of humors, which come  on after a
pricking, or any other wound, and often without any external
provocation.   The pains in this affection, are very  acute.
When it breaks out, it often shows an excresence.  This set-
tling commonly takes place under the periosteum, and may
rot the bone, which may cause the loss of one or two phalanxes.
A good surgeon may open the setling with skill; even make
the amputation of the affected limb; but cutting is not curing.

                       TREATMENT.

   The many promulgated remedies for whitloe, would  seem
to be sufficient.   We  have, however, been  enabled to cure
some very bad cases  by a continued  application of our Vege-
table Cerate, from  the  commencement of  the swelling  until
the  cure was  effected.   Whenever  the hand, wrist, or arm
become painful, we have applied thereto our Stimulating Lini-
ment.   In most cases, an opening becomes necessary, but this
alone by no means will effect a cure. 
236
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
                      HERNIA.

   Hernia (a rupture, a burst, a descent):  a tumor formed by
the displacement of a soft part, which protrudes through an
accidental opening, from the cavity in which it  is contained.
The three great cavities of the body are subject to these dis-
placements.  The brain, the heart, the lungs, and most of the
abdominal viscera, may become totally or partially displaced,
and thus give rise to the formation of herniary tumors.  Dis-
placement of the brain, and of the organs of the chest,  are,
however, extremely rare, and  are  in general the  result, or
symptom, of some  other  disease.   Every part of the abdo-
men may become the seat of hernias; but they most com-
monly appear in the anterior and inferior region, which being
destitute, in a great measure, of fleshy fibers, and containing
the natural openings, offers less resistance to the displacements
of the viscera.   They are most common in  the groin, at the
navel; more rarely, in the vagina,  at  the  interior and  upper
part of the thigh, and at its lower and posterior part.
   They  have received different names, from their positions.
All the abdominal viscera, with the exception of the duode-
num, the pancreas, and the  kidneys, may  form a hernia;  but
they are  not all displaced with the same facility.  The omen-
tum, and intestinal canal, escape easily; but the stomach, the
liver, and the spleen, form hernias more rarely.   Most of the
viscera, when displaced, push the  peritoneum forward before
them;  this  membrane  thus  forms  an envelop of the hernia,
which is  called the hernial sack.   If the hernia, with  its sack,
can be entirely replaced, it is said to be reducible; if, from its
size, or other cause, it cannot be replaced, it is irreducible.
  Among the predisposing causes of hernia, may be ranked
any circumstances which  diminish  the resistance of the ab-
dominal walls, whether natural or accidental;  such as the de-
fect of fleshy fibers, the weakening of the walls of  the sto-
mach by  a forced distention, as in pregnancy or the dropsy; 
HERNIA.
237
or by an accident, as a wound.   Any circumstance which
tends to increase  or  relax  the  openings  through which  the
vessels pass, as a violent extension of the body, long standing,
etc., may have the same effect.   Any prolongation of the vis-
cera which  tends to bring them in contact with points at
which they may protrude,  and articles of dress  which push
the organs towards the weaker parts of  the abdominal wall,
as corsets, may also produce the hernia.  The efficient causes
of the hernia, are, all circumstances which  may break  the
equilibrium existing between the abdominal walls and the vis-
cera, which react, and mutually press upon each  other.  The
simultaneous contraction of the abdominal muscles and of the
diaphragm, which takes place on every violent effort, is one of
the chief of these causes.  Hence, sneezing,  coughing, leap-
ing, playing on wind-instruments, etc., may be the occasions
of a hernia.
   The symptoms of hernia are, the  existence of a tumor, or
swelling, at any point of the abdomen,  but  particularly to-
wards the opening of the vessels. A  reducible  hernia is not
a very troublesome disease, but may  become so,  by acquiring
an increase of size, and the strangulation to which it is liable.
A hernia is said to be strangulated, when it is not only irre-
ducible, but also  subjected to a continual constriction, which
may become fatal; this constriction may  be produced by dif-
ferent causes,  but  it  is  generally  produced by  the  opening
through which the hernia protrudes.
  As soon as a  patient perceives that  he is affected with a
hernia, he should have recourse to medical advice;  for  the
disease is then in its most favorable state for treatment.  The
hernia is immediately reduced, and must then be subject to a
constant compression.  This is done  by means of the truss.
An irreducible hernia must be supported  with great care.  All
violent exercise, and excess in  diet,  must be  avoided.  The
strangulated hernia, presenting greater danger, requires more
prompt relief.  The object of treatment is, to relieve the con-
striction.  If the reduction cannot be effected  by  other means,
an operation will  be  necessary.   This consists in dividing the
parts which produce the constriction.   The longer this opera- 
23S
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
tion  is delayed, the more dangerous it will become.  After
the parts are healed, the opening must be subject to compres-
sion, as in the case of simple hernia.
  Remark.—A few cases of simple hernia have been success-
fully treated by an application of our Stimulating Liniment.
Spread a plaster, and wear it over the injured part. The parts
must be continually compressed by a truss.


                     POLYPUS.

  Polypus:  in medicine, a  name  given  to  swellings which
form chiefly in the mucous membranes, and were supposed to
resemble the animal of the  same  name.   These tumors are
most common in the  nostrils, the throat, the uterus, and are
more rarely found in the stomach, the  intestines, the bladder,
or the external passage of the ear.  Polypuses differ much in
size  in number, mode of adhesion, and nature.   One species
is called mucosus, soft, or vesicular  polypuses,  because their
substance is soft, spongy, vesicular, and, as it were, filled with
white juices; another is called  hard polypuses, and has been
distinguished into the fibrous, or fleshy, and the scirrhous, or
cancerous.  The fibrous polypuses are of a dense, close tex-
ture, and of a whitish color; they contain few vessels, and do
not degenerate into cancers.   The scirrhous, or carcinomatous
polypuses, are really cancerous painful tumors, which discharge
blood, and exhibit all the  pathological changes of cancerous
affections.

                        TREATMENT.

   Different modes of treatment must  be adopted,  according
 to the particular  nature of the disease.  In common cases,
 when the application can reach the polypus, or very nearly
 reach it, our Stimulating Liniment will  destroy it in a few
 weeks.   Blood-root, as a wash, externally applied, will also
 aid  in effecting a cure.  It also will be useful to take our Al-
 terative Drops, in small doses, for some length of time. 
DROPSY.
239
                      DROPSY.

   Dropsy:  a  preternatural collection of serous,  or watery
 fluid,  in  the cellular substance, or different cavities of the
 body.   It receives different appellations, according to the par-
 ticular situations of the fluid.  When it is diffused  through
 the cellular membrane, either generally or partially, it is call-
 ed anasarca;  when it is deposited  in the cavity of  the cra-
 nium, it is called hydrocephalus; when in the chest, hydro-
 thorax, or hydrops pectoris; when in the abdomen, ascites;
 in the uterus, hydrometra; and within the scrotum, hydro-
 cele.
   The causes of these diseases are, a family disposition there-
 to; frequent salivations; excessive and long-continued evacua-
 tions;  a free use of spiritous liquors; scirrhosities of the liver,
 spleen, pancreas,  mesentery, and other  abdominal  viscera;
 preceding  diseases,  as  the  jaundice, diarrhea,  dysentery,
 phthisis, asthma, gout, intermittents of long duration, scarlet
 fever,  and some of the exanthemata; a suppression of accus-
 tomed evacuations; the sudden striking in of eruptive humors;
 ossification of the valves of the  heart;  polypi in the right
 ventricle; aneurism in the arteries; tumors making a consid-
 erable  pressure on the neighboring parts;  permanent obstruc-
 tion of the lungs;  rupture of  the thoracic duct;  exposure for
 a length of  time to a moist atmosphere; laxity of the exhal-
 ants; defect in the absorbents; topical weakness, and general
debility.
   The first of these species which we shall describe is ascites,
or dropsy of the belly; a tense, but scarcely elastic, swelling
 of the  abdomen,  from accumulation  of water.   Ascites is
often preceded  by loss of appetite, sluggishness, dryness  of
 the skin,  oppression  at  the chest, cough, diminution of the
 natural discharge of urine, and costiveness.  After  the swell-
 ing has commenced, it increases until the whole belly becomes
uniformly swelled  and tense.  The distention,  and sense of 
240
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
weight, vary somewhat with the position of the body, being
greatest on the side on which the patient lies.  As the collec-
tion  of water becomes  more  considerable, the difficulty of
breathing is  much increased, the countenance exhibits a pale
and bloated appearance, an immoderate thirst  comes  on, the
skin  is dry and parched, and the urine is very scanty, thick,
and high-colored, and deposits a lacteritious sediment.   The
pulse is variable, being sometimes considerably quicker, some-
times slower,  than is  natural.  The  operation of  tapping
should be performed only where the distention is very great,
and  the  respiration, or other important functions, impeded;
and it  will often  be best not  to draw off the whole fluid at
once.  Great care must be taken, also, to keep up a sufficient
pressure, by a broad bandage over the abdomen, as even fatal
syncope has arisen from the  neglect of this.   The contraction
of the muscles will be promoted by friction.  The remedies
for this disease are, cathartics, diuretics, gentle friction of the
abdomen with oil, etc.   Tonic medicines, a nutritious  diet,
and, if the complaint appears to be giving wray, such  exercise
as the patient can take without fatigue, with other means of
improving the general health, ought not to be neglected.
   Another species of dropsy is called anasarca.  It is occa-
sioned by a serous humor, spread between the skin and flesh,
or rather, by a general accumulation of lymph in the cellular
system.  This species of dropsy shows itself, at  first, by a
swelling of the feet  and ankles towards the evening, which,
for a time, disappears again in the morning.  The tumefaction
is soft and inelastic, and, when pressed upon  by the finger,
retains its mark for some time, the skin becoming much paler
than usual.  By degrees, the swelling ascends, and occupies
the trunk of the body; and, at last, even the face and eyelids
appear full and bloated:  the  breathing then becomes  difficult,
the urine is small in quantity, high-colored, and  deposits a
reddish sediment; the belly  is  costive;  the perspiration much
obstructed; the countenance yellow; and a considerable de-
gree of thirst, with  emaciation of the whole body,  prevail.
To these symptoms succeed torpor, heaviness, a troublesome 
DROPSY.
241
cough, and a slow fever.   In some cases, the water oozes out
through the pores of the cuticle; in others, being too gross to
pass through them, it raises the cuticle in small blisters; and
sometimes the skin, not allowing the water to pass through it,
is compressed  and hardened, and is at the same time so much
distended, as to give the tumor a considerable degree of firm-
ness.   In some few cases,  the disease goes off by a spontane-
ous crisis, by vomiting, purging, etc.  Where the quantity of
fluid collected is such as to disturb the more important func-
tions, absorption may be promoted by friction, and bandaging
the parts, which will, at the same time, obviate further  effu-
sion;  but most powerfully, by the use of different evacuating
remedies, especially those which occasion a  sudden consid-
erable discharge of fluids.   Emetics have been often employ-
ed with advantage;  but it  is necessary to guard against weak-
ening the stomach by the  frequent repetition of those which
produce much nausea.  Cathartics  are of much greater, and
more general utility.   Diuretics  are  universally  proper.
It is  very desirable to  promote  evacuation by the skin.
Sometimes much relief is obtained by promoting perspira-
tion,  locally,  by means of  the vapor bath.   Mereury has
been  much employed.   Regular exercise, such  as  the pa-
tient can bear, ought to be enjoyed; and diligent friction of
the skin, particularly of the affected parts, employed when
the tumefaction is usually  least, namely, in the mornino-.
The cold  bath duly regulated, may also, when the patient is
convalescent, materially contribute to obviate a relapse.
  The next species of  dropsy which we shall consider, is
hydrocephalus—dropsy of the brain, dropsy of the head.  It
is  sometimes of a chronic nature, when the water has  been
known to increase to an enormous quantity, effecting a sepa-
ration of the  bones of  the  head, and  an absorption  of the
brain.  Pain in the head, particularly across the brow, stupor,
dilatation of the pupils, nausea, vomiting, preternatural slow-
ness of pulse,  and convulsions, are symptoms  of this disease.
  Hydrocephalus is almost peculiar to children, being rarely-
known to  extend beyond the age of twelve or fourteen; and
       31 
242
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
it seems more frequently to arise in those of a scrofulous and
rickety habit, than in others.   It  is an  affliction which has
been  observed to pervade families, affecting all, or a greater
part of the children, at a certain period  of their life;  which
seems to  show that, in many cases, it depends more on the
general  habit, than on any  local affection, or accidental cause.
  The disease has generally been  supposed to arise in conse-
quence  either of injuries  done to  the brain itself, by  blows,
falls, etc., from scirrhous tumors, or excrescences within the
skull, from original laxity or weakness in the brain, or from
general debility, and an impoverished state of the blood.
  With respect to its proximate cause, very opposite opinions
are still entertained by medical writers, which, in conjunction
with the equivocal nature of its symptoms, prove a source of
considerable embarrassment to the  young practitioner.
  When  recoveries have  taken place in hydrocephalus, we
ought, probably, to attribute  more to  the efforts  of nature,
than to the interference of art.  It is always  to be regarded
as of difficult cure.  The treatment should be prompt and ac-
tive.  The inflammatory action should be lessened, and then
absorption promoted.   If the progress of the  disease  be ar-
rested, the strength is to be established  by a nutritious diet,
and tonic  medicines.

                       TREATMENT.

  As the treatment for most of the forms of dropsy laid down
in this article, is given in another part of this work, we shall
confine ourselves to that of the  limbs and abdomen.
  1st. If the  disease be in the feet  and legs, the patient ought
to soak  the parts in weak lye or warm water, rub them up-
wards, while  in the same, wipe dry, and  apply the Stimulat-
ing Liniment thereto very freely.  This ought to be repeated
two or three times a day; and if the feet and limbs are much
swollen, bandage the same  at a time when the swelling is re-
duced, commencing at the toes.  The limbs are generally
swollen the most at night, and if the bandages are closely 
DROPSY.
243
confined on the limbs, in the morning  the  swelling will not
recur.
  2d. If the abdominal  region be the  seat of disease, apply
the Liniment over that  region freely, twice or three times a
day, with much friction, and let there be a plaster of the same
worn  continually.   Much friction must not be neglected.
At the same time, let the patient take tonic and  diuretic me-
dicine, and keep the bowels free by gentle physic.
   3d. If fever supervene, apply our remedies for fever.   If,
at the same time, as is frequently the case, the patient is af-
fected with flatulency, the Essence of Life may be adminis-
tered to the best advantage.  A mucilaginous diet ought to
be adopted.  Gentle exercise, and pure air, are of much im-
portance.   Let the room be freely ventilated, and avoid all
sudden changes of atmosphere.
   The absorbents are more readily aroused by our remedies,
than  by any medicine which has heretofore  been depended
upon, in this disease. 
 
CHAP.   XI.
  ANGINA PECTORIS—PAIN  IN  THE BREAST.


   This was noticed as a distinct disease, until the  attention
of the profession was directed to it by Doctor Herberden, in
a very perspicuous and full account of its peculiar character,
published in the second volume  of the Medical Transactions
of the London  College of Physicians.   Since that time, it
has been frequently and minutely described, and of late years
especially, its phenomena and pathology have received much
attention.
   An acute pain at the lower end of the,  sternum (breast,)
inclining rather to the left side, and extending up into the left
arm, accompanied with great  anxiety, and a sense of suffoca-
tion, are the  characteristic symptoms of the disease.  It is
found to affect men much more  frequently  than women, par-
ticularly those who have short necks, who are inclined to cor-
pulency, and who,  at  the  same time, lead an inactive life.
Although it is sometimes met with in persons under the age
of twrenty, still it more frequently occurs  in  those who are
between forty and fifty.
  In slight  cases, and  in the first stage  of the disorder, the
fit comes on by going up hill, or up stairs, or by walking at a
quick pace, after a hearty meal;  but  as the disease advances,
or becomes  more violent, the paroxysm  is  apt to be excited
by certain passions of the mind, by  slow walking, by riding
on horseback, or in a carriage, or  by sneezing,  coughing,
speaking, or straining at stool.  In  some  cases, the patient
feels the attack between two and  four o'clock in the morning,
or whilst sitting or standing, without  any previous irritation
or obvious cause: on a sudden he is seized with acute pain in 
246
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
the breast, or rather at the extremity of the sternum, inclin-
ing to the left side, and extending up into the  arm, as far as
the insertion of the deltoid muscle, accompanied  by a sense
of suffocation, great anxiety, and an idea that its continuance
or increase, would certainly prove fatal.  In the first stages
of the disease, the uneasy sensation at the end of the sternum,
with the other unpleasant symptoms, which seem to threaten
a suspension of life, by a perseverence in exertion, usually go
off, upon the person's standing still, or turning from the wind;
but in a more advanced stage, they do  not so readily recede,
and the paroxysms are much more violent.  During the fit,
the pulse sinks in a greater Or less degree, and becomes irreg-
ular; the face  and extremities are pale, and bathed in a cold
sweat; and, for a while, the patient is, perhaps, deprived of
the powers of sense and  voluntary motion.   The  disease
having recurred, more or less frequently, during the space of
some years, a violent attack at  last puts a sudden period to
his existence.
   Angina pectoris is attended with a considerable  degree of
danger; and it usually happens  that the patient is carried off
suddenly.   It mostly depends upon an ossification of the
coronary arteries, and then we never can expect  a radical cure.
During the paroxysms, considerable relief is to be obtained
from fomentations,  and by  administering powerful antispas-
modics;  by applying fomentations, by  wetting flannels with
the tincture of myrrh, and applying them to the sternum, or
part most affected  It is also  necessary  to give laxatives, to
keep the bowels open.  A particular attention should be paid
to diet.  The celebrated Odier of Geneva, restricted  his pa-
tients to an extremely spare and simple diet, as the best means,
in his opinion, for preventing the return of the disease.  Doc-
tor Good advises that the patient be immediately placed in an
inclined position, the head raised high, and an emetic instant-
ly administered.  It is said that Percival was the first  that re-
commended emetics in the paroxysm of the disease.  Richter
admits that much relief  may sometimes  be  obtained  from
vomits; but he asserts that  they may also readily do a great 
ANGINA PECTORIS.
247
deal of harm.  Doctor  Eberle is of opinion  that, where the
oppression in the chest is great, and the habit is robust and
plethoric, blood-letting  will  occasionally  give  some  relief.
He states also: "Indeed, venesection may very readily prove
injurious in this complaint;  it ought not to  be used unless the
indications for employment are unequivocal."  Doctor Parry,
who particularly advocates the practice of venesection in this
complaint, advises that  the blood should be taken from a
small orifice, the patient being placed in a horizontal position,
while  the physician is to keep his finger on the  pulse, to de-
cide the limits to  which venesection is to be carried.  The
treatment I have generally known to give the most relief in
this disease, is to bathe the feet frequently, keep up perspira-
tion, use emeticsfreely, and keep the bowels  open."

                        TREATMENT.

   We have  been  enabled effectually to remove very many
long-standing cases of pain  in the  breast, by a much more
simple treatment than that which is recommended in this ar-
ticle.
   Our Stimulating or Nerve Liniment, applied to the breast,
and sometimes between the shoulders, has been used to much
advantage, giving  very ready  and permanent relief.   The
Vegetable Syrup, Pectoral Tincure, and Essence of Life, ad-
ministered internally, will be of much service; and sometimes
the Pectoral  Tincture may be taken in doses to cause vomit-
ing.  It may be advisable in some cases, to administer  medi-
cine to cause a powerful perspiration;  and in some instances
the Liniment may be used  freely at the breast, for the pur-
pose of causing  an abraded  surface, which generally affords
sudden relief.
   It is admitted in the above quotations, that venesection is
sometimes dangerous.  With the application of our remedies
we have uniformly been enabled to relieve the patient with-
out recourse to it. 
248           DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
     OBSTRUCTED  MENSTRUATION.

   Amenorrhea, (obstructed menstruation,) is a total or par-
tial obstruction of the menses, in women, from other causes
than pregnancy or old age.   The menses should be regular,
as to  quantity and quality; and that the discharge should ob-
serve the monthly period, is essential to health.   When it is
obstructed, nature makes her efforts to obtain for it some other
outlet.   When these efforts of nature fail, the consequences
may  be, pulmonic  diseases, spasmodic affections,  epilepsy,
apoplexy, etc., etc., according to the general habit of the pa-
tient.
   The causes of  the suppression of the menses appear mostly
to operate by inducing a constriction of the extreme vessels,
such as cold, fear, and other distressing passions;  an indolent
life, abuse  of acids, etc.   It is sometimes  symptomatic of
other diseases, in which considerable debility occurs, as phthi-
sis pulmonalis.   When the discharge has been some time in-
terrupted, particularly in persons  previously healthy, hemor-
rhages will  often happen from other outlets—the nose, sto-
mach, lungs, etc.; even, in some instances, a periodical dis-
charge of blood from an ulcer,  has occurred.   The patient
generally becomes obstinately costive, often dyspeptic;  pains
in the bowels, and various hysterical  symptoms, are likewise
apt to attend the patient.

                       TREATMENT.

   The means chiefly efficacious in restoring the uterine func-
tions, are those calculated to relax spasms, assisted sometimes
by an increased arterial action, particularly in prostrated cases.
   In all cases of this complaint, our  Nerve  Liniment  is an
invaluable remedy.   Let it be applied to the abdomen,  back,
and loins, and apply our Stimulating Liniment to the breast
and feet.  Let the Vegetable Syrup, Pectoral and Female Drops, 
MORTIFICATION.
249
 and Balsam of Life, be taken according to directions.  This
 course of treatment, persevered in, has uniformly relieved the
 patient.   If the patient be plethoric, instead of venesection a
 profuse perspiration may be induced, a few times, and  relief
 will be gained without any diminution of strength.   It may
 be necessary to accompany the other  means with a gentle ca-
 thartic; but this will seldom happen, as the Syrup will regu-
 late the bowels.  During this treatment, the patient may take
 some tonic bitters,  in wine.  All exposure to cold, or  damp
 air, ought to be avoided.  Eat  sparingly of easily digested
 food, and enjoy gentle exercise.   When there are  evidently
 other forms of disease accompanying this complaint, let them
 be treated as recommended in other parts of  this work.


                MORTIFICATION.

   Mortification, in medicine, is the death of a part of the
 body, while the rest continues alive,  and often in a sound
 state.  If the part be a vital organ, as the lungs,  its death
 must necessarily be followed by that of the whole  person.
 Mortification is called gangrene,  and sphacelus, when occur-
 ring in soft or fleshy parts, as in the stomach or in the limbs;
 and caries, when in a bone, as in  the spine, in the skull, etc.
 It is caused by violent inflammation; by exposure to freezing
 cold; by hospital fevers;  by languid, or impeded, or stopped
 circulation, as in cases of  bed-ridden or palsied persons; and
 by improper food, particularly the spurred or mildewed grain.
   It may be recognized, when preceded by inflammation, by
 the following signs:  Subsidence of pain,  heat, and redness;
 loss of sensibility; brown lividity; blistered skin, with  bloody
 serum in the vesicles;  offensive odor  occurring  in  the  part,
 and by a small, rapid, intermitting pulse; by shiverings, fol-
 lowed by cold sweat, diarrhea, delirium, hiccough, dejection
 of spirits, and by a wild,  cadaverous countenance.  When  a
 part having been frozen is suddenly exposed to heat, mortifi-
cation rapidly ensues: the part becomes florid; inflammation
       32 
250
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
is unsuccessfully attempted, and sphacelus is the result.   In
the above species, a distinctly marked line divides  the  dead
and living portions;  often a healthy suppuration ensues.
   Mortification is common in the  fevers, wounds, and  inju-
ries, of the  crowded jails and  military hospitals of Europe.
This gangrene is considered contagious by some surgeons, the
nurses and orderlies suffering from ulcers and sloughs on their
hands, when touched with  the sponges used in cleansing the
sick.   The same effect is produced on the sound portions of
the skin of the sick.  This hospital gangrene is distinguished
by its  rapid  spread to  contiguous parts, as  from fingers to
arms;  by the oozing of grumous blood;  by horrible fetor; by
fatal depression of spirits; and by the sullen despair of pa-
tients  who, on the day  of battle, or of amputation, were the
bravest of the brave.   Somtimes the cutting of a nail to the
quick, or a slight bruise, will induce gangrene in old and de-
bilitated persons.  Mildew mortification differs from other
kinds in appearance and process,  beginning  with numbness
and coldness in the fingers or toes, without  fever, but with
spasms, and hebitude of mind; it separates arms,  or  legs,
thighs, and nose.  It is oftener found among the voluptuous
rich, than in the laboring poor—in large eaters, than in free
drinkers.  It is thought to be connected with a diseased state
of the  digestive organs, and great nervous debility.   Mr. Pott
sometimes checked it by opium, in a few days;  and after the
dropping off of the affected parts, the patient recovered health.
There  is a dry gangrene, to which palsied persons, as well as
others, are liable, which slowly destroys  the  limb, and com-
monly without inflammation or putrefaction.  This is some-
times explained by the absence of warmth, and moisture, and
air, which are removed by preceding atrophy; the color livid,
though sometimes nearly natural.   When the bones of the
leg mortify, or become carious,  new osseous matter is pro-
vided,  in sound constitutions.  This process, occupying years
when left to nature, is much accelerated by the  artificial re-
moval  of the dead  bone. 
ATROPHY.
251
                        TREATMENT.

   When the circulation is languid, as in lying-in women, and
palsy and gangrene supervene, we have been enabled to arrest
its progress by our stimulating agents externally applied; but
they must be used in the most profuse manner.  At the same
time, give our Diaphoretic Drops internally.   In all cases of
mortification, from whatever cause it may arise, it is necessa-
ry to give action to the internal organs, as well as to the sur-
face.   When the digestive powers are in a measure destroyed,
a plaster of our Stimulating  Liniment ought to be  worn on
the breast, repeatedly and often renewed.
   If the disease be occasioned by freezing, a full and contin-
ued use of our  Liniment will usually arrest its progress.  If
the limbs be cold,  and have little appearance of inflammation,
they must be warmed up by the same means.   Sometimes the
Nerve Sanative may be used  for that purpose,  as it  is  com-
posed of the most  powerful antiseptic medicines.
   But in all cases, whether inflammation appear, or the parts
appear to  be palsied, these preparations ought  to  be  resorted
to rather than sedatives; as opium does  nothing more than
palliate, for the present, whereas our remedies give free action
to all the circulating fluids, whereby  the disease is arrested.


                    ATROPHY.

   Atrophy  is a deficient nourishment of the body.   There
are many diseases in which the body  becomes daily more lean
and emaciated;  appears deprived of its common nourishment,
and for that reason, of its common strength.   It is only, there-
fore, in those cases in which the  emaciation  constantly in-
creases, that  it  constitutes  a  peculiar disease; for when it is
merely a symptom of other common diseases, it ceases with
the disease,  as  being merely a consequence of great evacua-
tions, or of the diminished usefulness or  imperfect digestion 
252
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 of the nourishment received.  But when emaciation, or atro-
 phy, constitutes a disease by itself, it depends upon causes pe-
 culiar to this state of the system.   These causes are,  perma-
 nent, oppressive, and exhausting passions;  organic disease; a
 want of proper  food, or of pure air; exhausting diseases, as
 nervous or malignant fevers;  suppurations in important or-
 gans, as the lungs,  the  liver, etc.   Copious  evacuations of
 blood, saliva, semen, etc., are also apt to produce this disease;
 and on  this account, lying-in women, and  nurses who are of
 slender constitution, and those who are  too much addicted to
 venery, are often the subjects  of this  complaint.  This state
 of the system is also sometimes produced by poisons;  namely,
 arsenic, mercury, lead in miners, printers, gilders, etc.   A
 species of atrophy takes place in old people, in whom an en-
 tire loss of strength  and flesh brings on  a  termination of life
 without the occurrence of any  positive disorder.  It is known
 as the marasmus senilis,  or  atrophy of old people.   Atro-
 phy is of frequent occurrence, in  infancy,  as a  consequence
 of  improper, unwholesome food;  exposure to cold, damp, or
 impure air, etc., producing  a superabundance of mucus in the
 bowels, worms, obstructions of the mesenteric glands, follow-
 ed  by extreme  emaciation: which states of things are often
 fatal, although the efforts of the physician are sometimes suc-
 cessful,  when  all the causes of the disease have been previ-
 ously removed.   A local state of the same kind is sometimes
 produced in single limbs, by palsies,  or the  pressure of tu-
 mors upon the nerves of the limb, etc., and is generally cura-
 ble by removing the cause.

                        TREATMENT.

  Our most stimulating agents, externally  applied, are com-
 petent to overcome this  disease; at the same time, tonics, and
a due regard to regimen, may be necessary, in severe cases.
 A number of cases of atrophy have come under our observa-
tion—some cases of old  men, who were  remarkably relieved
in a very short time. 
LEPROSY.
253
                     LEPROSY.

   Leprosy; a name given to several different diseases.  The
elephantiasis is sometimes called leprosy of the Arabs.  The
leprosy of  the Jews, is distinguished  by white, cutaneous
spots, composed of smaller spots, which appear sometimes in
one place, and sometimes in another, and are covered with a
rough, scaly matter.  It appears to have been the leuce of the
Greek writers.  The Greek leprosy is characterized by hard,
insensible tubercles, which appear upon the skin, and are ac-
companied  by a progressive insensibility, and the loss of the
voice.   It is endemic in Egypt, Java, and some parts of Nor-
way and Sweden.
   The use  of unhealthy articles of food seems to be one of
its causes.   It is  hereditary and contagious.  It was intro-
duced into Western Europe, in the time of the Crusades, but
has gradually disappeared.  The tubercles which characterize
leprosy, appear in  different parts of the skin;, .they are hard,
rough, and  numerous, and  cause the loss of the hair, at the
places where they appear.  They finally terminate in ulcers,
which penetrate even to the bone, producing a caries.  They
also cause the suppuration of  parts of the body, the toes and
fingers, for example, dropping off.   These  symptoms are ac-
companied with a  languor  in  the motions, a dullness of the
sense, a change of the voice, offensive breath, and  lethargy.
   There are three  sorts of leprosy—the squamous, or scaly;
the crustaceous, in which the skin is covered with  crusts; and
the tuberculous.  The remedy recommended for this disgust-
ing disease, is light food, such as vegetables,  soups, milk.  All
remedies are too frequently unavailing.
   In the  middle ages, leprosy, under all the forms of disease
to which this term  has been applied, seems to  have been very
common  and general.   It should, however, be observed, that
almost all cutaneous disorders were considered as of a leprous
nature, and treated as such.  From the sixth to the fifteenth 
254
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
century, these loathsome  diseases attracted the attention of
the lawgivers, and of the benevolent, and we find numerous
ordinances relating  to lepers, affecting their civil rights, and
great numbers of lazar-houses in all the countries of Europe.
In the historians of  those times, therefore, we are to consider
the word leprosy, as used  indiscriminately of  all cutaneous
diseases; and we may well be astonished and shocked to find
that all such patients were treated somewhat after the manner
prescribed in Leviticus, for the Jewish leprosy.   They were
in fact, treated as civilly dead.   Their funeral obsequies were
performed, and  masses said for  the benefit of their souls.
Their marriage  ties were dissolved, but a leper might enter
into a new connection with  a person who  was  also  afflicted
with the disease. They were allowed to enter the  cities at
certain seasons, but  were required to give notice of their ap-
proach, by sounding a rattle.   The  consequences of such a
treatment, may  be  easily imagined.  The improved condi-
tion of the lower classes, in food, clothing, and manner of
living, in general, and  the advancement of medical  science,
have contributed to eradicate  this loathsome and disgusting
malady.
                       TREATMENT.

   Though the leprosy has never afflicted our country, neither
have our preparations ever been applied thereto, we  contend
that our  powerful stimulants, antiseptics, and alteratives, are
admirably adapted to the disease.
   In all diseases, wherein there is some similarity to the lep-
rosy, which have been treated  with  our remedies, they have
been readily overcome.   Our alteratives internally given, and
our  Stimulating Liniment externally applied, have a power-
ful effect in cutaneous or uterious diseases.   They are more
ready in removing  gangrene, than any remedies with which
we are acquainted.  Many cases, where suppuration had taken
place, and the bones been carious, have been cured  by our
preparations; and the facts are so striking, that we are enabled
to substantiate them beyond the possibility  of a doubt. 
DIABETES.
255
                    DIABETES.


  This is an  affection of a  very peculiar nature, and which,
both with respect to its origin, its approximate cause, and its
treatment, has given rise to much controversy.   Its most re-
markable symptoms are, a  great increase in the quantity of
urine, a voracious appetite, a stoppage of the cutaneous pers-
piration, thirst, emaciation, and great muscular debility.   The
urine is not only prodigiously increased in its  quantity, but
likewise has its composition essentially changed.  The urea,
or constituent of the urine, is entirely removed, or exists in
a very small  proportion, while we find  in  its stead, a body
possessing the physical and  chimical properties  of sugar.
Whether diabetic differs  essentially from vegetable sugar, is
to be regarded more as a chimical question, than as what, in
any respect, influences either the pathology or practice; and
it has been a subject of controversy, whether there be a pro-
per diabetes, insipedus that  is, a disease attended with  the
increased discharge of urine, the voracious  appetite, and  the
morbid state of the skin, but when the urine does not contain
sugar.   The disease has beeiv attributed to improper diet;  to
the use of spirituous liquors; to  large quantities of watery
fluids; to exposure  to cold, during perspirations;  to violent
exercise; and, in short, to every thing that might have a ten-
dency to weaken the system, or to impair  the  digestive or-
gans.   Many or all of the above causes may have a tendency
to bring the disease into action, though it is yet in dispute
whether they be the producing causes.
  The proximate has been no less a subject of controversy
than the exciting  cause; and on this point, two hypotheses
have divided the opinions of pathologists: some have ascribed
it to a primary affection of  the stomach, and the function of
assimilation;  and others, to  a primary disease of  the liver. 
256
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
                        TREATMENT.

   Stimulants generally, tonics and diaphoretics, are consider-
ed indispensible in the treatment of the disease.  We have
succeeded in curing  the  complaint, by an application of our
Vegetable Cerate, to the whole length of the urethra, and in
the region about it;  at the same time, apply the Stimulating
Liniment on the back, bowels,  and stomach.   Take  Diapho-
retic Drops and Tonic Bitters; avoid the use of sugar, or any
kind  of  sweet, and  principally subsist on meat and bread.
The saline bath may be used to great advantage in  this com-
plaint.  It is also of much importance that the patient should
avoid exposure to sudden changes of atmosphere. 
CHAP.   XII.
                   CONGESTION.

   The different parts of the human body do not always re-
ceive the same quantity of blood, but sometimes more, some-
times  less.   Thus, for instance, during digestion, it flows to-
wards the stomach and the liver;  during violent or  long-
continued speaking, singing, or running, it collects in  the
lungs and the heart; during close thinking, in the brain.  In
general, the blood flows in greater quantities into any part, in
proportion to the action of that part; but, in a state of health,
it flows off with as much rapidity as it collects.  Sometimes,
however, too much blood accumulates in an organ, and  re-
mains too long in it, and this injures the structure and the
function of such an organ.  This accumulation of blood arises
from a diseased state of the system, and is called congestion.
   Congestion may  be occasioned by whatever, in general, ac-
celerates the  circulation of the blood, and  causes it to  tend to
a particular part; thus, for instance, among the  causes of conr
gestion, are the different periods of development of the human
body, each of which renders some particular organ unusually
active;  the crisis of  disease; and, lastly, the accidental exer-
tions of certain organs. Under such circumstances, congestion
is produced by an excited state  of the arteries in general, and
of some particular ones especially.  Secondly, if the current
of blood to one organ is  checked, it accumulates in another.
Hence colds  caught  through  exposure of the feet, also the
suppression of the secretions, etc., so often cause congestion.
Thirdly, the  vessels  which bring back the blood (the veins)
are sometimes in a condition unfit to answer their destination;
as, for instance, if they are already too full; if their power to
        33 
258
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
receive the blood, and to propel it, is lost or diminished; or if
they are prevented from performing their functions by exter-
nal pressure, or by tumors.  Hence  congestions are  divided
into active and passive; those of the arteries, and those of the
veins.
   Where the blood accumulates, the  part becomes  red and
hot, the pulse beats more violently, and the veins expand; the
part swells,  and a feeling  of  sickness, pain, pressure, etc.,
comes on.   The functions of the part change; if the conges-
tion is slight, they become more active.  In higher degrees of
congestion, and if it is continued for a long time, the func-
tions are checked, weakened, and sometimes entirely destroy-
ed.  Now, as every  organ has its peculiar function, it follows,
that the  symptoms of congestion resting  on these grounds,
must be very  different, according to the different organs in
which it takes jilace.  During  the congestion  of  blood in one
organ, the other organs exhibit symptoms of want of blood;
viz: coldness, paleness, diminution of size, and weakness.
   Congestion generally lasts but a short time; but if not early
cured, and its return,  which  would otherwise  be frequent,
prevented, it is only the beginning of other diseases.   Some-
times it terminates in bleeding, which is a bad remedy for it;
sometimes it  increases into inflammation; sometimes it be-
comes a chronic disease—that is, the blood accumulates for a
long time, and expands the veins; the expansion becomes per-
manent, and the  original excitement is succeeded by a state of
torpidity and weakness, which is called stagnatio, or infrac-
tus.

                       TREATMENT.

   In all  cases of congestion, our Liniments and Diaphoretic
Drops  may  be depended upon  to afford very speedy relief.
The Liniment externally applied to the body generally, and
particularly to the head and feet, will cause a free circulation
of the blood, and relief is the natural result. 
JAUNDICE.
259
          ICTERUS,  OR  JAUNDICE.


  Jaundice,  according  to Doctor Thomas' description, is
manifested by a yellowness of the skin, more especially ob-
servable  in the tunica conjunctiva of the eyes;  a bitter taste
in the mouth;  a sense of pain or uneasiness in the right hypo-
chondrium; whitish, or clay-colored faeces, and the urine ob-
scurely red, tinging things dipped into it with a yellowish
color.  It takes place most usually, in consequence of an in-
terrupted secretion of the  bile, from an obstruction in the
ductus communus choledochus, which occasions its passing
again into the  blood-vessels.  In some cases, however, it may
be owing to a  redundant secretion of the bile.   The causes
producing the  first of these are, the presence of biliary calculi
in the  gall  bladder and in its ducts; inspissated bile; spasmo-
dic constriction of the ducts themselves; and lastly, the press-
ure made by tumors situated in adjacent parts: hence jaundice
is an attendant symptom on chronic inflammation or scirrhosi-
ty of the liver, pancreas, etc., and  also, frequently, on preg-
nancy.
  The proximate cause of  icterus, or jaundice, is an absorp-
tion, or regurgitation  of the bile  into  the vascular system.
Chronic bilious affections are frequently brought on by drink-
ing freely,  but more particularly by spiritous liquors;  hence
they are  often to be observed in dram-drinkers.  They are
likewise  to be met with in those who lead a sedentary life,
and who indulge much in anxious thoughts.   A  slight degree
of jaundice often proceeds from a redundant secretion of the
bile; and a bilious habit is, therefore, constitutional to some
people, but more particularly those who reside long in a warm
climate.   By  attending to the various  circumstances  and
symptoms  which present themselves, we shall, in general, be
able to ascertain with  much certainty the real nature of the
cause of  the disease. 
260
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
   Nature has contrived that each part of the body should per-
form its proper duty in maintaining health; and if there were
no obstructions, there never would be any disease.  The gall-
bladder grows on the liver, and is placed between that and the
stomach;  so that when the latter is filled with  food,  the  bile
is discharged into the stomach to digest it.  The bile  never
makes disorder, for it  is perfectly innocent,  being  nature's
friend;  and those appearances called bilious, show the effect
of the disease, and not the cause.  The gall is a very bitter
substance; and it is the practice of physicians to  order bitter
medicines to cure the jaundice.  This  seems to be  the uni-
versal opinion, which is correct, although it certainly contra-
dicts the notion that there is too much bile:  if there be too
much, why give medicine to make more?  As it is evident
that the jaundice is an affection which  is diffused through the
whole system, the only means to clear the system of it is to
use such medicines as will remove the corrupted humors, and
those that will assist and open the glands  and  secretory ves-
sels, in discharging the serosity or enemy that  has entered
into the system.

                       TREATMENT.

   Though jaundice is a disease which has baffled the skill of
many learned physicians, an effectual cure  is so ready, simple,
and certain, with our remedies, that it will require but a short
statement of the mode of  treatment:—
   1st. Let the Fever Liniment be applied, as in bilious fever,
accompanied with our Pectoral Tincture, in doses  sufficient to
cause vomiting and cleanse  the stomach.   This will cause a
powerful perspiration, and the secretory organs will  perform
their office.   If the appetite be poor, the  Stimulating Lini-
ment ought to be applied to  the stomach freely, and repeated
twice or thrice a day.  If the patient be  costive,  gentle ca-
thartics may be administered.
   2d. A tea made of  seneca  snake-root,  and, as a  change,
smart-weed tea, may be given as a common drink. 
NERVOUS  diseases.
261
   This course will effect a cure, if persevered in, if relief can
be  gained  by the use of any medicine known, or a cure be
possible,


             NERVOUS  DISEASES.


   Nervous diseases are such as consist in disturbed affections
of sense and motion, unattended by any chronic or acute in-
flammation, or hemorrhage, or by any disturbance of thecircu-
lation.  Nervous pains are called neuralgia.   Spasms are in-
voluntary  contractions in organs which have muscular fibers
or which are merely susceptible of contraction;  convulsions
are involuntary and irregular contractions, alternating  with
relaxations, in one,  or several, or all of the muscles, simulta-
neously or successively.   Tetanus is a permanent contraction
of a certain class of muscles, ordinarily followed by death.
Contraction is a retraction of the flexor  muscles of one mem-
ber, or of two parallel members.   Paralysis is the diminution
or loss of sensibility in an organ of sense, or the contractility
in an organ of motion.
   The pains, spasms, paralyses,  take different names, accord-
ing to the  parts  affected.   The most  remarkable of all the
neuroses, is apoplexy, which is  characterized by the suspen-
sion, or successive loss of sense and understanding, as well as
motion.  The affections of the mind, known under the names
of mental alienation, insanity, idiocy, etc.,  are also neuroses;
that is, disturbances in the action of the nervous system.  It
has been asserted, that nervous  diseases are  rendered more
common  by  the progress of civilization; and in  fact, the
nerves become more irritable, and therefore more liable to be
diseased,  with the progress of intelligence.  But  the refine-
ment of the moderns in their food and drinks; in the use of
fermented liquors, wine, coffee, and tea, is the most common
cause of nervous maladies.   The early and excessive use of
these liquors, provokes the nerves and diseases the stomach,
and gives rise to  cerebral' fevers in children, to the vapors or 
262
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
hysterics in women, and to hypochondria, apoplexy, and para-
lysis, in men.  It is not always easy to distinguish the symp-
toms of neurosis from those of inflammation; but, as the treat-
ment in the two cases must be entirely different, it is of the
greatest importance to use every caution in this respect.  Par-
ticular medicines, which  were considered as specific remedies
in nervous diseases, were formerly in use; but experience has
proved  the superiority of warm bathing, soothing  drinks,
vegetable diet, exercise,  and recreations.   The treatment of
nervous diseases, however, has often embarrassed the scienti-
fic practitioner, as they often resist the most skillful and saga-
cious applications.
  Remark.—Notwithstanding nervous affections are consid-
ered the most difficult to  be overcome, it is with peculiar plea-
sure we are enabled to state, that the variety of  preparations
we have compounded for the various forms of neuralgia, have
heretofore  been competent to every exigency; even the ma-
niac has been restored  to right reason; the sufferer from tic
douloureux, fits, Saint Vitus' dance, spasms, hysteria, etc. etc.,
all have been benefited by our remedies.   There has been so
much recorded in this work on the subject, that whoever reads
it, will  not remain in doubt, or at a loss in what manner to
treat almost every form of the disease.


    TIC DOULOUREUX —NEURALGIA.

  Neuralgic pains, generally, are not produced by any ap-
preciable organic lesion; they occur in every part of the body,
and often return periodically.   The disease is most frequently
partial;  sometimes, though rarely,  it is  general; and is not
necessarily attended by fever.  The tic  douloureux is a strik-
ing example of this  affection; writers on the subject have
classed  it as a surgical disease—but  the facts  which we have
brought to light by the unparalleled success we have had in
relieving it by an application of our remedies, has proven be-
yond a doubt that it ought to be  treated with  medical means. 
NEURALGIA.
263
The bladder, the stomach, and the bowels, and, it would ap-
pear, the heart also, are liable to be affected-by neuralgia.
The most troublesome, and  most frequent forms of the dis-
ease, are those abdominal pains  which affect women, more
particularly at the  menstrual periods, which shoot down the
thighs.   They sometimes appear  to begin in the back, and
extend  towards the  abdomen; in which case, the bowels are
generally found obstinately costive.  When  this is the case,
the patient will find a sure relief  from costiveness, by the ex-
hibition of our Vegetable Syrup.  More permanent relief will
be gained by this course, than can be expected by a resort to
cathartics.   Affections of the bladder  frequently supervene,
particularly if the attack come on  during the menstrual period.
  The causes of neuralgic pains  are frequently unknown and
obscure; but they may  be traced occasionally to the organs
connected  with  digestion, and in  some  instances probably
may be connected with diseases  of the spinal marrow, or in
the nerves themselves.    Sometimes in tic  douloureux, the
pain has left the part affected, and has attacked another nerve
in the vicinity—a strong proof that the disease is more deep-
ly rooted in the system  than is commonly imagined.  W'hen
this occurs, a full application of  our Nerve Liniment to the
region newly affected, must be adopted, and at the same time
make an application over the whole body.

                       TREATMENT.

  In the treatment of neuralgic  affections, proper regulation
of the bowels, diet, and habits of the patient, and avoiding
exposures in damp weather, are  all points of the utmost im-
portance.   In addition  to the use of our Nerve Liniment
Syrup, Diaphoretic Drops, and Pectoral Tincture, we would
recommend tonic bitters, and a common drink to be made of
American valerian.   The wearing a plaster over the abdomi-
nal region, of our Stimulating Liniment, and small plasters of
the same on the bottoms of the feet, have been found useful:
sometimes the saline  bath, accompanying the other prescrip- 
264
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
tions, has been beneficial.  With a persevering course as above
directed, the patient is sure of some relief; and in most cases,
a radical cure will follow.  We have witnessed a  number of
cases of tic douloureux of very distressing character, which
have been overcome by an application of our Nerve Liniment
alone—though  we  would  recommend a  full  course of  the
remedies, as being  more safe,  and  sure of effecting a perfect
cure.   A  vast number of cases of  neuralgic  affections, have
been successfully treated by our remedies.  Wc  are enabled
to dispense with  narcotics  entirely—wc remove pain  by
giving action to the circulating fluids,  relaxing the muscles,
and at the same time giving strength to the system. 
CHAP.   XIII.
CRETINISM—SWELLED  NECK—BRONCHOCELE.

  Cretinism  makes a very close approach  to rickets, in its
general symptoms.   It differs principally in its tendency to
that peculiar enlargement of the thyroid gland, which,  in
France, is denominated goitre, and in the mental imbecility
which accompanies it from the first.  The enlargement of the
gland does not always, however, accompany the other symp-
toms, though it does generally.
   Cretinism was first distinctly  noticed and described by
Plater, about the middle of the seventeenth century, as occur-
ring among the peasants in Carinthia, and the Valais.   It was
afterwards found,  in a  still severer form,  in other valleys of
Switzerland, and the Alps generally.  It has since been de-
tected  in various  other regions, where  the  country exhibits
similar features, as among a miserable race, called cagols, in-
habiting the  hollows of the Pyrenees, whose district and his-
tory have been described by Mr. Raymond; and in Chinese
Tartary, where it is represented as existing, by Sir  George
Staunton.
  On the first discovery of cretinism, it was ascribed by some
to the use of snow water, and  by others to the use of water
impregnated with calcareous earth,  both  of which opinions
are without  foundation.  The  first is sufficiently  disproved
by the fact, that persons born in places contiguous to the gla-
ciers, and who drink  no  other water, than what flows from
the melting ice and snow, are not subject to this disorder; and
on the contrary, that the disorder is observed in places where
snow is unknown.   The  second is contradicted  by the fact,
that the common water of Switzerland, instead of being im-
        34 
266
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 pregnated with  calcareous matter, excels that of most other
 countries in Europe, in purity and flavor.   The water usually
 drank at La Batea and  Martigny, is from the river Dranse,
 which flows from the glacier of St. Bernard, and falls into the
 Rhone.  It is remarkably free from earthy matter, and well-
 tasted.   At Berne, the water is extremely pure; yet, as Haller
 remarks, swellings of the throat are not uncommon in both
 sexes, though cretinism is rare.  As comfortable and conge-
 nial warmth, forms one of the best auxiliaries  in attempting
 the cure of both cretinism and rickets, there can be no doubt
 the chill of snow water must considerably add to the  general
 debility  of the system, when  laboring under either of these
 diseases, though there  seems no reason  for supposing that it
 would give rise to either.   It is not difficult to explain why
 water, impregnated with  calcareous earth, should  have been
 regarded as the  cause; for in cretinism, as in rickets, the cal-
 careous  earth, designed  by nature for  the formation  of the
 bones, is often  separated, and floats  loose in  various fluids  of
 the body, for want of a sufficiency of phosphoric acid, to con-
 vert  it into  a phosphate of lime, and give it solidity.  And
 as it is, in consequence, pretty freely discharged in  the urine,
 this seems to have given rise to the opinion, that such calca-
 reous earth was  introduced into the system, with the common
 water of the lakes or rivers, and thus  produced the morbid
 symptoms.   M. de Saussure  has assigned the real cause  of
 the disease.  The valleys  of the Alps, he tells us, are sur-
 rounded  by very high  mountains, sheltered from currents  of
 fresh air, and exposed to the direct, and, what is worse, the
 reflected rays of the sun.  They are marshy, and  hence the
 atmosphere is humid, close, and oppressive; and when to these
 causes we add the meagre, innutritious food  of the poor  of
these districts, their  indolence and uncleanness, with a pre-
disposition to the  disease, from a hereditary taint of many
generations, we can sufficiently account  for the prevalence  of
 cretinism, in  such  places, and for the  humiliating  character
which it  assumes. 
SWELLED LEG.
267
   The general symptoms of cretinism are the same as those
of rickets; but the disease shows itself earlier, often at birth,
and not unfrequently before this period, apparently commenc-
ing with the procreation of the foetus, and affording the most
evident proofs of ancestral contamination.  The  child, if not
deformed and  diseased at birth, soon becomes so; the body is
stinted in its growth, and the organs in their development.

                       TREATMENT.

  Testimony appears in this work, of a number of cases of
swelled neck, which have been reduced by our remedies, and
reference  thereto will  enable the reader  to learn the course
which has been successfully adopted.


PHLEGMASIA  DOLENS —SWELLED  LEG.


  This disease  principally affects women  in the puerperal
state; in  a few instances it has been observed to attack preg-
nant women.   Women of all descriptions are liable to be at-
tacked by it, during or soon after child-bed; but those whose
limbs have been pained or anasarcous during pregnancy, and
who do not suckle their offspring, are more especially subject
to it.  It has rarely occurred  oftener than once to the same
female.   It supervenes to easy and natural, as well as to diffi-
cult and preternatural births.  It sometimes makes its appear-
ance in twenty-four or  forty-eight hours after delivery, and
at other  times, not  till a month or  six weeks after; but, in
general, the attack takes place from the tenth to the sixteenth
day of the lying-in.  It has, in many instances, attacked wo-
men who were recovering from puerperal fever; and in some
cases, has supervened or succeeded to thoracic inflammation.
It not uncommonly  begins with coldness and rigors; these
are succeeded  by heat, thirst, and other symptoms of pyrexia;
and then pain, stiffness, and other symptoms of topical inflam-
mation supervene.   Sometimes the local affection is, from the 
268
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
first, accompanied with, but is not preceded by, febrile symp-
toms.  Upon other occasions, the topical  affection is neither
preceded by puerperal fever, nor rigors, etc.; but soon after
it has taken place, the pulse becomes more frequent, the heat
of the body is increased, and the patient is affected with thirst,
headache, etc.  The pyrexia  is very various in degree, in
different patients, and sometimes  assumes an irregular  remit-
tent or intermittent type.  The complaint  generally  takes
place on one side only at first, and the part where it commen-
ces is various; but it most commonly begins  in the lumbar,
hypogastric, or inguinal region, on one side, or in the hip, or
top of the thigh, and corresponding labium pudendi.  In this
case, the patient first perceives a sense of pain, weight, and
stiffness, in some of the above mentioned parts, which are in-
creased  by every attempt to move the pelvis, or lower limb.
If the part be carefully examined, it generally is found rather
fuller or hotter than natural, and tender to the touch, but not
discolored.  The pain increases, always becomes very severe,
and in some cases, is of  the most excruciating kind.   It ex-
tends along the thigh, and when it has  subsisted for some
time, longer or shorter  in  different patients, the top of the
 thigh, and  the labium pudendi become greatly swelled, and
the pain is then sometimes  alleviated, but accompanied with
 a greater sense of distention.   The pain next extends down
 to the knee, and is generally  most  severe on the inside and
 back of the thigh, in the direction of the cutaneous and the
 crural nerves; when it has continued for some time, the whole
of  the thigh becomes swelled, and the pain is sometimes re-
lieved.  The pain then extends down the leg to the foot, and
 is  commonly most severe in the direction  of the posterior
 tibial  nerve; after some  time, the part last attacked begins to
 swell, and  the pain abates in violence, but is still very con-
 siderable,  especially on any attempt to move the limb.  The
 extremity being now swelled throughout  its whole  extent,
 appears perfectly or nearly uniform, and it is not perceptibly
 lessened by an horizontal position, like an cedematodes limb.
 It is of the natural color, or even whiter; is hotter  than natu- 
SWELLED LEG.
269
 ral;  excessively tense, and exquisitely tender when touched.
 When pressed by the finger in different parts, it is found to
 be elastic, little, if any, impression remaining, and that  only
 for a very short time.  If a puncture or incision be made into
 the limb, in some instances, no fluid is discharged; in others,
 a small quantity only issues out, which coagulates soon after;
 and in others, a large quantity of fluid escapes, which  does
 not coagulate;  but the whole of the effused matter cannot be
 drawn off in this way.  The swelling of the limb varies, both
 in degree and the space of time requisite for its full formation.
 Instead of beginning invariably at the upper part of the limb,
 and descending to the lower, the complaint has been known
 to begin in the foot, the middle of the leg, the ham,  and the
 knee.  In  whichsoever of these parts it happens to begin, it
 is generally soon diffused over the whole of  the limb;  and,
 when this has taken place, the limb presents the same pheno-
 mena,  exactly, that has been stated above, as observable when
 the inguen, etc., are first affected.  After some days, generally
 from two to eight, the febrile symptoms diminish,  and the
 swelling, heat, tensions, weight, and tenderness of the lower
 extremity, begin  to  abate; first, about the upper  part of the
 thigh,  or about the knee, and afterward  in  the leg  or  foot.
 Some inequalities are found in the limb, which  at first feel
 like indurated glands, but upon being more nicely examined,
 their edges are not  so well defined, as those of conglobate
 glands; and they appear to be occasioned by the effused  mat-
 ter being of different degrees of consistence in different points.
 The conglobate glands of the  thigh  and leg, are  sometimes
 felt distinctly, and are tender to the touch, but are  seldom
 materially enlarged; and, as the swelling subsides, it has hap-
 pened  that an enlargement of the lymphatic vessels,  in some
 part of the limb, has been felt, or been supposed to  be felt.
 The febrile symptoms having gradually disappeared, the  pain
 and tenderness of the limb much relieved, and the swelling
 and tension being considerably diminished, the patient is de-
bilitated  and much reduced, and the  limb feels stiff,  heavy
benumbed, and weak.  When  the finger is pressed strongly 
 2 70           DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

 against it for some time, in different points, it is found to be
 less elastic than at first, in some places retaining the  impres-
 sion of the  finger for a longer, in other places for a shorter
 time, or scarcely at all.   And if the limb be suffered to hang
 down, or if the patient walk much, it  is found to  be more
 swelled in the evening, and assumes more of the cedematodes
 appearance.  In this state the limb continues for a longer or
 shorter time, and is commonly at length reduced wholly, or
 nearly, to the natural size.
   Hitherto  the disease has  been described as affecting only
 one of the inferior extremities, and as terminating by resolu-
 tion, or the effusion of fluid that is removed by the absorbents;
 but, unfortunately, it sometimes happens, that after it abates
 in one limb, the other is attacked in  a  similar way.   It also
 happens, in  some cases, that the swelling is not terminated by
 resolution;  for sometimes a suppuration takes place in one or
 both legs, and  ulcers are formed which are  difficult to heal.
 In a few cases, a gangrene has  supervened.   In  some  in-
 stances, the patient has  been destroyed by the violence of the
 disease, before  either suppuration or gangrene have happened.
 The predisposing causes of this disease, when it occurs during
 the pregnant or puerperal state, or in a short time afterwards,
 appear to be, 1  st.  The increased irritability and disposition to
 inflammation,  which prevail during pregnancy, and in a still
 higher degree for some time after parturition.   2d. The over-
 distended, or relaxed state of the  blood-vessels of the inferior
part of the trunk and of the lower extremities, produced
during the latter months of  utero-gestation.   Among the ex-
citing causes of this disease, may  be enumerated, 1st.  Contu-
 sions, or violent exertions of the lower portions of the abdo-
 minal and other muscles inserted  in the pelvis, or thighs, or
 of the muscles  of the inferior extremities, and distentions of
the cellular  texture connected with these muscles, during a
tedious  labor.    2d. The application of  cold  and moisture,
which are known to act very powerfully upon every system,
in changing  the natural distribution of the circulating fluids;
 and, consequently, in a system  predisposed  by parturition, 
SWELLED LEG.
271
may assist in producing the disease, by occasioning the fluids
to be impelled, in unusual quantity, into the weakened vessels
of the lumbar, hypogastric, and  inguinal regions, and of the
inferior extremities.  3d. Suppression, or diminution of the
lochia, and of the  secretion  of milk, which, by  inducing a
plethoric state of the sanguiferous system,  may occasion  an
inflammatory diathesis, may favor congestion, and the deter-
mination of an unusual quantity  of blood to the vessels of the
parts first mentioned, and thus contribute to the production of
an inflammation of these parts.   4th. Food  taken in too large
quantities, and of a too stimulating quality, especially when
the patient does not give suck.   This cause both favors the
production of plethora, and stimulates the heart and arteries
to more frequent and violent action;  the effects of which may
be expected to be particularly felt in  the lumbar, hypogastric,
or inguinal regions, and  in the  lower  extremities,  from the
state of their blood-vessels.   5th. Standing, or walking too
much, before the arteries  and veins  of the  lower half of the
body have recovered sufficiently from  the  effects of the dis-
tention which exists during the latter months of  pregnancy.
This must necessarily occasion too great a  determination of
blood to these parts, and consequently, too great a congestion
in them; whence they will be more stimulated than the upper
parts of the body, and  inflammation will sometimes  be ex-
cited in them.

                        TREATMENT.

  In the first place, we would recommend the portion of the
affected limb to be kept  as much as possible in a horizontal
position, cushioned, in such a manner as to admit a free cir-
culation of the blood.   Let  the  limb be rubbed twice a day
with our  Stimulating Liniment; apply plasters of  the same
to the bottoms of the feet.  Bandages may be  applied, com-
mencing at  the foot and bandage upwards.   Once in two or
three days, steam the limb with  bitter herbs, and  then apply
the Liniment as  before  directed.  Let the patient take our 
272           DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

Alterative  Drops in small doses, three or four times a clay,
say twelve or fifteen drops at a time; take the  Vegetable Sy-
rup two or three times a day.  It would be  well  to  apply
bottles of hot water to the feet, and along the limb, to cause
perspiration, and to assist  in the more readily causing a free
circulation of the blood.  Meats and oily substances are to
be avoided in the diet.  Sometimes it will require a number
of weeks to restore the limb to its usual soundness.   But we
have known many cases overcome in a short  time, by faith-
fully persevering in the above prescriptions.


               HYDROCEPHALUS;


 A genus of diseases arranged by Cullen in the class cachexia,
and order intumescentiae.  It is distinguished by authors into
external and internal.   1.  Hydrocephalus externus, is a col-
lection  of  water between the membranes of  the brain.  2.
Hydrocephalus interims, is when a fluid is collected in the
ventricles of the brain, producing dilatation of  the pupils, apo-
plexy, etc.  It is  sometimes  of a chronic nature, when the
water has been known to increase to an enormous  quantity,
effecting a diastasis of the  bones of the head, and  an absorp-
tion of  the  brain.   Pain in  the head, particularly across the
brow, stupor, dilatation of the pupils,  nausea, vomiting, and
preternatural slowness of the pulse.
  Hydrocephalus is almost peculiar to children, being rarely
known to extend beyond  the age of twelve or fourteen;  and
it seems more frequently to arise in those of a scrofulous and
rickety habit, than in  others.  It  is an affection which has
been observed to pervade families, affecting all, or a greater
part of  the  children, at a certain period of their life; which
seems  to show that, in many cases, it  depends more on the
general habit, than on any local affection or accidental cause.
The disease has generally been supposed to arise in conse-
quence either of injuries done to the brain itself, by blows,
falls, ect., from scirrhous  tumors or excresences within the 
HYDROCEPHALUS.
273
skull, from original laxity or weakness in the brain, or from
general debility and an impoverished state of the blood.
   With respect to its proximate cause, very opposite opinions
are still entertained by  medical writers, which, in  conjunc-
tion with the equivocal nature of its symptoms, prove a source
of  considerable embarrassment  to  the young  practitioner.
Some believe it to be inflammatory, and bleed largely.   Doe-
tor Withering observes, that in a great many cases, if not in
all, congestion, or slight  inflammation, are the precursors to
the aqueous accumulation.   Doctor Rush thinks that instead
of its being considered red and  idiopathic dropsy, it  should
be  considered only as an effect of a primary inflammation or
congestion of blood  in the brain.   It appears, he says, that
the disease, in  its first stages, is the effect  of  causes which
produce a less degree of  that  inflammation which constitutes
phrenities;  and that its  second stage is a less degree of that
effusion  which  produces serious  apoplexy in adults.    The
former partakes of the nature of the chronic inflammation of
Doctor Brown.  There are others, again, who view the  sub-
ject in a very different light.  Doctor Darwin supposes inac-
tivity, or torpor of the absorbent vessels of the brain, to  be
the cause of hydrocephalus internus; but he  confesses, in an-
other part of his work, that the torpor of the absorbent ves-
sels may often  exist as  a secondary effect.   Doctor Whytt,
who has published an ingenious treatise on the disease, ob-
serves, the immediate cause of every kind of dropsy is the
same;  viz: such a state of the parts, as makes  the  exhalent
arteries throw out a greater quantity of fluids  than the absorb-
ents can take up.  From  what he afterwards mentions, he evi-
dently considers this state as consisting in debility.  As many
cases are accompanied with an  increase or inflammatory ac-
tion of the vessels of the brain, and others again, are  observed
to  prevail  along with general anasarca, it seems rational to
allow, that  hydrocephalus is, in some instances, the  conse-
quence of congestion, or  slight inflammation of the brain;
and that, in others, it arises either from general debility, or
topical laxity.   In admitting these as incontrovertible facts,
        35 
274
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
Doctor Thomas is, at the same time, induced to suppose that
the causes of it, occurring  from mere  debility,  arc  by no
means frequent.
  The progress  of the disorder has, by some, been divided
into three stages.   When it is accompanied by an  increase or
inflammatory action of the brain, as not uncommonly happens,
its first  stage is marked with many of the symptoms  of py-
rexia, such  as languor, inactivity, loss of appetite,  nausea,
vomiting, parched tongue, hot dry skin, flushing of the face,
headache, throbbing of the temporal  arteries, and quickened
pulse; which  symptoms always suffer  exacerbation  in  the
evening, but towards  morning become milder.  When it is
unaccompanied  by any  inflammatory  action  of the brain,
many of these appearances are not to be observed. In these
cases, it is marked by a dejection of the countenance,  loss of
appetite, pains over the eyes, soreness of the integuments of
the cranium to the touch, propensity to the bed, aversion to
being moved, nausea,  and costiveness.   The disease at length
makes a remarkable transition, which denotes the commence-
ment of its second stage.   The  child  screams out, without
being able to assign  any cause; its sleep is much  disturbed;
there is considerable dilatation of the pupils of the  eyes, with-
out any contraction on their being exposed to light; lethargic
torpor,  with strabismus, or perhaps double  vision,  ensues,
and the pulse becomes slow and unequal.   In the third stage,
the pulse returns again to the febrile state, becoming  uncom-
monly quick and variable, and coma, with convulsions, ensues.
When the  accumulation  of water is  very great, and  the
child young, the sutures recede a considerable way from each
other, and the head, towards the end, becomes considerably
enlarged.
  When recoveries have actually taken place in hydrocepha-
lus, we ought probably to attribute more to the efforts of na-
ture, than to the  interference of art.   It is always to  be re-
garded as of difficult cure.   An accumulation of water in
&
the ventricles of the brain, is one of the most common ap-
pearances to be  observed  on dissection.  In different  cases, 
HYDROCEPHALUS.
275
this is accumulated in greater or less quantities.  It sometimes
amounts only to a few ounces, and occasionally to some pints.
When the quantity of water is considerable,  the  fornix  is
raised at its interior extremity, in consequence of its accumu-
lation, and an immediate opening of communication is there-
by formed between the lateral ventricles.   The water is of a
purer color, and more limpid than what is found in  the drop-
sy of the thorax or abdomen.  It appears, however, to  be
generally  of the same  nature  with water that is accumulated
in these cavities.  In some instances, the water  in  hydroce-
phalus contains a very small portion of coagulable matter, and
in others, it is  entirely  free  from it.  When  the water  is
accumulated to a very large  quantity in the ventricles, the
substance  of the brain appears to be a sort of pulpy bag, con-
taining a fluid.   The skull, upon such occasions, is very much
enlarged in its  size, and altered in its shape; and it appears
exceedingly large in proportion to the face.  On removing
the scalp, the bones are found to be very thin, and  there are
frequently broad spots  of membrane in the bone.  These ap-
pearances are, however, only to be observed when the dis-
ease  has been of some  years continuance.  In some cases,
where the quantity of water collected is not great, the sub-
stance  of  the brain has appeared to be indurated; and in oth-
ers, softened.   At  times, the organ has  been  found to  be
gorged  with  blood; collections, also, of a viscid  tenacious
matter have been discovered in  cysts, upon its external sur-
face, and tumors have been found attached  to its substance.

                        TREATMENT.

   Whatever conflicting opinions have existed among the
most  learned physicians, in regard to the nature and treat-
ment of this most afflicting disease, and however various may
be the forms which it assumes, it  is a consoling fact, that our
remedies have been successful in arresting the disease in every
stage, and restoring the patient to  perfect health, and in some 
276
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
instances, the relief has been so sudden, as to astonish those
who were eye-witnesses to the relief given.
   Our first object is to determine the circulating fluids to the
feet, which is effected by soaking  the  feet and legs in very
warm  salt water; wipe dry, and then  apply the Stimulating
Liniment to the feet and legs, and placing hot bottles of wa-
ter thereto, and then apply the same Liniment upwards  over
the body; at the same time apply the Nerve Liniment to the
top of the head, forehead, neck, etc., very freely, with an ex-
hibition of our Diaphoretic Drops, in half tea-spoonful doses,
in warm water, once in ten minutes, until a free perspiration
takes place.  If an emetic be indicated, let the patient  take
ten or fifteen drops of our Pectoral Tincture, once in fifteen
minutes, until a vomiting takes place.   This course ought to
be repeated, if the first application  does not afford full relief.
In the mean time, the patient may drink  freely of valerian
or snake-root tea.
   This treatment has uniformly relieved the determination of
the blood to the brain, diffused the water in the ventricles, and
sometimes in a  few hours restored the patient to a hopeful
state of convalescence. 
CHAP.  XIV.
                 HYDROPHOBIA.

   Hydrophobia:  a peculiar disease, arising from the bite of
 a rabid animal.  The animals most liable to be affected with
 madness, are dogs; but cats, wolves, foxes, etc., are also sub-
 ject to it.
   The following description of the way in which rabies affect
 dogs, is from a communication  in the Sporting Magazine,
 September, 1825:—The symptoms of rabies in the dog, are
 the following, and are given nearly in the order in which they
 usually appear:  An  earnest licking, or scratching, or rubbing
 of some particular part;  sullenness, and a disposition to hide
 from  observation;  considerable  costiveness, and  occasional
 vomiting;  an eager search for indigestible substances, as bits
 of thread, hair, straw, and dung;  an occasional  inclination to
 eat its own  dung, and a general propensity to lap its own
 urine.   The two last are perfectly characteristic.   The dog
 becomes irritable;  quarrels with his  companions;  eagerly
 hunts and  worries the cat; mumbles the  hand  or foot of his
 master, or perhaps suddenly bites it,  and  then  crouches  and
 asks pardon.  As the disease proceeds, the eyes become red;
 they have a peculiar bright and fierce  expression; some de-
 gree of strabismus, or squinting, very early appears—not the
protrusion of the membrana nictitans, or hair over the eyes,
which, in distemper, often gives the appearance of  squinting,
 but an actual distortion of the eyes; the lid of one eye is evi-
 dently more contracted than that of the other;  twitchings oc-
 cur round that eye; they gradually spread over that cheek,
 and  finally over the whole face.  In  the latter stage of the
 disease, that eye frequently assumes a dull green color, and 
278           DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

at length becomes a mass of ulceration.  After several days,
the dog usually begins to lose a perfect control over the volun-
tary muscles.  He  catches  at his food with an eager snap, as
if uncertain whether he could seize it;  and he often fails in
the attempt.  He either bolts his meat almost unchewed, or,
in the attempt to chew it, suffers it to drop from his mouth.
This want of power over the muscles of the jaw, tongue, and
throat, increases, and the lower jaw becomes dependent; the
tongue protrudes from the mouth, and is of a dark, and almost
black color.  The animal is able, however, by a sudden con-
vulsive effort, to close his jaws,  and to inflict a severe bite.
The dog is in incessant action; he scrapes his  bed together,
disposes it under him in various forms, shifts his posture every
instant, starts up, and eagerly gazes at some real  or imaginary
object; a peculiar kind of delirium comes on;  he traces the
fancied path of some imaginary object floating  around him;
he fixes his gaze intently on some spot in the  wall or  parti-
tion, and suddenly  plunges  and  snaps at it; his eyes then
close, and his head drops, but the next moment he starts again
to renewed activity: he is in an instant recalled from this de-
lirium by the voice of his master, and listens  attentively to
his commands;  but as soon as his master ceases to address
him, he  relapses into his former mental wandering.   His
thirst is excessive, (there is no hydrophobia, or fear of water,
in the dog,) and the power over the muscles concerned in de-
glutition being impaired, he plunges his face into the water up
to the very eyes, and assiduously, but ineffectually, attempts
to lap.  In  Johnson's Shooter's Companion, the  author ob-
serves: " In those instances of hydrophobia which have fallen
under my notice, the animal has always been capable of lap-
ping; however, in the disease called dumb madness, I have
noticed  symptoms similar to the above."  His desire to do
mischief depends much on his previous disposition and habits.
I have known it not to proceed beyond an occasional snap,
and then only when the animal was purposely irritated;  but
with the fighting dog, the scene is often terrific.   He springs
to the end of his chain;  he darts with ferocity at some object 
HYDROPHOBIA.
279
which he conceives to be within his reach; he diligently tears
to pieces every thing about him; the carpet or rug is shaken
with savage violence; the door or partition is  gnawed asun-
der; and so eager  is he  in  this  work of demolition, and so
regardless  of bodily pain, that he  not  unfrequently breaks
one or all of his tushes.  If he  effects his  escape,  he wan-
ders about, sometimes merely attacking those dogs which fall
in his way; and at other times  he diligently and perseve-
ringly hunts out his prey: he overcomes every obstable to
effect his  purpose; and  unless he  has  been stopped in his
march of death, he returns in about four and  twenty hours,
completely exhausted, to the habitation of his master.  He
frequently  utters a short and peculiar  howl,  which if once
heard can  rarely be forgotten; or  if he barks, it is with a
short hoarse, inward sound, altogether dissimilar  from his
usual  tone.  In the latter stages of the disease, a viscid saliva
flows from his  mouth, with which the  surface of the  water
that is placed before him is covered  in a few minutes; and his
breathing is attended with a harsh, grating sound, as if impe-
ded by the accumulation of  phlegm in the respiratory passa-
ges.  The loss of power over the voluntary  muscles extends,
after the third day, throughout his  whole frame, and  is  par-
ticularly  evident in the loins; he staggers in  his gait;  there
is an uncertainty in all  his motions; and he frequently falls,
not only when he attempts to walk, but when he stands ba-
lancing himself as well as he can.   On the fourth or fifth day
of the disease, he dies, sometimes in  convulsions, but  more
frequently without a struggle.   After death, there will inva-
riably be found more or less inflammation of  the mucus coat
of the stomach; sometimes  confined  to the rugse:  at  other
times in  patches, generally  with  spots of extravasated blood,
and occasionally intense, and occupying  the whole of that
viscus.   The stomach will  likewise contain some portion of
indigestible matter, (hair, straw, dung,) and,  occasionally, it
will  be completely filled and distended by an incongruous
mass. The lungs  will usually present appearances of inflam-
mation, more intense in one, and generally the left lung, than 
2S0
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 in the other.   Some particular points and patches will be of
 a deep color,  while the neighboring portions are unaffected.
 The sublingual and parotid glands will be invariably enlarged,
 and there  will also be a  certain  portion  of  inflammation,
 sometimes intense, and at  other  times assuming only a faint
 blush, on the  edge of the epiglottis, or on the rima glotttidis,
 or in the angle of the larynx, at the back of it.
   The hydrophobia seems  to be spontaneous, and capable of
 being  communicated only in certain animals—the  dog,  the
 wolf, the fox  and the  cat.   All  animals which  have become
 rabid  by a bite,  do,not appear  to  be able  to transmit it to
 others; as the hog, cow, sheep.  In regard to man, it is  not
 certain whether the disease is communicable from the human
 subject.   The hydrophobia is not commonly manifested  in
 the time of  greatest  cold  or greatest  heat, but usually  in
 March and  April in wolves, and in May and  September in
 dogs.   It is  rare in very warm  or very cold climates.  No
 particular cause of the rabies is known;  it is a mistake to at-
 tribute it to a total privation of food, as a great number of
 experiments prove that this is not the effect of such treatment.
 All observations seem to prove the  existence of  a rabid virus
 which is more violent when it  proceeds from  wolves than
 from dogs;  as out of a given number of persons bitten by a
 rabid wolf, a  greater number will die than out  of the same
 number bitten by a dog. The communication of the virulent
hydrophobia by inoculation cannot  be  denied, and is the
best proof of the existence of the virus.  The virus appears to
be contained solely in the saliva, and does not  produce any
effect on the healthy skin.   But if the  skin is deprived of
the epidermis, or if the virus is applied to a wound,  the inoc-
ulation will take effect.  The development of the rabid symp-
toms is rarely immediate;  it seldom takes  place before  the
40th or after the 60th day.  It begins with a slight pain in the
scar of the bite, sometimes  attended  with a chill;  the pain
extends and  reaches the base of the breast, if the bite was on
the lower limbs, or the throat, if  on the upper extremities.—
The patient becomes silent, frightful dreams disturb his sleep; 
HYDROPHOBIA.
281
 the eyes become brilliant; pains in the neck and throat ensue.
 These symptoms precede the rabid symptoms  two or three
 days.   They are followed by a general shuddering at the ap-
 proach  of any liquid or smooth  body,  attended with a sensa-
 tion of  oppression, deep sighs and convulsive starts, in which
 the muscular strength is much increased.  After the rabid fit,
 the patient is able to drink.   The disposition to bite does not
 appear to belong to any animals except those whose teeth are
 weapons of offense; thus, rabid sheep butt furiously.  A foamy,
 viscid slaver is discharged from the mouth; the deglutition of
 solid matters is difficult, the respiration hard;  the skin warm,
 burning, and afterwards covered with sweat; the pulse strong;
 the fit is often followed by a  syncope;  the fits return at  first
 eve>y few hours, then at shorter intervals, and death takes
 place generally on the  second or third day.  A great number
 of applications have been recommended, but without success.

                        TREATMENT.

  The treatment of the disease is of two sorts;  the one con-
 sists in preventing its development; the other in checking its
 progress.  The former consists in cauterizing the wound with
 iron heated to a white heat, the pain of the cautery being less
 as the temperature  is greater.   The cautery is  preferable to
 the use of lotions, liniments, etc.; but it should be employed
 within twelve hours after the bite.  It  has been said, that in
patients who were about  to become rabid, several little pus-
tules  filled with a serous matter  appeared under the tongue,
the  opening of  which  would  prevent the  disease; but  this is
 not well established.  Various remedies have been prescribed
for the  cure of a declared hydrophobia.  Bleeding, even to
syncope, appears  to have produced the greatest effect,  but
 without  complete  success.    Preparations of opium adminis-
 tered internally or by injection, mercurial frictions,  belladon-
 na, emetics, sudorifics, purgatives, etc., have been tried ineffect-
 ually.   Yet the physician should not despair,  as a remedy
 which has failed in one case may succeed in another.  Above
        36 
282
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
 all, the patient  should  be treated gently, and his sufferings
 alleviated by consulting his comfort as much as possible, and
 the attendants should not  forget that  there is no instance of
 the rabies having  been  communicated from  one man to an-
 other.

 SICK  STOMACH, OR MILK  SICKNESS.

  This disease is never known, only in the barrens and prairies,
 and in the flat lands, in the United  States.   In these regions
 it is sometimes  very distressing, frequently proving fatal, un-
 less speedy relief be obtained.   Among those  who are best
 acquainted with the  disease, there  are  as many conflicting
 opinions as to its cause,  as  there are of the spasmodic cholera.
 Some attribute it to the  malaria, or miasmata of the low lands;
 others, to an impure atmosphere, while others  attribute it to
 the use of milk from cows which have fed on a variety of poi-
 sonous vegetable substances, or from feeding  on the meat of
 such  animals.   One thing is certain, that none in the infected
 region become obnoxious to the disease, who entirely abstain
 from  a milk and meat and butter and cheese diet.
  The disease commences with trembling sensation upon the
 slightest exertion—loss  of appetite—slight sickness of the sto-
 mach, and  sometimes a burning sensation is felt in that region.
 The  pulse at  this time is natural;  skin  dry,  or a clammy
 sweat occurs, if  the nausea is great; thirst, great languor, and
 indigestion. Sometimes these symptoms continue a few hours;
 sometimes  for several days.  The symptoms above described
 are followed by severe vomiting, great prostration of strength,
 and total loss  of appetite.   The skin very  little above the
 natural temperature; the extremities are generally cold; pulse
at first slow and  full;  as the  disease  progresses, they become
small  and feeble; great  thirst;  dull and heavy  appearance of
the  eyes, and  obstinate constipation, are the most striking
characteristics of the disease.  Vomiting, in from ten to thir-
ty minutes; the  matter  ejected from the stomach is at first
mixed with bile; afterwards, a fluid  nearly of  the  thickness 
SICK STOMACH.
283
of the white of an egg, and in many cases transparent. Vom-
iting is preceded by a burning  sickness at the stomach, which
is temporarily relieved by vomiting; but in a few  minutes
the same sensations recur, and  respiration becomes laborious;
the patient continually shifting his position.  The above are
among the prominent characteristics of the disease which has
baffled the skill of many physicians, but has been successfully-
treated with our remedies.

                       TREATMENT.

  This disease may be confounded with the cholera  morbus,
or the bilious remittent fever, though its peculiar features vary
much from either.  The great objects to be obtained  in treat-
ing this disease, are—first, to  allay vomiting, procure a free
evacuation of the bowels, and  restore  an equilibrium of the
system.  At the first stage of the disease, administer an emetic
of the pectoral tincture, which  will expel the irritating matter
from the stomach.  But if the patient be much exhausted,
omit the emetic and give preparations of alkali and aromatics;
at the same time, let an application of the Fever Liniment be
made over the whole surface of the body, and place hot bricks
to the feet and sides, which will cause a  free perspiration; and
in order to have a sudden and safe operation on the  bowels,
take one drop of Cioton oil once an hour.  Take six drops of
Croton oil, mix with one-eighth of an ounce of the same Lini-
ment, and apply it to the abdomen; apply a warm  flat-iron
over the bowels, which will facilitate  the operation.   This
may be repeated in three hours, if relief be  not obtained from
the first  application,  and  so on, until  full  discharges occur.
This mode is more safe and sure than to depend on  internal
remedies  to move the bowels, as physic  seldom if  ever  is
made to operate  in these cases in a less  time than twenty-four
hours.
  After the patient has obtained relief  from disease, wash off
with soap suds, and then apply the  Liniment once or twice
over the whole body, taking at the same time tonic bitters. 
284
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
                  INFLUENZA.

  The fact that this disease has of late years assumed more of
the type of an epidemic than formerly, must be manifest to
every attentive observer; and within the last year the mortal-
ity in Europe and some parts of the United States has been
nearly equal to that of the spasmodic cholera.   To understand
this disease, and to find a sure antidote, is of vast importance
to the world.   While the  cholera raged most destructively
among the  poor, the influenza has raged among all  classes of
community.  The rich have formed no exemption.   The dis-
tinctive features of the disorder appear  to consist in the ex-
tent to which the  lungs have been implicated, the mucus
membranes lining the air  passages  being  in  many  cases in-
flamed, and after a few days overloaded with viscid secre-
tions, interfering  with  the  arterialization of the blood.  The
oppression  of  breathing very urgent, attended with pain in
the side.  The pulse is generally soft, and  when depletion is
resorted to, delirium is apt to  supervene.   The cause of the
seizure is generally attributed to the changes which so sud-
denly occur in the atmosphere, from great dryness to  great
humidity, both states being accompanied with severe depres-
sion of temperature.  Notwithstanding much has been  writ-
ten on this interesting subject, such  has been  the conflicting
opinions in regard to the  real cause of the malady, and so
changeful is its appearance in different countries and in differ-
ent patients, that we shall labor more to point out a sure cure
for the complaint, than to reconcile conflicting opinions  of its
proximate  cause.

                        TREATMENT.

   In no case  would we recommend blood-letting.  On the
first attack, let the patient's feet be soaked in warm water;
apply the Fever Liniment over the whole body, with plasters
of the same to the bottoms of the  feet, and a plaster on the 
FITS.
285
 breast; hot bricks to the feet and sides; a full application of
 the Liniment to the neck and  throat;  wrap warm flannels
 about the neck;  take  Diaphoretic Drops sufficient to cause a
 free perspiration; take the Pectoral Tincture, in doses of from
 four to six drops, once an hour,  or oftener, if the stomach be
 much overloaded by phlegm.  These Drops may be taken in
 doses to  cause vomiting, if,  from the state of the patient, a
 vomit appears to be indicated.
   Repeat this sweating process once in six hours, until entire
 relief is  given.   The patient may drink freely of a mucilao-e
 of flaxseed or slippery-elm  bark, taking  the precaution to
 keep the bowels gently open.  This treatment will generally
 relieve the patient within one or two days.  It is sometimes
 necessary to depend almost entirely on the external applica-
 tion, and sometimes it may be advantageous to immerse  the
patient in a warm vapor bath.


                         FITS.

   There are four kinds of fits, namely: apoplectic, epileptic,
hysteric, and fainting fits.

                     APOPLECTIC.

  The symptoms of  this disease,  are sudden falling to  the
ground, with deprivation of sense and motion, attended with
deep sleep, and  noisy breathing; the circulation remaining
unimpaired.
  The causes are an excessive fullness of vessels, or a redun-
dancy of blood, fullness of habit or  body, hard drinking,  too
large doses of opium, blows, tight neckcloth, or whatever in-
terrupts the return of  the blood to the head.

                       TREATMENT.

  Let the feet be immersed in very warm water; at the same
time apply the Stimulating Liniment freely to the top of  the 
286
DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.
head, on the neck and breast, and then to the whole body; and
if it be caused by opium or strong drink, give ten or twenty
drops of the Pectoral Tincture, or enough to cause vomiting;
if from any other cause, give  the Diaphorectic Drops, and
place warm bricks to the feet, to produce speedy and profuse
perspiration.   This course, with friction  of the hand, or  a
flesh  brush, will generally give very ready relief.   In some
instances of this disease, the saline  bath may be resorted to
with advantage.

                      EPILEPTIC.

   The patient falls  suddenly,  with  a  deprivation of  sense,
while the  muscles of the face, and every part of the body, are
violently convulsed.
   The causes are excessive drinking, sudden stoppage of the
menses, severe fright, injuries  to the head, teething in  child-
ren, and irritation of the stomach and intestines.

                       TREATMENT.

   The treatment may be similar to that of apoplectic fits,
with but little variation.  The  Fever Liniment, in  this dis-
ease, is preferable to  the Stimulating, and the Pectoral  Tinc-
ture ought to  be given in larger doses, and  force down  as
much warm water as possible, until vomiting takes place free-
ly.  We  have known  the lock jaw relieved  by the same
means, only apply a double  portion  of the Liniment  about
the neck and jaws.

                     HYSTERICS.

   This complaint appears under such various shapes, imitates
so many other diseases, and is attended with such a variety of
symptoms which denote the functions considered  to be dis-
ordered, that it is difficult to give a definition  of it, and it is
only by taking an assemblage of all  its appearances, that we
can convey any idea to  others.   This disease  attacks  in pa- 
FITS.
287
roxysms or fits.   These are sometimes preceded by dejection
of spirits,  anxiety  of  mind, effusion  of  tears,  difficulty of
breathing, sickness at the stomach, and palpitation of the heart;
but frequently it happens, that  a pain is felt in the left side,
with a sense of distension advancing upwards, until it arrives
at the stomach, and then to the  throat, with suffocating, faint-
ing,  stupor, insensibility; at the  same time, limbs agitated,
fits of  laughter,  crying, screaming, temporary delirium, and
frothy saliva is discharged from the mouth.  When the pa-
tient recovers  the exercise of sense and motion, there are no
traces in the memory of what has transpired.  There is se-
vere pain in the head, and soreness over the whole body.   In
severe cases, there  are no convulsions; the patient remains,
to appearance, in a sound sleep, without any sense of motion.
Hickup is sometimes the only  apparent symptom.   Unmar-
ried  women are the most subject to the disease, and often at-
tacked about the commencement of menstruation.
  These fits are readily brought on by surprise, sudden joy,
grief, fear,  and by sympathy; by a sedentary life, and by sup-
pression  or obstruction  of  menstrual  flux,  or by excessive
evacuations.   In fact, all these various symptoms  are often
caused by obstructions, weakness, and nervous affections.

                        TREATMENT.

  In all cases of hysteric fits, our Nerve Liniment is invalua-
ble, both as an antidote and a remedy.  It may be at first ap-
plied to  the most diseased  organs, and afterwards  over the
whole  body.   Take of the Pectoral Tincture, as circumstan-
ces may  require.  When the stomach and throat are affected,
fifteen  or twenty of these drops will give relief.   We have
never witnessed a case where these  remedies have been inef-
fectual.  The  disease is a distressing one, and merits more of
the commiseration of physicians and friends, than is generally
awarded.   It is very important that the  patient be  treated
with great  delicacy  and much kindness. 
288           DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

  It is not uncommon for flatulency or cholic to be an attend-
ant on hysterics.  When this is the case, our Essence of Life,
taken in tea-spoonful doses, will afford immediate relief.
  Note.—In cases of spasmodic fits, which are produced by
intemperance,  or from almost any other cause,  the first object
to be effected, is to evacuate the stomach  by a vomit.  This
can be effected by a strong solution of salt and water; after
which, administer two drops of our Nerve Sanative, in  warm
water, once in fifteen minutes, and at the same time, make  a
free  aplication of the same  medicine  to  the throat and sto-
mach, over which keep  hot  clothes, wet with  camphor.  As
soon as the spasms subside, give a tea-spoonful of Essence of
Life, in warm water, once or twice, which  will relieve the
great pressure at the  breast.   After which, apply a plaster of
the Stimulating Liniment to the breast. 
     PART  II.
TESTIMONIAL.
 OUR CONCENTRATED  MEDICAL COMPOUNDS.

  The unparalleled success which has attended our medical  pre-
parations,  from their first  introduction in  their crude state to the
present time, imposes upon us the duty of making use of exertions
to render them more extensively a blessing to the human family.
  We shall give the testimonials of a large number of witnesses to
the efficacy of our remedies rather than our own recommendations.
The facts which have been elicited, through the medium of a vast
number of experiments, warrant us in embodying them with other
interesting matter, in the form of a volume.
  The cases which we publish embrace almost every form of dis-
ease, and it will be seen, by reference thereto, that the cures  have
been effected principally by our external remedies.
  In examining the following testimonials, the reader will find
that the practice is simple and easy to be understood ; he will also
find that large  and nauseous doses of medicine can be dispensed
with.
  The manuscripts from which the following extracts are taken
are in our possession, with the entire signature of each individual
thereto affixed.
      37 
290
TESTIMONIAL.
                  TESTIMONIALS.

  Scald Head.—The following  is signed by the father of the
patient, and relates to one of the most extraordinary cases of cure,
of that disease, to be found in the annals of medicine.
  A daughter of mine, N. M., aged 17  years, was. two and a half
Years  ago, afflicted with scald head.  At first,  little sores appeared
all over her head, and her hair came off.   In the month of June
last, an application of Jewett's Cerate was  made and continued
with  favorable  effect; and, in two  months from the commence-
ment of these applications, a complete cure was effected.  During
the  whole time of using the medicine, her general health remained
good and unimpaired.  It should  be noted that the whole surface'
of the head was affected to  the thickness of a man's  hand,  and
spread over with numerous boils, attended with redness and great
heat.
                                                      J. M.
 Piles.—I had  been afflicted with  the  piles for twenty years:
during the first ten years, periodically ;  but, for the next ten years,.
the attacks were irregular,  until,  finally, I was  scarcely at any
time free from pain, and, a great portion of the time, suffered ex-
tremely.   I applied,  three years  since,  Pile Salve prepared by
Col. Jewett, as directed, and, in twenty-four hours, was  wholly
relieved from all pain and inconvenience of every kind.  Three
years have now  passed  away without a  single return of the dis-
ease.
                                                       J. B.
   Sciatic  Affection.—Four years ago, I was attacked suddenly
with sciatic affection, and a weakness and pain in the back, which
continued, at intervals, two years, when the weakness and pain in
the back became continual, and so remained until I  applied a plas-
ter of Jewett"1 s Stimulating Liniment.   In about one week, I ex-
perienced relief, and, by continuing  the plaster four weeks,  it has
effected a cure.   The last two  years I was  so  weak  in my back,
and otherwise, that I could not lift ten pound weight.  I had, 
                   SICK HEAD-ACHE, ETC.               <&>)*■

during this period, been attended by  four eminent physicians,
without the least relief.
                                                     N. S.
  Severe  Pains, attended with Fevers,  Delirium, Cough,
&c.—About the middle of 11th month, 1834,  I  was taken  with a
severe pain in my head and right breast, attended with much
soreness,  difficulty  of breathing,  cough, some  expectoration,
numbness in my lower extremities, and high  fever.   My head
was so much  affected  that  I became entirely deranged.  In this
situation, my family were much alarmed, and, thinking  that I was
dying, sent for a physician, who ordered me,  as I was afterwards
informed, some  mild diaphoretic  tea, and, despairing of my life,
directed, by way of experiment, an application of Jewett's  Stimu-
lating Liniment.  This article was faithfully applied to my head,
breast, stomach, and lower extremities, and,  in a  short time, I
was very much relieved and restored to reason;  perspiration took
place, my pains ceased, and I was very soon restored  to perfect
health.  I have no doubt this  Liniment  was the means of prolong-
ing my life.
                                                     M.  T.
  Sick Head-ache.—At an early period of  promulgating our re-
medies, a severe case of sick head-ache of a female  came under
our treatment.  This was the first case that we  had seen  which
fully developed the powers  of our medicines for the removal  of
that complaint.   Though the patient had suffered long, the relief
she gained  was almost instantaneous.  She  soon became  conva-
lescent, and, shortly after, perfectly cured of the complaint.  We
notice this  case as being  the more  extraordinary as,  at the same
time,  the patient  was laboring under uterine affections of long
standing.   The mode of application was such as  we recommend
in our directions, and which has continued to be so successful to
the present time.

  Sick Head-ache.—-I have been afflicted with sick head-ache,
occasionally, for eight years, and, for  the last two years, I was at
no  time clear of it, until about the 25th of August last, when I ap- 
292
TESTIMONIAL.
plied Jewett's Stimulating Liniment to the top of my  head, back
of the neck, behind the ears, on the forehead and breast, and, in
just four minutes from the lime of application, my head  ceased to
ache.  It did not return on  me for six weeks, and then only  a
slight attack, and I have never had it since.  Previous to the ap-
plication, I had been  attended by most of the physicians of Co-
lumbus without the least relief.
                                        URIAH STOTTS.

                            City of Columbus,
                                Mayor's Office, Jan.  6, 1835.
   Then the above named Uriah Stotts personally appeared, and
made solemn oath that the statement  above made by him is true,
before me.
                                  JOHN BROOKS, Mayor.

   gO1" It  is now three years since  Mr. Stott has been troubled
with the head-ache, more than others who do not complain of it,
as a disease; but two years after he was cured, as he  states, he
was afflicted with a sore which had gathered in his head, and was
discharged through  the ear.   A few  applications of the Liniment
to the head, and inside the ears, performed a thorough cure of the
disease, and it has not returned upon him since.
  Dyspepsia,  with  Despondency  of Mixd.—More than one
year and a half ago, I was attacked with dyspepsia—stomach and
bowels much disordered—digestive powers impaired—dry skin—
and despondency of mind.   I  had no  hope of obtaining relief,  \
until six months ago,  I applied Jewett's Liniment to the  surface
of my body.  In two or three days  my skin became moist, a re-
laxation took place in my system,  and I directly became relieved.
Soon after  the application, I threw off, from my stomach, large
quantities of the  most offensive matter, which afforded me much
relief.  With this application alone,  I have been cured of the dis-
ease, and have remained in health ever since.
                                                     J.  W.
Rheumatism.—About the 20th of November, 1834, I was taken 
WHITE SWELLING, ETC.
293
with the rheumatism in one of my knees, which, in  the course of
one week, became much swollen and very painful, so much so
that I could not walk without a couple of canes.  I came to Co-
lumbus on the 29th of November, and, on the third day after, ap-
plied Jewett's Liniment to my knee and leg down to my foot; in
eight or ten days,  I became  entirely free from all pain, and still
continue free from all appearance of the complaint.
                                                 W. H.  M.
  Bilious Fever.—Lwas attacked'with severe pain in  the head,
back, bones, and legs, with  hot fever and quick, hard  pulse.  I
applied Jewett's  Liniment on the whole surface of the body, and,
immediately, all  pain ceased.  No other medicine was  made use
of, and, in about one day, I was restored to health.
                                                  J.  C.  S.
  Case of White Swelling.—The following case  of white
swelling  exhibits, perhaps, one of  the most extraordinary cures
ever performed by any medicine or mode  of practice whatever.
The history  of it  was given by  the parents, and corroborated
by  the patient himself, an intelligent lad  aged about 14 years.
The indescribable pain and anguish  which the sufferer had endured
for months, without a single moment of alleviation, and the extreme
anxiety and unwearied attention of the  parents, afford a theme
which  the imagination can  scarcely reach, much  less the  pen
describe.   But suffice it now to say the lad is restored, the parents
are relieved from  their deepest cares  and painful anxieties,  of
which  the reader can form a better  estimate after reading what
follows:
  Timothy Cochrane, jr., born in Ireland, September, 1820,  was
attacked in the year 1831 with a fever, by which he was reduced
very low, and continued in a painful debilitated condition until the
spring of 1832, when a white swelling made its appearance on his
right hip, or upper part of his  right thigh.  The pain which he
suffered from this swelling was of the most intolerable and excru-
ciating character.   It is  impossible for  any but those who  saw 
294
TESTIMONIAL.
 him to form any conception of his suffering; and  he,  himself,
 looks back with horror upon the dreadful scene through which
 he has passed.   During the  course of this painful malady, his at-
 tendants were obliged  to  resort to every means which humanity
 could suggest in order to afford the slightest mitigation of his suf-
 fering;  and  so extremely  sensitive did he become, that he could
 not bear the  weight of the lightest  blanket;  but was obliged to
 have some person  constantly to hold the  bedding loosely over
 him.  In short, death would have been Avelcomed by him a thou-
 sand times as "a friend, the  kindest and the best."
   In the summer succeeding the attack of the  swelling, his parents
 left Ireland for the United  States.   The agonizing pains  of the
 awful malady accompanied him  across the Atlantic, and deserted
 him not when he landed in the city of Montreal.   The best phy-
 sicians  in Ireland had attended him in vain; and,  on his  arrival
 in Canada,  three surgeons of the  British army at Montreal  and
 Little York  were  speedily  consulted with  no better success.
 From Montreal the family moved  to Buffalo, where the advice of
 two eminent physicians from the  city of New York was procured,
 who, as  well as all  others consulted, pronounced it a most despe-
 rate,  if not an utterly incurable case.
   In  the fall of 1832, the family settled in this city, when he re-
 ceived the attention of all  the principal physicians in the place,
 and was abandoned by them all as  incurable.   Some time during
 the winter of 1832-'3, it was deemed proper to open the swelling,
 which was accordingly done, the pain still continuing as severe as
 ever.
  In  the spring of 1833, however, the pain in the hip abated ;  but
he still continued extremely ill, very feeble,  and without an appe-
tite for  food.   In July,  of the same year,  he took the ordinary
chill and fever of this climate, and,  soon after, was  attacked with
dropsical swellings of the feet and legs, gradually extending to the
abdomen and  then  to the  head.   The swelling, eventually, be-
came  very large, the bowels were enormously distended, the head
nearly double  the natural size, and the neck  measuring about as
large, in  circumference as  the head.   His bowels,  as is usual in
such  cases, were extremely  irregular, either obstinately costive,
or very much relaxed : his right leghad become very crooked and
stiff:  seven ulcers were located about the  hip and  groin,  and all 
WHITE  SWELLING.
295
 the attendant symptoms indicated certain and speedy  dissolution.
 It was in this most deplorable  condition  that  his situation be-
 came accidentally known to Col.  Jewett, when he immediately
 recommended the application of his  Stimulating Liniment.  In-
 ternal remedies  were used at the same time, and,  among others,
 one emetic.  The other medicines were such tonics and purifiers
 of the blood as accompany Col. Jewett's remedies.  The Liniment
 was applied to nearly the whole surface of the body,  particularly
 the bowels, hip, and diseased leg, at the rate of four  ounces per
 week.  This  course soon reduced the dropsical swellings,  regu-
 lated the bowels,  disposed the ulcers to heal, restored the  appe-
 tite and general health, and  made the  patient comparatively  com-
 fortable and happy.  Jewett's remedies  were first applied  about
 the 1st of July last, and now (six months since)  all the symptoms
 of disease are removed, the ulcers all  healed up, and  the hip ap-
 pears  sound and  well.  The leg  is becoming more and  more
 straight and useful to him, with the prospect that he will eventu-
 ally be able to do entirely without his staff and  crutch, and enjoy
 good sound health.  The following certificate is from the parents
 of the patient:
   We certify that the  above and foregoing statement, relative to
 our son, is strictly true,  though falling far short of the dreadful
 reality of the case.
                                                      T. C.
                                                      B. C.

  \CTB It is now more than two years since Timothy Cochrane,
jr., was cured of the white swelling as above stated, and he  now
resides in this city—has enjoyed perfect health,  walks without a
 crutch, and, though  one  leg is much shorter than the other, he
 experiences but little inconvenience  from it.  He has been exami-
 ned by a large number of travelers who have passed through this
city, and witnessed the unparalleled success of  our medicines in
this interesting case.
  We deem it worthy, also, of remark, that this was the first case
in which a jacket, made of buckskin, (glazed cloth is better,) well
 covered with the Liniment, was  worn constantly day and night.
 The benefits derived from it  are evident; in fact, we  have never
known a single failure of complete success where that mode  of
 application has been resorted to. 
296
TESTIMONIAL.
  Dyspepsia, Pain,  and Cough.—Dear Sir:  For  your encou-
ragement, and for the information of the afflicted, I would inform
you of the benefits I have received by the use of your Liniment.
  Having been  afflicted with dyspepsia, loss of appetite, a severe
cough, and pain in the breast, for a number of months ;  and, un-
able  to obtain any relief, I was induced to try your Liniment.  I
have used about one bottle,  and  the effect has been to restore my
appetite,  my  cough has  ceased, the  pain in my breast removed,
and I find myself restored to perfect health.
                                                      J. C.
  Cholera.—The most remarkable effect produced by the Lini-
ment has occurred near Etna, in Licking county, where the cholera
was raging, and had been unusually fatal in that village and its vi-
cinity, Avhen a lad of fourteen years of age was violently attacked
with the premonitory symptoms of that scourge of nations. I applied
your Stimulating Liniment over the whole body with much fric-
tion.  The effect was truly  astonishing; in a short time, every
dangerous symptom was removed, and the next day the boy was
apparently well.  This relief was particularly fortunate, as no
medical assistance could be obtained.
                                                      J. C.
  Burns and Scalds.—I have used your vegetable Cerate in my
family in cases wherein  two of my children suffered severely;
the one burned with fire on the hand, and the other was  scalded
with boiling water upon the hand.  Immediate application of your
Cerate was made in both cases,  which prevented blistering, and
soon effected complete cures.   My wife has applied the Cerate to
her nipples, when sore, which effected  a cure  in the course of
one night.
                                                      S. M.
  Bruise.—I had a finger smashed between two sticks of timber
that were twelve inches square ; when the timber was removed, my
finger was completely flattened.   It was immediately pressed into
its proper shape, and bound  up  with an application of Jewett's
Vegetable Cerate.   In less than fifteen minutes after it was bound 
DROPSY, DYSPEPSIA, ETC.
297
up, all pain ceased;  and, in three days, my hand was sound and
well, with the exception of the  end of my finger and under the
nail, which was tender.
                                                      S. S.
  Remitting Bilious Fever, Delirium, etc.—A lady, under my
care, laboring under remitting bilious fever for more than a week,
accompanied with a profuse diarrhea, and delirious, was treated by
an application of Jewett's Liniment.   In twelve hours, reason was
restored ; and the next day she was convalescent,  and able to at-
tend to the business of the family.
                                                     T. H.
Extract of a letter from Dr. S. R., of Hardiman county, Ten-
                    nessee, July 5, 1835.

  Canker Sores,  Risings on the  Breasts of  Females, etc.
—" Col. Jewett: I have tried the efficacy of your Stimulating Lini-
ment, and am truly gratified with the success I have had in its ap-
plication for pains of all kinds, canker sores, risings on the breasts
of females, cramp cholic, and external bruises.  In  fact, I am so
convinced of its superiority  over any other  medicine, that I feel
the want of it very much in my practice."
          Extract of a letter from Dr. A. McGowan.

  Putrid and  Typhus  Fever.—" Your Liniments I have now
tested in two cases of putrid  and typhus fever of very alarming
type.  One of the patients is now going about;  the other, I feel
satisfied, will be  equally well in a short time.  These  diseases
have proved fatal, in many  cases, under the usual practice of de-
pletion  and minerals in this vicinity.  I  have likewise tried the
Liniment in various cases of sick head-ache with decided  effect."
Extract from a  letter of  Dr. J. W„ of Harrison township,
                   Licking county, Ohio.

  Dropsy, Dyspepsia, etc.—" I have been troubled, for ten years,
          38 
298
TESTIMONIAL.
with a dropsical affection; warm  weather increased  it,  with a
suppression of urine.  I made a full and thorough application ol
your Stimulating Liniment to my  bowels, and, strange to tell, I
was, in a  short time, relieved.  I  consider myself now cured of
the complaint.  In my practice, I found the most decidedly favor-
able effect in cases of dyspepsia, and  pains generally, by the use
of your Liniment."
  Dyspepsia.—Col.  Jewett: Sir, the bottle of Liniment which
you presented me has been productive of much good, and relieved
an amount of suffering far beyond my most sanguine expectations,
from so  small a quantity.  I will relate a few of the surprising
effects from the use of very small portions of it:
  W. S. had been afflicted with a severe pain in the stomach for
several weeks, and which had rendered him unable to labor.   He
applied a small  quantity of the Liniment to his stomach, and, in a
short time, the pain ceased.  I saw  him some time after, and
learned that his health was better than it had been for a long time.
Two severe cases of dyspepsia have been relieved and cured by it
in a short time.
                                                      J. S.
  Head-ache and Foul Stomach.—About two weeks ago, I was
afflicted with the sick head-ache and foul stomach.   I applied to
my head  and stomach  Jewett's  Head-ache Liniment; and,  in
about four minutes,  my  head ceased  to ache,  and, without any
other remedy,  my stomach is restored to a healthy state, with a
good appetite for any kind of food.
                                                     E. II.
  Darting Pains in the  Ear  and Head.—I was  attacked, six
weeks since, with a peculiar and very severe darting pain from the
ear through the forehead, caused by exposure to the cold, together
with violent head-ache, which was removed, in the course of ten
minutes, by the application of Jewett's Liniment.
                                                      J. B.
  jCT" We shall omit  the  further publication  of testimonials of 
INFLAMMATORY RHEUMATISM, ETC.         299
the cure of sick head-ache, except in cases where it forms a part
of the evils  suffered by  patients  laboring under other and  more
serious complaints; for,  although sick head-ache is painful, and,
in many cases, excruciating, we now  consider it under the com-
plete control of medicine.  We have never known a failure  when
our Head-ache Liniment, together with its accompanying remedies,
has been faithfully and perseveringly applied.
  Affection of the Liver and Spleen.—Last winter, I  was
attacked with a pain in my left side, which moved round into my
back, and troubled  me very much during the spring and summer.
The pain, at length, got into both sides, and before and during a
storm, or damp weather,  it was severe beyond description.  A
slight swelling of the side occurred where the pain was principally
seated, so that, by pressing the finger upon the place, there ap-
peared a crackling  similar to pressing a broken egg-shell (I do not
know how  to describe  it better) under the fingers.    I made a
thorough application of your  Stimulating  Liniment to my  side
and  back, which  afforded me  immediate relief; and,  in a short
time, by continuing the  use of the Liniment,  I was completely
cured, and remained so ever since.
                                                  C. G.  H.
  Nervous  Affections, Pains in  the Back, etc.—In 1824, I
was attacked with yellow fever, on the Island of Cuba, which ar-
rived at a crisis  in  five days; but  I  did not recover my health.
Since that period, I have suffered, continually, much pain  in my
sides, back, and shoulder-blades.  The pains,  at times, were vio-
lent, accompanied with general nervous irritation.   I continued in
that condition until January, 1835, when I applied Jewett's Stimu-
lating Liniment,  which gave me some relief the first day.   I con-
tinued the application  for ten days,  when all pain ceased, and my
general health was restored.
                                                  P.  A. J.
  Inflammatory  Rheumatism.—Three and a half years  ago, I
was severely attacked with the inflammatory rheumatism, with 
300
TESTIMONIAL.
which I was confined nearly four months ; and, after my recovery,
I was occasionally troubled with a pain in my side, and the rheu-
matism has returned upon me every Avinter since  my first attack.
About three  months  ago, I commenced applying Jewett's Lini-
ment, which relieved me from pain.   I have used four bottles of
the Liniment, and, at this time, I am entirely relieved of the com-
plaint.   For some time, I have had a  glandular  swelling on  one
of my arms, on which I applied the Liniment five times, which
has nearly removed the swelling.
                                                     T.  L.
  Chills and Fever.—Some  days ago, one of my  children was
severely attacked with chills and fever:  I applied Jewett's  Lini-
ment over the whole surface of the body, which relieved the pain
and averted the fever, and no return of chill or fever has since oc-
curred.   The next day, the child was as  playful as usual.
                                                  G.  B. S.
   Cough.—I have been afflicted, for twenty  years, with a very
 severe cough, and, for a long time, with many other bodily infir-
 mities of the most distressing kind.  I have repeatedly sought aid
 from various sources, but received only partial  relief, until I made
 use of your remedies, which was on  the 26th of January,  1835.
 The first bottle relieved me  from pains  which I  had suffered  for
 six years, and they have not  since returned.   The  second day I
 used  it, caused me to throw off of my  stomach  much  offensive,
 corrupted matter,  and a great weakness in my back and breast  en-
 sued.  I applied a plaster of the Liniment to those parts, which
 soon removed the weakness, and I have not suffered any from it
 since.  I have suffered much from dyspepsia for three years past;
 the most of the food I ate  was either thrown up, or remained on
 my stomach to distress  me; but now I have a good appetite  for
 any kind of food, and eat all kinds  freely without any injurious
 consequences.  I  have, generally, been obliged to set up for hours
 every night, in bed,  to cough ;  but  now I sleep comfortably  all
night.  I am now over sixty years of age—enjoy myself as well
 as I  could wish—and find it my duty to continue the means that 
                    RHEUMATISM,  etc.                 301

a gracious Providence has placed in my hands for relief from pain
and suffering.
                                                     M. K.
  Dyspepsia  and Head-ache.—I have been  afflicted, for more
than three  years, with a severe pain in my head, said to be the
nervous head-ache, which  confined me much of the time in bed.
I applied Jewett's Liniment to my head, which removed the pain
in fifteen or twenty minutes, and  I have not felt it since.   I also
suffered much from dyspepsia, and other distressing complaints ;
but the use of the Liniments has also  removed these difficulties.
It is now about six months since I first made use of the Liniment,
and I enjoy better health than I have for many years.  I have a
good appetite, my food agrees with me, and I am gaining in health
and strength daily.
                                                  L. A. H.
   Rheumatism.—It is now about four years since I had an attack
 of rheumatic pains ; my  limbs and nerves were much affected;  I
 was sometimes much worse than at others ; but, during the whole
 period, I  was never free from pain.  During the second year of
 my affliction, I was swelled ;n my ankles, knees, hips, and on my
 head, and my neck was  stiff, so that, often, I could  not turn  to
 look at any object without turning my body also.  The sinews of
 my limbs were swollen, and felt  corded and tight like  drum cords ;
 my nerves were affected,  and I experienced death-like feelings,
 and I endured sleepless nights.  Two weeks ago, I  commenced
,the application of Jewett's remedies,  for fever and ague, according
 to directions, and I have come  to my natural feeling; I  breathe
 freely ; the pain in my side is gone ;  I am entirely relieved ; have
 the natural and easy use of my limbs ; and, during the whole four
 years, I  did  not, at any moment, experience any thing like the
 ease I now enjoy.  In  addition  to rubbing the whole surface  of
 the body with the Liniment, a plaster of the same was applied to
 my side, which soon produced a running sore;  and,  as the dis-
 charges from it  took place, my side was entirely relieved from
 pain.
                                                      J.  G. 
302
TESTIMONIAL.
   Sprain.—On  the  8th  of January, 1835, T strained my knee-
joint—raising the knee-pan from its  place—and it was  believed
that the knee-joint was cracked.  Extreme pain and great swelling
ensued. I applied Jewett's Stimulating Liniment, and heated it in
with a warm iron, swaithing'it with flannel, and, in twelve hours,
the pain entirely ceased.  In ten days, a perfect cure was effected
without the application of any other medicine.
                                                     E.  B.
  Fever and Diarrhea.—I was called on, last winter, to attend
a child which had a high fever and diarrhea.   I applied Jewett's
Liniment  over  the whole body.  In  two hours, the child  was
wholly relieved from the fever, and had not another irregular  mo-
tion of the bowels ; no other medicine was made use of.
                                                      J.  R.
  Fever and Ague, and Cholera Morbus.'—I was attacked se-
verely with chills and fever, to which I had, for a long time, been
subject.   I made use of the Liniment for fever, and, in three days,
was perfectly cured of the complaint; and it has not returned upon
me since, after a lapse of one year.  I also used your Liniment
for cholera morbus, which, in a very short time, cured me of that
complaint; the  attack was a severe one, and no other medicine
was made use of.
                                                     E. B.
    Extract of a letter from a Physician of high standing.

  High Fever and Extreme Debility promptly cured.—"1
have found, so far as  I  have  tried your medicine,  that it proves
highly satisfactory.  In  one case, I was called to a  boy who was
brought home with a very high fever:  preparations had been
made  to give it a course  of the Thompsonian system ;  but I  im-
mediately applied your Fever Liniment over the whole body, and,
before the water got warm, the boy was in a full  perspiration,  and
the fever left him immediately.   In another case, I  was called to
a lady, in the country, who had been confined about eight weeks.
I found her  almost without pulse—extremities cold—skin dry— 
FEVER AND AGUE, ETC.
303
extreme pain in the head and back—and much febrile affection in-
dicated.  I applied your Fever Liniment with much friction, which
gave her immediate relief.  Several other cases have been relieved
in like manner."
  Salt Rheum.—My  wife has been afflicted with salt rheum for
thirty years :  all means resorted to, during that period, proved in-
effectual until, about nine months ago, she applied your Vegetable
Cerate, which relieved her in two days, and she soon became per-
fectly cured of the complaint.   She has not been troubled with it
since, with the  exception of a  single instance : about six months
after the  cure, she had a slight breaking out on the  hand, which
was removed with one  application of the Cerate.
                                                   E. B. C.
              Extract of a letter from Dr. D. J.

   Piles and Palpitation of  the Heart.—" Thirteen  years
ago, M. L., a lady of Montgomery county, Ohio,  was attacked
with the piles, which have continued to  afflict her ever since.  She
was also troubled with pain in her back, bowels, sides, and shoul-
ders ;  and during the whole time, as she averred, had been afflict-
ed with palpitation of the heart.
  "Four months since, I applied your Stimulating Liniment, on
plasters, to her back and bowels, rubbing the same on her breast
and shoulders.  I also  gave  her  the Pile Salve, two applications
of which, with five applications of  the Stimulating Liniment, to-
gether with the plasters worn as above stated, have completely
cured her of all disease, and she  remains well at the present time.
The same  lady  informs  me  that her daughter was violently at-
tacked with pleurisy,  and that she rubbed  her  side, and over the
body, with the Stimulating Liniment, and threw her into a perspi-
ration, and relief  was obtained immediately."
  Fever and Ague.—Two  months  ago, I was  taken with the
fever and ague.  1 had  chills and fever every other day.   Just 
304
TESTIMONIAL.
before I expected the chill, on the seventh day, I applied Jewett's
Fever Liniment to the bottoms of my feet, and put a hot brick to
them, which caused a profuse perspiration, and the chill and fever
did not return on me.  I have had no more ague  since.   This
was the only medicine I used, and I used it but once.
                                                      J. B.

  %CTB We would here remark, that though the foregoing case  is
truly remarkable, (and we have  known many such  produced by
our remedies,) we  have not been in the habit of depending for a
cure, on so slight an application, but at once apply the Liniment
over the whole surface of the body, which we have never known
to fail of accomplishing  the desired object—a perfect cure.
  Measles.—Two months  ago, my wife was severely attacked
with measles, with severe pain in the bones, until I made an ap-
plication of Jewett's Stimulating Liniment.   The first application
afforded relief.  On the second application the measles  broke out
over the whole body, and in three days after, she was entirely re-
lieved, during which time she made  frequent use of the Liniment
on her body,  and wore plasters on the bottoms of her feet.   Du-
ring this whole application, she had  no cough, nor sore  eyes; and
since her recovery, she has been in better health than she has ex-
perienced for a year past.
                                                  J. C. S.
 Extract of a letter from an aged and experienced physician.

  Intermittent Fever.—"In the last eight weeks I have been
relieved from three attacks of intermittent fever.  The first at-
tack was violent.   The second was  brought on  by exposure in
wet weather.  The third, several weeks  after the second,  was
also occasioned by a violent cold.
  "Each attack was accompanied by a violent fever, pains in the
bones, wandering pains and chills through  the whole system, and
a very afflictive pain fixed in the  back, and across the loins, at-
tended with lassitude, weariness, restlessness, and anxiety.   These
attacks were preceded with several days premonitory indisposition. 
              MEASLES AND SCARLET FEVER.           305

They were all removed, in  each instance, by one  application  of
your Liniment, applied  over the whole  surface of the body, and
keeping up  a profuse  perspiration thereby  produced,  by warm
bricks to the feet, and covered warm in bed.   To secure against
relapse, I applied the  Liniment to my breast,  on several succeed-
ing days.   The effects  of the Liniment in producing  a sudden
and copious  perspiration, the composure and quietude it  brings
over the nerves, and the sudden restoration of appetite which fol-
lows, invariably, its application,  are truly surprising.  In every
instance alluded to, I felt myself perfectly relieved of all disease,
on the ensuing day, which, after all our experience and knowledge
of facts daily occurring, and considering my advanced period  of
life, and the severity of  the paroxysm, could not fail to  excite the
admiration and surprise of myself and family.   We used the Lini-
ment freely.
                                                  "T. H."
  Measles  and Scarlet Fever.—Six months ago, my child,
then three years old, was attacked with measles and scarlet fever
at the same time; throat much swelled, with choaking and rattling
in it; burning fever; and, to appearance, much excited with pain.
The cords of his neck and cheeks were much swollen, and were
very hard.   His mouth and throat were raw.   I gave him a spoon-
full of sweet oil, and then applied Jewett's Fever Liniment to his
neck, and all over his body at night.   The child was thrown into
a perspiration, rested well through the night, and in the morning
all the dangerous symptoms were removed.  The child had a good
appetite, and in a few days Avas perfectly cured, without the  use
of any other medicine.
                                                      A.  S.
Extract of a letter from a physician, on cutaneous absorption.

  Facts are  better than arguments.—"I  have knoAvn  the
Liniment to produce  profuse  perspiration in a few minutes, re-
lieve violent pain, and throAV off a fever in a few hours.  In  bil-
ious fever I have used the  Liniment  much to the comfort of  the
patient, in removing sick stomach, head-ache, back-ache, etc., often
        39 
306
TESTIMONIAL.
in ten or fifteen minutes.   It is also  most excellent  in rheuma-
tism, and is a sure cure for nervous head-ache, if persevered in.
   "I could produce certificates for the cure of the piles, by the
use of the Pile Salve, in  one case of thirteen years, and in anoth-
er of twenty years standing.
   "The Cerate I knoAv  from experience, to be excellent for the
cure of burns, scalds, and sores of every description; also sprains,
bruises, etc.
   " The Head-ache Liniment seldom  fails to relieve in five or ten
minutes, and if persevered in, never fails to perform a perfect cure.
   " I could at this time publish more than one hundred testimo-
nials, proving the above facts.  For cholic pains and  boAvel com-
plaints,  in infants, the  effect of the  Cholera  Morbus  Liniment  is
truly astonishing, frequently producing instantaneous relief!  And
still Avill it be longer contended, against all of the above facts, that
there is  no cutaneous absorption ?
                                                   " T. N."
   Chills and Fever.'—I had a severe attack of chills and fever,
attended Avith pain in the head, breast, and loins, loss of  appetite,
etc.   I  had been in  this way for some days, and found  myself
growing worse continually.   I made use of Jewett's Fever Lini-
ment, at evening,  agreeably to directions given in such cases; it
produced plentiful perspiration.  Next morning I found the fever
was  gone.   I discharged bile freely, by the bowels, and have not
had any symptoms of the complaint since.
   I have not the smallest doubt that, in case I had not applied the
Liniment, I should  have had  a long and lingering spell of sick-
ness, as that  has  formerly  been the case, in several preceding
seasons  in Avhich, notAvithstanding the faithful use of all other
means,  I have had a similar complaint continuing Avith me for
months; but Avhich, in this  case, I Avas relieved of in  one  night,
without the aid of any other medicine.
                                                       J.  R.
  White Swelling  and Piles.—Thy Liniments have perform-
ed wonderfully.   A white swelling on  a boy's knee, which had
been for three years  standing, and pronounced beyond the reach 
        PARALYSIS--AFFECTION OF  THE SIDE, ETC.     307

of medicine by a physician, has been cured.   One  case of long
standing of piles has been cared with the Pile  Salve.  There are
several cases within my knowledge, which have been cured with
the Stimulating Liniment, the particulars of which  I will hereafter
furnish thee.
                                                     B. W.
Extract of a letter from J. W. Esq. of New-York, dated Sep-
                        tember 16, 1835.

  Cholera.—"A neighbor of mine was  recently taken with the
cholera.  All the symptoms indicated a violent, sudden, and fatal
termination of that disease.   Your Liniment was fully and faith-
fully applied, and in a feAV minutes he said he felt as if he were in
aneAvworld; reaction took place, and he soon recovered.  The
man declared it  as his opinion, that he could not have lived fifteen
minutes, had it not been for the Liniment.  Our physician told
me  your preparations were the  cheapest  medicine  he ever met
with.   He  says your Pile  Salve never fails, when  properly ap-
plied."
        From the Rev. J. B., M. D., October 30, 1835.

  Recommendatory letter.—" Your medical preparations, so
far as I have had an opportunity of trying them, have answered all
the expectations raised by your Advertiser, and were it necessary
I could furnish you some additional testimony of their adaptation
to the cure of disease.  In every instance where  I have recom-
mended their application, positive benefit has been derived, and the
most entire satisfaction expressed by the patients using them.  I
have not knoAvn them used in  a single case, Avhere they have not
been sovereign and all-sufficient, in affecting Avhat they were de-
signed to accomplish."
                 From a letter of Dr. M. G.

  Paralysis—Affection of the side.—" My own health, for
some time, has been in a feeble  state, and from some unknown 
308
TESTIMONIAL.
cause, I suddenly became much Avorse.  A cessation of a proper
circulation  appeared  to take place on one  side, leaving me in a
most distressed situation,  attended Avith much  pain.   1 made a
liberal application of  your Liniment, and  the  effect far surpassed
my expectations.   I  Avas  immediately free from  pain, and am
rapidly on  the recovery of  health; my appetite, from being very
poor, is fast returning to its proper state;  and I  have a desire that
the community generally, may become acquainted Avith  the saluta-
ry effect of these invaluable remedies, in relieving the afflicted."
                       From Dr. J. S.

  Fever and Sick Head-ache.—" From the trials made of your
medicines, they  are greatly approved of: in one  case  of fever,
particularly, a patient  given over,  and thought  by all to be  past
recovery, by a  thorough application  of your Liniment for fever,
has been restored,  and is  now able to be  up  and about.   The
patient is the Avife of a respectable gentlemen who was violently
opposed to  your medicines, but now convinced  of their  power to
heal.   When tha box came to hand, he  himself was laboring un-
der a violent sick head-ache : he applied the Liniment to his head,
and, in just four minutes by the clock, he was  perfectly at ease.
He continued its use for a short time, and is entirely cured of the
complaint to which he had been subject."
Extract of a letter from Dr. John Steele, of Frankfort, Missouri,
                       October 16, 1835.

   Remarkable case and cure of a Child.—" I  have used two
 bottles of your Liniment  upon my infant child,  who has  never
 seen a well day in  his life.   He is now eleven months old, and
 was born with disease.   When he was three weeks old, he weigh-
 ed  three pounds when dressed: he now weighs seven pounds.
 From the time he was born until the present, he has  been kept
 alive by botanic medicines, and chiefly by injections.   Had  I kept
 a regular account  of all the  applications and medicine  given, it
 would astonish thousands ; it is now better, and has a prospect of 
REMARKABLE  CASE.
309
recovery.  Should he get well, I shall ascribe the praise, under
God, to your Liniment.  When  he  was about a month  old, he
broke out on his hips, thighs,  and legs, like a burn or scald, and
would blister as bad as if flies had been applied.  It Avould  con-
tinue in this  way for three or four weeks at a time, and then dry
up for a few days, and then come out again in the same way, only
spreading more each time,  successively, until it got nearly all over
him.   At one time, he did not open his eyes for eleven days, and
often, in that time,  the blood would run down from his eyes, on
his cheeks, to his neck.   I have been thus particular, in order,
should he live, you  may see what has been done by your remedies,
and that the world may be benefitted thereby.  What I have said,
is but a faint representation of his sufferings, but I have now strong
hopes of his recovery from all disease."
       Extract from the same, dated February 23, 1836.

  " About  the last of September, I received your Liniment, the
child having grown much worse :  in August, it was blind eleven
days, and I then expected both eyes would run out.  When the
Liniment came to hand, I applied it to all parts of the body that
were sound, and the Cerate to the sores.   At first,  relief was very
perceptible, and then  no  further improvement appeared  for per-
haps six  weeks ;  and had you not written to me  to persevere, I
should  have given it up as irretrievably lost.  After the time men-
tioned,  Ave began to discover that the plaster applied to the stomach
had an  evidently  good effect.   The  stomach was relieved from
the tough phlegm  which had been the cause of much of its suffer-
ing.  It gradually mended, the  eruptions became less, and soon
after entirely disappeared."
           Extract from the same, March 15, 1836.

  " I am happy in informing you that your remedies have proved
a blessing to me in restoring my afflicted infant  child to perfect
soundness ; it is noAv free from all disease, and is  full of life and
activity.  It has been entirely Well for two months, and is grow- 
310                    TESTIMONIAL.
ing as fast as any  child.  I could  give you  many cases Avhere
your medicines have  been applied to the saving of life ;  but it ap-
pears useless.   Any one  still disposed  to doubt, in this region,
Avould  not believe  though one should rise from  the dead and de-
clare it."

  %CTB The experience in practice and application of our medicine
presented in the above  case, shoAvs, in a most  striking manner,
hoAV important it is  to persevere until  relief be obtained.   The
child to Avhom Ave  refer, and Avhose case is represented in the let-
ter of Dr. Steele, is noAV nearly four years old ;  enjoys good health
at this  time; and, in fact, far better than  that of any member of
the family, Avith fair  prospects of its continuance.
           Extract of a letter from Dr. T. N., M. D.

   " Your most excellent Liniments have  aided  and accelerated
cures in many  cases.   The more I use your remedies, the more
clearly is the doctrine  of cutaneous  absorption demonstrated to my
mind.   In fever cases, your remedies are, indeed, invaluable, in-
variably removing all pain when properly and thoroughly applied,
and producing a full and free perspiration.   I can, with the utmost
confidence, recommend them to the whole family  of man."
           Extract of a letter from Dr. J. V. D.  G.

  Bilious Fever.—" I  have seen much good  consequent to the
use of your medicine, but Avill trouble you with the relation of two
remarkable cases.  Maj. D. P. C. Avas taken very suddenly Avith
vomiting, pain in the head, back, and extremities, with high fever,
which progressed rapidly, and, in the course of ten hours,  he be-
came entirely delirious—a wild look of the eyes—face very much
flushed—and required three persons to keep him in bed.  Every
person had despaired of him, and was  conscious  he would die.
He had been puked freely, and every other known  means made
use of, to  no effect.  I, however, resolved to make a bold effort
to save him, and proposed trying your Liniment, Avhich was agreed 
WEAKNESS AND TREMOR, ETC.            311
to.   I  commenced by shaving the head, and then  rubbed it on
well; applied it all over the stomach and bowels; applied warm
rocks to his feet, back, etc.   In the course of three hours, he came
to his proper senses,   i In three days he was walking about in his
room, and in a few more was off visiting his friends.
  The other case, in which your life-saver,  (I call it) has  had
equal effects as in the above, was that of a lady, who had been sa-
livated so much, that the jaw had sloughed  partly off.   Parts of
her flesh had  mortified, where  repeated blisters had  been applied.
I thought it a bad chance to save her, as part of the jaw-bone was
bare.  I, however,  commenced the application of the Liniment,
and, to my utter astonishment, in  a  week the parts commenced
healing, and in three  weeks she  was entirely well.  The Liniment
checked  the mortification as soon  as  applied, and  has been the
means  of saving her life."

  Remark.—It was a long time after we were aware of the fact,
that our  Liniments would  instantly arrest fevers of every type,
that we ventured to say any thing on the subject,  being  satisfied it
would require  more faith to believe the  astonishing fact, than any
man's  assertion  Avould  create.   The fact is now well established
by  hundreds of  cases, which have been cured in less time, and
with less expense, and much more "'certainty, than the world ever
witnessed, by any practice heretofore known ;.  and had  the talent-
ed writer of the foregoing letter understood,  what by practice he
will soon learn, Avhen he applied the Liniment to Major C, the
major Avould probably have been well on the folloAving day.  In
all  such  extreme cases, Ave  apply the Liniment over the whole
surface of the body, once in two or three hours, and warm up the
system as  rapidly as possible, thereby  producing a free and  copi-
ous  perspiration, which is kept up with warm bricks  to the feet
and sides,  if necessary.   We  also give our Diaphoretic  Drops
freely.
           Extract from a letter of S. M., Indiana.

  Weakness and Tremor.—"I have tried thy Liniments in sev-
eral cases Avith very good success.   I will give thee one case.   A
child of twelve years  old was taken with a tremor, weakness, and 
312
TESTIMONIAL.
lameness in  her  knees and legs ; legs much sAvelled and appetite
gone.  I bathed her feet  and legs in Avarin Avater, wiped dry, and
applied the Liniment from the knees down; put stockings on, and
hot bricks to her feet. First night some improvement; next night
repeated  Avith good  effect; third night rubbed the breast, spine,
sides, legs  and feet as before,  and drank Avarm teas as she got up
in the morning.  Apparently  Avell,  and still remains so,  with a
good appetite."
   Note.—If the patient in the above case had  received a tho-
rough application of the Liniment  all over the body in the first
instance, with hot bricks to the feet, and the exhibition, freely,  of
our Diaphoretic Drops, it would have saved her tAvo days sickness,
and much pain and trouble.
               Extract from a letter of Dr. J. C.

  Fever, Sore Eyes, etc—" I  have fully tested the virtues  of
your medicine to my entire satisfaction.  Your Cerate is invalua-
ble, and exceeds every other article of the kind of which I have
any knowledge ; but I know not Avhich of your preparations is en-
titled  to a preference, when compared to others of your make.   I
will give you a case or two, among many proofs of their efficacy.
  " My Avife Avas attacked severely Avith fever. I applied your Li-
niment, and in less  than fifteen minutes she was relieved  from  all
pain,  and in a free perspiration.  She  was perfectly well in a few
days.
  " A young lady scalded  her foot badly.  Blisters had arisen  all
over the top of the same.   I applied the  Cerate, and in  five mi-
nutes  the pain was entirely gone.   In a feAV days the scald Avas
entirely healed and  cured.
  " Some weeks since I suffered severely with sore eyes, occasion-
ed by loss of sleep and exposure to cold.  I applied eye-waters  of
various kinds, and all means within my knoAvledge, Avithout gain-
ing any relief.   I had many patients to attend to, day and night.   I
resorted to a trial of your Cerate.   In a few minutes from the time
of application of it,  all burning pain left my eyes.  I Avent to sleep
a few hours, and when I awoke, found great relief.  I continued to
apply it a feAV days, and completed a perfect  cure, has continued
without a return of the disease. 
        PAIN IN THE  SIDE AND  AGUE CAKE, ETC.      313

  " I have since applied it in several cases of sore-eyes, with per-
fect success in all."
               Extract of a letter from Dr. D. I.

  Cough  of thirteen years standing cured.—" Mrs. G., on
hearing the  reports of the virtues of your preparations, called on
me for some of the Cough Liniment.   She  had a severe cough of
thirteen years standing, Avhich had defied all  skill and medicine
within her poAver to obtain.  I supplied her  Avith one bottle.  She
soon applied for another;  and before the last  bottle was entirely
used, she informed me that her cough Avas entirely cured, and her
health completely restored."
   Dislocated Joint.—One of my sons fell  and put his  shoul-
der-joint out of place, and cracked the collar-bone.   I set the arm
into its proper place, and applied Jewett's Liniment, which reliev-
ed him at once from pain.   I continued the application for a week.
His arm was SAVung up three days.  In ten days his shoulder was
perfectly well.
                                                     J.  R.
   Weakness  in the  Limbs,  etc.—My  son has been afflicted
for five years with weakness in his limbs, and severe pain in his
side, until sometime last spring, when he was entirely confined to
his bed.   He Avas troubled with the boAvel-complaint, and one of
his thighs and arms had perished away very much.  Two months
ago he commenced using your Liniment, which cured him of the
bowel-complaint directly, and relieved him of his pain. His joints
and limbs, (which were drawn out,) are coming into place, and his
thigh and arm gaining as to size.

  Pain in the side and Ague Cake.—A daughter  of mine was
afflicted Avith a pain in her side, and a cake which seemed to be
formed under her ribs, attended with severe cough.   The applica-
tion of your Liniment relieved  her of all those complaints in a very
short time.  A nail was run into the foot of a child, which affect-
      40 
314
TESTIMONIAL.
ed it all over the whole system.  The application of your Lini-
ment wholly relieved  the child  from pain, and the foot got Avell
immediately.
                                                     C D.
               From Dr. J. C, January 1836.

   Nervous Affection.—" There has been a  disease prevailing
in this region, for some time  past, Avhich  has been very violent
from its first appearance.  It is attended with excruciating pain in
the ear, jaAV, temple, neck, shoulder and side, and sometimes im-
mediately folloAved by delirium and general  debility.  I  have at-
tended a number  of cases,  and have been so fortunate as not to
lose a patient.   One of my  children Avas attacked Avith the disease
two days ago.   I applied your Cholera Preparation over the whole
body ;  at the same time gave an emetic and an injection ; in one
hour she  Avas entirely relieved,  and fell into  a  sound sleep, at
which  time I  was obliged  to leave her,  and did not return for
twelve hours, Avhen I found her in a violent fever.   I immediately
applied the Liniment thoroughly,  Avhich caused a free perspira-
tion in a few minutes, Avhich Avas kept up for several hours, and
she is now entirely Avell."
                      From Rev. A. B.

  Injury of the Cartilage  of the  Heel.—" In July, 1835,
Avhile walking the street, I stepped a little crooked on the pave-
ment, Avhen I felt something give Avay,  like the tearing  of the tis-
sue between  the muscles of the left heel.   For ten days  after, I
continued to Avalk on it as usual, feeling  it tear a little more now
and then ; but at the end  of ten  days  my leg became very painful,
and my whole system was so affected, that to the ends  of  my fin-
gers and toes I Avas in acute pain,  and my jaws began to stiffen at
the joints.  In this situation I sought relief from the highest sour-
ces of skill, and  applied various remedies as directed, but gained
nothing more than partial relief. I was compelled to use crutches,
and traveled in a  light wagon.  On the 20th of September I went
to Columbus, Ohio, where a friend gave me an ounce of Jewett's
Stimulating Liniment, which I applied according to directions, and 
             SCARLET CR TYPHUS  FEVER,  ETC.          315

in one week I could go without crutches, and  in two weeks could
walk  Avithout limping.   The  heel continued to strengthen from
the use of it until the 10th of January following, when my supply
of the Liniment was expended;  at which time, and for several
weeks previous, I felt free from all inconvenience from the wound."
                      From Dr.  T. N.

  Pleurisy, Head-Ache, Scalds and Small Pox.—"The effects
of your Liniments are astonishing to all who try them.  I  have
been completely successful with them in Pleurisy, Measles, Head-
ache , Scalds, and applied them in one case of Small Pox, which
they cured Avithout any other medicine, in a very short time."
                     From Dr. W. H. F.

   Measles and Freezing.—" I will mention a few cases in which
 your remedies have been eminently successful:
   " Measles.—A boy afflicted Avith measles, oppression of  the
 lungs,  wheezing, or difficult respiration, whose obstinacy preclud-
 ed the  possibility of administering medicine internally, was rubbed
 freely with Stimulating Liniment, over the limbs, breast and sides,
 upon which  the Measles came to  the surface.   The result Avas,
 the boy got Avell in a very short time, Avithout having that danger-
 ous cough Avhich usually folloAvs  that disease.
  " Freezing.—By exposure by riding in a very cold day,I had
both feet frozen, so that upon  a moderate application of the hand,
 in the act of rubbing to produce a circulation, a detachment of skin
came off, as though hot embers had been applied to the part.
  " I immediately applied the Cerate, and so sudden and effectual
was the cure, that after the following morning, no inconvenience
was experienced,  except a sense  of tenderness to the touch."
  Scarlet or Typhus Fever.—" During the winter past, there
has been a most obstinate fever prevailing in this region, called by
some physicians, Nervous Typhus, and by others, Scarlet Fever. 
316
TESTIMONIAL.
Those Avho survived, (for but few recovered at all,) have lingert'
from  twelve to twenty  Aveeks.  One man continued,  after getting
about sixteen Aveeks, and then died.   In fact, very feAV recovered
entirely.
   Two young men, Avho had the same  complaint as those Avho
died, and Avere equally  afflicted, were treated Avith Jewett's  Fever
Liniment, and  were immediately relieved;  and Avithin four days
were out of danger, and since regained  their health  as sound as
ever."
                                                      C.  R.
                       From Dr. D. I.

  Sciatica.—" About four  weeks ago I was attacked Avith a se-
vere pain in my left thigh, seated a little below  the hip joint, and
extending someAvhat lower, to the knee.  This Avas on Wednes-
day.  On Thursday the pain and sickness increased.  In the even-
ing, before going to bed, I applied Stimulating Liniment.  Friday
it Avas still Avorse, and in the  evening the Liniment was applied  as
at first.   On Saturday it was worse than ever.  I have been thus
particular, to shoAV how necessary it is, not only to persevere, but
to begin in earnest, and make thorough and  repeated applications
at first, in such cases.   On Saturday, I Avas determined to give the
Liniment  a fair  and  thorough trial.   I used it three times during
the  day, with much friction, by a hot stove, and once again before
going to bed.  At the last time I had my back well rubbed.  On
Sunday the Liniment was used three times, from the hip to the
knee.  On Mondav it was entirely  Avell, and remains  so to this
day."
                     From J.  D.,  M. D.

  Ring Bone on the Ankle.—" Your Liniment is in very high
repute in my practice.  In one  case it has performed a cure, pro-
nounced  by medical gentlemen  of skill and science, of all orders,
to be beyond the reach of medicine.  The patient had walked with
crutches  three years,  being afflicted Avith what the most learned
among physicians called a ring-bone upon his ankle.  He applied 
COLD PLAGUE, ETC.
317
the Stimulating Liniment six Aveeks, and had no more use for his
crutches.   He was perfectly cured, and remains  so to this day.
Consumptions,  liver omplaintx,  and  pains,  in all  instances,
have been relieved by your  remedies.
   An  Interesting  Case.—" I was  called to prescribe  for the
daughter of a Mr. D., of  Franklin county,  Ohio.  She was ten
years old.  When I  first saw her, her joints were much swollen ;
flattened ribs ;  great incurvation of the spine,  from the first supe-
rior lumbar vertebra to the inferior cervical vertebra of the neck ;
general emaciation ;  diseased state of  the lymphatics ; running in
the immediate vicinity  of the  alimentary  canal;  consequently a
derangement   of the bowels; loAver  extremities  much swollen;
pain over the region  of the lungs, on the right side ;  protuberance
of the belly, attended Avith hardness and acute pain to  the touch;
all of Avhich rendered her entirely unable to rise from the bed. She
was  at the same time affected Avith a severe cough, attended by
flashes of  fever.   In this  distressed situation, I  commenced the
application of Jewett's Liniment over the Avhole surface  of the
body, at the same time applying plasters of the same over the more
immediate regions  of the pain.  I also gave her internally Jewett's
Vegetable Syrup,  accompanied Avith Diaphoretic Drops.   On the
first night after the application, the patient  Avas relieved from vio-
lent pain;  shortly after, her bowels  became  regulated; and by
continuing this course about six Aveeks, the  patient has been cured
of all the above complaints, and is noAV, to  all appearance,  in per-
fect health.  I consider this case one  of the most extraordinary I
have ever met with in my  practice.   When I first saAV her, I had
but little expectations of affording her  any permanent relief.
                                           Wm. J. R., M. D.
                   From Dr. B. R., M. D.

  Cold Plague.—"The first case  in which I applied your Lini-
ment was in a severe attack of cold  plague.  The patient had dry
skin, much fever, strictures in the breast, pain in the head, bowels,
and limbs.   He soon  became entirely deranged.  I  applied the 
318
TESTIMONIAL.
Liniment  to the Avhole surface of his body: gave  him freely of
the Diaphoretic Drops;  placed  hot bricks to his feet and sides,
which caused a profuse perspiration.  He came to his right mind,
the fever  Avas  reduced, and the  next  day he was able to  set up.
I made another application of the Liniment, Avhich entirely cured
him, and  on the third day he Avas enabled to attend to his ordi-
nary business."

  Tumors and Erysipelas.—"A Mr. C. of Fayette county, had
been  troubled  for a long time, Avith a breaking out on his  legs.
Very large lumbs appeared; much heat,  and very much inflamed,
and attended with severe pain, so that he  Avas frequently unabled
to attend  to business.  He had  offered large sums of money to
be cured,  but  could obtain no  relief.   By the use of the Lini-
ment and Diaphoretic Drops, he was cured of the complaint in
about one  Aveek, and still remains free from disease."

  Cold Plague.—" Another case.—The Avife of M. C, Esq., Avas
violently attacked with cold plague,  in its most frightful form.
The third day after she was taken, she  Avas bled with bad effect;
her friends considered her beyond the reach of medicine, and that
opinion seemed to be grounded in part, by the evident loss of hope
expressed by her physicians.  For myself, I saw no hope  from
any medicine  or  mode of treatment of  Avhich  I  had  any knoAv-
ledge, and made  trial  of your Liniment,  as  an  experiment.  I
caused the Liniment to be applied over  the Avhole surface of the
body, and placed  hot  bricks to her feet;  but such was the torpid
state  of her system, that  these  applications appeared to do no
good.  In a short time I repeated the same means,  and the  third
time, placed a  plaster of the Liniment on her breast, over which
a bag of hot oats Avas applied, Avhich  soon caused a copious per-
spiration.   Her fever Avas in a short time reduced,  her pains left
her,  and within twenty minutes she fell into a gentle sleep.  The
next day she was free from pain, and enabled to  sit up;  and in
about three days after, she Avas entirely restored to health."
  Dysentary and Dyspepsia.—Josiah Rush, of Madison county,
Ohio, has been afflicted  two years with the dyspepsia, very se- 
RHEUMATISM.
319
verely;  so much so, that his physicians had despaired of his life;
and for  the last nine months he has had a continual dysentery.
He assures me, that within the  period  of the affliction, he had
voided more than six gallons  of blood; was in  continual pain;
and most of the time was obliged to go to stool several times in
an hour   In this situation I was  called to prescribe for him; and
my first application Avas made of  Jewett's Liniment, over the ab-
domen  and back, which relieved him of pain, and checked his
bowel complaint.  He continued this course for about three weeks*
which entirely relieved  him.   His bowels  have become regular,
and he is at this time in good health.
                                  Wm. J.  Radcliff, M. D.
 Columbus, June 8th, 1836.
                  From Dr. L. G., M. D.

  Asthma.—"A negro Avoman of ours, that had been  afflicted
Avith the asthma for twenty years, has been entirely cured by the
use of your Liniment  and Pectoral  Tincture.  It is  now seven
months since she has had  any symptoms of the disease."
                      From Dr. B. R.

  Pain in the  side, Cough, etc—"A Mrs. G., a neighbor of
mine, had been afflicted for several months, with soreness of her
limbs, pain in the side and breast, loss  of appetite, cough, and
restlessness at night.   She grew so bad, that I was at last called,
and applied your Liniments, and gave her of  your Syrup, for
three  days, Avhen she was entirely relieved of all her complaints,
and is now entirely restored to health."

  Rheumatism.—"Mr. G. then  employed me to doctor his son,
who had been for three years severely afflicted with the rheuma-
tism in his shoulders, back, hips, knees, and ankles.  His thighs
and legs had perished, so that they had almost the  appearance of
a skeleton.  I applied your remedies for the rheumatism fully in
this case, and in a few  days he was  able to walk, and is now en-
tirely Avell." 
320
TESTIMONIAL.
  Inflammatory  Fever.—A Mr.  R., Avas attacked violently by
an  inflammatory  fever.  Dry skin; pain over the Avhole body;
delirious, and was considered almost beyond the reach of medical
aid.   I  thought this to be a good case for a still more thorough
trial of  the  efficacy  of your  Liniment for Fevers,  and Avas deter-
mined to try it Avithout the aid of an emetic. I did  so, by rubbing
it over  the  Avhole surface of the body;  gave him Diaphoretic
Drops, Avhich allayed the pains, and produced  a gentle perspira-
tion in fifteen minutes.  I ordered the Drops continued three hours.
The next morning I found the fever gone,  and the patient entirely
relieved.
  Severe  Case  of Cholera Morbus and Fever.—About the
last of June I Avas suddenly attacked, at midnight, with pains and
sickness at the stomach, which continued until daylight, Avhen vo-
miting, diarrhea,  cramps in my  limbs, high fever,  and pains of
the most excruciating severity over the whole region of the body,
rendered  me  unable to rise from my bed;  in fact, I expected  no-
thing but  speedy dissolution.   In this distressed situation, relief
came through the agency of Col.  JeAvett's Liniment for Fever;  a
friend applied it twice over my whole body, put hot bricks to  my
feet and sides, applied  hot cloths  to my stomach and bowels, and
gave me stimulating powders.   These preparations caused a pro-
fuse  perspiration,  Avhich continued nearly two hours.   As soon as
the sAveat commenced, I became measurably  relieved;  soon after
my pains ceased,  and the fever Avas gone.  About one o'clock  I
was washed all over with soap-suds ; the Liniment was again  ap-
plied, and clean clothes put on.   My appetite began to return ;  I
slept well the succeeding night, and the next morning was able to
attend to the avocations of my family.   I had been unwell for two
weeks before  this  attack.
  Columbus, Aug. 18,  1836.                           C, S.

  Remark.—We saAV Mrs. S. during her distressing illness, and,
from  our intimate acquaintance with the  spasmodic cholera,  we
should have pronounced her case one of that character, had  the
epidemic been among us.  In fact, of all the frightful cases of that
disease, Aye have seldom seen one  more distressing. 
HYDROCEPHALUS, ETC.
321
                      From Dr. B. E.

   Rheumatism.—"A Mr. II., of this county, had been afflicted
by rheumatism five months, and was cured by a full application
of your Rheumatic Liniment,  in four days.   We first cleansed
the system, and then applied the Liniment.  Another patient, who
had been crippled nine years Avith the same complaint, has been
cured in a very short time, by the application of your remedies
for that disease."

   Wounds.—" One very bad wound, cut to the bone with an axe,
was healed sound in four days, by the use of your Cerate."

   Nervous  Head-ache.—" My father  had been afflicted nine
years with nervous head-ache,  and no relief could be obtained by
medicine.  I made one thorough application of Liniment for Head-
ache ; the pain was gone before I had done rubbing on the Lini-
ment, and it did not  return again for many months.  This, how-
ever, is only one  case out of many Avhich  have been cured by
your Head-ache Liniment.   I consider it a sovereign remedy for
all kinds of head-ache."
                     From Dr. A. McG.

  Hydrocephalus.—" I am happy of having it in my power, to
state that a most alarming case of hydrocephalus has yielded to
the  persevering use of  your Stimulating Liniment.  In  all my
experience, I never witnessed so distressing an object who sur-
vived.  Every suture was open to a considerable extent; the head
hideously enlarged; the scalp  protruded much above the sutures;
the  eyes were violently  distorted; pupils dilated;  in fine, every
symptom usually attendant on  the last stages of that dreadful dis-
ease, Avas evidently shoAvn.   The  Liniment was  applied three
times a day, with friction of the hand, and washed Avith soap suds
every three or four days, Avearing a flannel cap. as steadily as cir-
cumstances permitted.   An  application  was also  made,  in like
manner,  to the stomach and  bowels, say sometimes  once, and
sometimes twice a day."
          41 
322
testimonial.
                       From Dr. A. E.

   General Debility.—" The first case I have to mention, was
the Avife of J.  M., Avho  was,  in January last, afflicted Avith gener-
al debility, cramp in the stomach, and pains over the Avhole body.
I gave her the Antispasmodic Tincture, which gave some relief.
She was then attacked by sIoav fever, from which she Avas partial-
ly relieved; but soon after there  appeared an ague cake in the
side; hoarseness, general emaciation, loss of appetite, and a sense
of extreme burning and sickness at the stomach, Avhich I Avas un-
able to remove, by any medicine in my possession.  I Avas there-
fore induced to resort to your Liniments, Avhich I applied faith-
fully, and to my utter astonishment,  she gained almost instanta-
neous relief, and was, by a continued application for a few days,
restored to perfect health, and so remains to this day."

   Croup.—" A child of T. R. Avas violently attacked  by an in-
flammatory fever.  I  was called in about tAventy-four  hours  after
the attack, and applied  your Fever Liniment to the throat, back,
breast, boAvels, hands, and  feet, Avhich caused a free perspiration,
and in less than two hours relief Avas obtained; and after a second
application, the child Avas  perfectly restored to  health.   I  could
wish that thousands of  mothers could know these facts, as it re-
quired but half an ounce of Liniment to  effect a cure, and no in-
ternal medicine Avas administered."

   Fits occasioned by  Croup.—" A child under my care, who
had had  four  severe fits, probably occasioned  by the croup, was
almost instantaneously relieved  by one application of your Lini-
ment.  I found a second application unnecessary."

   Quinsy.—" A man  by the name of P., Avas so afflicted, that he
Avas  unable  to  open his mouth.   I  applied the Liniment three
times, which entirely  cured him."

   Mental Derangement.—" I  was  called  to visit  a man  in
Knox county,  Avho had for  some time been laboring under mental
derangement.   He had  been  attended by gentlemen of  skill and
eminence, and given  over  by them as incurable.   When I first
saw him, his boAvels were considerably protruded;  legs, feet, and 
RHEUMATISM, etc.
323
arms cold; and was generally debilitated.   I applied your Fever
Liniment  to his legs and arms, and the Nerve Liniment to his
head, neck, and on the whole length of the spine.   He  directly
became partially relieved.   The same  application Avas  made  a
number of times, and in a week after, he went to Mt. Vernon on
business, in his right mind.   When I first saw him, nearly every
third pulse intermitted; in less than one hour after the first' appli-
cation, they became regular."

   Rheumatism.—" A Mr. I., of Newark, had for years been occa-
sionally afflicted by rheumatic pains.  When I Avas first called to
prescribe for him, he had labored eighteen days continually under
a severe paroxysm of the disease.  I applied the Liniment for rheu-
matism three days, accompanied by Diaphoretic Drops and ner-
vine tincture, which cured him of the complaint."

   Bronchocele.—" L. M.'s Avife of Clay Lick, has been afflicted
for twenty years Avith bronchocele  to such a degree, that she Avas
unable to bend her neck, or look  down on objects near her,  and
Avas much distressed in respiration.   She applied the Stimulating
Liniment, and  gained  much  immediate  relief.  The SAvelling di-
minished  fast and at this time she is entirely free from the com-
plaint."
From Dr. G. B. Key, Portersville, Mississippi, Sept. 2d, 1836.

  Chills, Fever and Fits.—•" With regard to chills and fever, I
have never failed in curing it by one or two applications  of your
Fever Liniment.  It is very rare indeed that two applications have
been necessary.
  " I cured one case of fits Avith the Nerve Liniment in two hours,
Avithout any internal remedies, for the patient was rendered  inca-
pable of SAvalloAving by the severity of the disease.
  " With your remedies  I can cure fevers in one-half the time that
it Avill require by any other practice."
  Rheumatism, Liver Complaint, Dropsy and Tumefaction.—
" I certify that my wife, aged sixty years,  has been afflicted for 
324
TESTIMONIAL.
the last seven years Avith the liver complaint.  The Avhole body
became much swollen, and Avas  severely afflicted Avith the  rheu-
matism ;  her flesh drawn up into knots in different places ; joints
stiff;  soon after she Avas afflicted Avith the dropsy.  With  all the
medicine I Avas able to procure, she obtained no more than tempo-
rary relief.  She became afflicted Avith large tumors on her shoul-
ders,  arms, knees  and  ankles ;  a nervous affection, and bowels
much out  of order.  In this situation, I applied Jewett's Stimula-
ting Liniment on the whole  surface of her body, at the rate of four
ounces per week,  for a considerable  length of time, Avithout any
sensible effect.  I gave her diaphoretic  poAvders, and, by the ap-
plication of the Liniment for four Aveeks, I discovered the tumors
became softer, and her  dropsical affection Avas relieved.  By a con-
tinuation of these remedies,  her tumors are at this time nearly gone,
and her general health improved, with a fair prospect of enjoying a
comfortable degree of health.
                            Henry Pickerell, of Logan Co.
   Columbus, Sept. 6, 1836."
       From Dr. A. E., Newark, Ohio,  Sept. 2, 1836.

  Chronic Diseases.  Promotion  of Equilibrium.—" In my
practice, I have found your remedies the most ready in producing
an equilibrium in the system that I have ever met with.  In  chro-
nic diseases, Avhen the  patient has been reduced to death's door;
pulse hardly  perceptible, and extremely slow, I have, by the ap-
plication of your  Liniments increased them thirty beats in a minute,
in less than an hour : and, in other cases,  Avhere the pulse ran  to
one hundred  and twenty beats in a minute, I  have,  by the same
process, reduced  them to eighty, in six hours.  Thus these  reme-
dies restore  vital action Avith a readiness heretofore unknown  in
the. practice of medicine."
From Dr. B. E.,  Salisbury, Meigs co., Ohio,  Sept. 12, 1836.

  Chronic and Pulmonary Complaints, Fever, Pains, Phthi-
sic and Dyspepsia.—" I have long been trying to get time to doc- 
BILIOUS FEVER, ETC.
325
tor myself for chronic complaints, the greatest of which is dyspep-
sia.   But a press of professional business compelled me to defer it
until I was prostrated Avith the disease.   The seventh day after I
commenced applying your remedies, a breaking  out appeared over
the Avhole surface of my body, like  the measles, Avhich I have no
doubt Avas a humor Avhich has been  my companion ever since I
had the measles, when  about  twelve  years  old.   This Avas the
opinion of a very learned physician  to Avhom I applied for advice.
He called my complaint consumption, occasioned  by the measles
striking in.  I have had a cough during my illness, probably from
the same cause.  NotAvithstanding the  long standing of these com-
plairits, I noAV consider them all broken up.   My appetite is  good,
and I  am gaining strength.  Since I  have been able to visit my pa-
tients, I have applied your Liniments to a boy who was taken the
day before with a high fever,  Avhich continued intermitting until I
saAV him.  During the Avhole time he was  almost choaking Avith
phlegm, so much that it was distressing to be near him.  I rubbed
him with your Liniments from his head  to his hips, and applied a
plaster to his stomach, and betAveen  his shoulders ;  gave him some
stimulating poAvders, and in a few minutes his respiration became
easy, and in a short time after it caused him to vomit the phlegm
from  his stomach, and  directly he called for food; and from that
ime he has been entirely  relieved.
   " A Mrs. Green, of this county, had been afflicted with pains in
her side for many months.   Her husband called  on  me.   I gave
him four ounces of Liniment, and I am  assured it effected an im-
mediate cure.
   " A daughter of Mr. Skinner, of Rutland tOAvnship, had been for
a long time afflicted Avith the phthisic, and an eruption of the skin
all  over her body,  Avhich they called the hives :  and  for several
years had had the dyspepsia.  The Liniment was applied, which
Avas the only medicine relied on.  I am informed  by the father of
the patient that the Liniment  has cured her of  all her complaints,
and that she is now the most healthy child he has."
  From Dr. R> C, East Monroe, Ohio, October 5, 1836.

Bilious Fever, Dyspepsia.—" There have been but three cases 
326                    TESTIMONIAL.
of bilious feA'er, (all violent,) in this neighborhood of late.   Two
Avere treated Avith the  usual practice, and one Avith your Liniment
and Diaphoretic Drops.   These two Avere four Aveeks getting up.
The one treated  with  your remedies Avas Avell in three days.  In
that case, your drops Avere fully tested to my satisfaction.   An in-
veterate case of dyspepsia has been cured by the use of four oun-
ces of Liniment and one bottle of Vegetable Syrup."
From Dr. Jonathan Morris, Whiteley,  Greene county, Pennsyl-
                  vania, September 21, 1836.

   Suppressed Menstruation, Cholera Infantum, Liver Com-
plaint, Head-ache, etc.'—" But a feAV Aveeks have elapsed since
I was an eye Avitness to the good effects produced by your prepa-
rations, particularly  your Liniments, in a cure of obstructed men-
struation, cholera infantum, liver complaint, head-ache, and many
other complaints.   They have been of  great advantage to me in
my practice.   I Avas called to  see a child laboring under  the
last stages of cholera infantum.   All hopes of recovery Avere lost
by the friends.   I  applied the Liniment  to the thorax and the bot-
toms of the feet, with  some warming tea internally, and, in one
hour, a change for the better was visible, and the child continued
to mend, until restored to perfect  health.   I could give many more
cases in which the  good effect of the remedies was very apparent."
      From Dr. A. E., Newark, Ohio, November 1, 1836.

  Congestive Fever.—" Michael Edwards, aged ten years, was
attacked with congestive fever.
  " Symptoms.—Cold chills ; pain in the head, back and limbs;
flushes of heat;  tongue livid, moist, and sometimes the appear-
ance of thrush ; delirium, and entire prostration, Avithin six hours
after the attack.
  " Treatment.—I applied the Fever Liniment on the whole sur-
face of the body generally, and the Nerve Liniment an the head
and spine;  gave him  stimulating  draughts;  placed  hot bricks
around him, and  gave him the Diaphoretic Drops as per d'rections, 
LIVER COMPLAINT, ETC.                327
 once ill twenty minutes.   He was  thrown into a  perspiration,
 which Avas kept up for tAvo or three hours ; and the effect was, he
 Avas relieved from pain,  his reason restored, and, in a degree, the
 fever arrested.  After Avhich  I caused him to be washed in a tub
 of hot water, and salt and Avater ;  then applied the Liniment again.
 In  about one day  he Avas restored to health, though much weak-
 ened by the severity of the  disease.

   Palpitation of  the Heart  and Vertigo.—" Mrs. Cruzen,
 of Licking county, Avas suddenly attacked with palpitation  of the
 heart,  and dizziness; and, in a few minutes, became blind and
 prostrated.  There being no physician, and having some of your
 Liniment at hand, the friends applied it freely to the breast and
 spine;  soon after  she became  sick at the stomach,  and vomited
 freely, which  caused a perspiration.   She  then fell into  a  gentle
 sleep,  and on aAvaking  the next morning, she  was restored to
 health.

  Inflammation of the Urinary Canal.—" Andrew Lider had
 labored under an inflammation of the  urinary  vessels for more
 than a year; the pain attendant on voiding urine Avas most intense ;
 he  became partially deranged.   Every effort of medical aid  had
 failed of giving relief, until I caused a general application  of the
 Nerve Liniment on the back, spine, and in the region of the kid-
 neys, and  the Stimulating Liniment, on plasters, low on the  re-
 gion of the bowels, and on  the  perineum,  relief Avas obtained.
These  applications Avere  continued for four months, and the patient
 is now able to attend to business.

  Liver Complaint.—" Abraham Hall had been for some time af-
flicted Avith a most severe affection  of the liver ; extreme pain in the
side and shoulder-blade ;  languor ; much emaciation, and irregular-
ity of the bowels. He had for a number of months been treated with
various remedies, Avithout gaining any relief.   I was called to pre-
scribe for  him, and adopted the following treatment: I gave him
your Vegetable Syrup freely ; applied your Stimulating Liniment
 over his Avhole body twice a day ;  next a plaster on the affected
side ; gave him the Diaphoretic Drops freely, and placed hot bricks
 around him at night, which caused a perspiration.   The case was
 so obstinate, that it became  necessary to pursue this course for near- 
328
TESTIMONIAL.
 ly tAvo  months; he gradually recovered, and is noAV attending to
 his usual avocations."


            From Dr. A. E., September 26, 1836.

  Prolapsus Uteri.—" A lady in Coshocton county had been af-
 flicted Avith prolapsus uteri for six years.   The symptoms were,
 nervous  tremors, Avandering  pains, general  debility and gloomy
 sensations, Avhich are the usual attendants of this complaint.  All
 efforts for  relief had proven ineffectual, until  I was called,  and
 caused your Liniment to be applied on the lower part of the abdo-
 men, on her back and breast, with plasters of the same on the  bot-
 toms of the feet.  I then ordered her to make use of your Female
 Drops in half tea-spoonful doses three times a day.   In about four
 Aveeks I  salv her again Avhen  she attested she was relieved.   The
 whole expense of medicine  for this  extraordinary  case  Avas  but
 about two dollars and fifty cents.

  Bronchocele.—"A Miss Shannon, of Licking county, had been
 afflicted Avith the above complaint for  two years.  Neck enlarged
 to tAvice  its natural size;  system emaciated, difficult respiration,
 so much so as to be obliged to be bolstered up in bed during the
 night, and  unable to perform any labor.  All  previous prescrip-
 tions for relief had proved ineffectual.   I was called.  I ordered
 your Stimulating Liniment to be applied to the neck tAvo  or three
 times a day, Avhich Avas done  and  continued for two months,  and
 which entirely cured the complaint.   She took some of your Veg-
 etable Syrup internally.

  Dyspepsia, Liver Complaint, Deranged Menstruation, and
 Quotidian  Ague.—"A Miss Gosnell,  of Licking county, had
been  severely afflicted  with dyspepsia,  liver  complaint, and  de-
ranged menstruation, for nearly tAvo years, and when I was called
 to visit her, she had daily chflls and fever.  I commenced by  ap-
 plying your Liniment over the Avhole  body once in tAvo days, at
the same time applied the Liniment three or four times  a day over
 the region of the pain, and applied plasters to the breast, bowels,
 back, and bottoms of  the  i'eet;  and, at the  same time, gave  her
 your Diaphoretic Drops three times a day, at which periods I  ap-
 plied hot bricks and threw her into a  free perspiration.   I also 
RHEUMATISM, ETC.
329
gave her your Vegetable Syrup.  This course was pursued about
six weeks, when the patient was entirely restored to health.

  Typhus Fever.—" A young man had been four days afflicted
with an inflammatory fever.  I was called and applied your Fever
Liniment over the whole surface of the body, with hot bricks to
his sides and feet, and  gave him your Diaphoretic Drops accord-
ing to directions, Avhich caused a profuse perspiration.  The  next
morning he  was up and free from  fever.  He  took a walk, and
when in a perspiration,  Avashed himself in cold Avater, which threw
him into a violent chill, followed by a fever of the typhoid type,
delirium, wandering pains,  and  extreme  restlessness.   I  com-
menced by applying two ounces of Fever Liniment at once,  gave
him freely of the Diaphoretic Drops, and  applied hot bricks  to
his feet and  sides.   This  caused a profuse perspiration; in about
three hours he was relieved, and the  next  morning  he was  in  a
state of convalescence,  and in a feAV days was able to attend to bu-
siness."
 From Rev. Jeremiah Hill, Muskingum county, October 14,
                           1836.

  Dyspepsia, Head-ache, Pain in  the  Breast, and Bite of
the Copperhead.—"I have found your Liniment very beneficial
to me for pain in the breast, Avith Avhich I have been afflicted.   I
have used it considerably on others, with good success, especially
in head-ache. In one instance I  found it successful in curing a se-
vere bite  of  a copperhead snake.  Having had occasion to travel
considerably, in  connection Avith  the use of your Liniment, my
health has been greatly improved,  and dyspepsia cured."
 From Thomas C. Lewis, Esq., Portsmouth, Ohio, October
                         15, 1836.

  Rheumatism, and  Suspended Animation by Drowning.—" I
have proven the efficacy of your remedies in several  instances,
one of which was a case of rheumatism in the knees.  The Lini-
ment was rubbed on, and a small quantity of the Diaphoretic Drops
        42 
330
TESTIMONIAL.
given internally, Avhich cured the patient. Another Avas the bring-
ing to life of a boy of Mr. Clugston's AVatch-maker, of this place,
Avho had  been  droAvned by the sinking of a skiff in which he,
Avith some other boys,  Avas taking an excursion.   When taken
from the Avater he was  entirely senseless and apparently dead.  I
applied your Liniment, and  in fifteen minutes  animation returned
and he was in a profuse perspiration."
 From Dr. Jonathan Morris, Wliitely, Pennsylvania, October
                          17, 1835.

  Bilious Cholic, Scarlet Fever.—"I congratulate you on be-
ing so happy as to apply your preparation to the afflicted, and the
effects thereof producing immediate relief.  Last week I had one
case of bilious cholic in a lady who had been subject to it.   I had
relieved her  several times,  but  all medicines seemed to  fail of
curing, until  your Stimulating Liniment was applied to the feet,
Avrists, thorax, and abdomen, Avith  friction.   In two hours she
was relieved.   Also, in the scarlet fever,  I have  seen its salutary
effects  verified.   Your invaluable medicines are far  superior to
any I have tried."
 From E. C.  Keckley, M. D., Charleston, S. C,  October  25,
                            1836.

  Cholera, Sciatica, Swelling of the Jaw, Piles.—" I  have
used your Stimulating Liniment in cholera.  I found it to answer
my greatest expectations. I found no difficulty in  relieving cramps
with it.   It is excellent; it is superior to any other article which
I have tried. I have used it in as severe a case of  sciatica as I ever
saw, in an old  negro, with complete success, after five or six rub-
bings.  Indeed the first rubbing produced comparative ease.  I  have
used it in  a sAvelling of the jaAv, from  a decayed  tooth, with suc-
cess, after a few rubbings.   The jaws were completely locked.
So far as I have used your  remedies, I have succeeded.  I can
now recommend them with  confidence.   Your pile salve  suc-
ceeded in two  cases of not very long standing. 
PILES, ETC.
331
From Dr. J. B. C, Big Prairy, Wayne county, Ohio, Novem-
                         ber 2, 1836.

   Fits, Fever, Intermittent  Fever, Head-ache,  Sprains,
Bruises, and Pains.—"As to the efficacy of your Liniments, I
have used them in two cases of fits, two cases of fever and ague,
several cases of fever, sprains, bruises, head-ache, and pains of all
kinds;  and have found them  excellent remedies for the afflicted,
giving almost immediate relief in the most acute forms; and I am
fully confident that in chronic complaints, which  have progressed
so far as to render an entire cure uncertain, relief may be obtained,
and many lingering  diseases perfectly cured.  Not long since, I
was called to visit Catharine Wells, of Clinton tOAvnship, Wayne
county, Avho was afflicted with fits.  When I entered the room,
the spasms Avere so  violent that it required three men to hold her
on the bed.  She had been in the paroxysm six hours.  I applied
your Liniment to her temples, thorax and soles of the feet;  gave
her a tea-spoonful of your Diaphoretic Drops, and in fifty minutes
she was entirely relieved, and next  day about her  work."
From Dr. S. D., Sandy Creek, New-York, November 3,  1836.

  Hemorrhage from the Lungs.—"If I had had time, I should
have Avritten to you before, concerning the wonderful effects of
your Liniments in many cases.  By the use of them I have saved
many cases that were given over to die; especially one of bleeding
at the lungs.  The patient had suffered with it for eighteen months;
had been bled  once  in two or three places  to stop the pressure at
the lungs.  He discharged a large quantity at a time.  When I
began Avith him, I was told that I might as Avell go to the grave-
yard for a patient as to try to cure him.    But, by the use of the
Liniment and the other remedies, his health is entirely restored, to
the astonishment of  all his friends."
       From D. J, Dayton, Ohio, Nov. 17, 1836.

Piles.— " Henry Walker, of Beaver township, Greene county, 
332
TESTIMONIAL.
Avas afflicted Avith piles for upAvards of twenty years, for Avhich he
applied every thing he heard recommended for that complaint,  and
got no relief.   Last April he applied to me.   I gave him a box of
your Pile Salve, about half of Avhich completely relieved him; he
remains well to this day."
  I certify that the above statement of D. J. is correct and true.
                                          Henry  Walker.
  Certified on the 5th November.
        From Dr. T. N., Xenia, Ohio, Nov. 17,  1836.

  "As for  your Liniments  and Cerates, I cannot extol them too
highly.   I  have successfully treated the folloAving cases with them
since I was Avith  you, viz:  hydrocephalus, fluor  albus, fevers,
worms, uterine diseases, milk-sickness, dyspepsia,  measles, pleu-
risy, piles,  rheumatism,  diseases of the urinary functions, pains,
irregular menstruation, pulmonary complaints, aphtha, flux, poly-
pi, erysipelas, wens, jaundice, etc."
Frcm Dr. D. H. Union, Morgan county, Geo., Nov. 16, 1836.

  " On the 6th of August, I obtained a hundred dollars worth of
your preparations.   In one month, I administered to seventy-three
patients, Avith good effect.  Of these, fifty-eight cases Avere fever,
six midwifery, two asthma, two kings-evil, two rheumatism, one
dropsy, one consumption, and one broken limb; and they are all
restored to health.   I am entirely out of your remedies; and now
I realize their value  more than when I had them.  I feel it a mat-
ter of much importance to possess the means of lessening the suf-
fering of the human family, in  so high a degree as I have found
your remedies to do.  I can safely recommend them to the public.
They have so far exceeded my anticipations, that I cannot  practice
without them; and I find that, with the aid of your Liniment,  I
can attend to more  patients  than myself and  partner could last
year." 
CONSUMPTION, ETC.
333
       From Dr. D. H. M., Paris, Ky., Nov. 24, 1836.

  " I have used  your preparations in at least one hundred cases
since I obtained them last summer, and I do not recollect a single
instance in which there was not a decided benefit derived from
them; and in many instances,  instantaneous  relief was obtained.
Your Head-ache Liniment is very notorious;  I have had calls  for
it more  than  fifty miles from  this  place.   Its virtues have been
fairly tested in this section.  One or two  applications have suc-
ceeded in curing the most inveterate cases I have ever been ac-
quainted with.  I am equally  pleased with all your preparations,
and I could say as much for all, as for the  Head-ache.   I cured a
case of scald-head of nine or ten years' standing, with two appli-
cations of Cerate, and one of Tetter Salve."
 From Dr. M. McC, Clear Spring, Maryland,  Nov. 30, 1836.

  Dysentery, etc.—"A few months ago I procured a few bottles
of your Liniments, and applied them in several cases  with  great
success.   The first, a small child, who, from its infancy, had not
enjoyed one hour of good health, was perfectly cured, and is now
one of the most healthy of the  family.   I have also  cured  cases
of dysentery, with your remedies, in a few hours."
        From Dr. A. W., Rome, Tenn., Dec. 2,  1836.

  " I purchased two  bottles of your Liniments, and gave  them a
trial  on my son, who was  very low with an inflammation of the
lungs.  A few applications of your Liniment, with  a dose of phy-
sic, quite relieved him, and he  is now in good health from these
applications."
  Consumption.—Mr. Randolph Elliott, a planter from the State
of Mississippi, came to Columbus in September last, and applied
to us for relief from a pulmonary complaint, with which he had
been afflicted for thirteen years.  When he arrived in this city, he 
334
TESTIMONIAL.
Avas much emaciated—so much, that frequently he was unable to
Avalk any distance,  after  being  seated for some time:  he had ex-
treme Aveakness in his joints, SAvelled ankles, hectic  cough,  and
pain in the left hypochondriac region.   We applied  our remedies
for five weeks, in Avhich space of time his health was nearly re-
stored, his cough had left him, he  had strength  to  Avalk several
miles Avithout any tremulousness, and he returned home with  full
confidence that a continued application  Avould  restore  him to per-
fect health.  The beneficial operations of the remedies in this case
Avere so apparent, that the excretion of morbific matter by the  ex-
halants was astonishingly facilitated, and Avas  perceptible on  the
linen.

  |Q° We have since received a letter from this gentleman, stat-
ing that his appearance was so much improved, on reaching home,
that some of his most intimate acquaintances scarcely knew him.
  Mr. Carlos Barnes, from Michigan, came to this city about the
middle of November, for the purpose of placing himself under our
treatment.   He was  afflicted with stiffness and  soreness  in the
joints of the lower extremities, with a very perceptible  creaking
Avhenever they were moved, and the feet palsied, occasioned by
the inflammatory rheumatism, with which he was attacked five
years ago.   Last fall he was  attacked with intermittent fever  of
the tertian species, which gave a desperate shock to his system,
and brought on a consumptive cough, Avith profuse evacuations of
blood from the lungs, and general emaciation.   In about ten  days
from  the commencement of our  prescriptions, his cough was re-
lieved, his general health much improved,  the synovial membranes
of the joints relaxed, and he, also, left us with full confidence that
a continuation of the same treatment would restore him to health.
Both the above gentlemen assured us they had tried, without suc-
cess, every other means within their reach.
  I have been afflicted with the inflammatory rheumatism for six
years.   About two months ago, I was taken more severely than
usual.   I was confined to  my bed for two weeks, without being 
CHILLS AND FEVER, ETC.
335
able to gain any permanent relief.   I was also afflicted Avith a  se-
vere cough, loss of appetite, cold  chills, and sick stomach.  The
rheumatic affection became most distressing in my breast.  From
all these afflictions I have been relieved by an application of Jew-
ett's Liniment, worn on plasters which covered my breast, sides,
and back,  and the bottoms of my  feet.   In two days  after I  ap-
plied it, my cough was relieved,  my appetite returned, and in
about a week I Avas  able to attend to business.  This relief was
obtained without the exhibition of any internal medicine.
                                            C.  M. Smith.
  Columbus, Feb. 21,  1837.
   Chills and Fever, Obstructed Menstruation, Mental De-
rangement.'—About two months ago, a daughter of S. Thomson,
of Fayette county, was severely attacked  with chills and fever,
and obstructed menstruation, and extreme pains in the back and
limbs.   After  having been bled freely, she became delirious, and
remained  for  four days  the  most distressed  object imaginable.
When I was first called to her, I administered three doses of your
Diaphoretic Drops, applied plasters of the  Stimulating Liniment
to her neck, bowels,  and  feet, and rubbed  her  generally with the
Liniment, and put hot stones to her feet, back,  and bowels.   In a
short time, she was thrown into a profuse perspiration, which gave
her relief, and in a few hours her reason returned, when she was
relieved from pain.   The next day found her able  to rise from the
bed, and in less than  a  week restored to perfect health.
                                   Edward Stubblefield.
  Fayette county, January 19, 1837.

  Remark.—We have  had under our  own treatment, and reported
to us, a vast number of cases of female complaints, in all their va-
rious distressing forms, wherein our remedies have proven effica-
cious in a  high degree.  Indeed, we have not known a failure. But
we have found it extremely difficult to give publicity to the  cases
reported.   Were the  fact  known,  that a sure and sovereign reme-
dy is discovered  for  those complaints,  thousands  of  valuable fe-
males who are  at this  time laboring under uterine affections, Avould
find means to obtain the remedies  for their relief. 
336
testimonial.
  A case has recently come under our treatment, in this city, of a
lady who Avas reduced to the verge of the grave by excessive he-
morrhage, Avho Avas almost instantly relieved by the application of
our Stimulating Liniment, and the Vegetable Syrup, and in a few
days Avas restored to health.
  Incurvation of the Spine—Affection of  the Heart and
Breast.—Four years ago, I became afflicted  in the back, Avith se-
vere pains in the region of the spine ; from thence, it appeared  in
my sides and at the termination of the  breast bone. About eigh-
teen months after  suffering as above stated,  the  distress  settled
about the heart and breast.  For  a long  period, I experienced a
sharp piercing pain, once  in eight or  ten minutes, through the
heart, terminating in the right side, that could not have been more
severe had a knife pierced my body.  Tavo years after I had been
thus afflicted, an incurvation of the spine took place, by which I
was drawn down, and the  back bone enormously distended with
severe pain.  These afflictions Avere attended by general debility,
and continued  for more than three  years.  Having despaired  of
any relief, for all means tried had failed, I heard of Jewett's reme-
dies, and,  as a last resort, procured some.  I applied his Stimula-
ting Liniment for a considerable length of time, accompanied with
his Vegetable Syrup and Diaphoretic Drops.   I  directly found re-
lief, and continued to mend, so that, at this time, my general health
is good, my back is nearly straight, and I have done more labor
since my relief than for eight years before.
                                               David Culp.
  Columbus, February 1, 1837.
From Jonathan Morris, M. D., Wliitely, Green county, Pa., De-
                       cember 16, 1836.

   Bilious  Colic—Cholera Infantum.—"I have  proven your
 Liniments in bilious  cholic,  cholera infantum, and  many other
 forms of disease, to my satisfaction.   They are far superior to any
 remedies I have heretofore known. 
NERVOUS  AFFECTIONS, ETC.
337
    From Dr. A. W', Rome, Tennessee, December 2, 1836.

  Inflammation of the Lungs.—,, I procured tAvo bottles of your
Liniment, and applied it on my son, who was very low with an
inflammation of the lungs, which relieved him;  and noAV,  three
Aveeks after the first application, he is enjoying good health."
From  Dr. A. E., Pleasant  Hill, Coshocton  county, December
                          4, 1836.

  Nervous Affections —" A lady of this county has recently come
under my treatment, who had been confined in bed for two months,
with general emaciation ;  prostration of the nervous system ; lum-
bago ;  constipation of the  bowels; wandering pains;  and, fre-
quently, flashes of fever.   She had been treated, during the above
period, by the most skillful physicians in the county, all of whom
pronounced her recovery hopeless.  I Avas called, and applied your
remedies, Avhich threw her into a state of convalescence in a few
days ;  and, in a few days more, she was able to start on a journey
to Virginia.

  Numb Palsy.—" Another case has recently come under my treat-
ment where the efficacy of your remedies proved all-powerful.   A
lady, of rather slender habit, took cold some time last summer:
soon after, she became perfectly stupid, and  almost insensible;
her left side and left eye  Avere apparently dead, cold, unnatural,
and helpless, though she breathed freely ;  her pulse strong, irregu-
lar, and vibrating.  In this distressed situation, she remained two
or three months.   When  I was called,  I  applied your remedies
freely ; left her a good  supply, Avith directions ; and when 1 visi-
ted  her again,  a week after, to my utter astonishment, I found her
convalescent.   In this  case, about ten ounces  of  Liniment  was
used in a Aveek.  From my own experience,  I do not believe that
one case  in a  thousand Avould fail if your remedies were freely
applied."

  N.  B.—Both ladies, above  mentioned, enjoy good health, and
are  perfectly free from all disease.
        43 
338
TESTIMONIAL.
 From Dr. J. J. Foster, Pinckneyville, S. C, January 4, 1837.

   Hemorrhage, Prolapsus Uteri, Fever.—,, I am  happy to in-
form you that, so far as I have used your remedies, they have been
attended with general good success.  In an hour or two, I arrested
a hemorrhage, occasioned by a fall from a  horse, in  a  lady, who
expected an abortion by the accident.  Another : a case of prolap-
sus uteri Avas cured by the Liniment and Stimulating  PoAvders, in
Avhich case the  Liniment Avas repeated three times a day.  A com-
plete  cure was  effected.*   I have  used  your Liniments in fevers
freely, Avith good success.  A negro  man  had had a fever for  a
Aveek Avithout medical aid: I  found him helpless and  deranged;
he had been so for  thirty-six hours.  I  repeated the Liniments,
each three  hours, over the Avhole  surface of  the body;  gave Sti-
mulating poAvders every half hour;  and, in tAvo hours from the
first application, he was  in a free perspiration,  and, in an  hour
more, discharged freely from the stomach and bowels, and Avas in
his right mind.   I continued the above course.  No  other medi-
cine Avas made use of, and he was  able to set up the next day; he
got well shortly after.  A girl in  the same  family had  the fever:
she Avould  not take any medicine, internally, at all;  but, by the
application of the Liniment alone, Avas cured of the fever in twen-
ty-four hours, so that she has had no return of it.   Her tongue be-
came  clear, her appetite good, and she is perfectly well."
From Dr. John Steele, Frankford, Missouri, February 26, 1837.

  St. Vitus Dance.—" I have had one case of St. Vitus' dance
since I last Avrote  you,—a young  man about seventeen years old,
whose left arm, leg,  and  thigh Avere  greatly affected—his mental
functions Avere much impaired, attended  Avith symptoms of con-
sumption.  I brought him to my house, and commenced the treat-
ment of his case by giving him diaphoretic tea, and on the second
day an emetic, at  the same  time making  use of your Nerve and
Consumption Liniments.   The fourth day, I used a vapor bath,
  * It is now no longer an experiment;  thousands have been cured, who,
until of late, had no other prospect than to "linger in pain" all their days. 
BOWEL COMPLAINT, ETC.
339
etc., still  using the Liniments.   As  soon as this was done,
he came to his proper mind, the spasms  were allayed, except a
slight moving in his hand, which  continued for a feAV days.  He
has been here two weeks;  has been mending every day, and is
now well."
From  William P.  Payne,  Esq.,  Flat Rock, Ky., January 8,
                            1837.

  Cholera, Malformation of the  Heart.—" More  than two
years ago, I gave you a statement of my afflicted child, of seven
years old.  He was,  as Avas thought,  a blue  child.   The  most
learned physicians pronounced it a malformation  about the heart,
or obstruction in the  ventricles.  All the faculty who examined
him  pronounced his case incurable.  I applied your Stimulating
Liniment to the child, and placed plasters over the region of the
heart—dressed him with flannel shirts,  and continued this course
until his skin became tender, when I discontinued the application.
From the use of the Liniment, his  health is greatly improved, so
much that Ave have  ceased giving him  any thing in  the  way of
medicine.   In the summer of 1835, the spasmodic cholera visited
us.   This same boy was attacked very bad : I gave him stimula-
ting medicine internally; rubbed him with the  same over the sur-
face of the body, and then, with your Liniment, applied a plaster
of the same over his stomach and  boAvels ;  applied hot bricks to
his sides and feet.  In twenty minutes, the  rice water discharges
were checked entirely, and in two hours he  was up and about the
house.  His eyes had  sunk, his features  distorted,  his skin shrunk,
before I could produce a reaction ; but his recovery was instanta-
neous.  One of my  servants, who was unable  to  labor more than
half  the time, has, by  the  application  of  your  Liniment,  been
greatly improved "
From John Naylor, Esq., St. Charles county,  Missouri,  Jan-
                        uary 9,  1837.

  " I would suggest the propriety of an arrangement for a deposit 
340
testimonial.
of Jewett's Remedies in this State, if there be not already such an
arrangement made.  I the more readily recommend the above from
the fact of having received relief by  the Liniment myself.  In de-
scending the  Ohio river in July, 1835, in a steam-boat, I experi-
enced a severe attack of the stomach and boAvel  complaint.  A gen-
tleman on board recommended and furnished me Avith some of the
Liniment, the application of which had an immediate salutary ef-
fect.  In experiments made since, Avith the same medicine, I have
always found it proved beneficial."

   Remark.—Were every boat that  descends the Mississippi fur-
nished  Avith  our Liniments,  a vast amount of human suffering
Avould be mitigated.  The application is  so simple, and the relief
so ready, that it would seem to be designed peculiarly for sailors.
We knoAv of many Avho will not sail Avithout it.
 From Dr. Aaron Edwards, Pleasant Hill, Coshocton county,
                     January 10, 1837.

  Congestive Fever.—"A daughter of  a Mr.  Nichols, of Lick-
ing county, was attacked in November last, Avith congestive fever.
The symptoms Avere, pain in the head, back and  limbs; cold chills
in the back; cold extremities; convulsive  tAvitchings in the limbs,
accompanied  with a  burning  fever;  delirium;  eyes  protruded;
tongue moist, with a red appearance through a milky coat of white.
In fact, every symptom  indicated  sudden dissolution.    About
tAventy-four hours after the attack, I Avas called to prescribe.   I
applied the saline vapor bath, with a free use of the flesh brush,
and friction Avith the hand;  caused your Fever Liniment to be ap-
plied over the Avhole surface of the body, and applied hot bricks
to her feet and sides; gave her Diaphoretic Drops, Avhich caused a
free perspiration in a  few minutes, Avhich appeared to arrest  the
disease at once, for she became convalescent in a few hours. Two
days after, finding some lingerings of the fever, I applied the same
course to her again, Avhich restored her to perfect health  in three
days.

   Whooping Cough.—" One of my own children was attacked a
feAV days since Avith the Avhooping cough.   I prescribed no medi- 
FITS, RHEUMATISM, ETC.
341
cine for him for several days, when I applied  your Cough Lini-
ment to his neck, back, breast, and the bottoms of his feet, which
at once stopped  his Avhooping.  In three hours after, I made a
general application of the same Liniment, and the third time I ap-
plied it, he was entirely relieved of the complaint, and it has not
returned on him.

   Pains in the Breast, Sickness at  the Stomach, and Loss
of  Appetite.—"A young lady in Roscoe Avas severely afflicted
Avith pains in the breast, sickness at the stomach, and loss of appe-
tite.  She was perfectly cured by one application of your Stimu-
lating  Liniment.   In this  case  the Liniment Avas very freely ap-
plied to the stomach, which caused vomiting equal to  that of an
emetic.

   Case of Puerperal Fever.—"In October last,  the Avife of
John Miller, of Licking county, Avas brought to bed, and the pla-
centa was removed by force; orthopncea;  located inflammation, and
distension of the  abdominal and uterine  parts.  In  this situation,
she took a violent cold, when she became stupid; hot fever; wan-
dering pains, particularly  in the uterine region.  When  I  Avas
called, I first commenced by applying the Nerve Liniment freely
over the Avhole surface  of  the  body, three times in  twenty-four
hours,  and gave her freely  of the Diaphoretic Drops, which soon
caused a free perspiration,  and  she became more sensible, Avhen
her friends thought her to be dying.  She, hoAvever, soon became
convalescent.   The  same  course Avas repeated, Avhich entirely
cured her in a feAV days, and she is noAV  in good health."
  From Rev. B. R., Fayette county, Ohio, January 16, 1837.

  Fits and Rheumatism.—"After administering your remedies
for nearly one year, in a'great variety of cases of the most obsti-
nate and unyielding nature, with unparalleled success, it is due to
the  public, and to suffering humanity, that I state some more rare
cases, Avhich have been successfully treated by me.  The wife of
Thomas Jones, of this county, had been afflicted for nearly  three
years Avith epileptic fits, occasioned by previous female complaints. 
342
TESTIMONIAL.
I applied your  Nerve Liniment about the head, neck and  the
Avhole length of the spine, Avhich relieved her in about tAvo Aveeks.
I Avill mention a case of rheumatism.  Joseph Heaton had been
afflicted more than tAvo years Avith pains  in the arms, legs, hips
and joints generally, Avhich became so severe about his thigh that
it Avas draAvn out of the socket.   I made a  full  application of your
Liniment for Rheumatism over  his Avhole body, applying it more
freely about the  disjointed  hip, and  in less than tAvo Aveeks  his
pains Avere  removed,  the tension of  the muscles about the  thigh
became so relaxed that it returned to its socket, and at this time he
is in perfect health."
   From Dr. T. S. M., Athens, Georgia, January 16, 1837.

   Bruise, Piles, and  Constipation  of the  Boavels.—The
small amount of your remedies I have obtained has done Avonders.
A gentleman by the name of Wilson, in getting out of his wagon,
fell and bruised his ankle very much.  It became  SAvollen to a
great size.   He used your Liniment three times, and it  entirely
relieved him.   A Mr.  Davis had  had the piles for a number of
years, Avith constipation of the boAvels.  I applied your Pile Salve;
gave him your Diaphoretic Drops, and he is now willing to testify
that he is in better health than he has been for years.  I have met
Avith equal  success in fever  cases, rheumatism, etc."
From Rev. John Clark, College Farm, near Lawrenceburg, la.,
                     January 23, 1837.

  "AHoav me, in the first place, thankfully'to acknowledge the re-
ceipt of  your medicines, a favor that  has brought me under an
obligation of  which I am not  insensible.   They have ansAvered,
I think, fully  equal  to your OAvn expectations, and  far exceeded
mine.  I have not been afflicted Avith piles in the slightest degree,
since a short time after I received the Salve.  From several I have
received thankful acknoAvledgments  of  the instant relief obtained
from head-ache  and rheumatic affections, by an application of the
Liniment.  In my own family they  have  been of great service." 
CHRONIC COMPLAINTS, ETC.
343
From Dr. R. S. G., New-Castle, Henry county, Kentucky, Jan-
                       uary 25, 1837.

   Fever, Colic, Pleurisy, etc—"I have applied  your  Lini-
ments in fevers, colic, pleurisy, sore  throat, pains  in the joints,
and head-ache, and found all that was necessary Avas  but one or
two rubbings, and if they ever fail, it is because! they are not ap-
plied according to your  directions.   Your Cough Liniment is a
most invaluable preparation.  Some time since, I took cold from
great exposure, which settled on  my lungs.   I  applied this Lini-
ment three nights by the fire, just before retiring to rest; and I am
well.   Your Diaphoretic Drops, Syrup, Pectoral Drops, Cerate,
and Liniment for Rheumatism, I  have found equally efficacious in
the diseases for which they are intended."
  From Dr. N. Berry, Reedy Fork, S.  C, February 1, 1837.

  Rheumatism.—" Your remedies  have far exceeded my most
sanguine expectations.  In a case of rheumatism, I have witness-
a cure where  every  other prescription  failed.  Sick  head-ache,
bowel  complaints, pains  in the back, sprains, etc.,  have been
readily cured, much to the  satisfaction of the patients  and their
friends.

  Chronic Complaints.—" I was called a few days ago, to visit
a lady  thought to be dying, by the name of  Michen.   When I
arrived, the family were in great distress, holding her up by the
side of the bed, hathing her feet in  Avarm Avater; she appeared to
be in the  last agonies of death.  Her pulse had ceased to beat;
her jaws were set, and of course she Avas speechless.   I had Avith
me four ounces of your Liniment, Avhich I directed to be  imme-
diately  applied.   Six ladies commenced rubbing on the Liniment;
two on her feet and legs,  two on her hands and arms, one on her
breast and jaAVS,  and  one  on her back and between her shoulders.
In twenty-five minutes  she  recovered and spoke,  and assured us
that  at  the commencement of applying the Liniment, her eye-
sight and hearing Avere nearly gone.  I  am happy to say she is
still mending.   Her  disease has been chronic, of long standing. 
344
TESTIMONIAL.
It Avill be proper here to state, that as soon as she Avas  able to
swallow, I gave her your Diaphoretic Drops freely, and placed
hot stones at her feet and sides.  So far was nature sunk,  that no
perspiration  could  be raised for a long time; her flesh Avas cold;
the blood had ceased in a measure to circulate.  One of the ladies
Avho administered to her relief, declared she felt during the time,
as if she was attempting to restore  the dead to life.   She is now
in the enjoyment of perfect health."
From Rev. R. McDaniel, M. D., Paris, III, February 3, 1837.

  " I am happy to state, Avith regard to your remedies, and their
curative qualities, that my acquaintance Avith them has been suffi-
cient to enable me to bear decided  and unequivocal  testimony in
favor of their excellency in  affording prompt and permanent re-
lief, Avhen properly applied, in fever, scrofula,  bowel  complaint,
pleurisy, head-ache, uterine  hemorrhage, etc.; and as  to the ex-
pense, Avhich some interested  individuals have attempted to make
a scare crow, it certainly does not exceed  that of prepared medi-
cine  generally, especially Avhen all the important advantages are
taken into account."
From  Dr. J. W.  B. T.,  Perry town,  Harrison  county,  Va.,
                     February 24, 1837.

  pILES.—" About tAvo years ago I was troubled very much with
the piles, and was for a long time seeking  for relief, but without
success, until I  obtained your  Pile Salve, a few applications of
Avhich  afforded  me entire  ease, and I was apparently free from
the disease.   No symptom of it appeared for four months, when
I felt a slight attack.  I again  applied the Salve, one application
of which entirely cured me, and I have not been  troubled with it
since.  Out of   the same bottle, I supplied a gentleman who had
been afflicted Avith the same complaint for a great number of years.
He Avas frequently unable to ride on horseback, or attend to busi-
ness.   He had but  about one thimble full, which he used, and he
now informs me  that he is entirely Avell." 
FEVER  LINIMENT, ETC.
345
  Rheumatism.—" My brother-in-law has been using your Lini-
ment for Rheumatism.   He had been afflicted very severely with
that complaint, and  by an application of the Liniment  for two
weeks, has effected an  entire cure."
 From Drs. Warren and Shelly, New Market, East  Tennessee,
                      February, 12, 1837.

   " Your invaluable remedies have acquired a distinguished repu-
 tation, so far as the use of them extends.   In relation to our own
 particular knowledge of their efficacy, we are proud to say, that
 we believe no account we have  seen published in the Advertiser,
 surpasses its true merit.  In no place have we applied the Lini-
 ments, where there Avas not more or less benefit derived therefrom.
 In some instances, Avhere all  other remedies failed, it has succeed-
 ed  beyond  our most sanguine expectations.  Your Fever Lini-
 ment is truly astonishing in  its  effects.  Please explain, in your
 next Advertiser, its principle of action, in so quickly regulating the
 pulse, and changing feverish  excitement, in all febrile diseases."

   Remark.—The above inquiry may be answered  in the lan-
 guage of an eminent scientific physician, whose extensive practice
 with our Liniment for Fever, has  elicited the folloAving remarks :
 " Your  Fever Liniment, being an extensive composition of highly
concentrated therapeutical agents,  containing  stimulating, tonic,
diaphoretic, cathartic, emetic, and nervine qualities, all of them
so nicely balanced,  that  when  the stimulants  and diaphoretics
cause a free perspiration,  and extensive  discharges  of morbific
matter,  the tonics  support the system, and the patient retains his
usual strength through the operation.   If the mucus membrane of
the stomach be  coated, the same remedy Avill readily remove this
obstruction, causing it to pass off through  the intestinal canal.  If
the stomach  be bilious, a full application of the Liniment  to the
pit of the same, with warm cloths  applied, will cause gentle vo-
miting,  and the  stomach is relieved.   If the bowels have become
constipated, and are inclined to inflammation, the stimulating and
purgative qualities of the Liniment, give action to the boAvels, caus-
ing free discharges from the same, and the patient is relieved with-
out being subjected to a long  state of convalesence."
        44 
346
TESTIMONIAL.
                      From Dr.  A. D.

  " A NEW MODE OF  APPLYING YOUR HEAD-ACHE LlNIMENT.—I
have been attending a lady Avho has, for a number of years, been
laboring under a complication of chronic  complaints of the worst
character, and among  them was the sick head-ache.  She became
relieved of all her difficulties, excepting an occasional return, in a
slight degree, of the head-ache.  She applied the Liniment  upon
the inside of the nose, and though it was pungent and a little pain-
ful at first, she Avas  entirely relieved in five minutes, and she has
ever since been entirely free from the disease."
From E. C. Keckeley, M. D., Charleston,  S. C, Feb. 12,  1837.

  " I used your Consumption Liniment in a case of spitting of
blood, with a disposition to consumption.   I used  about one half
an ounce Avith so much  relief, that the  patient, on leaving  town,
requested some to carry with him.   In rheumatic compaints, your
Liniments are  superior to anything I ever tried.  For pains of
every description, they are excellent; I find no difficulty in speed-
ily relieving them  by your Liniments.  I have used your  Vege-
table Cerate in a case of sore nipples, Avith complete success in a
day  or tAvo.   It is  excellent for eruptions on the skin, ringworms,
etc."
  From Dr.  T. F. D., Adrian, Michigan, February 18, 1837.

  Bowel Complaint.—-" I have been in the use of your remedies
for the last six months, with the most  satisfactory results.   I will
mention one remarkable case of a child of two and a half years old,
afflicted with the bowel  complaint.   This child Avas  treated  at
first in the usual practice of calomel and astringents, without bene-
fit, until the physician  pronounced the case incurable.  When I
was called, I made use of such remedies as  I have usually prescri-
bed in such  cases, for six days, when the physician who first  at-
tended her,  gave an opinion that death would terminate the dis-
tressing scene in  tAvo or  three days.   Just at this time I obtained
some of your Liniments.   The first application produced a bene- 
ASTHMA,  ETC.
347
ficial effect, to the astonishment of all the friends, and by a contin-
uation of the same remedy a few weeks, the child was perfectly
cured."

  Remark.—Had  Dr. D. been in possession of our Liniment for
cholera  morbus, and applied it according to directions, the relief
Avould  have been  much more ready.   We have never known a
case where an entire cure was not effected in one or two days, if
this Liniment had been freely applied.
 From Mr.  A. Stockbarger, Licking county, Ohio, January,
                           1837.

  Piles Cured.—" I have been afflicted with the piles for twelve
months  severely every day,  from which I have been relieved by
JeAvett's Pile  Salve.  I never had a return of the complaint after
the first application."
  From Caleb Brooks, Esq., Licking county, February, 1837.

   Pleurisy.'—■" My wife was attacked about  the  12th  of this
month with a pleuritic affection very severely, pains  in the shoul-
ders,  etc.  She was in the most distressed  condition imaginable.
Jewett's  Stimulating Liniment was applied  to her side and shoul-
ders freely,  accompanied with  the use of the  Diaphoretic Drops,
and in one hour she was relieved from  the complaint; no  other
remedies were made use of."
  From Major Alexander M. Allen, of Jefferson county.  Geo.

  Cases of Asthma, Cough and Fever.—" I have used Jewett's
Stimulating Liniment  for  the asthma and  a  severe  cough,  and
have found them to produce very great relief, being more prompt
and efficacious than any remedies I have before used, having speed-
ily caused a complete cessation of the diseases.   I have witnessed
the beneficial effects of Jewett's  Fever Liniment in relieving my
daughter from an intermittent fever of long standing, and restoring 
348
TESTIMONIAL.
her to a greater degree of health and strength than she has enjoy-
ed in some months.
  Feb. 25, 1837."
    From Mr. Jeremiah  Vinson, of Burke county,  Virginia.

  Case  of  Fever and  Ague, axd Pleurisy.—" In December
last, I Avas taken with a severe ague, pain in the breast, and cough,
Avith a high  fever, which  continued, but moderated just before the
period of the chill, which occurred every day.
  " I Avas in this situation one week, the Avhole of the symptoms
becoming more  severe and distressing, when I made use of Jew-
ett's Liniment for Fever,  according to the directions, which pro-
duced  a  profuse perspiration, and continued so  for some hours,
which relieved all the symptoms, mitigated the cough,'  entirely re-
moved the pain in  the breast, and completely overcame the fever,
which never returned ; a continued use of the Liniment for several
days  entirely  removed the remaining cough, and restored me  to
entire health, Avhich I continue to enjoy.
  February  23, 1837."
From Dr. Thomas M. Henley, Walkertown, Virginia, January,
                            1837.

  " I had, during the last fall, about eighty patients, with different
diseases, in Avhich cases  I  used your Liniments,  accompanied
with internal stimulating medicine.  Out of this number I lost but
two small children, neither of whom were treated with your reme-
dies.  I was at once enabled to arrest the fever with these agents.
I can with  confidence say,  your remedies are harmless in their
operation, relieving pains of all kinds  at once, and they produce a
pleasant operation when properly applied."
From Dr. S. P. Pool, Mecklenburg county, Virginia, February
                          16, 1837.

  "I have procured and  used a small quantity of your medical
preparations,  and every person who has tested them, is highly 
CROUP,  ETC.
349
pleased with the  effects produced by them.  My Avife, who was
on the verge of the grave with a liver complaint,  has been relieved
by them."
From Dr. John Steele, Frankford, Missouri, February 26,  1837.

  " Had I room  I could give many names that Avould give certifi-
cates to the good effects of using your remedies ;  but it is enough,
or ought to be enough, for the people to know that wherever your
remedies are used, the demand becomes great."
From J. J. Moorman, Esq., Highland  county, Ohio, February
                          16,  1837.

   Tumors, Bronchocele.'—" I  have  been using your Liniments
in my family for more than a year, and have uniformly received
the most decided advantage therefrom.  My wife had lumps on
her eye-lids, which were pronounced by the  physicians as incura-
ble by any other method than being cut out.  I applied your Lin-
iments to these tumors for three weeks, which removed them en-
tirely.   Before she made the application, it was with difficulty
she could open her eyes.   My mother has been afflicted with  a
bronchocele for  ten years; neck much enlarged.  She  applied
your Stimulating Liniment for  a  considerable  length  of  time,
which has reduced the enlargement, and she is now perfectly re-
lieved from the complaint."
From the Rev.  Wm. Dale,  Alexandria, Tennessee, March  6,
                            1837.

  Croup.—" I received a small portion of your Sttmulating Lini-
ment from a friend.  My daughter's youngest son, a fine, fleshy,
child about a year old, was  taken ill Avith croup, and,  her hus-
band being from home, she became very much alarmed, and came
with all haste, with her son, to my house, expecting he would die
on the way.   I directed her to bathe his feet in warm water, and I
then applied the Liniment to  the bottoms of his feet, and to his 
350                   TESTIMONIAL.

throat and stomach, Avhich  produced a considerable perspiration ;
and the happy result Avas, he obtained immediate relief.  The next
day, on returning home, the child took cold, and the croup return-
ed very bad.   She made a  similar application, and the like happy
results folloAved.   Another daughter of mine  Avas taken Avith the
cholera morbus, Avhich produced a severe pain across the abdomen,
and cramped her dreadfully.  She got no relief until I directed an
application of the Liniment to the affected part.  Immediate relief
wa3 obtained.   A  son, from Florida, lately returned from the Se-
minole Avar, had a very bad pain in the left side of his  breast; only
two light applications removed it entirely.  And I have found re-
lief, myself, from the dreadful pain in my head."
 From Joseph Nollner, M. D.,  and L. P. Portlock, Norfolk,
                  Virginia, March 9,  1837.

  " Having frequently used yeur Liniments, etc., and clearly test-
ed their medicinal virtues in curing head-ache, back-ache, colic,
fevers, hip-joint  affections, rheumatism,  cuts, bruises, etc., we do
not hesitate to recommend them to the afflicted as safe remedies."
    From Dr.  Thomas Nash, Norfolk, Va., March 9,  1837.'

  " I dare  say nought against your medical remedies which have
so often proved highly valuable and worthy of the character which
they bear,  Avhenever  they  have been faithfully and properly  ap-
plied.  I should do you great  injustice  were I to withhold  my
testimony in favor of your preparations for external use."
From James B. McCord, M. D., Richmond, Ray county, Mo.,
                        March,  1837.

  Bilious  Spasmodic Colic—" Among the many cures which
have been favorably effected Avith your remedies, I wish to  state
one of bilious spasmodic colic which took  place  under my  own
observation.  A young man was attacked with pains and cramps, 
               MENTAL DERANGEMENT, ETC.           351

in his bowels, of the most extraordinary nature.   He remained in
this situation from  Monday until Wednesday, when an applica-
tion of your Liniment was made to his bowels, and one potion of
Diaphoretic Drops were exhibited, which gave relief quickly, and
the next day he Avas in sound health, though much weakened;  no
other medicine Avas made use of."
  From Mr. William Moore, of Burke county, April 4, 1837.

  Case of Fever, Liver Affection, and Pleurisy.—" I have
been in bad health for several years past, particularly by periodi-
cal attacks of fever and ague in the fall seasons, which left a seat-
ed affection of the liver and enlargement of the spleen.  I was at-
tacked,  in January last, with chill and fever, attended with a vio-
lent cough and  severe pain in the breast.   I made application of
JeAvett's Liniment for fever, Avhich entirely relieved the chill and
fever, removed the pain  in the breast, and eased  the cough, both
of which occasionally returned; but a continued use of the  Lini-
ment for about one week performed an entire cure of those symp-
toms, and restored me to ordinary health;  a further use of Jewett's
Stimulating Liniment has  reduced the spleen, and  caused me to
be in the present  enjoyment of better health than for a long time
previous."
     From Dr. E. E., Factory Point, Vt., April 4, 1837.

  Mental Derangement, etc—" The credit of your medicine
is established here.  One of the first cases in which  I tried them
was a young man in an awful state of mental derangement.  He
had been in this way for three months—became greatly emaciated,
and refused to take any medicine.   I recommended the application
of your Liniment, which was made with much difficulty, however,
and, in three weeks, his mind was as rational as ever.  Soon after,
sore  eruptions took place about his head, and were,  in a short
time, cured.   Another case was a young man  who had been con-
fined with scrofulous SAvellings for five years, Avho, by  the use of 
352
TESTIMONIAL.
six ounces of your Liniment, Avas much relieved, and is now evi-
dently getting Avell."
      From Dr. J. Steele, Frankford, Mo., May 4, 1837.

  " I will give you a case of fits cured by your Liniment and Dia-
phoretic Drops.   A child of two years had, in twenty-four hours,
eleven fits of the Avorst kind:  they were convulsive.   The family
had, just before the attack, read your Advertiser for the first time.
After  the child had suffered a day and a night, I was sent for.   I
found the child then under the paroxysms of the eleventh  fit,  and
I really believed it to be its last.   By a faithful application  of your
remedies, the child had no more fits, and in tAvo days it Avas Avell.
Two  Aveeks have elapsed since, without return of the fits."
From Rev. William Dale, Alexandria, Tenn., October 19,1837.

   " Previous to my leaving home, the latter part of August,  on a
preaching tour of twenty-two days, I made an application of your
Rheumatic Liniment on the spine, hips, and knees, beginning at
the neck and so on dowmvards, applying  it with friction and heat.
It produced a powerful effect on the kidneys, and I think Avill re-
lieve  the diabetes,  Avhich I have been troubled with for years.   It
loosened the joints of the  small of my back, which had  been en-
tirely stiff for years, and I  can iioav bend either backAvards  or for-
wards ;  also my knees, which had been as  fast and immovable as
if clenched, became loosened.   When sitting in a position  to swing
my feet, I can use  them as  far as they go, nearly as well as I ever
could;  though my hips  are not  yet better, my head is much  re-
lieved.  I  certainly have gathered  considerable strength.   I was
from home, as above stated, twenty-two days, during which time
I traveled  more or less every day.  I preached ten times  in eight
days,  Avhich is  more labor than I ever  performed in the same
length of time.   If I could stay at  home  a while, attend strictly
and closely to  your prescriptions, I doubt not  I  should  receive
much more benefit.
  " My wife's sister was taken with a pain in her  leftjaw,  which 
FEVER  AND AGUE, ETC.
353
SAvelled dreadfully, to obtain relief from which, she tried  every
thing she could think  of,  and every thing her physicians prescri-
bed ;  but, instead of getting better,  it got Averse.  She felt  fearful
of applying your  Liniment, notwithstanding our advice to that
effect.  At last she became alarmed; the swelling Avas  suppura-
ting, and it Avas too late to apply any thing to disperse it; and, as
a last resort, she  applied  your Liniment.  The first night, she
found ease and rested  well, which prompted her to persevere, and,
astonishing to relate,  the pain first gave  way, then the  swelling
subsided, and she is iioav entirely well.  She says ' It Avas almost
a miracle.'
  " The Head-ache Liniment is highly esteemed by all Avho have
used it."
   From Dr. John Hilton, Portland, Maine,  October 23, 1837.

   " After I wrote you in July, I  was unable to go from home a
 number of Aveeks from a severe kidney complaint; but, through
 a faithful application of your Liniment and other medicines, my
 health is better than for years.   My success in  practice has  been
 remarkable.   Fevers have generally been  arrested Avith  one appli-
 cation of the Liniment, and the patient at work the third day.  In
 some cases, they have Avalked about in six hours.  In all diseases,
 the relief granted has been proportioned to the degree of perseve-
 rance.  I had  an interesting case immediately after my arrival
 here : a child of Elder Wilson, four years  old, had been sick, for
 a Aveek,  Avith fever and inflammation of the  bowels; had taken
 four full and one partial course of medicine;  but  grew worse.
 Your Liniment was then applied, and relief granted in six or eight
 hours; then, by throAving off the clothes,  the  child took cold and
 relapsed.  The fever was more violent, and the bowels worse in-
flamed ; but, by a renewed use of the Liniment, Avas relieved again
in two days, and was soon running about."
From Dr. Richard Cherry, East Monroe, 0., October 29, 1837.

  " I will not be Avithout your medicine, if I can raise the means
to obtain it.   It is the best remedy that I have ever tried  for every
        •15 
354
TESTIMONIAL.
complaint incident to the human race;  more particularly for fever
and ague, Avhich I have effectually proved."
From Dr. A.  Eelwards, West Carlisle,  O., November 17, 1837.

  " Were  it  necessary, I  could give  more  marked cases  than
would fill your Advertiser;  but let one suffice.  I was lately call-
ed to a lady, sixteen miles  from this place, afflicted Avith  fever of
the congestive type.  She  had been faithfully attended by a phy-
sician near two Aveeks ; the second one was called in consultation,
and, finally, I Avas sent for.  I immediately Avent, and found her
delirious, the fever raging  fearfully, Avith great prostration of the
living poAver; no  appetite for  food, but raging thirst, and such a
degree of irritation in the  stomach that  every thing taken into it
was immediately throAvn  off;  constipation  of the bowels,  great
restlessness, and a  constant picking  at the  bed clothes; pulse
intermittent.
   " I applied  the Liniments for Fever, Nerves, and the Stimula-
ting, according to circumstances, until I  had four ounces absorbed
into the system, Avith plasters on  the stomach, bottoms of the feet,
and back, and administered an injection impregnated Avith Diapho-
retic Drops, which caused  a reaction in about  two hours, and pro-
duced a copious perspiration which had not been effected before.
The result  was, she was  restored to  her reason, the fever gave
way, appetite for food returned,  Avith a fair prospect of entire re-
covery."
                From the same, December 30.

  "A Mr. Daniel Harvey,  of this county, Avas afflicted  with a
very alarming disease of the  urinary organs, bloody  and  painful
discharge of urine, distention of the abdomen, with a callous-like
feeling, liver complaint, piles, and general prostration,—so much
so as to be unable to help himself,—attended Avith frequent parox-
ysms of  excruciating pain;  Avhich diseases, in part or whole, had
been his  constant companions for many by-gone years.  In this
situation, I was called to see  him;  and by a constant and unremit- 
WEAKNESS, ETC.
355
ting application of your medicines, the distention  gave Avay,  the
pain ceased, sleep was restored, appetite better, the urinary organs
so revived  that he  commenced  passing large  quantities  of hard
substances of a dark-red color, varying from the size of a pepper-
corn, larger and smaller, which  gave him relief.   At  first they
were discharged frequently, and in large quantities; latterly more
seldom, and in less quantities, Avith less pain and difficulty.  I sup-
pose he has discharged  one hundred, as I have in my possession
nearly fifty pieces.  When I visited him last, he was able to sleep,
rest, and eat, dress himself, Avalk about,  and direct his business,
with a fair prospect of getting entirely Avell."
From Dr. J. B. McCord, Liberty, Clay county, Mo., November
                          21, 1837.

  " I have just returned from a visit to Lafayette, a distance of
forty miles,  Avhere I Avas called to see a  lady  afflicted with liver
complaint and inflammation of the bladder, attended with a severe
stricture of  the urethra.  Three physicians attended her, Avithout
being able to afford relief.   I  directed a free use of your Stimu-
lating Liniment, and some Diaphoretic Drops, which  reduced  the
inflammation, removed the  stricture,  and enabled the  patient to
enjoy refreshing sleep."
     From J. Hilton, Portland, Maine, January 8,  1838.

  "A lady completely  emaciated,  unable to  do any  Avork, com-
menced the use of the Liniment.   The morning after the first ap-
plication,  she Avas  enabled to do part of the work of her family;
and now (five Aveeks) she does all  her Avork, and has received her
natural  strength.    One  case  of tic douloureux was  relieved by
tAvo applications.   Many cases of fever have been removed by one
application.    Several cases of pain have been relieved Avhile in
the act of applying the Liniment.   Hooping-cough has been re-
lieved immediately, though very bad cases.  Rheumatism has been
cured permanently." 
356                    TESTIMONIAL.
   From Samuel H. Saunders, London. Ohio, Jan. 6,  1838.

  Milk-Siokness.— " It is a duty I OAve the public, to certify the
cures that have been effected by your invaluable medicines in my
family.   Your Liniment had a very happy effect upon my daugh-
ter, in a case of pleurisy.   I left Avith her a portion for a renewed
application;  but the first having completely restored her, it Avas
deemed unnecessary.
  While on my  Avay  home  I partook of some cream,  and two
days after my arrival,  I Avas  attacked Avith milk-sickness.   My
physician administered a cathartic, and checked the  disease; but
for  eight or ten Aveeks my legs Avere pained with the effect of the
poison, Avhen I determined to make use of your  Liniment.  I rub-
bed it on my limbs tAvice,  on  successive  evenings, but Avas pre-
vented from making a third application by  incidental circumstan-
ces; and before the fourth evening came round, I found myself so
relieved  from the pain and leaden Aveight of my limbs, that I for-
bore to reneAv the use of the Liniment for the time being: and  to
this day, I Avas effectually  relieved, and therefore can Avith confi-
dence recommend its  use  for  removing the effects of milk-sick-
ness."
    From Dr. T. Powell, Burlington,  Vt., Jan. 17,  1838.

  " In relation to your remedies, I must say, that so far as I have
become acquainted Avith their use, they are undoubtedly calculated
for the cure of many diseases."
From Rev. E. McDaniel, M. D., Beardstown, Illinois, January
                          1, 1838.

  " Every useful and honorable consideration impels me to exert
myself for the dissemination of your remedies."
From E. Wilkinson, East Bethany, N. Y., Jan. 5, 1838.

" I have of late been most of the time confined to my room: I have 
CONSUMPTION, ETC.
357
found more relief from your medicine, than any other I have made
use of.  I have cured one case of rheumatism in my family of six
years' standing, with your Liniment.
  "A sister of mine was throAvn from a horse, some ten years ago,
her head coming in contact with a stone, Avhich fractured her skull.
She has had much burning  and giddiness in her head, with great
irritation of the nerves.  The use of your Liniment has, we think,
nearly or quite effected a cure.   She has  not had  any of these
symptoms  since its  use.   I think much of your preparations—I
hold them in high  estimation,  believing them to  be  a safeguard
from disease, for a family."
From Josiah F. Danforth, Walnut Forest, Mo., Jan. 15, 1838.

  Head-ache.— "Dr. Walker,  of Pulaski  county, purchased of
me a vial of your Head-ache Liniment, for his wife, who was very
distressingly afflicted  with head-ache.   The doctor says that she
Avould  lay for hours completely prostrated, Avith apparently  no
hopes of life.   He  applied it, and administered some of the Pec-
toral Drops, which have effected a radical cure."
      From B. G. Key, Portersville, Miss.,  Sept. 9, 1837.

   " I could give you a detail of a good many cases that have re-
ceived signal benefit by your remedies, but let tAvo suffice.
   "1st,  Miss  Stanly, Avho had  been laboring  for the last ten years
under a  complication of diseases, viz: inflammation of the liver,
lungs, and enlargement of the spleen.  Her  physicians declared
that she could  survive but  a short  time, after  which  she became
suddenly worse.  When I Avas  called  to see her, she Avas truly in
a critical situation.   I prescribed the Fever  Liniment, Pectoral
Tincture, and Diaphoretic Drops, which subdued the inflamma-
tion; then made use of the  Stimulating and  Consumption Lini-
ments, and Vegetable Syrup; which course persevered in, raised
her from a bed of affliction to attention to her domestic concerns.
She now enjoys good health.
   " 2d. A negro boy of a Mr. Stamply, Avas in a consumption. 
358
TESTIMONIAL.
The rest of his family died about the age of tAvelve  years, of the
same complaint, and this boy appeared to be declining  as  fast as
did the rest of the family; and  knowing  that it Avas  useless to
make use of the means Avhich he had heretofore done, I was call-
ed, though  Avithout any expectation, on the part of Mr. S., of de-
riving benefit;  but after a partial use of the medicines, he  found
that the boy began to revive, Avhich encouraged him to  persevere.
He is iioav  lively and active, has regained his flesh, and is entirely
cured of the complaint."
From Rev. E. McDaniel, M. D., Cass county, Illinois, Sept. 25,
                            1837.

  " Last month I procured from my brother, near Paris, a small
quantity of your medical preparations.  I had been troubled, for
about two weeks, Avith a diarrhea;  and while attending a  camp-
meeting at Grandview, it grew Avorse.  I used one thimble-full of
your Liniment, and soon obtained  relief.  I next ordered it used
in a case of bloody flux, and it effected a good end; I next ordered
it used twice in case of chills and fever, and a cure Avas effected:
next day my OAvn child Avas affected Avith diarrhea, Avhich  I cured
by one  application."
 From Dr. A. C. Jewett, Daviess county, Ky., Sept. 25, 1837.

  " Many are embracing  your remedies, and using  them Avith
marked success.   A  number  of cases of bilious,  inflammatory,
and intermittent fever, of our climate, have come under my care,
Avhich have been arrested with precision and certainty.   The  Li-
niment for Head-ache has established itself beyond any other arti-
cle—it never has failed, in any instance, of giving relief."
    From C. Barnes, Weymouth,  Ohio, March 15, 1837.

  Rheumatism—Consumption.—" More than  five years ago I
was attacked with inflammatory rheumatism of the severest kind, 
RHEUMATISM,  ETC.
359
in my feet and knees, Avhich kept me in constant pain, day and
night, for three months ;  deprived me of sleep, except while under
the influence of opium, and rendered me so completely helpless,
that I was unable to turn  myself in bed without assistance.  My
appearance, after this prostration, was almost that  of a living ske-
leton.  The inflammation then  began to subside.  In  March, I
could,  by  the aid of crutches, and one assistant, walk  about my
room.   I gained strength  gradually, until July, Avhen I was able
to walk Avithout crutches; but still  the disease did not  leave me.
Though  the inflammation Avas  gone,  the joints  Avere  stiff; the
muscles contracted, and the toes drawn out of joint, particularly on
one foot, which was  entirely useless.   My physicians gave me no
further encouragement, and,  Avith much candor, told me that no-
thing more could be  done  for me, and that  I  would probably re-
main a cripple.  I Avas, however,  determined to  seek  relief.  I
resorted  to  the Welsh Medicamentum—the Thompsonian reme-
dies—Morrison's Hygeian Pills—E. Dean's Chemical Plaster,—
and, finally, the famous Kitterage Ointment;  all these modes and
medicines, were,  in succession, long and faithfully persevered
in, each, hom three months to a year.
   " Some of them  seemed to give partial relief at first; but a re-
turn of my complaints, Avith still greater force, indicated that their
only effect was, to aid the disease in undermining the remnant of
constitution still remaining to  me.   Hope Avas gone, Avhen your
Register, containing  the words, so encouraging to  the afflicted, of
" No Cure, No Pay," accidentally fell into  my hands.  My hopes
revived,  and I determined  on  visiting you forthwith ; but suddenly
I was attacked with  a bilious fever,  and then,  by  fever  and ague,
which confined me eight weeks ; gave a terrible shock to my sys-
tem, and left me with a  severe cough.  In a short time, profuse
evacuations of blood from the lungs took place, attended with other
symptoms,  evidently of a pulmonary affection.  My  rheumatic
complaints were severe as ever ; and when I  arrived in  Columbus
in November last, I  was thought, by all Avho saAV me, to be on the
very brink of the grave.
   " By ten days use of your medicines for cough, consumption
and rheumatism, I became so much relieved,  that my cough had
almost left me; my  appetite  Avas good, and  I was otherAvise so 
360
TESTIMONIAL.
much improved, that, instead of remaining Avith you nine months
or a year, as I had contemplated, I left for home.
   " I have  made constant use of the medicines, and I noAV feel,
almost,  like a  perfectly  well  man.   My  cough is gone; I  am
gaining flesh and  strength; the  sivelling and stiffness in my
limbs are gone ; my appetite Remains good, and my system is re-
gular in all respects.'n

 Remark.—A few days since we received a letter from the writer,
of the above  article.   The state of convalescence he  speaks of con-
tinued without interruption, and he is, at this time, July 1838, and
has been long since, Avithout further occasion for medicine, and is
in the enjoyment of good health.
   Rheumatism.—" Nearly tAvo years ago I was severely attacked
Avith rheumatic pains in my back, limbs, feet and hands ; my dis-
tress Avas so great that my limbs became nearly useless, and the
distress folloAved me,  Avithout intermission, for a long time.  At
length it became periodical, and so continued  until sometime  in
September last I made application of JeAvett's Liniment for Rheu-
matism, accompanied with his Diaphoretic Drops, Avhich afforded
relief in a short time,  and I Avas perfectly cured of the  complaint
in one Aveek, and so remain at this time.  Once, since being cured
as above stated, I experienced a slight attack, which Avas immedi-
ately  relieved  by applying  the  Liniment.   I  consider this cure
more  extraordinary, on account of my  age,  Avhich is  sixty-four
years.                                   Mary Sterret."

  Remark.—The signer of the  above  certificate is the  lady of
Col. Sterret of this city, who is one of the oldest and most respec-
table  inhabitants  of the State.
From James B.  3FCord, M. D., Elkhorn,  Ray county,  Mo.,
                     September 6, 1837.

  Inflammatory  Rheumatism.—"I Avas called to see Mrs. Hard-
ley, laboring  under bilious inflammatory rheumatism.   She Avas 
        BILIOUS INFLAMMATORY RHEUMATISM, ETC.     361

much reduced, the pain appeared to be mostly confined to  the
wrist and hand, which were much swelled and inflamed, and the
pain was very acute.   She  had exhausted the skill of her physi-
cian in vain.   I  gave  her Diaphoretic  Drops, and applied the
Rheumatic Liniment, her pain ceased, she rested and slept com-
fortably at night, and in four days Avas up and about her house."
  Inflammatory Rheumatism.—Six months ago, I was attacked
severely with the inflammatory rheumatism.  On the  commence-
ment of the attack, I was swollen in my arms, knees,  ankles, and
legs, attended with the  most excruciating pain, and so prostrate
that I could  not be removed from  my bed, Avithout the assistance
of two persons.   By the remedies I applied, I gained some tem-
porary relief, but no cure.  Nearly tAvo months after,  I applied to
Col. JeAvett for his remedies for rheumatism, which, in the course
of a Aveek, gave me temporary relief.  I continued the use of the
Rheumatic Liniment, Vegetable Syrup, and Diaphoretic Drops,
accompanied with a saline bath, for about  two  months,  Avhen  I
became entirely restored to health.  There still remained some
stiffness in my limbs, Avhich has been relieved by an occasional
use of the Liniment.  I have been subject to this complaint from
early life, and seldom obtained any mitigation in a less time than
six months,  and generally longer.
                                        Thomas F. Jones.
   Columbus, February 8, 1837.
From James B. M'Corel, M. D., Ray co., Mo., July 10, 1837.

  Bilious Inflammatory Rheumatism, Chronic Complaints.—
" I  feel with many others, free to bear testimony to  the  efficacy
of your invaluable medical preparations.   Since I received my
last supply I have been thronged with business from all directions.
A severe case of bilious inflammatory rheumatism has recently
come under  my treatment;  in fact, so prostrated was the  patient,
that both physician and friends had entirely  despaired of his re-
covery ;  and he assured me, that to see his house crowded with
          46 
362                    testimonial.
his friends,  to see him breathe his last, filled his  mind with de-
spair.   At this critical period I arrived; placed bricks to the fire
to heat—gave him your Diaphoretic Drops  freely,  and applied
your Liniment for Rheumatism over his Avhole body, and placed
the warm bricks  around him.  This treatment soon caused a pro-
fuse perspiration;  pains gradually subsided, and a continuation of
this treatment for a feAV days, restored him  to such  a state of
health, that he was enabled to start on a journey to Alabama.
   " A great number of chronic  complaints, such as consumption,
liver complaint, scrofula, etc., have been cured by your remedies,
and many recent diseases have been almost instantaneously reliev-
ed.  These  are  stubborn facts,  and I will  not Avithhold my testi-
mony, believing  it the  duty of every good man to do what lies in
his poAver, to promulgate a knoAvledge of the best means of re-
lieving the sufferings of human nature."
  Paralysis.—Col. JeAvett: I hasten to perform a duty I owe to
you, in  stating  the results of my experience  in  the use of your
medical preparations.  As  it respects my general health, it is
much improved, which I ascribe to  your Vegetable Syrup and
Liniment.  I experience little or no pain; there  remains a slight
constriction of the muscles, which I have no doubt would have
been entirely removed, if I had followed your prescriptions to  the
letter.   In more than a dozen cases, your Rheumatic Liniment has
granted  relief.   In one case of twelve years' standing, and another
of a child who had lost the use  of its limbs. I have felt richly re-
Avarded  for all the trouble I have had in promulgating a knowledge
of your remedies, by the blesssings they have dispensed  to the
afflicted around  me.
                                             C. Burnside.
  Gambier, February 12, 1838.
From J. E. Todd, Esq. Carlowsville, Alabama, June 26, 1837.

  " In my own family, I have generally found  your remedies to
answer well, the purposes  for which  they are intended.  A phy-
sician near me, has been in the use of your Liniments for the last 
SUNDRY  CASES.
363
eight months;  he speaks in the most flattering  terms of their re-
spective merits."
From Hugh Quinn, M. D., Missionary Station, Ga., June 16,
                            1837.

   Sundry severe  cases  cured.—" I had made up my mind not
to use any of your highly recommended  remedies, until I saw
the recommendations of two highly respectable gentlemen, Avhich
induced me to seek and obtain a four ounce bottle of your Stimu-
lating Liniment.  I began to use it on myself, and applied it to an
old wound in my hand, from an injured cartilage, which rendered
the middle of the fore  finger useless  and painful.  It acted like a
charm, one application removed the Avhole disease, and it has not
returned since,  though  five months ago.  My success in this case,
prompted me to make  trial  on  a valuable servant, who had, for a
long  time, been afflicted Avith  a chronic pain in  the side, which
had baffled all medical aid which had been resorted to, which very
shortly gave permanent relief.   I have cured another of my ser-
vants of  a chronic erysipelas, with the same  Liniment.  Shortly
after, I had occasion to put your Liniment to  a severe test on my-
self, by a fall across the edge of a ferry-boat.   I broke the side of
my breast-bone, and every rib  from  that  doAvn, and injured the
right  lobe of my lungs; being more than fifty years of age,  I an-
ticipated the most disasterous termination.  I did not  stand still,
'shivering on the brink of death,' but began by using some inter-
nal stimulating medicine and balsam of fir, and your Liniment ex-
ternally.   I soon became  convalescent, and am now entirely re-
stored to health and strength.   Besides this, I have, in several
cases, removed  the  pains so common in  chronic hepatitis, and
with the addition of my pills for that disease,  have performed two
radical cures.   I have cured two cases of rheumatism, and several
other local pains;  and all this  Avith  one bottle of Jewett's Lini-
ment.  I have thought, sir, it Avas due to you and the public, that
I should acknoAvledge  the great benefit that  myself and others
have derived from one  bottle; and I do not hesitate to say, that if
properly and perseveringly used, incalculable  benefit may be de-
rived to the human  family, by its use.   I have lately received an 
364
TETSIMONIAL.
additional quantity of the Liniment, since which, I have cured a
bad case of croup, by the use of it alone."
From Jonathan Morris,  M.  D., TVhitely, Pennsylvania, July
                          8, 1837.

  " I have found your preparations advantageous in cases of scar-
let fever, colics, rheumatism, head-ache, etc., etc."
  Head-ache.—Col.  M. Jewett:  Dear sir—I take  pleasure in
communicating the  following, as the surprising effects of your
Head-ache  Liniment.   I had a slight attack  of the head-ache, a
few evenings since, from Avhich I Avas relieved by the application
of a very small portion of your Liniment to my  forehead, in a
few minutes.  I called this  day to see a female friend, who Avas
suffering much from head-ache, which she first felt on rising early.
I informed  her I had derived benefit from the use of your Lini-
ment.   After  an  hour's  conversation, she  consented to apply it
according to the  direction, which  relieved her entirely in about
five  minutes.   She was  much  surprised at its hasty and  happy
effects,  and  expressed a Avish to have some  of this  preparation
always  at hand, and inquired Avhere she might procure it.   I gave
her a part of Avhat  I  had, promising to furnish her more as soon
as I could procure it.   I think you  would do well to deposit  a
quantity of  your  preparations in this city, for they will  certainly
be used as soon as known.
                               Very respectfully,
                                     R.  J. Powell,  M.  D.
   Washington, January 18, 1837.
    From Mary Read, Jefferson, Ohio, February 12, 1838.

  " Having received incalculable benefit from the use of your me-
dical preparations,  in afflictions on my own person, when every
other remedy I could procure  had totally failed of giving relief; 
                     CONSUMPTION, ETC.                 365

and feeling it a duty, so far as in my power, to dispense the bles-
sing they afford to the afflicted, I have taken the liberty of narra-
ting the surprising effects of your remedies in a case which came
under my OAvn observation.  It is as follows :—A gentleman, aged
sixty-six years, had been afflicted with an erysipelas, more or less,
from his youth; and for the last seven years, his Avhole body had
become measurably  covered with corroding ulcers ; such was his
affliction, that he assured me he could seldom, if ever, obtain any
sound sleep ; and many times so tender were the sores, that even
the bed-clothes could not  be borne.   He had applied to the most
skillful physicians, and continued their prescriptions from year to
year, without any mitigation of his excruciating sufferings, and he
had despaired of obtaining relief from any other source, than  the
releasement from suffering and pain that  is afforded to the afflicted
by the cold embrace of death.   It Avas in  this critical situation that
one of your Advertisers came under his notice, Which  induced him
to apply to me for your remedies;  and, surprising as is the fact,
by the exhibition of your Vegetable Syrup, Pectoral and Diapho-
retic  Drops  internally,  and your  Stimulating  Liniment on  the
sound portions of his body, and your Vegetable Cerate on the ul-
cers, for the term of about  three weeks, his ulcers became healed,
his general health restored,  and he is at this time perfectly relieved
from all the diseases with which he had been so long  afflicted."
From the Rev. A.  Edwards, West Carlisle, Coshocton county,
                     Ohio, June 17, 1837.

  Consumption.—"I have  two cases of  consumption which are
in a hopeful state of convalescence.  Had it not been for the un-
paralleled success I have had with your agents, I  should not have
attempted these given over  cases;  but strange as is the fact, I
have lost but one patient since I adopted your remedies, nearly
two years ago, and that I pronounced hopeless at first sight.   It is
with heartfelt pleasure I  see. your system of curing diseases,  con-
stantly marching forward with a steady but unerring step ; and so
it will continue to proceed, until a knoAvledge of your remedies
shall be co-extensive Avith this Avide-spread empire." 
366
TESTIMONIAL.
From Abraham Hedstead, Esq., TViHiamsport,  Ohio, June 20,
                           1837.

  " I have full demonstration of the great value of your Liniment.
One case of a boy, Avho has recently been  raised from an untimely
grave by them.  I say so, because all other remedies failed, and
by the application of your remedies, he soon recovered."
From the Rev.  E. E.  Parrish, Morgan county, Ohio, June 1,
                            1837.

  Tetters.—" What I have seen published of your remedies, 1
have found, by their application,  to be true.   Permit me to men-
tion one case, of which I do not recollect of having read one simi-
lar in your  paper.  A gentleman called  on me for something to
cure  a tetter on his wife's hand.   I gave him twenty-five  cents
worth of your  Tetter Salve,  which Avas applied; and the result
was, that it effected an entire cure.   Her hand had been very bad,
so much so, that she could not attend to  the common avocations
of her house.   I have since  called on  her, and find the hand still
well.   I have seen great benefit from  your fever remedies among
children."
From  Van  V. Reeves,  Esq.,  Harelin  county,  Ohio, July  17,
                           1837.

  Sick Head-ache.—" When  traveling  through Columbus, in
April last, I called at your store to procure some Head-ache Lini-
ment for my Avife, Avho has been  afflicted  with the sick head-ache
from her childhood.  The next day after  our arrival  at this place,
she Avas severely attacked.  She applied your Liniment as direct-
ed,  and she got relief on  the first application.  She  had  no more
for six weeks, Avhen a slight attack occurred, Avhich was instantly
relieved by an application of the Liniment.  I consider this cure
the  more extraordinary,  as she has frequently been confined for a
week at a time.   I send  this communication for no other purpose
than bearing my testimony to the unequalled virtue of this remedy." 
CONSUMPTION, ETC.
367
From Solomon Allen, Snow Camp, North Carolina, 6th month
                          27,  1837.

  " Thy medicine only need be known, to be appreciated by the
whole community.  I have cured  some chronic complaints, after
all other means had failed.  Some Avonders have been performed
by thy  medicine.  A girl of thirteen years old was suddenly at-
tacked with a difficulty of breathing, and continued on her contin-
ually,  only when she slept.   She had paroxysms three or  four
times a day, Avhich indicated sudden dissolution ;  and at the most
easy times, she would constantly throAV herself into different atti-
tudes at every breath.  Some of the symptoms were those similar
to the  diseases of the  heart.  The most able  physicians afforded
her no relief.  Some Aveeks after I was sent for, and applied thy
Liniments, Avith some internal medicine, and she Avas directly re-
lieved, and has not had a  paroxysm since."
From John Turner, Fountain Springs, Tennessee, June 5,1837.
  " I have used  your Liniments and other remedies in my prac-
tice, for tAvo years, and I  find them indispensible to full success.
For  in no one instance, during that period, have I lost a patient,
when your preparations  were administered.  During the above
period, I have successfully treated cases of consumption, rheuma-
tism, colic, female diseases of every type, dyspepsia, liver com-
plaints,  pleurisy, congestive  fevers, bilious and typhus fevers,
some of Avhich, to all appearance, Avere near the agonies of death,
before I saAV them, and I have been uniformly successful.  In one
of the most severe cases,  I found it necessary to keep the patient
in a profuse perspiration with your remedies for four days, through
which means the  disease was conquered, and the  patient  reco-
vered."
 From B. G. Key, Portersville, Mississippi, August 6, 1837.
  " A lady, who has been  under my treatment with your reme-
dies, has nearly recovered of a confirmed consumption;  and ano-
teer  has been cured of an enlarged spleen, inflammation of the
liver and lungs, bordering on consumption." 
368
TESTIMONIAL.
        From J. Hilton, Deerficld, N. H., July 7,  1837.

  " Your medicines  equal all that has been said of  them in your
Advertiser.  I knoAV of a case  of sick  head-ache, of more than
tAventy years' standing,  that Avas cured by  your 11 cad-ache Lini-
ment in a very feAV minutes.  Never before had the patient found
any remedy that Avould afford relief.  Had I leisure,  I  Avould enu-
merate many remarkable cures."
  Case of Consumption and Fluor Albus.—C.  D., a lady of
much respectability, had been afflicted Avith the above complaints
for nearly seven years ;  pain in  the left side and shoulder blades ;
severe cough, expectorated daily large  quantities of pus streaked
with blood ; head-ache ; nerves much affected ;  bowels irregular;
SAvelled ankles; and continually distressed Avith wandering pains.
After applying  a variety of remedies  Avithout gaining any perma-
nent benefit, she applied to  us for medicine about four months ago,
and, at this time, she appears  to  be entirely relieved of all her com-
plaints ; in less than three months, her cough was cured—her sys-
tem, generally, has become regular.   We consider this case more
extraordinary  from the  fact that it has required much less  medi-
cine to  effect  a cure  than  in cases generally where the  patients
have been similarly afflicted.  We have noticed this, and the pre-
ceding cases, among a vast  number which we have knowledge of,
for no other purpose than to  turn the attention of those similarly
afflicted to the  means for relief, which  have uniformly been suc-
cessful Avhere  a persevering  treatment  has been pursued.  It is
with much difficulty Ave can present to  the public a full statement
of these delicate cases  of affliction, and  the vast number of ladies,
of the first respectability, who have been relieved by  our remedies,
and have promulgated the fact among their neighbors.
From Rev. A. Edwards, West Carlisle, Coshocton county, Ohio,
                     February 23, 1838.

  Fits.—" I have recently cured a case of fits, with your remedies, 
DYSPEPSIA, ETC.
369
in a case of a child four weeks old.  When I first visited the child,
it Avas  struggling in a severe paroxysm, to all appearance, in the
agonies of  death;  I applied the Nerve Liniment to the stomach,
abdomen, spine, and bottoms of the feet; gave the pectoral tinc-
ture once in fifteen or tAvent)j minutes, according to the symptoms,
and, in a feAV hours, the child Avas entirely relieved, and continues
so at this time."

   Remark.—In cases of fits, Ave Avould recommend the child to
be immersed in warm Avater at first, wipe dry, and then apply the
remedies as above mentioned.
                  From the same, March 16.

   Tic Douloureux.—" I Avas recently called to visit a young gen-
tleman laboring under a neuralgic  affection, and general prostra-
tion ; had been treated,  in the usual method, by some of the most
skillful physicians, for several weeks, Avithout relief—all hopes of
recovery were given up by his medical attendants and friends.  At
this inauspicious period, I was called ; I ordered your Nerve Lini-
ment applied liberally with  Avarmth and friction,  the  Diaphoretic
Drops taken with a cathartic.  The result of this course Avas,  that
his pains soon subsiding, a state of convalescence ensued ; and, by
a few applications  of the Liniment, he Avas restored to entire health
in a feAV days, and noAV  remains a living witness of the efficacy of
your invaluable remedies to this day.

   Dyspepsia and  Liver  Complaint.—"I Avas called to visit  a
lady, near Gambier„Avho had been  laboring under the dyspepsia
and liver complaint for more than a year ;  a short time before, she
had been delivered of three children at one birth,  which caused a
local uterine imbecility,  Avith deranged menstruation and general
debility.   I prescribed for her, and, by a prompt and constant ap-
plication of your remedies  for a feAV weeks, she  was relieved from
all her complaints to  the astonishment of all who saw her.

   Dyspepsia.—" David Morris, of this county,  had been laboring
under the dyspepsia,  for a number  of years, in its  Avorst and most
distressing forms ;  he had despaired of ever gaining relief, as all
        47 
370
TESTIMONIAL.
the means he had resorted to had entirely  failed.  A ray of hope
beamed on his countenance after my first application of your reme-
dies.   I furnished him with your remedies  usually applied in such
cases, and, in five or six Aveeks, his bowels  became regular, his
food set well on his stomach, his  strength Avas  restored, and he as-
sured me that he Avas able to perform as much labor as  Avhen he
was a young man in sound health.   He is a grateful living monu-
ment of the  efficacy of your remedies in  dyspepsia, and he pro-
claims  abroad that almost a  miracle has been Avrought upon him
He has been the means of directing five or  six similar cases to ine,
Avho have all found relief by applying the same means.

  Tertian Ague, Distention of the  Spleen,  etc—" George
Lydeck, near West Bedford, in this county, had, for a long time,
been afflicted Avith the tertian ague, chronic derangement of the di-
gestive apparatus and boAvels, distention of the spleen, and general
debility, Avas mostly confined to his bed for  fourteen  Aveeks ; he
had been  attended by tAvo of the best physicians, but of no avail.
I Avas called, and commenced the exhibition  of your Diaphoretic
and Alterative Drops,  applying  the Liniment and  my  cathartic
pills.   This course at once gave  relief, and, by a feAV weeks' ap-
plication, he has been restored to entire health.

   Severe Contusion of the Hand.—" A young man, near War-
saw, had three of his fore-fingers torn nearly off in a threshing ma-
chine—bones  fractured.   When I Avas  first called, his hand  had
been dressed by a physician; but he remained  Avith much pain.
I took off the splints  and bandage, and found the Avound approach-
ing to mortification.  1 Avas compelled to amputate one of his fin-
gers.   I then washed the  Avound Avith the Diaphoretic Drops,  and
bound it up with the Vegetable Cerate.   This course arrested the
mortification, and, in a feAV days, entirely cured the Avound.

   " Thus I have given you a few out of  a vast number of cases
Avhich  have come under my treatment Avith your remedies.  I have
no other object than  to disseminate a knoAvledge of the fact that
your remedies actually reach the worst forms of disease Avith more
readiness, more  certainty, and Avith less expense, than any other
Avithin my knoAvledge. 
AGUE, ETC.
371
  From Dr. J. Biles, Fort Jefferson, Ohio, March 12, 1838.

  " I am not as  yet  acquainted Avith every variety of your reme-
dies; but  your Liniments for  Rheumatism, Head-ache, BoAvel
Complaint, etc.;  Pile and Tetter  Salves;  and your Diaphoretic
and Pectoral Tinctures,  I have used in my practice for some time
past, and I do assure you I hold them in high esteem; not an in-
stance do I recollect of ever prescribing either of the above medi-
cines, Avithout the most  prompt and salutary effect.  I Avould be
glad  to have forwarded a number of your Advertisers, for circula-
tion, as it is my Avish (as  I have partly declined practice) to have
a knowledge of your valuable medicine thoroughly throughout our
section of the country, in order that their use may become general
as a family medicine, for Avhich purpose they are so Avisely adapt-
ed."
From Samuel H. Saunders,  Esq., Springfield,  Ohio, March
                          26,  1838.

   " The bottle of Head-ache Liniment I purchased of you Avhen
last in Columbus, for Mrs. General Bond, of London, Avas applied
a few days afterAvards, Avith her first paroxysm of nervous head-
ache after she got it from me.  I saw General Bond three months
after, and of his  OAvn  accord, his face beaming with joy, he  re-
marked to me, that 'Jewett's Liniment for Head-ache cured  his
ivife of her long-continued and  severe paroxysm  of that disor-
der, and at one application; because (said he) it  has never  re-
turned upon her since.' "
From Rev. E. McDaniel, M. D., Beardstown, Illinois, March
                         28, 1838.

  "As to your chimical remedies, I knoAV not how to speak their
Avorth.  I am better pleased Avith their certainty of effect,  and
promptness of action, than any of my previous acquaintance. The
most prominent forms of disease, successfully treated under my
observation, have been, quotidian and tertian ague, bilious inflam- 
372
TESTIMONIAL.
matory rheumatism, lumbago, hysteritis, amenorrhea, sick head-
ache, cholera morbus,  and pleurisy—all of Avhich  have yielded
readily to your remedies.  I am happy to knoAV that that confi-
dence to Avhich  your  remedies are entitled, is spreading  far and
Avide.  Such are the effects produced, that a little time  will esta-
blish them, through the far West, as a family medicine."
  From Dr. E. C. Keckeley, Charleston, S. C, April 1, 1838.

  " Your preparations, I am pleased to say, are gaining a firm
foundation.  I cannot do Avithout them in my practice—they are
so safe, so simple, and so certain of overcoming the diseases for
Avhich they are designed.   I have  succeeded  lately in curing a
case of paralysis in one side of the  body, in an old  Avoman, Avith
three ounces of your  Stimulating Liniment.  I have  known tAvo
or three cases  of incipient consumption cured by a small quantity
of your Consumption  Liniment.   Your  Pile  Salve cures every
case.  I have  not failed in one instance.  I cannot be more expli-
cit—but one thing is certain, that with all that has been published,
your remedies have not been sufficiently highly recommended."
          From Rev. A. Edwards, March 20, 1838.

  "As I promised I Avould give you more marked cases for publi-
cation, I have come to the conclusion that it is my bounden duty
to 'render unto Cesar the things that are Cesar's.'

  " Scrofula.—Some time the last spring, I Avas called to see  a
child in this village, about five  or  six years  old, laboring under
scrofula.   He had  indolent tumors Avhich had seriously affected
one of the conglobate glands, near the size of a hen's egg, mova-
ble under the skin, Avithout pain or discoloration; the circulating
fluids had become very much corrupted,  with general  cutaneous
eruptions.   Many means had been resorted to  for relief, Avithout
benefit.  When I Avas called, I commenced an application o.  tl e
Stimulating Liniment over  the surface of the body, and gave the
Alterative Drops, occasionally applying the saline  Avash.   The re- 
TYPHUS  FEVER, ETC.                 373
suit was truly astonishing;  for in two or three Aveeks the boy Avas
cured,  and remains well at this time, Avhich has been nearly one
year.

  " St. Vitus'  Dance.—A young lady of  this place had been
laboring under the above complaint for a long time.   Several phy-
sicians have treated the case  without success.   The disease con-
tinued to rage; her appearance  was truly frightful.   After I Avas
called, I applied your remedies  for that  complaint, accompanied
Avith my pills as an alterative, and gave  her valerian tea, and ap-
plied the saline bath;  and in less than two months she  Avas entire-
ly cured, and so remains to this day,  nearly a year after the cure
Avas effected.

   " Typhus  Syncopalis Fever.—I  Avas called  to see a girl, a
feAV miles from this village, laboring under  some indisposition of
fever; and Avhen  on my last visit to her, after her convalescence,
her brother Avas attacked Avith  the above disease.  It Avas distin-
guished by sudden and great debility, from the first attack, Avhich
prostrated  the system at once, without any appearance  of reaction;
extremities cold, and the skin entirely insensible to the most poAV-
erful rubefacients; a sense  of fainting at the stomach;  pain in the
epigastrium and head;  then vertigo, and  delirium.  I commenced
the treatment by a liberal application of the Liniment and  Diapho-
retic Drops,  and my pills as a cathartic.  At first, I failed to pro-
duce a perspiration, or a passage from the bowels; I then gave one
drop of croton  oil, which  had  the desired effect: I then ordered
the saline bath, made strong by high-Avines  and vinegar, and then
folloAved up Avith the Liniment  and strong mustard poultices to  the
wrists and bottoms of the feet—it now  being nearly forty-eight
hours from the first attack,  without  one hour's relief  from  the
dreadful rage of  delirium  and  obstructed perspiration.  But  the
bath and  Diaphoretic Drops acted poAverfully in removing the  de-
lirium and producing perspiration, which seemed to relieve him of
all his disease, except a pressure of phlegm at the stomach, which
I endeavored to remove by the Pectoral Tincture emetic, but I
feared he Avould  sink under the operation; I then  applied the  Li-
niment freely to his stomach, Avhich  had the most happy effect; I
then gave him two pills, which had  the appearance of removing
the remains  of disease.    His  strength  Avas so  exhausted, that I 
374
TESTIMONIAL.
gave him port wine, loaf sugar, and nutmeg, Avhich appeared to
strengthen him much, and in a short time he Avas entirely restored
to health, as a living monument of the superiority of the chimical
remedies and medical compounds.

  "Prolapsus Uteri.—I  Avas  recently called to treat a case of
the  above disease.   It Avas one of the worst cases that has come
under my observation.  The abdomen was distended, the uterus
collapsed, and the Avhole system much prostrated, together  Avith
the  most excruciating pain, attended  Avith alarming symptoms of
inflammation. I made the ordinary prescriptions for such diseases,
but  Avithout effect.   I then  applied the saline  vapor—and to the
uterus, through the medium of the vagina, a decoction of an as-
tringent and slightly stimulating  character—and I applied to the
intestinal canal, through the rectum,  a decoction highly impreg-
nated Avith the Diaphoretic Drops, and at the same  time ordered
the  abdomen to be fully rubbed  Avith the Liniment, and  a large
plaster applied to the same,  and  in a  short time she became  con-
valescent, and a few days more restored her to  good health."
                       From the same.

  Hydrocardia, Dropsy of the  Heart—Dropsy of the Per-
icardium.—" I have  been called  to visit some four or five cases
of the above complaint during the Avinter and spring, and been suc-
cessful in every case,  Avhen timely called.  In all the cases Avhere
there  Avas but an inconsiderable accumulation of water in the peri-
cardium, I have found no difficulty in overcoming it by the use of
your  remedies;  and all the most  forbidding cases where I have
succeeded,  I have used, in addition to your remedies, my altera-
tive pills ;  a strong tea of valerian and  the  saline vapor, all with
the happiest effects.   This vapor may be produced by putting  a
small  quantity of salt into  alcohol,  in a cup, and set on fire under
a chair, on  Avhich sits the patient, covered with a blanket  only—
at the time  of this application, the  Diaphoretic Drops may be ad-
ministered, and  other Avarming teas.   The patient will perspire
freely, without danger of being faint.   I consider this bath a pow- 
PARALYSIS, ETC.
375
erful auxiliary to your remedies,  It is simple and perfectly safe.
It acts on the nerves as a relaxant, and on the system generally as
a tonic."

  Remark.'—The dropsy of the heart is  a  collection of fluids in
the pericardium, Avhich  may be either  coagulable lymph, serum,
or puriform  fluid.   It produces symptoms similar to those of hy-
drothorax, Avith violent palpitations of the heart, and mostly an in-
termittent pulse.  The most skillful  physicians have pronounced
it incurable.
  From Perrine fy Gould, Mobile, Alabama, April 12, 1838.

  Rheumatism.—" Dr.  Davis speaks highly of your  remedies,
and says he could produce hundreds of testimonials of cures  per-
formed by your  medicine.   For ourselves, we are happy to  be a
witness to the many surprising cures performed by your Rheumat-
ic  Liniment.   In fact, it  is generally  spoken of in terms  of the
highest praise.   No doubt the other preparations will be equally
popular Avhen they become as well known."
   From Mrs.  C. Burnside,  Gambler, Ohio, May 20, 1838.

  Paralysis.—" In August, 1835, I Avas attacked with a paralytic
affection,  that immediately rendered me helpless, and settled in
the  left side, from head to foot.   It required'three persons to lift
me up in bed, and for three months I Avas  entirely unable to move
in bed  without assistance.   My physician mistook the complaint
for  rheumatism.  After a long time, hoAvever, I mended slowly,
and was able to Avalk ;  but Avhen I commenced the use of your re-
medies, I  could not lift my hand to my head, or cut my own food.
I had not strength in my arms to break even a thread, Avithout in-
convenience.   I was drawn doAvn on one  side quite out of shape,
Avhen I first tvas so fortunate as to procure a vial of your Liniment,
the  application  of Avhich soon afforded me  so much relief, that I
Avas enabled to make a journey to Columbus, to visit you.  The
journey, and the remedies I procured and administered, have been
the  means of restoring me to better health than I haAre enjoyed for 
376
TESTIMONIAL.
years, as I have for a long time been afflicted Avith  a complication
of diseases.  I am iioav fifty-five years of age, rejoicing in the bles-
sings of comfortable health, for Avhich I am indebted, under a kind
Providence,  to the application of your remedies."
From Lawrence Wade,  Jefferson  county, Mississippi, June 17,
                             1838.

   Diarrhea, etc. etc—" To promote the sum of human happi-
ness, and to relieve the afflicted, by all the means in our poAver, is
a duty incumbent upon  every good citizen, and  constitutes  my
only object in giving you a relation of the folloAving facts for pub-
lication, in such a manner as you may deem best calculated to pro-
mote the desired object.
   "On or about the  last of  February,  1837,  one of my sons, a
child noAV three  years of age, Avas attacked with whooping cough,
with  Avhich it suffered severely for  about six Aveeks, Avhen it Avas
violently affected Avith the bowel complaint, Avhich continued un-
til September last, under all the various types and forms of that
disease ;  and  Avhich had reduced it to a mere  skeleton.   During
that time I had several physicians of acknoAvledged skill to attend
the child,  all of Avhom pronounced it past the poAver of medicine
even to relieve, much less to cure.   They all agreed that the lungs
of the child had become diseased Avith Avhat they termed pneumo-
monia, or inflammation of those organs.   I am satisfied that they
Avere  right as to  the nature of the disease, but to describe fully its
hopeless situation and sufferings, is  totally beyond my poAvers to
do Avith a  pen;  suffice to say,  that the child Avas conveyed in a
carriage,  (but Avith the  greatest difficulty,) tAvelve miles, to Mr.
Darden's house, and where, by the  solicitation  of Mrs. Darden, a
trial was  to be made by Dr.  B. G. Key, Avith your Liniments,
Pectoral Tincture, etc.   The child suffered from the effects of ca-
lomel by salivation also, and it Avas the opinion of most persons,
and expressed by one  of its physicians, that it  never could be re-
turned home alive.  For myself, I had no expectation of its reco-
very,  and suffered an application of the Liniments only to gratify
others;  for I  confess,  my feelings Avere very much opposed to
what I then considered an experiment. 
DIARRHEA, ETC.
377
  " I have only to say that no other medicine but your prepara-
tions were made use of, and that,  to my great surprise, as well as
inexpressible gratification,  the child is restored to perfect health
and soundness ; its  flesh has come upon it, in very deed, ' like  a
child's,' and in all respects appears as  though it never had  been
sick.  It will be recollected also, that It was in September last,
the  very season of the year  when  disease is very fatal in this
country, that Dr. Key commenced, in the foregoing case, the use
of your  Liniments.  The Stimulating Liniment was  rubbed over
the Avhole body and limbs, and a buckskin plaster of the same, in
form of a vest,  covering the Avhole chest, constantly worn ;  once
in two  days washing off clean with  soap and  water, wiping dry,
then applying the salt  bath, and immediately applying the big plas-
ter again, well covered with Liniment.  The child Avas first vomit-
ed with Pectoral Tincture,  which caused it,to throw immense
quantities of phlegm from  the  stomach, and afterAvards the use of
the Pectoral, combined with the Diaphoretic Drops, was continued,
by giving every two hours, of the mixture, from six to ten drops,
diluted  in water;  and at  times,  when required to vomit, which
was  not often,  from fifteen to twenty drops of the Pectoral Tinc-
ture, diluted in water; and lastly, the Vegetable Syrup was given
freely."
From J. A. Fairchild,  near Raymond, Hinds  county,  Missis-
                    sippi, June 21, 1838.

  Diarrhea and Fever.—" Sir: In the month  of June, 1835, I
first became satisfied of the poAver  possessed by your medicines
for the  removal of disease.  Tavo of my  black  men,  at  that
time, Avere very sick;  one of them was so reduced by diarrhea,
which had baffled every effort of skill or medicine  to relieve for
six Aveeks, that I had given up all expectation of his recovery—he
Avas, in  truth, a hapless being;  could neither stand or Avalk, and
his digestive organs Avere so impaired, and his whole system so
deranged, that even the most simple gruels or soups of any kind,
taken into the stomach, would pass his bowels, in a feAV minutes,
in nearly its original state.   He then got past taking food or me-
dicine of any kind,  internally, and his A'oice had sunk so low (as
         48 
 378                    TESTIAIONIAL.

 in a case of cholera) as  scarcely to be heard.  As  a last  resort,
 and surely with but little hopes, I applied your Stimulating Lini-
 ment over the Avhole surface of the body, and continued rubbing it
 in for tAvo hours;  his discharges  stopped upon him as  soon as  I
 had got it applied over the Avhole chest, and he immediately gain-
 ed strength.  The same application was made the next day, Avhen
 he was able to walk, and, in three days, he Avas so far recovered
 as to commence labor moderately of his own accord, and  with a
 good appetite for any kind of food ; and he  has remained in good
 health ever since.
  " The other man Avas confined with a very high fever :  his pains
 in the back and head Avere most excruciating.   I applied the Sti-
 mulating Liniment  over  the whole body, (for I could not  obtain
 any of the Fever Liniment,) and, in the course of tAvo hours, he
 Avas free from all pain, and in a full perspiration;  he got well im-
 mediately.
  " In neither of the foregoing cases was any other medicine made
 use of  after commencing with the Liniment, nor was there any
 given internally.
  " To state all  the  cases cured by your remedies, within my
 knoAvledge,  even of diseases  of the most dangerous kind, would
 require so lengthy a communication as to be tedious to your read-
 ers.  Suffice,  therefore, to say that, since  the use of your Lini-
 ment in  1835, my  own  family, white and  black, has numbered
 about eighty persons of all ages,  and there  has not been a single
 death among them all, except only one black Avoman, who died in
 child birth.
  " You Avill please make use of this letter in such Avay and man-
ner as you may deem  best calculated to convey the knowledge of
your most useful medicines to the whole human family, if possible."
 From Dr. William Armstrong, Philadelphia, April 25, 1838.

  Insanity.—" I have just received a small lot of your medicine,
and, so far as I have tested them, they fully answer my expecta-
tions.  Some of my most severe cases of chronic complaints are
mending under their influence.   From what I have already dis-
covered, I am confident your remedies will soon go into general 
INSANITY, ETC.
379
use in this city.   Your Head-ache Liniment far exceeds any re-
medy I  ever knew.  There are cases here that have been cured
immediately.  I have been using your remedies on a maniac taken
from the Lunatic Asylum  and brought to my house.   We kept
her one week, and  she  appeared much  better; but she was  so
troublesome I could not keep her longer.  The medicines are to
be continued on her after she returns to the Asylum."
               From the same, May 14, 1838.

  " I can do more business with your remedies,  and approach the
bed-side of the sick with more  confidence, than  I ever did before
I became acquainted with them.  I consider your medicine to be
a great blessing to mankind, and my confidence grows stronger as
every case confirms me of the virtues and powers it possesses in
the sudden removal of disease.   It has been repeatedly asked why
there were no great cases, as published in the Advertiser, in this
city—the  cases being so far off, they  cannot  see the individual
who was cured, or they would try  the medicine.  Now, to obvi-
ate this difficulty, I will give you a living witness in Philadelphia
that cannot be doubted ; if it should, Avith the strong proof I have
in my possession, they will doubt though one should rise from the
dead:  Mr.  G. T. was laboring under a severe and low typhus
fever—not expected to live from one hour to another ; and, with
this, an inflammation in the liver,  great pain and prostration, and
a cough which greatly distressed him.  Such was the  situation of
this gentleman.   We utterly  despaired  of his life.  His wife,
who waited on him as an attentive  Avoman should do in such dis-
tressing cases, has the satisfaction of seeing him restored to entire
health  by a persevering use of your remedies.   I  gave no other
medicine ; but applied your Liniments faithfully over most of the
body until a reaction  took place.   I  shall never forget the gentle-
man's remark when applying it, as the relief was  so instantaneous ;
when applying it over the region of the liver, he observed it acted
like a  charm.  At one time, when perfectly delirious, we bathed
 his feet in a strong solution of salt and water,  and then the Lini-
ment,  and, in a short time, equilibrium took place;  he soon gained 
3S0
TESTIMONIAL.
his right mind, and became  convalescent, and is noAV  in health
again.
   " Another case of much interest came under my observation: a
lady Avho called on  me to prescribe for her in case of  a Aven, so
called by some very learned  medical gentlemen Avho Avere then in
attendance on her.   The physician advised a  flax-seed poultice to
cause suppuration.  It Avas  finally determined  that it  Avas not a
Aven, but a Avhite SAvelling.   She was attended, by three  gentle-
men, three  years, and, Avith your remedies, I cured  her in three
Aveeks ; and she noAV lives—yes, she lives, as a monument of an
almost miraculous cure, to be seen by the  gentlemen and ladies of
this city.
   " I have recently cured a most distressing case of inflammatory
rheumatism by your remedies.
   " The maniac staid Avith us one week only—she Avas  much bet-
ter, and continued  so  Avhile  using your medicine;  but, after  she
returned to the Asylum, she Avould not take any of  the  medi-
cine, nor suffer any of the Liniment to be applied,  assigning as a
reason,  ' My doctor is not here?  We expect to  have her back
again soon.   The higher classes of society in this city,  who have
used your remedies, approve of them as preferable to any and all
others, and you may be  assured that, with them, they  will gene-
rally find favor."
                   From the same, May 26.

  " The maniac has returned, and is with me, and is evidently bet-
ter.  If I cure her, it will be the greatest miracle ever performed
in this  or any other country.  Her case is a very noted one.   I
took her  from the Friends'  Lunatic Asylum, a famous place for
lunatics, about six miles from Philadelphia."
                   From the same, July 3.

  " I have asked for no testimonials in the cases which have been
cured by your remedies—an abundance can be found at any  time.
I can, as before, state that I view them as excellent.  Rheumatism, 
INSANITY.
381
head-ache, dyspepsia, fever, swellings,  etc.,  are easily overcome
by them.
  "In the case of the maniac, I have entirely depended on your
remedies, and, to my  utter astonishment, she  is nearly herself
again.   Yes, strange as is the fact, she is now visiting her friends
in the city;  she appears perfectly rational, and is visiting at  her
sister's, blending in society, and taking  an interest in the common
avocation of friends."

  JCT* Since our letter of July 3, we have a communication from
Dr. Armstrong, with the assurance that the maniac is  entirely re-
stored to her health and to her right reason, and that  she is now
enjoying the society of her friends in Philadelphia. 
 
PART   III.
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
MECHANISM OF THE  HUMAN  SKELETON.


  There is scarcely a part of the animal body, or an action which
it performs, or  an incident that can befal it, or a piece of profes-
sional  assistance  Avhich can be given to it, that does not furnish
illustration of some truth of natural  philosophy;  but we  shall
here only touch upon  as many particulars as will make the un-
derstanding of others easy.

  The cranium or skull, is an instance of the  arched form, an-
swering  the purposes of giving strength.   The  brain, in its na-
ture, is so tender, or susceptible of injury,  that slight local press-
ure disturbs its action.  Hence, a solid covering, like the skull,
was required, with those parts made stronger and thicker, which
are most exposed to injury.  An architectural dome  is constructed
to resist  one kind of force only, always acting in one  direction,
namely,  gravity;  and therefore its strength increases regularly to-
wards  the  bottom, when the weight and horizontal thrust of the
whole are to be resisted; but the tenacity of the substance is many
times more than sufficient to resist gravity, and therefore aids the
form to  resist forces of other kinds, operating  in  all directions.
When we reflect on the strength  displayed by the arched film of
an  egg shell, we need not  Avonder at the severity of blows the
cranium  can withstand. 
381
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
   Through early  childhood, the  cranium remains,  to  a  certain
degree, yielding and elastic; and  the falls and bloAvs so frequent
during the lessons of Avalking, etc., are borne Avith impunity.  The
mature  skull consists of two layers, or tallies, Avith  a soft diploe
between them;  the  outer  table being very tough, Avith its parts
dovetailed into each, as  tough Avood would be by human  artificers,
Avhile the  inner table  is harder, and more brittle, (hence called
vitreous,)  with its edges merely lying in contact, because  its brit-
tleness Avould render dovetailing  useless.  A very severe partial
blow on the skull, generally fractures and depresses the  part, as a
pistol bullet Avould;  Avhile one less severe, but Avith more  extend-
ed contact, being sloAvly resisted by the arched form, often injures
the skull, by Avhat is correspondent to the horizontal thrust, in a
bridge,  and causes a crack at  a distance from the  place  struck,
generally half Avay round to the opposite side.   Sometimes in a
fall, Avith  the head foremost, the  skull Avould  escape injury, but
for the  body, which falls  on  it,  pressing the end of the spine
against  its base.

   In the loaver jaw, we  have to remark the greater mechanical
advantage, or lever  power, Avith which the  muscles act,  than in
most other parts of animals.  The temporal and masseter muscles,
pull almost directly at right angles to the line of the jaw, while in
most other cases, as in  that of  the deltoid muscle lifting the arm,
the muscles  act very obliquely, and Avith power  diminished in
proportion to the obliquity.  An object  placed between the back
teeth, is compressed Avith  the  whole direct  poAver of the strong
muscles of the jaw: hence  the hnman jaw can crush a body which
offers great resistance; and the jaws  of the  lion, tiger, shark,
crocadile, etc., are stronger  still.   The  teeth rank  high  among
those parts of the  animal body, Avhich  appear  almost as  if they
were severally the fruits of distinct miraculous agencies, so diffi-
cult is it to suppose a few simple laws of life, capable  of producing
the variety of form so beautifully adapted to purposes Avhich they
exhibit.   They constitute an  extraordinary set of  chissels  and
wedges, so arranged as  to be most efficient for cutting and tearing
the food, and, with their exterior enamel, so hard, that, in early
states of society, teeth were  made to ansAver many purposes, for
Avhich  steel is  noAV used.   It seems, however, as if the laws of 
          MECHANISM  OF THE  HUMAN SKELETON.      385

life, astonishing as they are, had still  been inadequate to cause
teeth, cased in their hard enamel, to groAv as the softer bones groAv;
and hence has arisen a provision more  extraordinary still.  A set
of small teeth appear  soon after birth, and  serve the child, until
six or seven years of age:  these then fall out, and  are replaced
by larger ones, which endure for life;  the number being complet-
ed only  Avhen  the man  or Avoman  is  full groAvn,  by four teeth,
called wisdom teeth, because they come so late, which rise to
fill up the then spacious jaw.

  The spine, or back bone, has in its  structure, as much of beau-
tiful and varied mechanism, as any single part of our Avonderful
frame.   It is the  central pillar of  support, or great connecting
chain of all the other parts;  and it has, at the same  time, the of-
fice  of  containing within itself, and of protecting from  external
injury,  a prolongation of the brain, called the spinal marroav,
more important to animal life, than the greater part of the brain
itself.   We shall see the spine uniting the apparent incompatabili-
ties of great elasticity, great flexibility in all directions, and great
strength, both to support a load, and to defend its important con-
tents.

  Elasticity.—The head  may be said to rest on the  elastic co-
lumn of the spine, as the body of a carriage rests upon its springs.
Between each two of the twenty-four vertebra?, or distinct bones,
of Avhich the  spine  consists, there is a soft  elastic  intervertebral
substance, about half as bulky as a vertebra, yielding readily to
any sudden jar; and the spine, moreover, is waved, or bent a lit-
tle, like an italic /, as  seen Avhen it is viewed  sideAvays;  and for
this reason also, it yields to any sudden pressure, operating from
either end.  The bending might seem a defect in a column intend-
ed to support weight;  but  the  disposition of the muscles  around
is such, as to leave all the elasticity of the bend, and a roomy tho-
rax, without any diminution of strength.

  Flexibility.—The spine may be compared to a chain, because
it consists of twenty-four distinct pieces, joined by  smooth rub-
bing surfaces, so as to alloAV of  motion in all directions;  and  a
little motion,  comparatively, between each two adjoining pieces,
becomes a great extent of motion in the Avhole line.  The articu-
         19 
386
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
lating surfaces are so many, and so exactly fitted to each other.
and are connected by such number and strength of ligaments, lhat
the combination of pieces is really a stronger column, than a sin-
gle bone of the same size would be.  The strength of the spine,
as a whole, as shown in a man's  easily carrying upon his head, a
Aveight  heavier  than himself, Avhile each separate  vertebra  is  a
strong irregular  ring, or double arch, surrounding the spinal mar-
row.   The  spine increases  in size tOAvards the  bottom, in  the
justest proportion, as it has the more Aveight to bear.

   The  ribs.—Attached  to  twelve vertebra;, in the middle of the
back, are the ribs, or bony stretchers of the cavity of the chest, con-
stituting a structure Avhich solves, in the most perfect manner, the
difficult  mechanical problem of making a cavity, Avith solid exte-
rior, Avhich shall yet be  capable  of dilating and contracting itself.
Each pair of corresponding ribs  may be considered as forming a
hoop, which hangs  obliquely down from the place of attachment
behind;  and so that, when the forepart of all the hoop is lifted by
the muscles,  the cavity of the chest is enlarged.
   We have to remark the double connection of the  rib behind,
first to the bodies of two  adjoining vertebrae, and then to a process
or projection from  the loAver, thus effecting a" very steady joint,
and yet leaving  the necessary freedom of motion;  and Ave see the
forepart of  the  rib  to be of flexible cartilage, which alloAvs the
degree of motion required there, Avithout the complexity of a joint,
and admirably guards, by its elasticity, against the  effect of sud-
den bloAvs or shocks.  The  muscles, Avhich have their origin on
the ribs, and  their insertion into the bones of the arm, afford us an
example of action and reaction, being equal and contrary.   When
the ribs are fixed, these muscles move the arm; and when the arm
is fixed, by resting on a chair, or other object, they move the ribs.
This  is seen in fits of asthma and dyspnoea.

  The shoulder-joint is  remarkable for combining great extent of
motion Avith great strength.  The  round head of the shoulder-bone
rests upon ashalloAV cavity in the shoulder-blade, that it may turn
in always; and the danger of dislocation  from this shallowness is
guarded  against by tAvo strong, bony projections, above and be-
hind.   To increase the  range of motion to the greatest  possible
degree,  the  hone  called  the  shoulder-blade,  which contains the 
         MECHANISM OF THE HUMAN SKELETON.        387

socket of the arm, slides about itself upon the convex exterior  of
thejchest, having its motion limited only by a connection through
the collar-bone,  or clavicle, Avith the sternum.   The scapula,  or
blade-bone,  is extraordinary, as an illustration  of the mechanical
rules  for combining lightness Avith strength.   It has the strength
of the arch, from being a little concave, and its substance is chiefly
collected in its  borders  and spines, Avith thin plates betAveen,  as
the strength of a Avheel is  collected  in its rim and spokes, and
nave.  The bones of the arm, considered as levers, have the mus-
cles Avhich move them, attached very near to the fulcra, and  very
obliquely ; so that, from working through a short distance, com-
paratively, Avith the  resistance  overcome  at the extremities, the
muscles  require to be of great strength.  It has been calculated,
that the  muscles of the shoulder-joint, in the exertion of lifting a
man upon  the hand,  pull Avith a force of two thousand pounds.
The os humeri,  or bone  of the  upper  arm, is not perfectly cylin-
drical ; but, like most of the other bones which are called cylin-
drical, it has ridges to give strength.

  The elbow-joint  is a correct hinge, and so strongly secured,
that it is rarely dislocated without fracture.  The fore-arm consists
of tAvo bones, Avith a strong membrane betAveen them.  Its great
breadth,  from this structure, affords  abundant space for the origin
of the many muscles that go to move the hand and fingers; and
the very peculiar mode of connection of the tAvo bones,  give man
that most useful faculty of turning the  hand round, into what are
called the positions of pronation and  supination, exemplified  in
the action of tAvisting, or of turning a gimblet.

  The avrist.—The many small bones forming this, have a sig-
nal effect of deadening, in regard to the parts above, the shocks or
bloAVS Avhich the hand receives.  The annular ligament is a strong
band, passing round the  joints, and keeping all the tendons which
pass from the muscles above to the fingers, close to the joint.  It
ansAvers  the purpose  of so many fixed  pulleys, for  directing the
tendons: Avithout  it they  Avould all, on action, start out like bow-
strings, producing deformity and Aveakness.  The human hand is so
admirable, from its numerous mechanical and sensitive capabilities,
that an opinion at one  time commonly prevailed, that man's superior 
388
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
reason depended on his possessing such  an instructor and such a
servant.  Noav, although reason, Avith hoofs instead of fingers, could
never have raised man much above the brutes, and probably could
not have secured the continued existence of the species,  still the
hand is no more than a fit instrument of the god-like mind Avhich
directs it.

  The pelvis, or strong, irregular ring of bone, on the upper edge
of Avhich the spine rests,  and from  the  sides of Avhich the legs
spring, forms the center of the skeleton.   A broad bone Avas avant-
ed here, to connect the central column of the spine Avith  the  late-
ral  column of the legs; and a circle Avas the lightest and strongest.
If Ave  attempt, still further, to conceive  Iioav the circle could be
modified to fit it for the spine to rest on, for the thighs to roll in,
for muscles to hold by, (both above and beloAv,) for the person to
sit on—Ave shall find,  on  inspection, that all our anticipations are
realized in the most perfect manner.   In the pelvis, too, we have
the thyroid hole and ischiatic notches, furnishing subordinate in-
stances of contrivance  to save material and Aveight: they are mere-
ly deficiencies of bone, Avhere solidity could not have given addi-
tional  strength.  The  broad ring of  the pelvis  protects most se-
curely the important organs placed Avithin it.

   The hip-joint exhibits the perfection of the ball and socket ar-
ticulation.   It alloAvs the  foot to move round in a circle, as Avell as
to have the great range of backAvard and fonvard motion exhibited
in the  action  of Avalking.  When Ave see the elastic, tough, smooth
cartilage, which lines the deep socket of this  joint, and the simi-
lar glistening covering of the ball or head  of the thigh bone, and
the lubricating synovia poured into the  cavity by  appropriate se-
cretaries, and the strong ligaments giving strength all around, Ave
feel hoAV far  the most  perfect of man's works  fall short of the me-
chanism displayed by  nature.

   The thigh-bone is  remarkable for its  projections,  called tro-
chanters, to Avhich the moving muscles are fixed, and which length-
en considerably the lever by Avhich the muscles Avork.   The shaft
of the bone is not straight,  but has a considerable  forAvard curva-
ture.  Short-sightedness might suppose this a Aveakness, because
the bone is a pillar supporting a Aveight; but the  bend gives it, in 
          MECHANISM OF  THE  HUMAN SKELETON.       389

reality, the strength of the arch, to bear the action of the mass of
muscle called vastus, Avhich lies and SAvells upon  its fore-part.

  The knee is a hinge-joint of complicated structure, and it claims
the  most attentive study of the surgeon.   The  rubbing parts are
flat  and  shalloAV, and therefore the joint has little  strength from
form; but it derives security from the numerous and singularly
strong ligaments which surround it.   The ligaments on the inside
of the knees, resemble, in  two circumstacces, the angular  liga-
ments of joints—namely, in having  a constant  and great strain to
bear, and yet in becoming stronger always as the strain increases.
The line of the leg, even in the most perfect shape, bends inward
a little at the knee,  requiring  the  support of the ligaments;  and,
in many persons, it bends very much;  but the inclination does not
increase Avith age.   The legs of many Aveakly in-kneed children,
become straight by  exercise alone.   This inclination at the middle
joint of the leg, by throAving  a certain strain  on  the ligaments,
gives an increase of elasticity to the limb, in the  actions  of jump-
ing, running, etc.   In the knee,  there  is a singular provision of
loose cartilages, which have been called friction-cartilages, from a
supposed relation in use to friction-wheels; but their real effect
seems to be to accommodate, in the different positions of the joint,
the surfaces of the  rubbing bones  to each other.  The great mus-
cles on the forepart of the thigh, are contracted into  a tendon, a
little above the knee, and have to pass over, and  in front of the
knee, to reach the top of the leg, where their attachment is.  The
tendon,  in passing over the joint, becomes bony, and forms the
patella, or knee-pan, often  called  the pulley of the knee.   This
peculiarity enables  the muscles to  act more advantageously, by in-
creasing the distance of the scope from the center of motion. The
patella is, moreover, a sort of shield, or protection  to the forepart
of  this  important joint.

   The  leg below the knee, like the fore-arm already described,
has two bones.  They offer spacious surface of origin for the nu-
merous muscles required for the feet;  and they form a compound
pillar of greater strength, than the  same quantity  of bone as one
shaft would have had.  The individual bones, also,  are angular,
 instead  of round—hence deriving greater  power to  resist blows,
etc. 
390
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
   The ankle-joint is a perfect hinge, of srreat strength.  There
 is in front of it an annular ligament, by which the greater part of
 the tendons, passing doAvmvards to the foot and toes, arc kept in
 their places.  One of  these tendons passes under the bony projec-
 tion of the inner ankle, in a smooth appropriate groove, exactly as
 if a little fixed pulley Avere there.

   The heel, by projecting so far backwards, is a  lever  for the
 strong muscles to act by, which form the calf of the leg, and ter-
 minate in the tendo-achillis.   These muscles, by drawing at it, lift
 the body, in the actions of standing on the toes, walking, dancing,
 etc.   In the foot of the negro, the heel is so long as to be ugly, in
 European estimation;  and its great length rendering the  effort of
 smaller muscles sufficient for the various purposes, the calf of the
 leg in  the negro is smaller, in proportion, than in  other  races of
 men.

   The arch of the foot is to  be noticed as another of the many
 provisions for  saving  the body from shocks, by the elasticity of
 the supports.   The  heels and the balls of the toes are the two ex-
 tremities of the elastic  arch, and the leg rests betAveen them.  Con-
 nected Avith elasticity,  it is interesting to remark hoAV imperfectly
 a Avooden leg1 answers  the  purpose  of a natural leg.  With the
 wooden leg, Avhich ahvays remains of the same length, the center
 of the  body must describe, at each step, a portion of a circle, of
 Avhich the bottom  knob of the  leg is the center, and the body is
 therefore  constantly rising  and falling;  Avhile,  with the  natural
legs, Avhich", by  gentle  flexure at the knee, are made shorter or
longer, in different :parts of the step, as required, the body is car-
ried  along in  a manner perfectly level.   In like manner, a man
riding  on horseback, if he keep his back upright  and stiff,  is jolted
by every step  of the trotting animal; but the  experienced horse-
man, even Avithout rising in the stirrups, by letting the back yield
a little  at each movement, as a bent spring yields during the motion
 of a carriage, can carry his head quite smoothly along.

  In a general revieAV of the skeleton, Ave have to remark,
   1. The nice adaptation of all the parts to  each other, and to the
 strains Avhich they have respectively to bear;  as in the size of the 
          MECHANISM OF THE HUMAN  SKELETON.       391

spinal vertebra, increasing from above downwards, the bones  of
the leg being larger than those of the arm, and so on.
   2.  The objects of strength and lightness combined, as by the
hollowness  of the long bones ; their angular form, their thicken-
ing and flexures  in particular places where great strain has  to  be
borne;  the  enlargement of the  extremities to which  the muscles
are attached, lengthening the lever by Avhich these act.
   3.  We  have to  remark the nature and strength of material in
different parts, so admirably adapted to the purposes which the
parts serve.   There is a bone, for instance, in one place, nearly  as
hard as iron, where, covered with enamel, it has the form of teeth,
Avith the office of chewing and tearing all kinds of matter used as
food.   In the cranium,  again, bone is softer, but tough and resist-
ing ;  in the  middle of long bones, it is compact and little bulky, to
leave room for the SAvelling of the muscles lying there ; Avhile, at
either end, it is large and spongy, with the same quantity of mat-
ter, to give a broad surface for articulation;  and, in the spftie, the
bodies of the vertebra, which rest on an elastic bed of  intevertebral
substance, are light and spongy, while their  articulating surfaces
and processes are  very hard.  In the joints,  we see the tough,
elastic,  smooth substance, called cartilage, covering the ends  of the
bones,  defending  and padding them, and destroying  friction.  In
infants, we  find all the bones soft or gristly,  and therefore  calcu-
lated  to bear, with  impunity, the falls and  blows unavoidable at
their  age ; and we see  certain parts remaining cartilage or gristle
for life, where their elasticity is necessary or useful,  as at the an-
terior extremities  of the  ribs.  About the joints, Ave have  to  re-
mark the ligaments, which bind the bones together,  possessing a
tenacity,  scarcely equalled in any  other known  substance ; and
we see that the  muscular  fibres, Avhose contractions1 .move the
bones, and thereby the  body—because they would have made the
limbs clumsy, everi  to deformity,  had they  all passed  over the
joints, to the parts which they have to pull—attach themselves, at
convenient  distances, to a strong cord called a tendon, by means
of Avhich, like a hundred  sailors at a  rope, they make their effort
effective at  any distance.  The  tendons are remarkable for the
great strength which  resides in their slender forms, and for the  lu-
bricated smoothness of their surfaces.   Many other striking parti-
culars might be enumerated; but these may suffice.   Such,  then, 
392
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
is the skeleton, or general frame-AVork of the human body; loss
curious and complicated, perhaps, than some other parts of the
system, but so perfect and so Avonderful, that the mind Avhich can
attentively consider it Avithout emotion, is in a state  not to be en-
vied.  The living force of man has been used  as a Avorking poAver
in various Avays, as in turning a Avinch, pulling at a rope, Avalking
in the inside of a  large wheel to move it, as a  squirrel or turn-spit
dog moves his little Avheel, etc.   Each of these has some particu-
lar advantage ; but that made  in Avhich,  for many purposes, the
greatest effect may be produced,  is for  the man to carry up to  a
hight his body only, and then to let it Avork by its Aveight in de-
scending.  A bricklayer's laborer Avould be able to lift twice  as
many bricks to the top of a house, in the course of a day, by as-
cending a ladder Avithout a load,  and raising bricks  of nearly his
own Aveight, over a pully each time in descending, as he can by
carrying bricks  and  himself up  together, and descending again
Avithout  a load, as is still usually  done.   Reflection Avould natu-
rally anticipate the above result, independently of experiment; for
the load Avhich a man should be best able  to carry, is surely from
Avhich he can never free  himself—the load of his OAvn body.
   Accordingly, the strength of muscles  and  disposition of parts,
are all such as to make his body appear light to him.  The ques-
tion Avhich Avas agitated with such warmth sometime ago, as to the
propriety of  making men and Avomen  Avork on the  tread-mill, re-
ceives an easy decision here.   They Avork by climbing on the out-
side of a large wheel or cylinder, Avhich is turned by their weight,
and on  Avhich they must advance just as  fast  as it turns, to avoid
falling from their proper situation.  There are projections or steps
for the  feet on the a outside of the cylinder, and the  action to the
Avorkers  is exactly that of ascending an aclivity.   Now,  as nature
has fitted the human body for^climbing hills, as Avell as for walking
on plains, the Avork of the tread-mill, under proper restrictions as
to duration, must be  as natural  and healthful as  any other.  Its
effects have now proved it to be so.  As animal power is exhaust-
ed exactly in proportion to  the time during Avhich it is acting, as
Avell  as  in proportion  to the  intensity of force exerted, there may
often be a great saving of it by doing Avork quickly, although with
a little more exertion during the time.   Suppose two men of equal
Aveight to ascend the same stairs,  one of Avhom takes only a min- 
          MECHANISM OF  THE  HUMAN SKELETON.       393

ute to reach the top, and the other takes four minutes ; it will cost
the first but a little more than a fourth part of the  fatigue which it
cost the  second,  because the exhaustion has relation to the time
during which the muscles  are  acting.  The quick  mover may
have exerted, perhaps, one twentieth  more force in the  first in-
stant, to give his body greater velocity, which  Avas  afterwards
continued : but the sloth supported his load four times as long.
  A healthy man will run  rapidly up a long stair, and his breath-
ing will scarcely  be quickened at the top ; but if he Avalk up slow-
ly,  his legs will feel fatigued, and he will have to wait sometime,
before he can speak calmly.  For this same  reason, coach-horses
are much spared  by being  made to gallop up a short hill,  and be-
ing then alloAved to go more sloAvly for a little time, so as to rest
at the top.   The rapid waste of muscular strength,  which arises
from continued  action, is  shoAvn,  by keeping the arm extended
horizontally for some time ; few can continue the  exertion beyond
a minute or two.  In animals which have long horizontal necks,
there are provisions of  nature in a strong elastic substance on the
back or upper part of the  neck, which nearly supports the head,
independently of muscular exertion.
50 
394
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
                         HEART.

   A hollow, muscular organ, the function of which is to maintain
the circulation of the blood, and which is of different formations
in different animals.
   The organs of circulation are the heart, the arteries, the veins,
and the capillary vessels.  The blood is divided into the arterial
blood and the venous blood.   The object of the circulation is to
carry the venous blood, which has returned from the body, into
the lungs, where, by the influence of the  air, it is  converted into
arterial blood, Avhich is then again sent out into the  system to nou-
rish it and repair its losses.   The heart in men, quadrupeds, and
birds, is composed of four cavities, two auricles, and two ventricles,
(thence called double.)  It is enveloped in a membrane called the
pericardium, situated toward the left  of the cavity of the chest, be-
tAveen the lungs, and resting on the diaphragm.  Its  form  is that
of a cone  flattened  on its inferior and superior faces, the latter
formed principally by  the right, the former  by the left, auricle
and ventricle.   The right auricle communicates  with the  right
ventricle, besides Avhich there are in it three openings : that of the
vena cava inferior; that of the vena cava superior ; and  that of
the coronary vein.   The communication between this auricle and
ventricle is  closed by  a valve when the heart contracts ; the right
or pulmonary ventricle communicates Avith the pulmonary artery,
which is provided  Avith  three  valves.  When these valves are
brouglit together, they interrupt the  communications betAveen the
ventricles and the artery.  The left auricle communicates with the
left ventricle, and contains, also, the orifices of the four pulmonary
veins.  The left ventricle, besides  the communication with the
left  aricle, contain  the orifice of the aorta.   The ventricles are
divided from each other by a fleshy Avail, called the  septum cordis.
The valves, at the opening of the arteries, are called semi-lunar ;
that at the orifice of the right auricle, tricuspid; that at the orifice
of the left auricle, mitral; and that at the orifice of the vena cava
inferior, the eustachian valve.
   The heart is formed of a firm, thick, muscular tissue, composed
of fibers interlacing with each other.   It is also composed of nerves,
membranes, and vessels.   The  coronary arteries  arise  from the
aorta,  and are distributed on  the heart.   The  coronary veins  re- 
HEART.
395
turn the blood of the heart into the right auricle.  The arteries are
the vessels which serve  to carry the blood from the heart to  all
parts of the body; they terminate in the capillary vessels, a series
of extremely  minute vessels,  Avhich pass over into the  veins.
The veins are the channels by which the  blood passes back from
the body into  the auricles of the heart.   The blood which is re-
turned from the veins is black, and is called venous ; that Avhich
leaves the heart is red, and is called arterial.  The red blood, po-
sessing nourishing and vital properties, rises in the capillary sys-
tem of the lungs, flows into the pulmonary veins, thence is recei-
ved into the left cavities of the heart, from which it passes into
the aorta, and is transmitted to all parts of the body, to the capil-
lary system.   It there loses two degrees of temperature, and un-
dergoes other changes, by the loss of some of its elements, in the
important functions of nutriment, calorification, and the secretions.
It has now become black, passes through the veins, from the extre-
mity of the body, towards the heart, receives the chyle and the
lymph, and is emptied into  the right cavities of that organ Which
returns it through the pulmonary artery to  the capillary vessels of
the lungs, where it is subjected to the influence of the air, resumes
the qualities of red or arterial blood, and is ready for a neAV course.
Having thus described the rout of the blood through the different
parts of the system, we  will now explain the mechanism of the
sanguineous system.  The blood contained in the two venae  cavae
is poured  into the right auricle, which  contracts, and thus forces
the fluid to escape ; but the vena cava superior opposes to its pas-
sage the column of blood which it contains ; the other veins are
closed by valves, and it must, therefore, pass into  the right ven-
tricle.   The  ventricle then contracts, and the tricuspid valve clo-
sing the passage through which the liquid  entered, it is forced for-
ward  into the pulmonary artery, which contracts, and its orifice
being closed  by the semi-lunar valve, propels the  blood still for-
ward into the capillary system of the lungs, whence it passes into
the pulmonary veins, which  pour it  into the  left auricle by their
four orifices.  The  contraction of the auricle impels it into the
left ventricle, by which it is,  in the same  manner, driven forward
into the aorta, (the mitral valve preventing its return into  the au-
ricle,)  and thence into the general circulation, as above described.
The two  auricles contract and dilate  simultaneously with  each 
396
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
 other, as do also the two ventricles.   The dilatation is called dias-
 tole; the contraction,  systole.   It is difficult to determine what.
 quantity of blood the heart projects at each systole.   It is general-
 ly estimated at two ounces.
   The  causes  of  the  alternate  contraction and dilatation of the
 heart are not less difficult to decide.   They are entirely involun-
 tary and dependent on the nervous system.  The force of its con-
 traction is likeAvise  unknoAvn.  The systole  of the ventricles is
 the cause of  the motion of the blood in the arteries, which also
 dilate Avith each Avave driven into them by the  motion of the heart.
 By Avhat means the blood is made to penetrate the thousand Avind-
 ings of the capillary system, and what causes impel it to Aoav back
 through the veins, are yet subjects of dispute among physiologists.
 The time in Avhich a drop of blood completes its circle of motion,
 has been differently estimated  at from tAvo minutes  to tAventy-four
 hours.
   Among the loAver orders of animals, the organization of the cir-
 culating system is very different.  The  infusoria, polypi, and in-
 testinal Avorms, have no distinct vessels, much less  a heart.   The
 echinodermata  have distinct organs of circulation, but no part re-
 sembling a heart.  Insects have  a small cylindrical vessel running
 along the back, which is  rather the rudiment of a vascular system
 than of  a  heart.  The first traces of a  heart are found in some
 Avorms in which some expansions are perceptible in a part of the
 vessel which runs the Avhole length  of the body.   In the spider,
lateral vessels are given off from the main vessel, and a pulsation
is perceptible.  The crustacea have a heart composed of one fleshy
ventricle.  In the mollusca,  the heart appears completely formed :
some of them  have three cavities.  The  four classes of vertebral
animals have  red blood; but fishes and reptiles have only what is
called a single heart, that  is composed of one  auricle and one
ventricle.
                         LUNGS.

  The organs of respiration in the mammalia, (man, quadrupeds,
and the cetaceous animals,)  birds  and reptiles.   The lungs  are 
LUNGS.
397
 situated within the  chest,  and are divided into tAvo parts, called
 lobes.  They  are enveloped in  a  delicate  and transparent mem-
 brane,  derived  from the pleura,  through which they have the ap-
 pearance of network,  and are connected Avith the spine by  the
 pleura, with the neck by the windpipe, and with the heart by  the
 roots of the pulmonary  artery and veins.   In their specific gravity,
 they are the lightest of all the  animal organs, even when exhaust-
 ed of air;  hence their name  of lights.  To the touch they  are
 soft, spongy and elastic.  In their internal structure, they  are
 composed of an infinite number of membraneous celled blood-
 vessels, nerves and lymphatics, all connected by cellular substance;
 small  tubes  arise from them,  Avhich are finally united into one
 large tube from each lobe, and these two at length join to form the
 windpipe.

  The  blood-vessels,  called the pulmonary vessels, are destined
to distribute the blood through the cells,  for the purpose of sub-
jecting it to the action of the air;  while the bronchial vessels are
 intended to  supply the blood which nourishes the lungs.  The  ce-
 tacea whales and seals breathe by lungs, and are therefore obliged
to ascend, at intervals, to the surface of the water, to obtain a sup-
ply of atmospheric air.   The respiratory orifice, in these animals,
is not situated at the extremity of the snout, but on the top of the
head.   In  birds,  the lungs  are smaller than in quadrupeds ; but
they  have air  distributed throughout their muscular system, and
in the cavities of the bones.
   The lungs afford the  means of ascertaining whether a new-born
child, which is found dead, was, or Avas not living, when born ; a
question often  of  great importance in forensic  medicine.    The
lungs of the infant are placed in  water, to see whether they will
swim  or sink.  Before birth,  the  lungs are dark red, contracted
into a small place  within the cavity of the breast, firm,  and speci-
fically heavier than Avater.   They therefore sink in Avater, whether
they are entire,  or cut  into pieces ;  and Avhen  cut,  no air-bubbles
come forth, either in or out of the Avater, nor does much blood ap-
pear.  But if the babe has lived afterbirth, and therefore breathed,
air has entered the lungs;  has  thus enlarged the cavity  of the
chest,  and the lungs themselves  are expanded, and appear  of a 
398
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
loose, spongy t exture;  of a pale  red color, and cover the heart
and fill the chest.  They then sAvim in Avater, as Avell in connec-
tion with the heart, as Avithout it;  as well entire, as  in pieces.   If
cut, a peculiar sound is audible ; air proceeds from them, and rises,
if they are pressed under water, in  small bubbles.  From the in-
cisions  in  the lungs, red,  and, generally, foamy  blood issues.
Against this test it has been objected, 1st, That air  may be found
in the lungs, though  the infant never breathed.   This could hap-
pen, hoAvever, only from air having been blown into them ; but,
in this case, the chest of the infant is not arched ; very little blood
is to be found in the lungs, and  it is not bright red, nor foamy
from  putrefaction; but in this  case,  the other parts of the body
Avould also be affected by putrefaction ; the lungs are not expand-
ed ;  pale red; air-bubbles show themselves only on the surface,
and not in the interior substance, unless the highest degree of pu-
trefaction has taken place.   2d. It is said that the child may have
breathed, and therefore lived, without air being found in the lungs.
This is not proved, and is  at variance with the received ideas of
the manifestation of life.   3d.  That part of the lungs  may swim,
another may  sink.  This can  happen only Avith lungs in a dis-
eased state, and Avould  only prove an  attempt of the  infant to
breathe, without the possibility  of living.   4th. That a child may
have lived without breathing; but this state of apparent death can-
not be called life.   Life cannot be supposed Avithout breath.  If all
precautions are taken; all attending circumstances considered ; the
external appearance of  the infant Avell observed, and  the state of
the other intestines examined, the foregoing test may be  consider-
ed as sufficient for the decision of the question, whether  a child
has lived  after birth, or not.  Another kind of test, by means  of
the lungs,  has been proposed, Avhich is founded on the proportion
of the weight of the whole body to a lung Avhich  has breathed,
and one which has not; and still another,  which rests on the cir-
cumference of the chest, before and after breathing has commenced.
But both are more complicated,  troublesome, and less certain than
the former one. 
BREATH.--HEAD.
399
                        BREATH.

  The air which issues from the lungs, during respiration through
the nose and mouth.  This operation is performed without effort,
but still it causes a motion in the external air, before the nose and
mouth.   The air expired is the vehicle of sound and speech.   A
smaller portion of oxygen and of carbonic acid is contained in the
air which is exhaled, than in that which is inhaled.  There are, also,
aqueous particles in the-'breath, Avhich are precipitated, by the cold-
ness of the external  air, in  the  form of visible vapor; likewise
other substances which OAve their origin to secretion in the mouth,
nose, windpipe, and  lungs.   These cause  the  changes  in the
breath, which may be known by the smell, like the other qualities
of the  air.
  In youth, the breath is insipid, and contains acid; it loses these
qualities, after the age of puberty, and  becomes more  agreeable.
With advancing age, it becomes again unpleasant.  A bad breath
is often caused by local  affections in the nose,  the  mouth, or the
windpipe: viz. by ulcers in  the nose,  cancerous  polypi, by dis-
charges from the mouth, by sores on the lungs, or peculiar secre-
tions in them.   It Is also caused by  rotten teeth, by impurities  in
the mouth, by many  kinds of food, and by fevers.  In the last
case, it often varies Avith the character of the  disease.   The re-
medy for this complaint  must depend  on the causes which  pro-
duce it.   Substances  of  an aromatic kind, which  have  a strong,
rich smell, should be cheAved to diminish their offensiveness.  But
it is often impossible to remove this unpleasant disorder.   Accord-
ing to the Prussian  code, a bad breath furnishes  ground for a di-
vorce.
                          HEAD.

  The part of the animal body which contains the brain, and the
higher organs of sense.   In many animals it  is connected with
the trunk, by the R3ck, and is more or less moveable, and is mere-
ly a prolongation of the trunk.  The head, in animals, is more 
400
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
distinct in proportion, as the brain is more fully developed as the
center of the nervous system.  It is entirely wanting in the loAvest
classes  of animals, Avhich,  therefore, from  the  intestinal Avorms
doAviiAvard, form a third class, in the system of Latreille, under
the name of acephala, (headless  animals;) Avhile those  provided
Avith  heads are  divided into  tAvo classes, the vertebral animals,
having distinct and proper heads, and the cephedidia, having small
and less distinctly formed  heads.  In this part the mouth, as the
opening of the esophagus, is ahvays situated.  In the second class
of animals, in Avhich the head  is  less distinct, that part of the
body Avhich is provided Avith the mouth, may be called  the head
end.   In the  vertebral animals,  (mammalia, birds, reptiles,  and
fish,) the head has a bony basis, (cartilaginous  only in  the carti-
laginous fishes.)   In fishes, the bones of the head  are not united
Avith  each other;  and the  formation of the separate bones  is va-
rious.  In  cartilaginous fishes, the head is  more  or less oblong
and  angular;  in osseous fishes it is less flattened,  and  composed
of a considerable  number  of bones, connected in various  ways.
In all fishes, the  cavity of the brain  is very small and oblong.
Equally various is the formation of the head in the different classes
of reptiles.   In general, the head is composed of few bones, and
more rounded in proportion,  as the brain is  more developed.   In
birds, the bones  of the head are more closely formed into  one
whole, constituting a skull more  or less round, Avhich contains the
brain, and to  the  forepart of which, the back is attached.   But
the head is most  perfect in the mammalia, and resembles the hu-
man head more nearly, as the animal  approaches more nearly to
man.   In general, the human  head may  be considered as the
standard, which may be traced with gradual deviations, through
the different classes, until it entirely ceases, in the lower orders of
animals.  NoAvhere is its proper office, to serve for the reception
of the nervous system, so distinct as in the  human head; the ca-
vity of the skull containing the principal organ of  sensitive life—
the brain; as  the great cavities of the trunk contain the chest, the
organs of irritable life, (the heart  and lungs,) and the abdominal
cavity, the organs of the  reproductive  life,  (the organs of diges-
tion and generation.)
   The superiority of the head over the other two parts  just men-
tioned, appears also from the circumstance,  that whilst  it is  pre- 
BRAIN.
401
eminently the seat of the nervous  system,  it also contains organs
essential for functions of the irritable and reproductive system; as
the inspiration and expiration of the air are effected through the
nostrils and mouth, and  the entrance of food into the abdominal
cavity,  as  well as the preparation of it for digestion,  by mastica-
tion and the production of saliva, is effected by the mouth; and
these organs appear more prominent, in the heads of animals, as
their sensitive system sinks lower in the scale.  It must not be for-
gotten,  that the head also contains  the  tongue, an organ not only
important in respect to nourishment,  but also communicating the
desires  and thoughts,  until it becomes, in man, the organ of oral
intercourse, of language, and of the finest music—singing.
  The human head, and, more or less, the head of other animals,
is divided into two chief parts, the skull and the face.   The im-
portance of the head, as the noblest part of the animal system, has
occasioned it to be used metaphorically, in all languages, to denote
that Avhich is chief.
                         BRAIN.

  The brain is a soft  substance, partly  reddish-gray  and partly
whitish, situated in the skull,  penetrated by numerous veins, and
invested by several membranes.   Democritus and Anaxagoras dis-
sected this organ, almost three thousand years ago.   Haller, Vicq
d'Azir, and other anatomists in modern times, have also dissected
and investigated it, without exhausting the subject.
  Between the skull and the substance of the brain, three mem-
branes are found.  The outer one is called the dura mater.  This
is strong,  dense, and elastic.   It invests  and supports the brain.
The next  which we meet is the  tunica arachnoidea.  This is of
a pale white color, yet in some degree transparent, very thin, and,
in a healthy state,  exhibits no  appearance of  vessels.   The mem-
brane below this, is called the  pia mater.   It  covers the whole
surface of the brain.  It is very vascular, and a  great portion of
the blood  Avhich the brain receives, is spread  out upon its surface,
in minute vessels.
        51 
402
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
  The brain consists of two principal parts, connected by delicate
veins and fibers.  The larger portion, the  cerebrum,  occupies, in
men, the upper part of the head, and is seven or eight times larger
than the other, the cerebellum, lying behind and beloAV it.  It rests
on the bones Avhich form the cavities of the eyes, the bottom of
the skull, and the tentorium, and projects behind over the cerebel-
lum.   On the Avhole exterior of the cerebellum, there are convo-
lutions, resembling the Avindings of  the small intestines.   The
external reddish substance of the brain is soft and vascular, and is
called the cortical substance;  the internal  is white, and is called
the medullary substance  of the brain.   This medulla consists of
fibers, which are very different in different parts.  The cerebellum
lies beloAV the cerebrum, in a peculiar  cavity  of the skull.  By
examining the surface, it is seen to be divided into a right and left
lobe, by the spinal marrow lying between, but connected at the
top and bottom.  Like the cerebrum, it is  surrounded by a vascu-
lar membrane,  reddish-gray  on the outside,  and composed of a
medullary substance within.  In proportion to its size, also, it has
a more extensive surface,  and more of the vascular membrane,
than the cerebrum.  In a horizontal section of it, Ave find parallel
curved portions of the cortical and the medullary substances alter-
nating Avith each other.  Between  the cortical and the medullary
substances, there is always found, in the cerebellum, a third inter-
mediate yellow substance.   All the  medulla of the cerebellum is
also united  in the middle by a thick cord.
   Experience teaches, that in the structure of the brain, irregulari-
ties are far more uncommon than in other parts  of the human body.
It is worthy of observation, that every part of  the brain is exactly
symmetrical Avith the parts  opposite.  Even those which lie in
the middle, and are apparently single, consist,  in fact, of two sym-
metrical  portions.   The total weight of the human brain is esti-
mated at two or three pounds.  It is larger and heavier in propor-
tion to the youth of the  subject; and in old age it becomes speci-
fically lighter.   In delirious affections, it is sometimes harder, and
sometimes less  solid, and softer. The brain is the organ of sensa-
tion, and,  consequently, the material representative of the soul,
 and the  noblest organ of the body. 
NERVES.
403
                        NERVES.

  The nerves of the animal frame are composed of bundles of white
parallel medullary threads. Every bundle is surrounded with a soft
sheath full of bloodvessels, and whose finest branches terminate in
the substance of the nerves.   These nerves are spread through the
whole animal frame, and variously connected with each other.
Only the  epidermis, hair, and nails are destitute of them.  They
are of various sizes, according as they are composed  of more or
fewer bundles of medullary threads.   In the course of the nerves,
there are a number of knots, these are called ganglions ;  they are
commonly of an oblong  shape, and of a grayish color, somewhat
inclining to red, which is, perhaps, owing to their being extremely
vascular.   In particular parts of the body, the nerves come in con-
tact Avith each other, and the  bundles  composing them are mutu-
ally interwoven to such a degree that they cannot be disjoined Avith-
out violence.  These communications are called plexuses,  and
are found particularly  in the abdomen, behind the stomach,  and
in the region of the pit of the stomach, near the liver,  mesentery,
heart,  etc.  The final terminations of these nerves are  various;
particularly those which run to the organs of sense.  In the  auri-
cular organ, for instance, the nerves terminate in a soft mass, like
pap,  surrounded with moisture; the optic nerve terminates in a
medullary  skin; the nerves of taste terminate in little papillae;
those of feeling, in  the points of the fingers, and the surface of the
skin in general;  those belonging to the muscles are lost in the tex-
ture of the same, so that their termination cannot be correctly as-
certained.   All the nerves are embraced under the general head of
the nervous system.  This is most intimately connected  Avith the
brain  and  spinal marrow, which may be regarded  as a prolonga-
tion of it.
  The brain  is the center from  which, or to  which,  proceed all
impressions communicated to the nerves.   The substance of the
nerves is the  same  medullary matter  which constitutes the brain,
resembling the white of an egg,  and appearing, to  the  unassisted
eye, as if  composed of little balls.   The central termination of all
the nerves is  in the brain and spinal marrow, where they branch
out into the skin, or interior of the organs.   The various isolated 
404
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
 and, in part, heterogeneous structures of which the body consists,
 Avhich are mechanically joined  by the cellular tissue, the  mem-
 branes and ligaments, are  united into one harmonious Avhole by
 means of the nerves.  The vascular system connects them  only
 so far as it supplies the blood required for their support and their
 operations ; but it is properly the nervous system that imparts to
 all their life,  governs  their operations, and establishes their sym-
 pathy and mutual action.   This is effected by  means of that por-
 tion of the nervous system Avhich is diffused through the abdomen,
 forming many  nets and  plexuses, and constituting what is  called
 vegetative, or reproductive, or organic nervous system, because
 the growth and support of the body  are  effected by it.  Another
 part of the nervous system affords the means of consciousness and
 voluntary action.  This is the brain, or cerebral system, which ex-
 cites the nerves that  put in action  the muscles of voluntary  mo-
 tion, and  those  which supply sensibility to the  organs of sense,
 and convey to the brain the impressions thence received.
  The nerves which  communicate with the organs of sense run in
 pairs :  the first pair (olfactory nerve) to the nose, where it is spread
 over the surface of the nostrils, and forms the poAver of smell; the
 second (optic nerve) to the eyes; this is  round,  thick, and  pene-
 trates from behind the ball or globe of the eye, through a  round
 plate of the firm coat of the ball containing  many little apertures,
 and is  spread out on  the inner and concave surface of the  globe
 into a thin coat called the retina, on which  the images of external
objects are formed; the eighth pair (auditory  nerves) are  spread
over the interior of the ear, and are sensible to  the vibrations of
the air.   From the numerous ramifications of the ninth pair come
the  nerves of the tongue, which give  rise to the  sense of taste. The
general  sense of feeling is situated particularly  in the skin, and
peculiarlyin the points of the fingers.   This sense is produced by
a variety of nerves diffused over  the  skin, and  those parts which
are  most sensitive are  supplied with the greatest quantity of nerves,
which form entire series of contiguous nervous papillae; for in-
stance, at  the lips, the points of the fingers, etc.  Thus the action
of the nerves  is reciprocal from Avithout inAvards, and from Avithin
outwards ; the first, because the impressions on the organs of sense
are  communicated, by the nerves, to the brain, and there form per-
ceptions and feelings; the second, because the  voluntary motions 
EAR.
405
are produced by communications from the brains to the nerves,
while the reproductive part of the nervous system quietly supports
the whole machine, and, in a sound state of the body, is recognised
only by the operation of the appetites, and by a general feeling of
ease throughout the system ; but, in a diseased state, gives rise to
general uneasiness and pain.  The power of the nervous system
has no fixed point, but is variable even in the  same subject.   In
sleep, the activity of the cerebral system is impaired;  that of the
reproductive system  heightened;  therefore, in quiet sleep,  the
operations of the senses and voluntary motions cease, while  the
activity of the organs of respiration and circulation, of digestion, se-
cretion, and nourishment,  continues.  From what has been said,
it appears that the Avhole action of the body depends upon the ner-
vous system.
                            EAR.

   The ear is the organ  of hearing.  It is situated at the side of
the head, and is divided into  external and internal ear.  The au-
ricula, or pinna, commonly called the ear, constitutes the  exter-
nal part.  It  is of a greater or less size, according to the individ-
ual.  The pinna is formed of a fibrous cartilage, elastic and pliant.
The skin Avhich covers it is thin and dry.  There are also  seen,
upon the different projections of the cartilaginous ear, certain mus-
cular fibers, to which the name of muscles has been given.   The
pinna, receiving many vessels and nerves, is very sensible,  and
easily becomes red.   It is fixed to the head by the cellular tissue,
and by muscles, which are called, according to their positions, an-
terior, superior, ox posterior.  These muscles are much developed
in many animals ; in man, they may be considered as simple ves-
tiges.
   The meatus auditorius, or  auditory passage, extends from the
concha  to  the  membrane of the tympanum;  its length, variable
according to  age,  is  from  ten to twelve lines in the adult; it is
narrower in the middle than at the ends  ; it presents a slight curve
above, and in front.   Its external  orifice is commonly covered 
406
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
Avith hairs, like the entrance to the other cavities.  The middle
ear  comprehends  the  cavity  of the tympanum, the little bones
Avhich are  contained in this cavity, the mastoid cells, the eusta-
chian  tube, etc.   The  tympanum is a cavity Avhich separates the
external, from the  internal  ear.  Its form  is that of a portion of a
cylinder, but  a  little irregular.   The  external  side presents the
membrana tympani.  This membrane  is directed obliquely doAvn-
Avard and inward ; it is bent, very slender and transparent, covered
on  the outside by a continuation of the skin ;  on the inside, by
the narroAv membrane which covers the tympanum.  Its tissue is
dry, brittle, and has nothing analagous in the  animal economy;
there are neither fibers, vessels or nerves found in it.  The cavity
of the  tympanum,  and  all the canals Avhich end there, are covered
with a very slender mucous  membrane ; this cavity, which is al-
ways full of air, contains, besides, four small bones (which form a
chain from the membrana  tympani to  the fenestra ovalis,) where
the base of the stapes is fixed. There are some little muscles, for the
purpose of moving this osseous chain ; of stretching and slackening
the  membranes to Avhich it is attached; thus the internal muscle
of the malleus draws it forward ; bends the chain in this direction,
and stretches  the  membrane ; the anterior muscle produces the
contrary effect.  It is also  supposed that the small muscle which
is placed in the pyramid, and Avhich is  attached to the neck of the
stapes, may  give  a slight  tension to the chain,  in drawing it to-
Avards itself.
  The  internal  ear,  or labyrinth, is composed by the cochlea, of
the  semicircular canals, and of  the vestibule.   The cochlea is  a
bony cavity, in form  of a spiral,  from which it has taken its name.
This cavity is divided into two others, which are distinguished in-
to external  and internal. The partition Avhich separates them, is
a plate, set edgeAvays,  and Avhich, in its  whole length, is partly
bony,  and partly  membranous.    The semicircular canals  are
three cylindrical cavities, bent into a  semicircular form, two of
which are disposed horizontally,  and the others vertically. These
canals terminate by their extremities in the vestibule.  They con-
tain bodies  of a gray color, the extremities of which are terminat-
ed by  swellings.  The vestibule is the central cavity;  the point
of union for all the others.   It communicates Avith the tympanum,
the cochlea, the semicircular canals, and the internal meatus audi- 
          THE APPENDAGES OF  THE HUMAN EYE.      407

torius, by a great number of little openings,   The  cavities of the
internal ear  are entirely hollowed out of the hardest part of the
temporal bone;  they are  covered  with an extremely thin mem-
brane, and are full of a very thin and limpid fluid; they contain,
besides, the acoustic nerve.   The internal ear and middle ear are
traversed by several  nervous threads; the presence of which  is,
perhaps, useful to hearing.
THE  APPENDAGES  OF  THE  HUMAN  EYE.

  The appendages of the eye, says Dr. J. Bryan, are almost as
important to sight, in the human family, as  the eye  itself.   The
eye-ball, placed in a socket called the orbit, is moved in various
directions, by means of  six muscles, four of Avhich  are straight,
and taking their origin from the back part of the orbit, around the
foramen through  which  the optic nerve enters, extend forward,
and are inserted into the eye-ball, just back of the cornea.   The
position of these  muscles is such, as to produce four movements
of the eye, the superior one being inserted into the upper surface,
the inferior  one into the lower, and the remaining two, one each
side, so that, by their contractions, they produce movements, first
upwards, second  downards, third outwards, and fourth towards
the nose, or inwards.   The other two muscles are called the ob-
lique, from their producing oblique  motions  of the eye; the larger
one running through a little loop, just under the internal angle of
the eye, takes its origin  from  the four  straight ones, at the back
part of  the orbit,  and, after going through  the  loop, extends back-
wards, and is inserted in the upper part of the eye.  This muscle,
in animal mechanics, is a complete  example of a tackle or pulley.
The other oblique muscle is  much shorter, and takes its origin
from the anterior or middle part of the orbit,  and extending out-
Avards,  is inserted into the external  side of the eye:  when  it con-
tracts, it draws the eye obliquely inward and  downward, produc-
ing, when two strong for its antagonist, squinting; to cure squint-
ing, therefore, in children, we  must strengthen the antagonist
muscles, so that one shall not overpower the  other: this is done, 
408
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
 of course, by bringing the Aveaker muscle  or muscles into active
 exercise.
    The  whole eye-ball is enveloped in a soft cushion of fat, so
 that it is moved, in every direction, Avith the greatest facility.  In
 studying the comparative anatomy of the eye, Ave are struck Avith
 the various and curious  means  resorted to, to give it motion; in
 some, it is placed,  as it Avere, on the end  of the arm, Avhich is
 thrust out to  reconnoiter;  in others, (the spider for instance,) the
 number is multiplied, and each one is stationary, etc., etc.
   The eye is kept moist and transparent by means of the lachry-
 mal fluid;  it is secreted by a gland situated under the external angle
 of each eye, that is called the lachrymal gland, and transmits the
 fluid, Avhen secreted, over the eye through the small tubes, Avhich
 open on the internal surface of the upper lid;  it is further spread
 and made  to moisten the Avhole anterior of the eye, by the motion
 of the lids; the lids are formed  of skin, fatty matter, and a carti-
 lage of gristly substance, called the tarsal cartilage.  The edges of
 the lids are fringed by beautiful, irregular rows of hairs, which, in
 the upper lids, are turned upAvards, and the lower ones downwards,
 so that, when  the lids are closed, the convex surface of the hairs
 are brought together, but they do not intermix.  This beautiful
 arrangement assists very  much in  protecting the eye from dust,
 perspiration, etc.  The  internal surface of the  lids,  and all the
 anterior parts  of the eye, are covered by a very fine  membrane,
 called tunica conjunctiva, which prevents extraneous matter from
 going father than just under the lids, and generally under the up-
 per one; this,  Avhen it is  some light or smooth  substance, is re-
 medied by raising  the upper lid, and draAving it over the lower
 one, the convex hairs of which, make an admirable brush to sweep
 the eye.
   Between the union of the lids on the  nasal side, there is a little
 projection, called caruncular lachrymalis.   In some animals this
 is  enlarged, and forms what is,  in fact, a neAv eye-lid, called mem-
 brana nictitans.   The motion of the lids is chiefly in the upper
 one, hence this has a distinct muscle of  its own, Avhich, taking its
 origin near the optic foramen, Avith  the muscles of the eye-ball, is
 inserted into the substance of the lid, and is called the levator pal-
pebra.  Another  secretory apparatus is  composed of  a series of
 small glands, which are  named,  in compliment to the  anatomist 
           THE APPENDAGES OF THE HUMAN EYE.      409

 who first described them, Merbomean.   When the eye-lids are
 inverted, these glands will  be  seen, in parallel rows,  on  the sur-
 face of the cartilages, and  under the conjunctiva;  each  of them
 opens on the margin of the eye-lid by a separate duct.   It is in-
 flammation of one these small glands, which causes the common
 disease, stye.  The secretions from these glands  seem to  increase
 at night,  and in children, and those  who  have inflamed eyes, the
 lids are often glued together in the morning.  From what has been
 said above, we are noAV prepared to understand the  manner by
 Avhich the eye is kept moist.   When this moisture becomes re-
 dundant,  it is carried off by the  following means.   On the edge
 of  each groove, which, coming in opposition to its felloAV, assists
 in forming a canal Avhich extends from the outer to the inner an-
 gle  of  the eye, the fluid  secreted by the lachrymal  gland, and
 spread over the eye in the way  above mentioned, is collected  m
 this^canal, and passes along it to  the inner angle, where two small
 tubes take it up, (one in each,) and convey it to a third, called the
 lachrymal sac, Avhich empties in  the nose;  hence, Avhen an excess
 of  tears is  secreted,  the nose  is incommoded,  and snuffling  in
 children is the result.
   The broAV is designed to protect the eye by shading it, and oth-
 erAvise.   The hair in the broAvs  does not  groAv straight out, like
 that of the head, nor  upAvard  and downward, as  that of the lids,
 but those of each  one groAV outAvard.  Much of the beauty and
 expression of the face depends on the size, color, and form of the
 broAV.   The Romans thought  it  a mark of comeliness that they
should meet.   This certainly gave them a more ferocious and war-
like air.   The  Roman ladies  painted their broAvs so as to meet,
 Avhile the  fair Greeks kept them separate, and formed them into a
beautiful arch, gently terminating into nothing.   The  separation of
the brow  with an  unfurrowed front, gives  a calm and intelligent
expression to the countenance.  The storms of passion, the writh-
ing of pain, etc., are first seen by a second person, in the knitting
of the broAV.
  Knowing the structure of the eye, some of the diseases may be
mentioned Avith propriety.   The  internal coat or retina  sometimes
becomes diseased, and the sight is lost, or nearly lost,  before the
 patient  or his friends are>aAvare of it, there are so  feAV outAvard
signs, by  which a common observer would recognize it.   When 
410
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
 the  lens becomes diseased or opaque, it must be extracted or cut
 up, and removed to another part of the eye, so that the  natural
 poAvers of the system may carry it off.   The corner is subject to
 inflammation, ulceration, and opacity, Avhich, of course, when co-
 extensive, destroy vision.  The conjunctiva, Avhen inflamed, pro-
 duces Avhat, in ordinary language, is emphatically called sore eyes.
 It frequently becomes red from  some slight causes, such as dust
 under  the  lids, cold, etc., etc.   When  the edges of the lids be-
 come inflamed, the tears do not follow  their natural course; and
 instead of going through the lachrymal sac, flow over the  cheek.
 Many persons inherit weak eyes from their parents, and are sub-
ject  to an unpleasant overfloAV of tears, from slight causes;  such
 persons frequently ruin  their eyes, by trying every nostrum Avhich
 they hear  of, for relief, in vain; eye-Avater, eye-salve, ointment,
 etc., etc.
                        MUSCLE.

   The parts that are usually included under this name, consist of
distinct portions of flesh, susceptible of contraction and relaxation,
the motions of Avhich, in a  natural  and  healthy state, are subject
to the  Avill; and for this reason,  they are called voluntary mus-
cles.   Besides these, there  are other parts of the body that owe
their power of contraction to their muscular fibers:  thus the heart
is a muscular texture,  forming Avhat is called a hollow  muscle;
and the stomach, intestines,  etc., are enabled to act upon their con-
tents, merely  because they  are  supplied  with muscular fibers:
these are called involuntary muscles, because their motions are
not dependent on the will.   The muscles of respiration,  being in
some degree influenced by the will,  are said to have a mixed mo-
tion.
   The names  by which the  voluntary muscles are  distinguished,
are founded on their size, figure, situation, use, or the arrangement
of their fibers,  or their origin and insertion;  but besides these par-
ticular  distinctions,  there are certain  general ones, that require to
be noticed.  Thus,  if the fibers of a muscle are placed parallel  to 
MUSCLE.
411
 each other, in a straight direction, they form Avhat anatomists term
 a rectilinear muscle; if the fibers cross  and intersect each other,
 they constitute a compound muscle; when the fibers are disposed
 in the manner of rays^  a radiated muscle; Avhen they are placed
 obliquely with respect  to the  tendon,  like the plume of  a pen, a
penniform muscle.  Muscles  that act  in opposition to each other,
 are  termed antagonists:  thus, every  extensor has a flexor for its
 antagonist, and vice versa.  Muscles  that  concur in the same ac-
 tion, are termed congenercs.  The  muscles being  attached to
 bones, the latter may be considered as levers, that are moved in
 different directions by the contraction of those organs.  That end
 of the muscle Avhich adheres  to the most fixed part, is usually
 called the origin, and that which adheres to the more movable part,
 the insertion of the muscle.   In almost every muscle, two kinds
 of fibers are distinguished: the one soft, of a red color, sensible and
 irritable, called the fleshy fibers; the other of a firmer texture, of
 a  Avhite, glistening color,  insensible,  without irritability, or the
 poAver of contracting, called the tendinous fibers.   They are oc-
 casionally intermixed, but the fleshy fibers generally prevail in the
 belly, or middle part of the muscle, and  the tendinous ones in the
 extremities.  If these tendinous fibers  are formed  into a round,
 slender cord, they form Avhat  is called the tendon of the muscle;
 on the other hand, if  they are spread into  a broad, flat surface,
they form Avhat is called an aponeurosis.  The fibers that com-
pose the body of a muscle, are disposed in fasciculi,  or bundles,
which are easily distinguishable by the naked eye:  but these fas-
ciculi are divisible into still  smaller ones; and these, again, are
probably subdivisible  ad  infinitum.   The most minute fiber we
are able to trace, seems  to be  somewhat  plaited; these plaits dis-
appearing when the fiber  is put on the stretch, seem evidently to
be the effect of contraction, and have probably induced some wri-
ters  to assert, that the muscular fiber is twisted, or spiral.   A fiber
is  essentially composed  of fibrine and osmazome, receives a great
deal of blood, and, at last, one nervous filament.
   By chimical  analysis,  muscle is found to  consist chiefly  of
fibrine,  Avith  albumen,  gelatine,  extractive,  phosphate of soda,
phosphate of ammonia,  phosphate and  carbonate of lime, and sul-
phate of potassa.  Each muscle is surrounded by a thin and deli-
cate  covering of cellular membrane, which dipping down into its 
412
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
substance,  incloses the most  minute fibers  we are able to trace,
connecting them Avith each other, lubricating them by means of the
fat Avhich its cells contain, in  more or  less quantity  in different
subjects, and serving as a support to the blood-vessels, lymphatics,
and nerves, Avhich are distributed through the muscles.  The mus-
cles OAve the  red color  Avhich so particularly distinguishes their
belly part,  to an infinite number of arteries, which are everyAvherc
dispersed through the Avhole of their reticular substance; for their
fibers, after having been macerated in  Avater, are  (like all other
parts of the body divested of  their blood) found to be of a Avhite
color.   The veins, for the most part, accompany the  arteries,  but
are larger and more numerous.  The lymphatics are more numer-
ous,  as might be expected from the great proportion of reticular
substance which is everywhere found investing the muscular fibers.
The nerves  are distributed in  such abundance to every muscle,
that the muscles of the thumb alone receive  a  greater  proportion
of nervous influence  than the  largest viscera.
   Muscular  Motion.—Muscular  motions are of  three kinds,—
namely: voluntary, involuntary, and mixed.  The voluntary  mo-
tions of muscles proceed  from an exertion of  the  will: thus,  the
mind directs the arm  to be raised or depressed, the knee to be bent,
the tongue to  be moved, etc.  The involuntary motions of mus-
cles are performed by organs, Avithout any attention  of the mind,
as the  contraction and dilatation of the heart, arteries, veins,  ab-
sorbents, stomach, intestines,  etc.  The mixed motions are those
which are  in part under the control of the will, but Avhich ordina-
rily act Avithout our being conscious of their acting, and are per-
ceived in the muscles of respiration, the intercostals,  the abdomi-
nal muscles, and the diaphragm.   When a muscle acts, it becomes
shorter and thicker—both its  origin and  insertion  are drawn  to-
Avards the  middle.  The sphincter muscles are  ahvays in action,
and so likewise are  antagonist muscles, even when  they seem at
rest.   When tAvo antagonist muscles move with equal force,  the
part Avhich they are designated to move,  remains at rest; but if
one of the antagonist muscles  remains at rest, while the other acts,
the part is moved toAvards the center of motion.   When a muscle
is divided, it contracts.   If a muscle be stretched  to a certain ex-
tent, it contracts, and endeavors  to acquire its  former dimensions,
as the stretching cause  is removed.   When a muscle is wounded, 
MUSCLE.
413
or otherwise irritated,  it contracts independently of the will; this
power is called  irritability, and  it is  a property peculiar to, and
inherent in  the  muscles.  When a muscle.is  stimulated, either
through the medium of the will, or any foreign body, it contracts,
and the contraction is greater or less in proportion as the stimulus
applied is greater or less.  The  contraction of  muscles is differ-
ent, according to the purpose to  be served by  their contraction:
thus,  the heart contracts with a jerk;  the urinary bladder, sloAvly
and uniformly.   The intensity of muscular  contraction—that is,
the degree of poAver Avith which  they  draAv themselves together—
is regulated by the action of the  brain:   it  is generally regulated
by the will, according to certain limits, Avhich are different in dif-
ferent individuals.   A particular organization of the muscles, is
favorable  to the  intensity of their contraction; this organization is,
a considerable volume of fibers, strong, of a deep red, and striated
transversely.  The cerebral influence, and  the  disposition of the
muscular  tissue, are the two elements of the intensity of muscu-
lar contraction.
   A  very great cerebral energy is rarely found  united in the same
individual with that disposition of the  muscular fibers Avhich is ne-
cessary to produce intense contractions.  These elements are al-
most always  in an inverse ratio.  When they  are united, they
produce astonishing  effects.   Perhaps this union existed in the
athlatse of antiquity ;  in our times, it  is observed in certain moun-
tebanks.   The  muscular power may be carried  to a wonderful de-
gree, by the action of the brain alone;  Ave know the strength of an
enraged person, of maniacs, and of persons in convulsions.   The
will  governs the duration  of the contraction ; it cannot be carried
beyond a certain length of time,  hoAvever it may vary in different
individuals.  A feeling of weariness takes place, not very great at
first,  but which goes on increasing, until the muscle refuses con-
traction.   To prevent this inconvenience, the motions of the body
are so calculated,  that the muscles act in succession, the duration
of each being but short.   Our not being able  to rest long in the
same position  is  thus explained, as an attitude  which causes the
contraction of a small number of  muscles,  can be preserved but a
very short time.  The feeling of fatigue, occasioned by  muscular
contraction, soon goes off, and in a short time the muscles recover
the power of contracting.   The  quickness  of the contractions are, 
414
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
to a certain degree, subject  to  cerebral influence.   Wc  have a
proof of this in our ordinary motions ; but beyond this degree, it
depends evidently on habit.
  In  respect of the rapidity of  motion ; there is an immense dif-
ference  between that of a man, who touches a piano for the first
time,  and that Avhich the  same man produces, after several veers'
practice.  There is, besides, a very great difference in persons,
Avith regard to the quickness of contractions, either in ordinary
motions, or those which depend on habit.  As to the extent of the
contractions, it is directed by the Avill: but it must necessarily de-
pend  on the length of  the fibers ;  long fibers having a greater ex-
tent of  contractions than those that are short.  The will has gen-
erally a great influence on the contraction of muscles; it  is not,
hoAvever, indispensible;  in many circumstances,  motion takes
place, not only without participation of the will, but even contrary
to it; Ave find very striking examples of this, in the effects of ha-
bit, of the passions, and of diseases.
                      CARTILAGE.

   Cartilage is a semi-pellucid substance, of a milk-Avhite or pear-
ly color, entering into the composition of several parts of the body.
It holds a middle rank, in point of firmness, between bones or hard
parts, and the softer constituents of the human frame.   It appears,
on a  superficial examination,  to be homogeneous in its texture;
for, when cut, the surface is uniform, and contains no visible cells,
cavities nor pores, but resembles the section of a piece of glue.  It
possesses a  very high degree  of elasticity,  which properly dis-
tinguishes it from all other parts of the body.  Hence it  enters
into the composition of parts, Avhose  functions require the combi-
nation of firmness Avith pliancy and flexibility;  the preservation of
a  certain  external  form,  with the power of yielding to external
force or pressure.
   Anatomists divide cartilage  into two kinds, the temporary  and
the permanent.  The former are confined to the earlier stages of
existence ; the latter commonly retain their cartilaginous structure 
BONE.
415
throughout life.   The temporary cartilages are those inAvhich the
bones are formed.  All the bones, except the teeth, are formed in
a nidus  of cartilage.   The  permanent  cartilages  are of various
kinds.   They compose the external ear, and external aperture of
the nostrils and  eyelids.   The larynx is formed entirely of this
substance; and the trachea, or Avindpipe, with its branches, is fur-
nished Avith  cartilaginous  hoops, by  which these tubes are  kept
permanently  open, for the ready passage of the  air to and  from
the lungs.  The bodies of the vertebra? are joined by large masses
of a peculiar substance, partaking of the properties  and appear-
ance of  cartilage  and ligament,  which  alloAv of the motions of
these parts on each other,  without Aveakening the  support  that is
afforded to the upper parts  of the body in general, and to the  head
in particular, by  the vertebral column.   These cartilages impart
great elasticity to the spine, by which  the effects of concussion,
from jumping, from fall, etc., are weakened and destroyed, before
they can  be  propagated to the head.  When the  body has  been
long in an erect position,  the compression of these cartilages, by
the superior parts, diminishes the hight of the person.  They re-
cover their former length when freed from this pressure.   Hence
a person  is taller when he rises in the morning, than after sus-
taining the fatigues of the day; and the difference  has sometimes
amounted to  an inch.  Cartilages  are sometimes interposed be-
tAveen the articular surfaces of bones, Avhere they fill up irregulari-
ties, that might otherwise impede the motions of the part, and in-
crease  the security of the joint, by adapting the articular surfaces
to each other.   These surfaces are, in every  instance, covered by
a thin crust of cartilage, having its surface most exquisitely polish-
ed,  by which all friction in the motions of the joint is  avoided.
                          BONE.

  The bones are the hardest and most solid parts of animals.  They
constitute the frame ; serve as points of attachment to the muscles,
and  afford support  to the softer  solids.  They are the instru-
ments, as muscles  are the organs of motion.   In the mammalia, 
4i6
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
birds,  fish and reptiles, the whole system of bones, united by  the
vertebral column,  is  called the skeleton.   In the foetus, they  are
first a vascular, gelatinous substance, in different points of Avhich,
earthy matter is gradually deposited.   This process is perceptible
toAvards the end of the second month ; and, at the time of maturi-
ty, the bone is  completely  formed.   After birth, the bones become
gradually more solid, and, in the temperate zone, reach their per-
fection in men between the ages of fifteen and twenty,  i  rum this
age, until  fifty, they change but slightly; after that  period, they
groAV thinner,  lighter,  and more  brittle.  Those of the tAvo first
classes of animals  are harder on their exterior than they are inter-
nally.   Their  material, except in the teeth, is nearly the same
throughout.  Their  structure is vascular, and they are traversed
by the blood-vessels,  and the absorbents.  They are hardest at  the
surface, Avhich is formed  by a firm membrane, called the perios-
teum; the  internal parts are cellular, containing a substance called
marrow.   The use of the marroAv is to prevent the too great dry-
ness and brittleness of the bones.
   Chimistry decomposes  bone into  gelatin,  fat,  cartilage, and
earthy salts.  A fresh  bone boiled in water, or  exposed to the
action  of an acid, gives out its  gelatin.   If boiled in Avater, on
cooling the decoction, a jelly is formed, Avhich makes a good por-
table soup.  A pound of bone yields tAvice as much as the same
quantity of fish.  The earth of bones is obtained by calcination;
that is, by exposing them to a red heat, by which  they are de-
prived of the soft substances.  That part of anatomy Avhich treats
of the bone, is called  osteology.
                          SPINE.

  Spine, (from spina, thorn, so called, from the shape of the pro-
cesses of the vertebra?,) in anatomy, the vertebral or spinal column,
the  back-bone in common language,  is the articulated bony pillar
at the back of the  trunk, forming the foundation or basis of sup-
port and connection to all the other parts of the frame.   It is placed
perpendicularly in the body, supporting the head on its upper ex- 
SPINE.
417
tremity, while the lower end rests on the pelvis.  The bones of
the chest, to which the upper extremities are attached, are fixed to
its sides, while the ossa innominata, or the great bones to which
the lower limbs are articulated,  are immovably united to it beloAV.
It is the point of attachment and support in front for the viscera of
the thorax and abdomen, and for the great trunks of the blood vessels.
We may thus regard it as the central and most essential piece of
the skeleton, as the center of motion for the head and limbs, and
the basis of support for all the great internal organs.  Again : the
bones which compose it give attachment to  the principal muscles
moving the head, the shoulders, and the arms, to those which act
on the trunk, and to some part  of the abdominal muscles,  and of
those which move the lower limbs.  Further, it constitutes a canal
which receives and  protects the spinal marroAv, and gives issue to
the various nerves  proceeding  from that organ  to the trunk and
limbs.
  The importance of the spine  is  so great that it modifies all the
details of the organization of the animals Avhich possess it.   It is
formed of twenty-nine pieces  of bones strongly articulated into
each other, and placed in succession, from  above,  downwards.
The twenty-four upper ones are called vertebrae.
  Distortions of the spine are the unnatural inflections of the spine,
which  give a more or less deformed figure to the trunk,  and  even
to the limbs ;  hence wry neck, high shoulders, hump back, uneven
hips, lameness, etc., are very frequent among the higher classes of
our time, particularly among the females ; and, generally,  owing
to want of care or judgment in those Avho have charge of children,
or to the injudicious habits of the persons afflicted, and frequently
aggravated and made permanent by improper means used for reme-
dying them.  The beauty of the whole body depends chiefly upon
the natural formation of the spine.   This column of vertebra? ought
not, permanently, to deviate from  the straight line to  the right or
left; but it has, naturally, some  slight curvatures forAvards and
backAvards.  In the region of the loins,  it is bent a little forwards;
in the  region of  the chest  a little backwards; and at the neck,
again,  somewhat forward.  This regular formation of the spine is
produced by the character of the vertebra?, the cartilages  which
unite them, and the  muscles of the back, which support  and move
them.  If the vertebrae themselves suffer from disease,  as, for in-
           53 
418
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
stance, in case of rickets, the spine is not capable of supporting
the head and keeping the body straight; it becomes curved, and,
if remedies are not  applied in season, this unnatural curvature in-
creases daily, and permanent distortion at length takes  place.  If
the cartilages and ligatures suffer relaxation, as in case of a debili-
tated state of the body, the spine cannot, after every  motion, re-
sume its proper position ; and it may easily happen that some ver-
tebra? become  partially dislocated, and thus a disposition to distor-
tion takes place, because the part of the spine over these vertebra?
is deprived of its proper support,  and must incline to one  side.
The muscles of the back, situated on both sides of the spine, equal
in number and form, and destined, not only to execute the mani-
fold movements of the trunk,  but, also, to maintain, by  the equili-
brium of their power, the straight direction of the spine, frequently
occasions distortions by  losing their vigor; for the spine, in this
case, wanting its natural support, inclines sideways or backwards.
The same effect may be  produced by too frequent, or too continu-
ed, use of one set  of muscles in a particular way; for the spine
becomes,  at last,  permanently fixed in  the posture which it has
been compelled to  assume  during the exercise.  This  survey
shows us the various causes of distortions, and the proper means
for preventing them.  The causes may be reduced to diseases and
injudicious habits.
  The diseases of children, which may occasion distortions of the
spine, are chiefly scrofula and rickets, so often connected with it,
and general debility.   These diseases may be best prevented by
the use  of food easily  digestible,  by pure air, hard bed,  not too
warm, frequent exercise, great cleanliness, frequent bathing, wash-
ing, and rubbing the skin, and similar requisites of a good physical
education.   The muscles of the back are often debilitated by  com-
pelling children, particularly Aveakly ones, to sit up in a constrained
posture,  Avhich distresses the spine, and produces a sinking and
bending,  in search of relief, or by  allowing children too little  free
movement and exercise,  and obliging them, continually, to sit still
and read, the  surest mode of producing physical and  intellectual
cripples.   The use of corsets also contributes  much to the  weak-
ness of the dorsal muscles, and, consequently,  to  distortion of the
spine.   If the shoulders are  continually supported, artificially, by
a corset, the dorsal muscles,  destined by nature to keep the spine 
SPINE.
419
 straight, remain inactive, and lose their power; the body becomes
 unable to support itself without the corset, and a sinking and bend-
 ing take place as  soon as it is removed.   If to  this is added the
 continual command, perhaps accompanied by threats, to sit straight,
 which has become actually  impossible to  the  child, its exertions
 result in nothing but a curvature of the spine, Avhich is, therefore,
 so frequent in girls of the higher classes ; but, in boys of the same
 families, who are neither tormented with corsets, nor admonished
 so repeatedly to sit straight, is much rarer.  The second cause of
 distortions, injudicious habits,  deserves particular attention, be-
 cause much  may be  done  to prevent them.   The  habit of many
 nurses to carry children always on the same  arm, accustoms the
 child to incline always  to  one  side, and to sleep in one position,
 from  which   a distortion  of  the  spine  naturally  arises  in
 the  course  of time.    The bad position  of the body in some
 amusements and occupations—for instance, the manner in which
 young people sit in writing, reading, drawing, sewing, embroider-
 ing, playing on the  flute, violin,  harp,  and guitar;  the habit of
 crossing the feet in standing, or of standing on one foot; the habit
 of lying crooked in  bed; and even the habit of  girls  to spend a
 long time, in a constrained position, dressing their own hair, may
 occasion distortion of the spine.  Every one-sided motion, often
repeated, may produce a tendency to such distortion;  and the ten-
dency once  existing,  the evil increases every  day.   This  distor-
tion, besides disfiguring the body and unfitting the subject forcer-
tain associations, also tends to produce inflammation of the lungs,
dropsy of the chest,  pulmonary consumption, and apoplexy—a
general disturbance of the health, and early  death.   With women,
it often  gives rise to painful labors, and sometimes  makes a natu-
ral delivery impossible.
   The proper means of guarding against distortion we have already
suggested in  the directions  respecting food,  air,  exercise, and
cleanliness ; the prevention of ill habits on  the part of nurses, and
of the children themselves, and in the important rule not to com-
pel a straight carriage of the body by the wearing of corsets, nor
by the continual injunction to stand and sit straight, as both tend
directly to produce the  evil intended  to be prevented.  It  is im-
portant to detect a distortion of the spine as early as possible.   It
is, therefore, the duty  of  mothers and governesses  to examine 
420                   PHYSIOLOGICAL.

often the body of children.   The  child should be undressed  and
placed in such a way, (not lying  doAvn,) that the Avhole position
may  be  as easy as possible.   Then the vertebra? must be struck
slightly Avith the hand to discover if there is a  prominence or a
sensation of pain in any  place.  The examiner should then  pro-
ceed to the parts  of the body on  each side  of the spine,  Avhich
ought to be  perfectly  equal.   The neck, the  shoulders, and the
hips,  are to be looked at: if the latter are uneven, the hip-joints
and feet must be also  tried.   The  examiner should also see whe-
ther the breast bone is precisely in the middle of the breast,  and
whether it forms a straight line, whether the clavicles are uniform,
whether the ribs lie even.   With  grown girls, the unevenness of
the breasts often furnishes the earliest sign of  distortion of the
spine.  These examinations ought to  be made  once or twice  a
week, and, in the case of girls, even after they have arrived at ma-
turity, because the years immediately succeeding the period of pu-
berty, are those in Avhich  distortions are most frequently manifest-
ed in  the female sex, and because  a cure  can  hardly be  expected
much after the twentieth year.  Attention to distortion ought not
to be  delayed until a high shoulder or hip shoAvs itself;  these are
only proofs of a distortion which  has already long existed.  If,
hoAvever, any thing like  distortion is perceived,  do not  resort to
the means, so often recommended, of suspension  by the  arms, or
use of plasters,  which can avail nothing; and  do not expect that
the dancing-master can remedy ihe evil, Avhich will only increase
under his lessons.   Assistance  can be rendered only by a physi-
cian familiar with these deformities, and Avho has made himself ac-
quainted with the general state of body of his  patient by  a careful
examination.  The cure must not  be expected too  soon, and  the
orders of the physician must be scrupulously obeyed.  Too much
reliance is not to be placed on machines.
                          JOINT.

  Joint, in general, denotes the juncture of two or more things.
The joints of the human body are called, by anatomists, articula-
tions. 
CHYME.
421
   The suppleness to which  the joints may be brought, by long
practice,  from the time of infancy,  is very  surprising.   Every
common posture-master shows us a great deal of this ; but one of
the most Avonderful instances of it, was in a person of the name of
Clark, and famous for it  in London, Avhere he was  commonly
knoAvn by the name of Clark, the posture-master.  This man had
found the  Avay, by long practice, to distort many of the bones, of
which nobody before had  ever thought it possible to alter the po-
sition. He had  such an  absolute command of his muscles and
joints, that he could almost disjoint his whole  body; so that he
once imposed on the  famous Mullens, by his distortion, in such  a
manner, that  he refused to undertake his cure ; but,  to the amaze-
ment of the physician, no sooner had he given over his patient,
than he saw  him restore himself to  the figure and condition of  a
proper man, with no  distortion about him.
                         CHYME.

  Chyme.   In animal economy, in the process of digestion, the
food is subjected to a temperature usually above ninety degrees of
Fahrenheit.   It is  mixed with the gastric juice ;  a liquor secreted
by the glands of the stomach,  and is made to undergo a  moderate
and alternate pressure, by the contraction of the stomach  itself.  It
is thus converted into a soft, uniform mass, of a  grayish color, in
which the previous texture or nature of the aliment can be no lon-
ger distinguished.   The chyme, as is termed this pulpy mass, in-
to which the food  in the stomach is  resolved, passes by the pylo-
rus  into the intestinal canal, where it  is mixed with the pancreatic
juice  and the bile, and is still exposed to the same temperature
and alternating pressure.   The thinner parts of it are absorbed by
the  slender tubes termed the lacteals.   The liquor thus absorbed,
is of a Avhite color; it passes through the glands of the mesentery,
and is at length conveyed by the thoracic duct into the blood. This
part of the process is termed chylification, and the white liquor
thus formed, chyle. It is an opaque,  milky fluid, mild to  the taste.
By  standing for some time, one part of it coagulates ; another por- 
422
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
tion is coagulated  by heat.  The chyle, after  mixing with  the
lymph  conveyed by the absorbent vessels, is received  into  the
blood, Avhich has returned from the extreme vessels, before this
passes to the heart. All traces of it are very soon lost in the blood,
as it mixes perfectly Avith  that fluid.  It is probable, however,
that its nature is not at once completely altered.
  The blood passing  from the heart, is  conveyed to the lungs,
Avhere it circulates over a very extensive surface presented  to  the
atmospheric  air ; with  the  intervention of a very thin membrane,
which does not prevent their mutual  action.   During this  circula-
tion,  the blood loses  a considerable quantity of carbon:  part of
Avhich,  it  is probable, is derived from the imperfectly assimilated
chyle; as  this,  originating  in part from  vegetable matter, must
contain carbon in larger proportion than even the blood itself.
                          LIVER.

   A large gland, Avhich  occupies  a considerable portion of the
cavity of the belly, and which secretes the bile.   It is a single
organ of an irregular shape, brownish red color, and, in general,
is smaller, in proportion, as the individual is  more  healthy.   It
occupies the right hypocondrium, or space included by the false
ribs, and a part of the epigastric region,  and lies  immediately
under the diaphragm, (midriff,) above the stomach, the transverse
colon,  and right kidney;  in front of the vertebral  column, the
aorta,  and the inferior  vena cava;  and behind the cartilaginous
edge of the chest.  The right false  ribs are on its right, and the
spleen on its left.   The superior surface is convex, and the infe-
rior is irregularly convex and concave, which has given rise to the
division into the right or large lobe, the small or inferior lobe, and
the left lobe.  The right extremity of the liver is lower than the
left, and  is the most bulky part of the  organ.   The pressure of
the surrounding organs, and certain folds of the peritoneum, called
its ligaments, which  connect it with  the diaphragm, retain the
liver in its place, leaving it, at the same time, a considerable pow-
er of changing its relative position. 
BILE.
423
  The organization of the liver is very complicated.  Besides its
peculiar tissue, or parenchyma, the texture of which is unknoAvn,
it receives a larger number of vessels  than any other gland.   A
peculiar venous system, that of the- vena portarum, is distributed
in it.  To this  must be  added,  the  ramifications of the  hepatic
artery and veins,  the nerves which are small, the lymphatic ves-
sels, the  excretory tubes, and a peculiar tissue, enclosed  by a
double membrane, a serous or peritoneal, and cellular one.  The
excretory apparatus of the bile is composed of the hepatic  duct,
which, rising  immediately from the  liver, unites with the cystic
duct, which terminates in the gall bladder.   The choledochic duct
is formed by the union of the two preceding, and terminates in the
duodenum.
                           BILE.

  A yellowish-green liquid substance, of a bitter taste.  Man,
and  many animals have, on the inferior surface  of the liver, a
peculiar  bladder, in which the bile, formed by the liver from the
blood, is preserved.   It consists of water, and several  other  sub-
stances.   The water  constitutes the greatest part, and keeps the
other parts in a state of solution.  The remaining ingredients are
a yellow, very bitter, fusible resin, which contributes most to the
taste of the bile; a small portion of natron; some mineral alkaline
salts; some oxygen of iron;  a small quantity of a yellowish  sub-
stance, Avhich is only partly dissolved in the natron; and a  con-
siderable portion of albumen.   Thenard and Berzelius have done
much to  determine the ingredients of the bile.
  Its principal use seems to be, to separate the excrement from
the chyle, after both have been formed, and to produce the evacu-
ation of the excrements from the body.  It is probable that these
substances Avould  remain mixed together; and  they would,  per-
haps, even be partially absorbed together, were it not for the bile,
which seems to combine with the excrements, and, by this com-
bination, to facilitate its separation from the chyle,  and thus to
prevent its absorption.  Fourcroy supposes that the bile, as soon 
424                  PHYSIOLOGICAL.

as it is mixed with the contents of the intestinal canal, suffers a
decomposition; that its alkali and saline ingredients combine with
the chyle, and render it more liquid, Avhile its albumen and resin
combine with the  excrementitious  matters, and gradually render
them less  fluid.   From  the  late experiments  of  Berzelius,  on
fceces, it cannot be doubted that the constituents of  the bile are to
be found  in  the  excrementitious  matter;  so that  the  ingenious
theory of  Fourcroy is so  far probable.  The bile  also  stimulates
the intestinal canal, and causes it to evacuate its contents sooner
than it othenvise Avould do; for Avhen there is a deficiency of bile,
the body is constantly costive.   Biliary calculi, or gall-stones, are
sometimes found in the gall-bladders of men and animals.   They
are more rarely met Avith  in the substances and body of the liver.
Those that are found in the human subject consists, principally,
of that peculiar substance  called, by Fourcroy,  adipocire.   They
are of a Avhite, grayish-broAvn, or black color.  The calculi found
in the gall-bladders of quadrupeds, have been thought  to  consist
almost entirely of inspissated bile; but, though  much less compli-
cated than the corresponding concretions  in the human  subject,
they must contain something  more  than  the  inspissated fluid,
since they are insoluble, both in alcohol and water.
                         BLOOD.

  Blood is the red fluid contained in the  blood-vessels of animal
bodies.   It is found in the mammalia, in birds, in reptiles, and in
fishes.  In the last tAvo classes of animals, the temperature of the
blood is much loAver than in the  former, for Avhich reason they are
distinguished by the name cold-blooded, while the others are term-
ed warm-blooded  animals.   Insects  and Avorms, instead of red
blood, have a juice of a whitish color, which is called white blood.
In the blood are tAvo different substances,  which are  separated by
coagulation'—the serum, a fluid like the white of an egg,  and a
thick matter, to Avhich the  red  color properly belongs, which is
much heavier than the former, and is called the coagulum.   The
last may be divided  again into  two different parts;  viz: into the 
BLOOD.
425
cruor, or that part of the blood which is intrinsically red and co-
agulable, and lymph,  or fibrine,  to  Avhich the coagulation of the
blood must be ascribed.  The fibrine, in young animals, is much
Avhiter than in older and  stronger ones.  The blood of the latter
contains much more azote than that of the former.  If the nourish-
ment of animals be changed, we  also find an alteration in the con-
stituent parts of  their blood.   It is also changed by diseases.  In
animals that are  hunted to death,  or  killed by lightning, the blood
does not coagulate.  The blood of birds is more highly colored,
and warmer, than that of viviparous animals, and coagulates more
easily in the air.   That of reptiles, and fishes, coagulates Avith dif-
ficulty.   Aided by magnifying glasses of a strong power, one may
observe, in examining the blood of  the living animal,  or in blood
which is newly  drawn, that it consists, especially the cruor, of
little globular bubbles, the globules of the blood, as they are call-
ed, the diameter  of which amounts to about  the three  hundredth
part of a line.  In blood that has  been drawn some time, although
this time may be very short, they are not to be discovered.  They
are the effect of the life that pervades the blood.  The more ro-
bust and  healthy an  animal  is,  the more globules are perceived.
They show, as it were, the transition from the formless liquid to
the original form of the first organized matter.
  The blood is of the greatest importance to the life of an animal,
and may be considered as the source of  life.  As long  as the body
is living, the blood is in perpetual motion.  When it is taken out
of the body, a remarkable change soon follows: it begins to co-
agulate, and then undergoes, first  an  acetous, and,  after a few
days, a putrid fermentation.   All the blood takes its origin  from
the chyle, and deposits, by degrees,  the nourishing particles re-
quisite to  the preservation and growth of the body, by  a multitude
of vessels adapted thereto.  This is done while it is passing from
the heart into the remotest  parts of the body, and from thence
back.  The  circulation of the blood is, as it were, the principle,
and first condition of life.   In its absence, except in cases of faint-
ing,  suffocation, etc.,  life ceases.   The heart, the center of the
circulation of the blood, has a two-fold motion, of contraction and
dilatation, which constantly alternate.   With the heart, two kinds
of vessels are connected—the arteries, and the veins.  The circu-
lation of the blood proceeds  with an astonishing rapidity: did it
        54 
426
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
floAv at an equal rate in a straight  line, it would run, in the space
of one minute, through  149 feet.   This swiftness, however, exists
only in the larger vessels near the heart;  the farther the blood re-
cedes from the heart, the sloAver its motion becomes.   In a groAvn
up person, in good health, Ave may reckon  the mass  of  blood at
from twenty-four to thirty pounds.
  Blood-vessels are the tubes or vessels in Avhich the blood cir-
culates.  They are divided into tAvo classes,—arteries, and veins,-—
which have tAvo points  of union, or connection:  the first,  in the
heart,  from Avhich they both originate; and the other in the mi-
nute vessels, or net-Avork, in Avhich they terminate.   The arteries
arise from the heart, and convey the blood to all parts of the body;
the veins return it to the heart.   The arteries distribute throughout
the body a pure, red blood, for the purpose of nourishment; Avhile
the veins return to the heart a dark-colored blood,  more  or less
loaded with impurities, and deprived of some of its valuable pro-
perties.  But this is  not returned again to the body in the same
state.   For the heart is Avisely divided into tAvo portions,  or sides,
a right and left, one of  Avhich receives the impure blood from the
veins, and sends it to the lungs, to be defecated and freshly sup-
plied with oxygen, or vital air; Avhile the other receives the pure
red blood from the lungs, and circulates it aneAV through the arte-
ries.  The arteries arise  from  the left ventricle of the heart, by
one large trunk, nearly an inch in diameter, which  is gradually
subdivided into smaller ones, as it proceeds towards the limbs, till
they terminate, at last, in vessels so small as to be almost invisi-
ble, and in a fine net-Avork of cells, extending  through the Avhole
body, into Avhich the blood is poured out, and nutrition, or the in-
crease of the body, takes place,  and  from  which the  residue  is
taken up by the small veins, to be returned  to the heart.
  The arteries and veins are widely different in their structure, as
well as  their uses.   The  former are composed of very strong,
firm, elastic coats, or membranes,  Avhich are four in number. The
external covering, and the internal lining of the arteries, although
belonging to different classes of membranes, are both very  thin
and soft.  The second coat is very thick, tough, and elastic, being
that Avhich chiefly gives their peculiar  appearance to the arteries.
The third is  formed of fibers,  apparently muscular, arranged in
circular rings around  the tube of the vessels.   It is well known 
BLOOD.
427
that the pulse of the heart is felt in the arteries alone, although, in
the bleeding of a vein, we sometimes see the blood  start as if in
unison with the beating of the heart.  The pulse is  produced by
the wave, or stream of blood, which is driven by the heart through
the arteries, distending,  and slightly elevating them; after which
they instantly contract, from their elasticity, and thus  force the
blood into the smaller vessels;  The pulse varies in  its character,
with the general state of the health.  When arteries are cut, or
wounded, the  firmness of their coats prevents  their closing; and
hence  arises the fatal nature  of  wounds of large vessels,  which
will remain open till they are tied up, or till death is produced.
   The veins commence in small  capillary tubes, in every part of
the body, and by their gradual union, form large trunks, till they
at last terminate in two, which pour their contents into the heart.
Their structure is much less firm than that of the arteries.   They
are very thin and soft, consisting of only two thin coats, or mem-
branes.  The inner, or lining membrane, is frequently doubled
into folds, forming  valves, Avhich nearly elose  the passage in the
veins, and thus give very material  support to  the blood as  it is
moving up in them towards the heart.  These valves are not found
in the veins of the  bowels, the lungs, or the head.  The number
of the veins is  much  greater than that of the  arteries, an artery
being often accompanied by two veins.  They differ, also, in this:
that while the arteries are deeply seated in the flesh,  to guard them
from injury, the veins are very frequently superficial, and covered
only by the skin.  The veins, it is Avell knoAvn,  are  the  vessels
commonly opened in blood-letting, although, in  cases which ren-
der it necessary, a small artery is sometimes divided.  There are
two  portions of the venous system, which do not correspond ex-
actly Avith our general description;  these are,  the veins of the
bowels and of the lungs.  The former circulate their  blood through
the liver, before it returns to the heart; and  the latter, the pulmo-
nary veins, convey red  blood from  the lungs to the heart.   It
should also be mentioned, that the large vein, which brings back the
blood from the lower parts of the body, receives from the lympha-
 tic and lacteal vessels the chyle from the boAvels, Avhich supplies
 the waste of the blood and nourishes the body, and  the serous and
 other Avatery fluids Avhich are taken up by the absorbents  in all
 parts of the body. 
42b
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
                        KIDNEY.

   Kidney, one of the abdominal viscera, consisting  of  two volu-
 minous glands, the office of which is to secrete the urine from the
 blood.  One of these glands lie on the right, and the other on the
 left of the vertebral column, or  back-bone.   They are  both con-
 tained in a fatty, cellular substance, (suet,) and are situated behind
 the peritonaeum, and before the diaphragm and the quadratus lum-
 borum.  They are penetrated Avith blood-vessels and nerves ; are
 of a reddish color, and more consistent than the other glands. An
 external cellular membrane, and an internal fibrous membrane en-
 velope each  kidney, Avhich is divided into the cortical substance,
 and the tubulous substance.   The former constitutes the  exterior
 part of the kidney, and extends betAveen the cones formed by the
latter.   It secretes the urine; that is, separates its elements from
the blood, and  combines  them, Avhile the latter pours it into the
 pelvis, a  membranous bag situated  at the  middle of the  kidney,
from which  it is conveyed by the ureter,  a membranous  tube, into
the bladder.   From the bladder, the  urine is  evacuated by the
 urethra, a membranous canal passing through the penis.
  The  kidneys  are  not mere filters or sieves, as Avas anciently
 supposed, and as  some  modern physiologists  have maintained;
they  are true glands ; that is, a vascular nervous  apparatus, hav-
ing a particular action, for the production of a particular fluid.
 The kidneys are subject to an inflammation, called nephritis, and
to a nervous pain, called nephralgia.  The kidney sometimes con-
tains  stones, gravel  or sand  in the pelvis, and also in the  cortical
and tubulous  substance, which occasion the  most excrutiating
pain.
  Diseases of the  kidneys  are generally occasioned by  excess  in
 eating and drinking, particularly in subjects  addicted to venery,  or
 accustomed  to violent  riding, or  much  walking.  Temperance,
vegetable diet, warm bathing, abstinence  from equitation, etc., are
preventives. 
INTESTINE.
429
                         SPLEEN.

   Spleen,  or milt: a spongy viscus, varying much in form and
 size,  situated on the left side, between the eleventh and twelfth
 false  ribs,  and covered with a simple, firm membrane, arising
 from  the peritona?um.  It is of an oval form, and about one-fifth
 smaller than  the  liver.   Its upper surface is connected with the
 diaphragm, and its interior with  the stomach.   It is convex to-
 wards the ribs, and concave internally, and of a livid color.   The
 splenic artery is very large, in proportion to the size of the organ,
 and is divided into numerous small branches, penetrating the sub-
 stance of the spleen.   The splenic vein is larger than the artery,
 in  the proportion of five to  one; and, by  its junction with the
 mesenteric,  constitutes the  trunk  of the vena portae, which car-
 ries the blood into the substance of the liver.   From this splenic
 artery, several branches called vasa brevia, go off to the stomach,
 which they supply with blood.
   The uses of the spleen are entirely unknown;  but they appear
 to have some  connection with the  process of  digestion.   The
 spleen is  subject  to inflammation, {splentis,)  and,  as often hap-
 pens after agues, the inflammation becomes chronic; the tumor is
 then commonly called the ague  cake,  though that  name is also
 given to a tumor of the liver,  succeeding intermittents.  It is also,
 in some cases, too feeble  in its action, and then the  digestion suf-
fers.   Spleen is also sometimes used to signify the hypochondri-
 asis.
                      INTESTINE.

  Intestine, (intestinum, from intus, within.)   The convoluted
membranous tube, that extends from the stomach to  the anus, re-
ceives  the  ingested food, retains it a certain time, mixes with it
the bile and pancreatic juice, propels  the chyle into  the  lacteals,
and covers  the foeces with mucus, is so called.
  The intestines are  situated in the cavity of the abdomen, and 
430
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
are divided  into the small and  large, which  have, besides their
size,  other  circumstances of  distinction.   The  small  intestines
are supplied internally with  folds,  called valvule  conniventes,
and have no bands on their external surface,  The large intestines
have no folds internally; are supplied externally with three strong
muscular bands, Avhich run parallel upon the surface, and give the
intestines  a  saccated appearance; they have also small fatty ap-
pendages, called appendiculse  epiploicse.   The first portion of the
intestinal  tube, for about the extent of twelve fingers' breadth, is
called the duodenum; it lies in the epigastric region, makes three
turnings, and, betAveen  the first and  second flexure, receives, by
a common opening, the pancreatic duct, and the ductus  communis
choledochus.  It is in this portion of the intestines, that chylifica-
tion is chiefly performed.   The remaining portion  of  the small
intestines  is distinguished by an imaginary division into the jeju-
num  and ileum.   The jejunum, which commences Avhere the
duodenum ends, is situated in the umbilical region, and is mostly
found empty; hence its name: it is everyAvhere covered with red
vessels, and, about an hour and a half after a meal, Avith distended
lacteals.   The ileum occupies the hypogastric region and the pel-
vis, is of  a more pallid color than the former, and terminates by
a transverse opening into the large  intestines, Avhich is  called the
valve  of the  ileum, valve  of the ca?cum, or the valve of the tulipius.
The beginning of the large intestines is firmly tied down in the
right iliac region, and, for the  extent of about four fingers' breadth,
is called  the caecum, having  adhering to it a worm-like process,
called the processus cseci vermiformis, or appendicula  caeci ver-
miformis.   The great  intestine then takes the  name  of colon,
ascends toAvards the liver, passes across the abdomen,  under the
stomach to the left side, where it is contorted like the letter S, and
descends to the pelvis; hence it is divided, in this course, into the
ascending portion, the  transverse arch, and the sigmoid  flexure.
When it has reached the pelvis, it is  called the rectum, from
whence it proceeds, in a straight line, to the anus.
  The intestinal canal is composed of three membranes, or coats;
a common one from the peritoneum, a muscular coat,  and a vil-
ous coat,  the villi  being formed of  the  fine terminations of the
arteries and nerves, and the origins  of  lacteals  and lymphatics.
The intestines are connected to the body by the mesentery; the 
DIAPHRAGM.
431
duodenum  has also  a peculiar connecting cellular substance, as
have likewise the colon  and rectum, by whose means the former
is firmly accreted to the back, the colon to the kidneys, and the
latter to the os coccygis, and,  in women, to the vagina.  The re-
maining portion of the tube is loose in the  cavity of the abdomen.
The arteries of this canal are branches of the superior and inferior
mesenteric, and  the duodenal.  The veins evacuate their blood
into the vena porta?.  The nerves are branches of the eight pair
and intercostals.   The lacteal  vessels, which originate principally
from the jejunum, proceed to the glands in the mesentery.
                     DIAPHRAGM.

   Diaphragm, in anatomy, a large, robust, muscular membrane
or skin, placed transversely in the trunk, and dividing the chest
from the belly.  In its natural situation, the diaphragm is convex
on the  upper side towards the breast, and concave on its loAver
side towards the belly ;  therefore,  when its fibers swell and  con-
tract, it must become plain on each side ; and consequently, the
cavity of the breast is enlarged, to give liberty to  the lungs to re-
cieve air in inspiration ; and the stomach and intestines are pressed
for the distribution of their contents ; hence the use of this mus-
cle is very considerable.
   It is the principal  agent in  respiration, particularly in inspira-
tion ; for, Avhen it is in action, the cavity of the chest is enlarged,
particularly at  the sides,  where the lungs are chiefly situated;
and,  as the lungs must always be contiguous to the inside of the
chest and upper side  of  the diaphragm, the air rushes into them,
in order to fill up the  increased space.   In expiration it is relaxed,
and pushed up by the pressure of the abdominal muscles upon the
viscera of the abdomen; and, at the same time that they press it
upAvards,  they pull  doAvn the ribs, by Avhich the cavity of the
chest is diminished, and the air suddenly pushed out of the lungs. 
432
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
                         PELVIS.

  Pelvis ; the loAver part of the cavity of the abdomen in men
and  animals.  In  the infant,  it consists of many pieces ;  but  in
the adult it is composed of four bones, so united, as not to admit
of motion on each other, and is open above and beloAV; Avide  at
its upper part, and contracted at its inferior aperture.  The out-
side  is  roundish:  the upper part  broader; the loAver, narroAver.
The Avhole  pelvis is movable upon the thighs; the hip-bone  is
therefore raised,  in Avalking, on that side Avhich is supported by
the thigh; on the contrary, it sinks immediately Avith the trunk
on that  side  upon Avhich the  foot is raised and advanced.  The
walls of the cavity of the pelvis, are even, smooth, and covered
Avith flesh.   A line drawn  through the middle of the pelvis, di-
vides it into two parts, one of Avhich is called the upper or  larger,
and the other, the lower or  smaller one.  In Avell-formed persons
of a middle  size,  the diameter of the great pelvis, or the distance
of one  hip-bone to the other, is  in the male sex about nine, in the
female about eleven inches.   The superior size of the female pel-
vis,  is  intended to assist gestation and parturition.   It is  evident
that  the pelvis of men must have, on account of their erect figure,
a different direction from that of animals.  The pelvis contains a
part of the  small  intestines, the rectum, the bladder, the internal
organs  of generation, the large nerves, and blood-vessels of the
loAver limbs, and  many absorbent vessels, Avith their glands.  Its
office  is to  give steadiness to the trunk; to connect it Avith the
lower extremities, by a safe and firm junction ; to form the center
of all the motions of the body, and to give support to the gravid
uterus.
                        UTERUS.

  Uterus, (the womb:) the organ in which  the embryo is recei-
ved from the ovary, to which it becomes adherent so as to receive
the materials of  its growth, and  in which it is restrained,  for a 
UTERUS.
433
 longer or a shorter time, in various species, exist until its expul-
 sion in the process of parturition.
   A proper uterus belongs only to the mammalia:  oviparous gene-
 ration, under various modifications,  if found in the other classes ;
 and the female organ is, therefore,  reduced  to a mere canal (ove-
 duct) for the transmission of the  ova.  In the human female, the
 uterus is a spongy receptacle, resembling a compressed pear, situ-
 ated in the cavity of the pelvis, above the vagina, and between the
 urinary bladder and rectum.   Its form resembles that of an oblong
 pear flattened, with the depressed sides  placed toAvards  the ossa
 pubis and sacrum ; but, in the impregnated state, it becomes more
 oval according to the degree of its distension.  For the convenience
 of description, and for some practical purposes, the uterus is dis-
 tinguished into three parts:  the upper part called the fundus;
 the  loAver, the servex;  the space  below them, the  body.   The
 uterus  is about three  inches  in length,  about tAvo in breadth, at
 the fundus, and one at the cervex.   Its thickness is different at the
 fundus and cervex, being, at  the former, usually  rather less than
 half an inch,  and, at the latter, somewhat more; and this thick-
 ness is preserved  throughout  pregnancy, chiefly by the  enlarge-
 ment of the veins  and lymphatics, there being a  smaller size of the
 arteries; but there is so great a  variety, in size and dimensions,
 of the uterus  in different women, independent of the state of vir-
 ginity,  marriage,  or pregnancy,  as to prevent any very  accurate
 mensuration.   The internal surface of the uterus is corrugated  in
 a beautiful manner;  but the rugue or wrinkles, which are  longitu-
 dinal, lessen  as they advance into the uterus, the fundus of which
 is  smooth.   In the intervals betweeu the  rugue  are small orifices
 like  those in the vagina, which  discharge  a mucus,  serving,  be-
 sides, other purposes, that of  closing the os uteri very curiously
 and perfectly during pregnancy.  The substance of uterus, which
 is very  firm,  is composed of arteries, veins, lymphatics,  nerves,
and muscular fibers, curiously interwoven and connected  together
by cellular membranes.   The  use of the Avomb is for menstruation,
conception, nutrition of the foetus, and parturition.   It is  liable to
many diseases, the principal of which are retroversion and falling
down, hydatids, dropsy of the uterus, moles, polypus, ulceration,
 cancer,  etc.
        55 
434
PHYSIOLOGICAL.
                        EMBRYO.

   Embryo ; the first rudiments of the animal in the Avomb, before
the several members are distinctly formed, after which it is called
the  foetus.   The  time  necessary  to produce this  is  different
in  different species.  The human  embryo is visible  in  three
Aveeks:  at the end of four,  a pulsation is  perceptible, which  is
known to be the beating of the heart.  It is  now about the size  of
an ant or fly, and retains its transparency, which, hoAvever,  gradu-
ally diminishes, and, at the end of tAvo months, disappears; the
eyes, nose, mouth, ears, and all the members, are distinguishable ;
it is as large as a bee.  In three  months,  every  thing  becomes
more distinct; the sex becomes evident, and the foetus grows until
it is ushered into the world as  a child.
                         OVARY.

   The ovaria are two flat oval bodies,  about one  inch in length,
and rather more than half in breadth and thickness, suspended in
the broad ligaments about the distance of one inch from the uterus
behind, and a little below the  fallopian tubes.  They  include  a
number of vesicles or ova, to the amount of twelve to tAventy, of
different sizes, joined to the internal surface of the ovaria by cel-
lular threads  or  pedicles, and contain a fluid which  has the  ap-
pearance of thin lymph.  The ovaria prepare Avhatever the female
supplies towards the formation of the fcetus : this is proved by the
operation of  spaying, which consists in the extirpation of  the
ovaria; after  which the animal  not only loses the  poAver of con-
ceiving, but desire is  forever extinguished.   These vesicles have
been  generally regarded as  little  eggs  Avhich detach themselves
from the ovary after fecundation, and are carried into the cavity  of
the womb by  the fallopian tubes. 
                    PART   IV.


              MISCELLANEOUS.




                       CHAP.  I.


                    CHIMISTRY.

   By this name,  the etymology of which is uncertain, we under-
stand the science Avhich  teaches the nature of bodies, or rather
the mutual agencies of  the elements Avhereof they are composed,
Avith a  vieAV to  determine the nature,  proportions, and mode of
combination of these elements, in all bodies.  Natural Philoso-
phy, or physics,  examines the reciprocal influence of matter, in
masses.   Chimistry treats of the mutual action of the integrant
parts.   In the former,  the phenomena  are produced by the gene-
ral attraction or repulsion of bodies ; in the latter, by minute com-
bination or decomposition.  With our present knowledge of mat-
ter, and its laws, Ave  cannot separate physics entirely from  chi-
mistry : one science cannot be studied without the other.   Those
artisans who first discovered the means of melting, combining and
moulding metals ; those physicians who first extracted vegetable
substances from  plants, and  observed their  properties, Avere the
first chimists.   Instead, however,  of observing a philosophical
method in their  examinations; instead of passing from what  was
known, to what was unknoAvn, early inquirers suffered themselves
to be led  astray by astrological dreams, the fables of the philoso- 
436
MISCELLANEOUS.
pher's stone, and a hundred other  absurdities.  Until the  year
1650,  Ave  find little Avorthy of notice in the history of chimistry.
Rhazis,  Roger Bacon,  Arnaud  de Yilleneuve, Basilius Valentin,
Paracelsus, Agricola, etc., observed some of the properties of iron,
quicksilver,  antimony,  ammoniac and saltpetre.  They discover-
ed sulphuric, nitric, and other acids;  the mode of rectifying spirits;
preparing opium, jalap,  etc., and of purifying the alkalies.  Glau-
ber Avas distinguished for the accuracy of  his observations.   He
endeavored to improve certain  instruments; advised operators
not to throAv away, as useless, any residuum in  performing expe-
riments ; discovered the salt Avhich is called, from him, Glauber's
salts, etc.
  Such isolated discoveries, hoAvever, could not form a complete
science.   Stahl appeared,  and,  although his theory Avas unsatis-
factory and  entirely gratuitous;  and, as later  observations have
proved,  erroneous; yet he laid  the  foundations of a regular  sci-
ence.  He  Avas himself much indebted to the celebrated  Becher,
whose vieAvs he corrected and expanded.   He  was sensible that
the greater part of chimical phenomena might depend on a general
cause, or,  at least, on a few general principles, to which all com-
binations must necessarily be referred.   He supposed that bodies
contained a  combustible element, which inflammable bodies  lost
by  being burned,  and which they could regain from  other bodies
more inflammable.  This  element he called phlogiston.    The
establishing  of a hypothesis, which connected almost all pheno-
mena with each other, was an important step.   Boerhaave adopt-
ed Stahl's  system,  and contributed  much to its general diffusion.
He  is the founder of philosophical chimistry, Avhich he enriched
with numerous experiments respecting fire, the caloric of light,
etc.   Although the principles on Avhich these  philosophers  pro-
ceeded Avere false, yet the science  Avas much advanced by their
labors.   It Avas reserved for Black, Priestley, Cavendish and La-
voisier, to overturn Stahl's  system, and substitute the  pneumatic,
or antiphlogistic theory, the best history of Avhich  is to be found
in Fourcroy's Philosophic  Chimique, and his  Systeme des ~Con-
noissances Chimiques.
  As soon as the composition of the atmospheric air was known,
it was observed that combustible bodies, burning in contact Avith
it, instead of losing one of their  elements,  absorbed one of  the 
CHIMISTRY.
337
 component parts of the atmosphere, and  Avere thug increased in
 weight.  This component part has received the name of oxygen,
 because many of the combustible bodies  are  changed by  its ab-
 sorption into  acids.   Oxygen now took the place of phlogiston,
 and explained the difficulties which beset  the  phlogistic  theory.
 Light and unity were introduced into chimistry by the new  tech-
 nical nomenclature adopted in 1787, through the aid of which all
 the individual facts are easily retained in the memory,  since the
 name of each body is expressive either of its composition or of
 its characteristic  property.   Twelve or  fifteen terms have been
 found sufficient for creating a methodical language, in which there
 is no inexpressive term, and which, by changing the final syllables
 of certain names, indicates the  change which  takes place in the
 composition of bodies.   Lavoiseur,  Fourcroy, Guyton de  Mor-
 Areau, and Berthollet, were the authors of this felicitous innovation.
 The chimical terminalogy  admits  of nothing arbitrary,  and is
 adapted not only to express phenomena now known, but also any
 Avhich may be hereafter discovered.  It furnishes the first exam-
 ple of  a systematic and analytic  language.
   The commencement of the nineteenth century forms a brilliant
 era in the progress of chimistry.   The galvanic apparatus of Volta
 presented to the experimenter an agent unequaled in the  variety,
 extent, and energy of its action upon common matter.  With this
apparatus, Sir Humphrey Davy commenced a series of researches,
 Avhich resulted in a greater modification of the science than it had
 ever before experienced.  He proved that the fixed  alkalies were
composed of oxygen with metallic bases, and thus led the Avay to
the discovery of an analogous constitution in the alkaline  earths.
 To the same individual  the science  is principally indebted for the
 establishment of the  simple  nature of chlorine, and for the inves-
tigation of iodine.  His researches concerning the nature of flame,
resulting as they did in the invention of the miner's safety-lamp,
afforded to mankind  a neAV demonstration of  the utility of philo-
sophy in contributing to the improvement of the arts of life. But
that department of chimistry, which has  of late been most suc-
cessfully investigated, relates to the  definite proportions in which
bodies unite to form the various chimical compounds.  To  esta-
blish the conclusions Avhich have been  arrived at, a  multitude of
exact analyses were requisite.  These  Avere accomplished princi- 
■138
MISCELLANEOUS.
pally through the labors of Vauquelin,  Gay Lussac, Thonard,
Berzelius, and Thompson; and  have terminated in the establish-
ment of the general truth, that Avhen bodies  combine  chimically
and intimately with each other, they combine in determinate quan-
tities ; and that,  Avheii one body  unites Avith another in more than
one  proportion,  the ratio of  the  increase may be expressed by
some simple multiple of the first proportion.   Upon this general
fact, Doctor Wollaston constructed the logametric scale of chimical
equivalents—an  invention which has contributed,  in  an  eminent
degree, to render our knowledge of the constitution of compounds
precise, by introducing  the sure  basis of arithmetical relations,
Avhich, Avhen fixed with accuracy,  are not  susceptible of change.
The doctrine of  definite proportions may,  therefore,  be regarded
as having communicated to the principles  of chimistry that  cer-
tainty Avhich has long been  considered  as peculiar to the mathe-
matical sciences; and it is in the development of these important
relations, that the advancement of  the science has been most con-
spicuous.   Among the still more recent improvements in chimis-
try,  may  be cited  the  discovery  of Dobereinere, relating to the
power of platinum  in  effecting  the combination of oxygen  and
hydrogen;  the researches of Faraday, in Avhich many of the gases
have been reduced to the liquid form; the discovery of neAv com-
pounds of carbon and hydrogen,  and the singular fact, which they
exhibit, of  different combinations  being established in the same
proportions; the elucidation of the new  compounds of  chlorine
Avith carbon; of the peroxide of chlorine;  the hydriodide of  car-
bon ;  the perchloric, iodous, fulminic, and other acids; the disco-
very of the  real  bases of silex  and  zircon, and that of the neAv
principle, brome: add  to these,  that our knowledge of light and
electricity has been greatly enlarged, and that the  phenomena of
electrc-magnetism are altogether  neAv,  and it becomes strikingly
obvious that chimistry is still a  progressive science.   " Nor can
any limits be placed to  the  extent of its investigations.  Its ana-
lysis  is indefinite;  its  completion will have been attained only
when the real elements of bodies shall have been detected, and all
their modifications traced: but  hoAV remote  this may be from its
present state,  we  cannot judge.  Nor can Ave, from our present
knowledge,  form any just conception of  the stages of discovery
through which it has yet to pass." 
CHIMISTRY.
439
   Chimistry has  two ways of becoming acquainted Avith the in-
ternal structure of bodies,  analysis and synthesis.  By the  for-
mer, it separates  the component parts of a compound body; by
the latter, it combines the  separated element, so as to form anew
the decomposed body, and to prove the correctness of the former
process.   These  methods depend on a complete knowledge of the
tAvo powers, by which all bodies in nature are set in motion, viz.,
attraction and repulsion.  Attempts have been made to distinguish
the attraction of  elementary particles from planetary attraction—
the former being designated a chimical affinity.   But nature  has
only one  controlling principle of attraction.  The alternate play
of attraction and repulsion, produces a great number of sensible
phenomena, and  a  multitude of combinations, which change the
nature and properties of bodies.   The study of these phenomena,
and the knowledge of these combinations, appertain to the depart-
ment of chimistry.   The history of a body must always precede
its  analysis.   The mere examination of its form, its  color, its
weight, and the place where it was found, etc., is often sufficient,
by a comparison, to lead to a knowledge of its chimical proper-
ties.
   There  is no science more extensive than chimistry, nor is it
possible for one person to  embrace it in its whole compass.   To
facilitate its study, it is considered in different points of vieAV,  and
thrown into divisions and  subdivisions, so that a person may de-
vote himself to one department of it, although the method of ob-
serving, analyzing, and combining is the same in all; and although
all the  phenomena must be explained by the general theory,  and
referred to certain laAvs, of which a previous knowledge is requi-
site.  These laAvs constitute what is called  philosophical chimis-
try, Avhich explains what is meant by the affinity of aggregation
or cohesion, by the  affinity of composition, or chimical affinity.
It treats of the phenomena of solution, saturation, crystalization,
ebullition, fusion, nutralization.   Chimical processes, by chang-
ing or modifying the properties of bodies, suggest to the observer
important  considerations on  the changes of form, density,  and
temperature.   Philosophical chimistry weighs  these considera-
tions.  It  shows, further, that  affinity  may be exerted, 1st,  be-
tween two simple bodies; 2d, between a simple  and a compound
one; 3d, between compound bodies;  and, establishing the princi- 
440
MISCELLANEOUS.
pie, that the  same body has  not the same affinity for all others,
but attracts them unequally, it shows  us the laAvs which deter-
mine  this preference, and the circumstances which modify it; such
as  cohesion, mass, insolubility, elasticity, and  temperature.   It
measures the degree of affinity, Avhether of simple or compound
bodies.   It observes the circumstances Avhich aid or obstruct the
play of attraction, and shoAvs that tAvo bodies Avill not act upon
each  other, unless  one of them, at least, is in a fluid state;  that
bodies,  even in a state of solution, act upon  each  other  only at
imperceptible distances ; that two bodies which have no percepti-
ble affinity, may be made  to combine, by  the interposition of a
third; and, finally, that the peculiar properties of bodies are des-
troyed by their combination, and that the compound  possesses
continually new properties.   Proceeding from these principles to
the examination  of  bodies themselves,  philosophical  chimistry
considers the effects of light, heat and electricity; the nature of
the simple and compound  inflammable bodies; of air and water;
the composition and decomposition of acids;  the nature and  pro-
perties of the salts; their  relation to the acids; the calcination,
solution, and alloying of metals; the composition  and nature  of
plants;  the characteristics of the immediate elements of vegetable
substances; the phenomena of animalization; the properties  of
animal compound; and the decay of organic substances.   This is
the sphere of philosophical  chimistry, while it  confines itself  to
general  views.
  According to the application of these  general vieAvs, chimistry
is divided into seven or eight branches, Avhich we have yet briefly
to survey.  The study of the great phenomena which are observed
in the atmosphere, and Avhich are called meteors, constitutes mete-
orological chimistry.   This explains the formation of the clouds,
rain, mist, snow, Avater-spouts ; the state  of the atmosphere in re-
lation to the hygrometer, barometer,  and thermometer; the nature
of the aurora borealis, and meteoric stones ; in short, all the chimi-
cal  processes going on above the surface of the earth.
  Geological  chimistry treats principally of great combinations
of nature which produce volcanoes, veins of metals,  beds of mine-
ral coal, basalt, mineral  Avaters, the enormous masses of salt and
lime,  the saltpetre in the bed  of the Indies, the natron  of the lakes
of Egypt, the borax of the lakes of  Thibet.   The geological chi- 
CHIMISTRY.
441
 mist endeavors to discover and explain the causes of deluges, earth-
 quakes, the decrease of the Avaters on the globe, the ^influence of
 climate on the color of animals and plants, on the smell of'floAvers
 and the tastes of fruits.   In these general views, he needs the aid
 of natural philosophy and physic.
   Chimistry, in its application to natural history, is divided in the
 same manner.   There is a chimistry of the mineral kingdom which
 comprises  metallurgy and  assaying,  and the  examinations of all
 inorganic substances, as  stones, salts, metals,  bitumen, Avaters, a
 chimistry of the vegetable kingdom which analyzes plants and their
 immediate products ; and a chimistry of the animal kingdom, Avhich
 studies all substances derived from living or dead animals.  This
 last is subdivided into physiological chimistry, which considers the
 changes produced in  animal substances by  the  operation of life ;
pathological chimistry, which traces  the changes produced by dis-
 ease or organic defects;  therapeutic  or pharmaceutic chimistry,
 which traces the nature and preparation of medicines, shows the
 means of preserving them, and exposes the pretensions of empirics ;
 hygclic chimistry,  Avhich  acquaints  us  Avith  the  means of con-
 structing and arranging our  habitations so as to render them heal-
 thy, of examining the air which we must breathe in them, guard-
 ing against contagious diseases, choosing  wholesome food,  dis-
 covering the  influence of occupation,  fashion,  and custom, on the
 health.
  Agricultural chimistry  treats of uie nature of plants and soils,
and the laws  of production.   Sir Humphrey Davy first gave it the
character of a science.  It treats :  first, of the general powers of
 matter Avhich have any  influence on  vegetation, of gravity, cohe-
sion, chimical affinity, heat, light, electricity, the elements of mat-
ter, especially  such as  are found in  vegetables, and the laws of
their composition and arrangements;  second,  of the organization
of plants—their structure, the chimical composition of their organs,
 and the substance found in them, etc.;  third, of soils ; fourth, of
the nature of manure.
  Chimistry, finally, exerts an influence on the economy of  do-
 mestic life, and on  the arts.   It simplifies and regulates the daily
 offices of the house-keeper; renders our  dwellings healthy, Avarm,
 light; assists us  in preparing clothing, food, drink, etc.: it teaches
 the best way of making  bread; preparing and purifying oils ; of
         56 
442
MISCELLANEOUS.
constructing bake-houses,  ovens,  and hearths; of bleaching and
washing all kinds of stuff;  of producing artificial cold,  etc.  The
application of chimistry to  the arts and manufactures is, hoAvever,
still more  important and extensive.  Here its aim  is to discover,
improve, extend, perfect, and simplify the processes by Avhich the
objects to be prepared may be adapted to our Avants.
  We close our remarks Avith the  observation that a knoAvledge of
chimistry may frequently  be useful  in  judicial  proceedings  by
bringing crime to light in cases of poisoning, counterfeiting coins,
and written documents, etc.
  Chimical Classification and  Nomenclature.—The  chimist
finds a small number of bodies, from Avhich only one kind of mat-
ter can be  obtained, in the  present state of his knoAvledge, and by
the instruments and agents  Avhich he now has at his disposal.   On
the other hand, there is  a large  number of bodies  from which he
obtains several kinds of matter.   The former, he calls  elementary
ox simple  bodies;  the latter, compound bodies.  The number of
simple  bodies  noAV  knoAvn is  fifty-three;  that of the  com-
pound bodies is  much greater, and might, at first, appear to be in-
finite, since not only a difference of elements, but even  a difference
of the proportions in Avhich they are combined, makes  an essential
difference  in the properties  of the  compound.   It is, however,
much less than would be supposed, and even less than  the number
of possible combinations of simple bodies.   Twelve of the simple
bodies are oxygen, iodine, chlorine, bromine, fluorine, hydrogen,
boron, carbon,  phosphorus,  sulphur, azote, and  selenium ; and
forty-one are metals.  The five first are called supporters of com-
bustion, because they combine  with the others, producing a dis-
engagement of heat, light, and acidifying  principles, and, also,
because they are capable of producing acids  by a similar combina-
tion.   The forty-eight others are  called simple combustibles, be-
cause their union with the supporters of combustion, above men-
tioned, is a real combustion.
   Compound  bodies, as has been observed, are not so numerous
as might  be  supposed.   They result, 1st. From the combination
of koxygen, or  one of the other simple supporters of combustion,
with  one  of  the simple combustibles; such are the acids.  2nd.
From  that of a simple body combined, with oxygen, Avith other
similar compounds ;  such are  the salts.  3d.  From that of two, 
CHIMISTRY.
443
 three, rarely  four simple  combustibles, with one another.   4th.
From that of oxygen  and hydrogen  and carbon, forming vegeta]
 ble matter.  5th.  From that  of oxygen  with  hydrogen, carbon
 and azote, forming animal matter.   Combustibles combined with
 the simple supporters of combustion, are sometimes called burned
 boelies;  from the  number of their elements, they are also called
 binary compounds.  When their taste is acid, and they have the
 property of reddening vegetable blues, they are termed acids.   If
 they  are  not  acid to the  taste, and have the property of turning
 blue what has been  reddened by acids, they are distinguished by
 the termination  ide, as oxide, chloride, etc.  If only one of the
 latter class is formed—that is, if the supporter of combustion will
 unite Avith the combustible in only  one proportion, Ave call this
 compound simply the oxide, chloride, etc. of the combustibles, as
 oxide of carbon.   If they unite in several proportions, we call the
 first,  or that  which contains the smallest proportion of oxygen,
 etc., protoxide, etc,; the second, deutoxide; the third,  trioxide.
 The highest is all  called peroxide.  So,  if only one acid is formed,
we designate  it  by the name of the combustible, with the termi-
 nation ic.  Thus  carbon Avith oxygen forms carbonic  acid.   If
several  are  formed,  that which contains the larger proportion of
the acidifying principle,  is designated  by the termination ic, and
that Avhich contains  less, by the termination ous.   Thus sulphur
forms sulphuric acid and sulphurous acid.  If there are still in-
 termediate compounds, Ave annex  hypo, to designate a lower de-
 gree of acidity.  Thus we should have sulphuric, hyposulphuric;
 sulphurous, hypo sulphurous.   In the acids and oxides, chlorides,
 etc.,  the  combustible is called the base.  When  the base is  the
 same, the peroxide,  etc.  always contains less oxygen, etc., than
 the loAvest acid.   For the names of compounds  of two binary
 burnt bodies, no rules have been adopted to express the union of
 tAvo oxides, tAvo  acids, or an acid with a non-metallic oxide.   But
those formed  of acids and metallic oxides are called salts, and
their individual names are  formed by changing the termination  of
the acid, and placing it before the name of the metal; the termi-
nation ous is changed  into ite, and ic into ate ; sulphurous acid,
Avith the oxide of tin, would form sulphite of tin; sulphuric acid
and tin, sulphate  of tin.  If the same  acid combines with more
than one  oxide of the same metal, then we prefix the characteris- 
444
MISCELLANEOUS.
tic of the oxide to the name of the acid ;  thus sulphuric acid, com-
bined with  the protoxide of iron, forms the protosulphatc ; with
the peroxide, the persulphate  of iron.   Other  substances  have
also the property  of uniting  Avith  acids, neutralizing them,  and
forming compounds analogous  to  salts.   There  are no  gene-
ral  rules  for the   names   of these compounds, but  the sub-
stances  themselves  are  called salifiable, bases.   The rules of no-
menclature,  in regard to the combination of the combustibles, vary.
1st. If  the  constituents  are metals, they form alloys.  2nd.  If
the components are solid or liquid, and formed of a metallic and a
non-metallic combustible, Ave give  to the latter the termination
uret; as carbon Avith iron  forms carburet of iron.   If both are
non-metallic, the  termination  uret may be attached to cither; as,
phosphuret  of sulphur, or  sulphur et of phosphorus.  3d. If the
compound is gaseous, Ave name the gas, or one of  the gases, if  it
is composed of two, and join the  other component as an adjec-
tive, as phosphuretted hydrogen. 
CHAP.   II.
                          ACIDS.

   Acids : a class of compound bodies, which have the following
 characteristic properties: ■— The greater part of them have a sour
 taste,, and most of  them  are very  corrosive.   They change the
 vegetable blues to red, are soluble in water, and have great affinity
 for the alkaline, earthy, and metallic oxides,' with Avhich they form
 neutral salts.  Some acids have no sour taste, but their affinity for
 the three classes of bodies above mentioned, is always character-
 istic.  If a few drops of sulphuric  acid, nitric acid, or  muriatic
 acid, be added to a solution of blue litmus, it becomes red.   The
 same is the case if they be added to other vegetable colors, as vio-
 let, etc.   Hence these colors are employed as tests of acids; that
 is, to ascertain  Avhen  they exist in any substance.  We may add
 the infusion to the fluid in which we are trying to detect an acid,
 but a more convenient method is, to spread it on paper, and allow
 it to dry.   If a strip of this  be  put  into a fluid in which  there is
 an acid,  it instantly becomes red.  Some  acids appear only in a
 fluid state—either gaseous, as carbonic acid; or liquid, as  sulphu-
 ric acid:  others appear in a solid form, or crystalized, as benzoic
 acid, boracic  acid, etc.
  All acids are compound bodies, and are sometimes divided into
 four classes, the three first of which are compounded  Avith oxy-
 gen ; the fourth class  consists of those which, at least according
to  some  modern chimists, have  no oxygen; e.  g., sulphuretted
hydrogen.  The first class of acids is compounded with  oxygen
 and one other body;  the second class comprises the acids com-
 pounded  of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen; the third  class  con-
 sists of those acids which contain nitrogen, in addition to the three
substances above mentioned.  The ancient chimists were acquaint-
ed Avith but few of the acids  now known; they divided them, ac- 
446                  MISCELLANEOUS.
 cording to the  kingdoms of nature,  into mineral, vegetable,  and
 animal acids.   This division, hoAvever, cannot be retained, as there
 are some acids Avhich appear in all the kingdoms; e. g., phospho-
 ric acid.   If the same  radical be compounded Avith  different  pro-
 portions of the acidifying principle, forming  different acids,  the
 most poAverful  acid receives a  name from the radical, terminating
 in ic; the  Aveaker, a name formed in the same manner, in ous:
 e. g., sulphurous and sulphunc acid, nitrous andnitnc acid;  and,
 where there are intermediate compounds, the term hypo is occa-
 sionally added  to the compound next above  it in point of acidity:
 thus, hyposv\oYmxic acid, signifies an  intermediate acid between
 sulphurous and sulphuric acids;  /«/j»ophosphorous acid,  an  acid
 containing less oxygen than the phosphorous acid.


                      ALKALIES.


   Alkali :  in chimistry,  from the Arabian kali, the name of a
 plant from the ashes of Avhich  one species  of alkali can be  ex-
 tracted.  The  substances  that are met Avith under the denomina-
 tion of alkaline, are possessed  of certain peculiar properties;  they
 are mainly characterized, hoAvever, by a poAver of combining with
 acids, in such a manner as to impair the activity of the latter; so
 that alkalies, as chimical agents,  are  distinguished by properties
 the reverse of acids; and alkalies are, therefore, generally consid-
 ered as antagonist substances.
   Besides  the power of neutralizing acids,  and thereby forming
 certain saline substances, the alkalies are further distinguished by
the following properties:  1st, they have an acrid taste and corro-
 sive poAver when applied to some  substances, thus proving caustic
 to the skin and tongue; 2d, they change vegetable blue to green,
 and red to  purple, and  yelloAV to  a reddish-brown;  3d,  they are
 almost indefinitely soluble in water—that is, they combine with it
 in every proportion; 4th, they unite with oils and fats, and form
 by this union the well  known compound called soap.
   There is another class of substances which have a strong analo-
 gy to alkalies, especially in the particular of opposition to acids;
 namely, the earths.  Some of these, indeed, have been classed by
 Fourcroy  among the alkalies;  but they have  been  kept separate 
ALBUMEN.
447
by others, on the ground  that the analogy  between them is far
from  amounting to an identity of properties.  The true alkalies
have been arranged, by a modern chimist, into three classes:  1st,
those which consist of a metallic basis, combined with oxygen—
these are three in number; potash, soda, and  lithia:  2d, those
Avhich contain no oxygen; namely, ammonia:  3d,  those contain-
ing oxygen, hydrogen, and carbon; in this class  are placed  aco-
nita, atropia, brucia, cicuta, datura, delphia,  hyosciama, morphia,
and strychnia.  It is supposed that the vegetable alkalies may be
found to be as numerous as the vegetable acids.   The original dis-
tribution of alkaline  substances was into volatile  and fixed, the
volatile alkali being known under the name of ammonia;  while,
of the two fixed kinds, one  Avas called potash, or  vegetable, be-
cause procured from the ashes of vegetables generally; the other,
soda, or mineral, on  account of its having  been  principally ob-
tained from the incineration of marine plants.


                      ALBUMEN.

   Albumen, in physiology, exists nearly pure in the white of
eggs.  As  thus  procured, it is  a glareous  fluid, Avith very  little
taste.   When kept for some time exposed  to air, it purifies, but,
when spread in thin  layers and dried, it does  not undergo any
changes.  When heated to about 165° Fahr.,  it coagulates, and
its properties  are entirely changed.   It  is soluble  in cold Avater,
and is separated, in its coagulated state, by hot  water, if the quan-
tity of fluid be not great; but, if the water be  about ten times as
much in amount as the albumen, there is no  coagulation.   Hence
we cannot dissolve it  in warm water, for when put into it, it is in-
stantly coagulated.  It is also coagulated by acid.
  It exists in different parts of animals, as cartilages, bones, horns,
hoofs, flesh, the membranous parts, and, in considerable quantity,
in blood, from Avhich  it is usually procured, Avhen required in the
arts.  From the property which it possesses, of being coagulated
by heat, it is employed for clarifying fluids, as  in the refining of
sugar, and many  other processes.   When required  in  a large
quantity, bullock's blood  is  used.   When  this, or the white of
eggs, is put into a warm fluid,  its albumen is coagulated, and en- 
448                   MISCELLANEOUS.

tangles the impurities, and, as the scum rises, it is removed.  Al-
bumen acts in the same way, also, in clarifying spirituous  fluids.
When, for instance, the Avhite of an egg is added to Avine, or  to
any cordial, the alcohol coagulates it, and the coagulum entangles
the impurities, and  carries them to the bottom.   Both gelatin and
albumen exist in flesh, and, as the former is soluble in Avarm Avater,
hence  the difference in the  nutritious quality of  butcher's meat,
according to the mode of cooking it;  Avhen, for instance, meat is
boiled, the greater  part of the gelatin is  extracted,  and retained
by the soup;  Avhen, on the contrary, it is roasted, the gelatinous
matter is not removed; so that, roasted meat contains both  gelatin
and albumen, and should, therefore, be more  nutritious than the
other.   By the analysis of Gay Sussac and Thenard,  100 parts of
albumen are formed of 52.883 carbon, 23.872 oxygen, 7.540 hy-
drogen, 15.705 nitrogen.   The negative  pole of a voltaic  pile  in
high activity, coagulates albumen.   Orfila has  found  the Avhite  of
eggs to be the best antidote to the poisonous  effects  of corrosive
sublimate  on the human stomach.


                       BENZOIN.

  Benzoin  is a  solid, fragile, Aregetable  substance,  of a reddish
broAvn color.  In commerce, tAvo varieties are distinguished,  viz.,
the common  and the amygdaloidal, the latter  containing Avhitish
tears, of an almond shape, diffused  through its substance.  It is
imported  from Samatra, Siam, and  Java,  and is found, also, in
South  America.  Benzoin is obtained from the tree called  styrax
benzoin, and  perhaps  from some others.   On making  incisions
into the bark, it Aoavs out in the form of a balsamic juice,  having
a pungent .taste, and an agreeable odor.  The pure  balsam  con-
sists of tAvo principal substances, viz., a resin, and a peculiar acid
termed benzoic, Avhich is procured from the mass, by sublimation.
It is soluble in Avater.   This acid is found, also, as a constituent
principle in storx, and the balsams of Tolu and Peru.   It exists
in the urine  of coavs, camels, and even of young  children.  It is
sometimes found  in a crystaline form on  the pods of the vanilla.
Benzion is not soluble in Avater, but is readily dissolved in alcohol,
by the aid of a gentle heat.   The tincture thus made is used  in 
CAUSTIC POTASSA.--CAUSTUS.
449
pharmacy.  A small quantity of this tincture, dropped into Avater,
forms a Avhite, milky fluid,  Avhich, is used in France as  a cosmetic,
under the  name of lait virginal.  The gum is a principal ingredi-
ent of the common court plaster.  The acid, as Avell as  the gum,
is employed in medicine; they are stimulating, and act more par-
ticularly upon the pulmonary system; whence  they  are used in
asthma, and chronic catarrh.


                CAUSTIC  POTASSA.

  Caustic potassa :  impure  hydrate of protoxide of potassium ;
caustic kali Avith lime; common caustic.   This is seen in flat, ir-
regular, brittle pieces,  or in round sticks, like the nitrate  of silver;
of a grayish  Avhite, sometimes reddish ;  of a savor extremely
caustic, and a  slight odor sui generis.  This substance is  extreme-
ly caustic; it  decomposes  quickly the  parts Avith Avhich it is put
in contact, and  leaves on the skin a soft, grayish eschar, Avhich
comes off slowly.  Taken internally, it acts in the same way as
all  corrosive poisons ; it  has, nevertheless, been administered, in
very dilute solutions,  as an antacid, diuretic, and lithontriptic.  It
has succeeded in  the  gravel, in nephritic  colics,  and  other  af-
fections,  proceeding from  superabundance of  uric acid.  It has
been recommended, likeAvise, in the treatment of scrofula, and in
some diseases of the  skin, such as  leprosy, etc.   This  solution,
even Avhen very  diluted, soon irritates the stomach,  and brings on
anoreaxia, which prevents it from being used for any length of
time.

                       CAUSTUS.

  The name  of caustic is given to substances, Avhich,  by  their
chimical action disorganize the parts of the body with  Avhich  they
are put in contact.  They are called, likewise, potential cauteries,
to distinguish  them from the fire called actual cautery.
  Caustics, in general, act by decomposing chimically the tissues
to which they are applied,  by depriving them pf life,  and produc-
ing a real local  and  circumscribed gangrene, called eschar, or
        57 
450
MISCELLANEOUS.
slough.   Those, the action of Avhich is  poAverful, for instance,
caustic  potassa, concentrated sulphuric acid, etc., produce these
phenomena Avith such rapidity,  that inflammation takes place on-
ly after the formation  of the eschar;  Avhilst, on the contrary,  in-
flammation  is the immediate consequence of the less energetic
caustics.  In both  cases, suppuration occurs sooner or later, and
separates  the disorganized from  the  surrounding parts.   Almost
all the substances used as caustics have only a local action ; some,
hoAvever,  are capable of being absorbed, and of exercising a dele-
terious  action on the economy in general; arsenical preparations
are an instance of it.
  The  employment of caustics is noAV  confined to a small num-
ber of cases.   The  actual cautery, and the knife, are, in general,
preferred to them.    They are used, principally, in order to estab-
lish issues, particularly in cases in Avhich it is necessary to pro-
duce  a  poAverful derivation ; to  stop  the progress  of certain gan-
grenous affections, such as anthrax ;  to open certain indolent ab-
scesses ; to change the mode  of vitality of the skin, in some can-
cerous or  heapetic ulcers ;  to  destroy  the excrescences of wounds
or proud flesh ; and, finally, to prevent the absorption of the virus,
deposited  at the surface of poisoned Avounds.


                  ESSENTIAL  OILS.


   This name is applied to those volatile fluids usually  obtained
from  aromatic plants, by subjecting them to distillation  with water.
The oil is volatilized with the aqueous vapor, and is easily con-
densed ; a small portion of it is retained in solution by the water;
but the  greater part separates, and is obtained pure from the diffe-
rence in their specific gravity.  In some instances, as, for example,
in the rind of the  orange and lemon,  the oil exists in distinct  ve-
sicles, and may be obtained by expression.
   The principal volatile or essential oils are  those of turpentine,
anniseed,  nutmeg, lavender,  cloves, caraway, peppermint, sassa-
fras, camomile,  and citron.   The taste of these oils is acrid and
burning, and their odor very pungent, generally resembling  the
taste  and  smell of the vegetables affording them.  They are gene-
rally fluid, and remain so even at  a low  temperature  ; but some 
DECOMPOSITION,  CHIMICAL.
451
 congeal at a very moderate degree of cold, and others are naturally
 concrete.   They are extremely volatile,  and boil at a temperature
 considerably above that of boiling water:  thus oil of turpentine
 boils at 315°.   They are very  soluble in strong alcohol: but, on
 adding water largely, are precipitated; they are  soluble in ether,
 in like manner, but do not form soaps with the  alkalies, by which
 they are distinguished from the fixed oils.   They are readily in-
 flamed by strong nitric acid, especially with the precaution of ad-
 ding a little sulphuric acid to render the former more concentrated.
 Exposed to the action  of the  air, they  undergo an alteration  in
 consequence of the absorption of oxygen, become thickened, and
 gradually  change into a solid matter resembling the true resins.
 When digested  with  sulphur,  they unite  with it, forming what
 have been called balsams of sulphur.
   One of the most useful and abundant of the essential oils is that
 of turpentine, commonly called  spirit of turpentine.   It is obtain-
 ed by  distilling turpentine and  Avater, in due proportions, from  a
 copper alembic.   It is perfectly limpid and colorles, has a strong
 smell,  a bitterish  taste,  boils  at 316°, and is  extremely inflam-
 mable.  It is  the  solvent employed in making a  variety of var-
 nishes ;  but, for  purposes of nicety, it requires  to  be rectified by
 a second distillation.
  In general, the volatile oils are used in  the practice of medicine,
 or as perfumes.  Those applied to the latter use, as the essence of
 rose, of jasmine, violet,  etc., are possessed of a more feeble odor,
 and, being obtained from the fhnvers of their respective plants, re-
 quire much care  in their preparation.  This is done by spreading
 upon white  wool,  impregnated  with olive oil, the petals of the
 flowers, and leaving them for  some time, covered over Avith a
 Avoollen cloth, upon Avhich flowers  are also scattered ;  the flowers
 are  renewed from  time  to time, until the olive oil employed ap-
 pears to be saturated Avith the oil of the flowers, when this last is
 separated by digesting the wool in alcohol.


         DECOMPOSITION,  CHIMICAL.


  Decomposition,  Chimical, is the resolution of a compound sub-
stance into  its constituent parts, which are  exhibited either sepa- 
452
MISCELLANEOUS.
rate, or in some  new  combination.   The  compounds Avhich arc
spontaneously formed by organic bodies, both vegetable and  ani-
mal, are of a different nature from those Avhich exist in unorganiz-
ed matter.  They are  the  peculiar results of vital process,  and
neither their structure  nor composition can  be imitated  by art.
During life, the elements of organic bodies are  held together by
vital affinities, under the influence of Avhich  they Avere originally
combined.  But no sooner does life cease, than these elements be-
come subject  to the laAvs of inert  matter.   The original affinities,
Avhich  had been modified or suspended during life, are brought
into operation ; the elementary atoms react upon each other,  new
combinations are formed, and the  organized structure passes, soon-
er or later, into decay.
   The rapidity with Avhich decomposition takes place in organic'
bodies  depends upon the nature of the particular substances, and
upon the circumstances under Avhich  it is  placed.   Temperature,
moisture, and the presence of decomposing  agents, greatly affect
both the period and extent of this process. 
CHAP.   III.
  ORIGIN   AND  REGULATION  OF  ANIMAL
                           HEAT.


   The  true sources of animal heat are still imperfectly known.
 Its regular production, hoAvever,  is an essential condition of life.
 If the human  body did not possess within itself the power of ge-
 nerating heat, so as to maintain nearly an  equality of temperature
 in all climates, it could not  long exist.   In winter, and especially
 in the northern regions,  the blood would speedily be converted
 into a solid mass, and life be extinguished, if no provision existed,
 for replacing  the caloric withdrawn from the system by  the sur-
 rounding cold.  In most parts of the globe, the heat of the atmos-
 phere is, even in summer, inferior to that of the human body, and
 consequently a loss of caloric is always going on, which must be
 made up in some way, otherAvise disease and death would speedi-
 ly ensue.   In  cholera, a very remarkable diminution of heat oc-
 curs, and  a return  of the natural  temperature is an indispensable
 step towards recovery.
  The relation between  the productien of animal heat,  and tha
 condition of the  respiratory functions, is the most direct and re-
 markable.   In general, other conditions being alike, heat is gene-
 rated more or  less freely, in proportion to  the size and vigor of
 the lungs ; and when these are impaired, the production of heat
 is diminished.  Hence many persons, with imperfectly developed
lungs, and a  predisposition to consumption, complain habitually
 of coldness of the surface and feet; and  many who were previ-
ously in  good health,  became more and more sensible to cold,  in
proportion as the approach of disease  weakened the functions  of
the  lungs.   I  have noticed this increased  sensibility to cold,  as
precursor of chronic pulmonary disease, both in myself and others, 
454
MISCELLANEOUS.
before any  other  very ostensible  symptom  had appeared,  and
think I have seen its further progress arrested by the timely use of
proper means, Avhere much greater  difficulty Avould have been ex-
perienced had the  warning not been attended to.
   The generation of heat in the living system being so immedi-
ately connected Avith the lungs, Ave find the temperature  highest in
those animals avIio possess them in  the greatest perfection,  viz.
birds.  In many  species, the  internal heat exceeds that of man
by tAventy  or thirty degrees ; Avhile  that of man exceeds, to as
great an extent, the heat of such of the inferior animals  as are re-
remarkable for imperfect organs of respiration.
   The next condition affecting the production of animal heat, is
the co-operation of the nervous system. If the  mind be  depressed
by grief,  tormented by anxiety, or absorbed in sedentary medita-
tion,  all  the bodily functions become weakened, the circulation
languishes,  the  breathing  becomes slow and scarcely perceptible,
digestion is  ill-performed,  and coldness of the extremities ensues.
If, on the other hand, the  mind and nervous system  be  stimulated
by cheerful exertion and agreeable emotion, a pleasant glow per-
vades the frame, and external cold is much more easily  resisted.
   The quantity and  quality of the food,  and the  state of the di-
gestive functions, are also important conditions.   This will be
readily assented to, Avhen the reader considers that a due supply
of well-formed chyle is required to  restore the  nourishing proper-
ties  of the blood,  and that if, in consequence either  of insufficient
food or weak digestion, this be rendered impossible,  all  the animal
functions, and, among others,  the production of heat, are necessa-
rily  impaired.   This is the reason why coldness of the feet, and
chilliness  of the surface are so generally complained  of in indiges-
tion and bilious complaints.
   Every body knows that exercise favors, and indolence obstructs
the development of animal heat.  Exercise produces its effect by
the general stimulus which it gives  directly to the respiratory and
circulating systems, and  indirectly to the nervous  and digestive
functions.
   In attempting, therefore, to increase the power of  resistence to
cold in the  human body,  we ought to take into  account  all the
conditions which favor the generation of heat.  Observation proves
that the degree of  cold required to overcome the internal genera- 
ANIMAL HEAT.
455
ting power, and to extinguish life, varies in the same individual at
different times; and, therefore, our protecting measures ought also
to be varied according to the state of the constitution, the vigor of
the respiratory and digestive functions, the kind of food, and the
amount of exercise.  When food is inadequate, and the mind de-
pressed, the system resists the impression of cold with great diffi-
culty ;  and even in Scotland, where the temperature is rarely very
low, scarcely a winter passes without several instances  of death
occurring from exposure in ill-fed and ill-clothed individuals, even
when the  thermometor is above the freezing point.  This happens
usually, Avhen the Avind aids the rapid abstraction of heat.   Well-
fed and well-clothed guards of coaches, on the other hand, are re-
markable  examples of the poAver of Avithstanding low temperatures
in very exposed situations, Avhere the animal functions are in a
state of vigor.  The recent Arctic expeditions under Parry  and
Franklin, afforded similar instances.  If the use of suitable cloth-
ing is found  insufficient to keep  the body warm, we may infer
with certainty, although no other sign of bad health has appeared,
that some internal cause  exists, affecting and imparing one or the
other of the  sources of animal heat already mentioned, and  that
till the special cause be discovered and removed, the  evil itself
will continue undiminished.
   In Avinter, young people  often  suffer from being daily confined,
for many hours in succession, without exercise, in rooms insuffi-
ciently heated.  This is a constant subject of complaint  in large
academies and boarding-schools,  Avhere economy in fuel is carried
to its  utmost limits.  Nothing tends  more than this  to lower the
general standard of health,  and prepare the individual for  the fu-
ture inroads of insidious disease.   In  scrofulous children, espe-
cially, in whom the evolution of heat is rarely energetic,  the  evil
is one of great magnitude;  for  the  chilblains, colds, and head-
aches, more immediately complained of, are often its least import-
ant consequences.   It is far from my wish to recommend that the
young of either sex should be  brought up in the relaxing atmo-
sphere of over-heated  rooms.    On  the  contrary, comfortable
warmth ought, in every  instance, to be  drawn chiefly from its le-
gitimate sources—free respiration in a pure air, abundant  out-door
exercise, vigorous  digestion, and an actively employed mind.   If
these conditions be observed, little fire will be required, to supply 
456
MISCELLANEOUS.
warmth to the young.  But if, as often happens, these be neglect-
ed, and the generation of animal heat be thereby reduced too Ioav,
Ave must either allow the mischief to go on increasing, or afford an
adequate Avarmth from Avithout.  It is in vain to think of rendering
young creatures hardy,  by subjecting them to the continued influ-
ence of a depressing temperature.   A  few may escape, but the
majority will certainly suffer.
DR.  ARNOTT'S  HYDROSTATIC  BED  FOR
                       INVALIDS.

   In many diseases Avhich afflict humanity, more than half of the
suffering and danger is not really a part of the disease, but the ef-
fect or consequence of the confinement to which the patient is sub-
jected.  Thus, a fracture of the bone of the  arm  is as serious a
local injury, as a fracture of one of the bones of the leg;  but the
former leaves the patient free to go about and amuse himself, or
attend to business as  he  Avills, and  to eat and drink as usual'—in
fact, hardly renders him  an invalid; while the latter imprisons the
patient closely  upon  his bed,  and brings upon him, first,  the irk-
someness  of the unvaried position, and then the  pains of the une-
qual pressure borne by the parts on Avhich the body rests.  These,
in many cases of confinement, disturb the sleep  and the appetite,
and excite fever, or such constitutional irritation, as much to re-
tard  the cure of the original disease, and not  unfrequently to pro-
duce new  and more serious disease.
   That complete  inaction should  prove hurtful to  the  animal
system, may by all be at once conceived;  the  operation of the
continued local pressures Avill be understood from the following
statements.  The health  and even life of every part of the animal
body depends on the sufficient circulation through it of fresh blood
driven in by the force of the heart.   Now, when a man is sitting
or lying, the parts  of  the flesh  compressed by the Aveight of the
body do not receive the blood so readily as at  other times ;  and if,
from any  cause, the action of his heart becomes weak, the inter- 
HYDROSTATIC  BED.
457
 ruption will both follow more quickly and become more complete.
 A peculiar uneasiness soon arises where the circulation is thus ob-
 structed, impelling the person to change of position; and a heal-
 thy person changes as regularly, and with as little reflection, as he
 winks  to wipe  and moisten his eye-balls.   A person weakened
 by disease, hoAvever, Avhile he generally feels the uneasiness soon-
 er, as explained above, and, therefore, becomes Avhat is called rest-
 less, makes the changes Avith much fatigue: and, should the sen-
 sations, after a time, become indistinct, as in the delirium of fever,
 in palsy, etc., or should the patient have become too weak to obey
 the  sensation, the compressed parts are kept so long without their
 natural supply of blood that they lose their vitality, and become
 what are called sloughs or mortified parts.  These  have, after-
 wards, to be thrown off,  if the patient survive, by the process of
 ulceration, and they leave deep holes,  requiring  to be filled up by
 neAv flesh, during a tedious  convalescence.   Many a fever, after
 a  favorable crisis, has  terminated fatally from this  occurrence of
 sloughing on the back or sacrum; and the same termination is
 common in lingering consumptions, palsies, spine diseases, etc.,
 and  generally in  diseases  which confine the patients  long to bed.
   It was to mitigate all, and entirely to prevent some, of the evils
 attendant on the necessity of remaining in a reclining posture, that
 the hydrostatic bed was contrived.   It was first used under the fol-
 loAving circumstances:
   A lady, after her confinement, which occurred prematurely, and
 Avhen her child had  been for  some time dead,  passed through a
 combination and succession of low fever, jaundice, and phlegmasia
 dolens of one leg.  In her state of extreme depression of strength
 and of sensibility, she rested too long in one posture,  and the parts
 of the body on which she  had rested all suffered; a slough formed
 on the sacrum, another on the  heel:  and, in the left hip, on Avhich
she had  lain much, inflammation began, which  terminated in ab-
scess.  These evils occurred while she was using preparations of
bark, and other means, to invigorate the circulation, and while her
ease  and comfort were Avatched over by the affectionate assiduity of
her mother, with numerous attendants.   After the occurrence, she
was  placed upon the bed contrived for invalids by Mr. Earle, fur-
nished for this case with pillows of down, and of air of various sizes,
and,   out  of its mattress, portions were cut opposite to the slough-
           58 
45S                   MISCELLANEOUS.

ing parts; and Mr. Earle himself soon afforded his valuable  aid.
Such, hoAvever, Avas the reduction  of  the poAvers of life, that, in
spite of all endeavors, the mischief advanced, and, about a Aveek
later, during one night, the chief slough on the back Avas much en-
larged, another had formed near it,  and a new abscess Avas produ-
ced in the right hip.  An air-pillow had pressed Avhere the sloughs
appeared.  The patient Avas, at that time, so weak that she gene-
rally fainted Avhen her Avounds Avere  dressed; she Avas passing
days and nights  of uninterrupted  suffering, and, as all  knoAvn
means seemed inefficient to relieve her, her life Avas in imminent
danger.
  Under these circumstances, the idea of the hydrostatic bed oc-
curred to me.
  Even the pressure of an air-pilloAv had killed her flesh;  and it
Avas evident that persons in such a condition could not be saved un-
less they could be  supported Avithout sensible  inequality of pres-
sure.  I then  reflected that the support of water to  a floating body
is so uniformly diffused that every thousandth of an inch of the in-
ferior surface  has,  as it  Avere, its oavu accurate liquid pillar,  and
no one part bears the load of its neighbor; that a person resting in
a bath is nearly thus supported;  that this  patient might be  laid
upon the surface of a bath  over Avhich a large  sheet of the  Avater-
proof India rubber cloth Avas previously throAvn, she being render-
ed sufficiently buoyant by a soft mattress placed beneath her ; thus
would she repose on tho face of the Avater like a sAvan on its  plu-
mage, Avithout sensible pressure any Avhere, and almost as if the
Aveight of her  body were annihilated.  The pressure of the atmo-
sphere on our bodies is  of fifteen  pcur.ds per square inch of its
surface :  but, because uniformly diffused, is  not felt.   The pres-
sure of a Avater bath, of depth to cover  the body, is less than  half
a pound per inch,  and is similarly  unperceived.   A lied, such as
then planned,  Avar,  immediately made.  A  trough of convenient
length  and breadth, and  about a  foot  deep, Avas lined Avith metal
to make it Avater-tight;  it Avas about  half filled Avith Avater,  and
over it Avas thrown a sheet of the India rubber cloth  as lar^c as
would be a complete lining to it empty.  Of this sheet, the edges,
touched Avith varnish to prevent the water from creeping round by
capillary attraction, Avere afterAvards secured in a Avater-tight man-
ner all round the upper border or top of the trough, shutting in the 
HYDROSTATIC BED.
459
 water as closely as if it had been in bottles, the only entrance left
 being through an opening at one corner, Avhich could be perfectly
 closed.  Upon  this expanded dry sheet, a  suitable mattress Avas
 laid, and constituted  a  bed ready to receive  its pilloAV and bed
 clothes, and not distinguishable from a common bed but by its most
 surpassing  softness or yielding.  The bed was  carried to the pa-
 tient's house, and she Avas laid upon it; she Avas instantly relieved
 in a  remarkable degree, SAveet sleep  came to her, she awoke re-
 freshed, she passed the next night much better than usual, and, on
 the folloAving day, Mr. Earle found that all the sores had assumed
 a healthy appearance ; the healing from that time Avent on rapidly,
 and no neAv sloughs were formed.  When the patient Avas first laid
 upon the bed,  her mother  asked her Avhere the down pilloAvs,
 Avhich she before had used,  were to be placed; to Avhich  she an-
 SAvered, that she knew not, for that she had no pain left to direct;
 in fact, she  needed them no more.
   It may be here recalled to mind, that the human body is nearly
 of the  specific  gravity of Avater, or of the weight of its bulk of
 Avater, and,  therefore,  as is knoAvn to swimmers, is just suspended
 or upheld in water Avithout exertion, when the SAvimmer  rests
 tranquilly on his back Avith his face upwards.  He then displaces
 Avater equal to his  OAvn body in Aveight as Avell as in bulk, and is
 supported as the displaced Avater Avould  have been.  If his  body
 be tAvo and a half  cubical feet in bulk,  (a common size.) he v/ill
just  displace two and a half cubic feet of Avater, equal in Aveight
 to his body.  If, however, instead  of displacing the  water with
 his mere body, he chooses to have something around or under him
 Avhich is bulky Avith little Aveight, as the mattress of the bed above
 described, Avhen his Aveight has forced tAvo cubical feet under the
 level  of the water around, he will float four-fifths of his  body
 above the level,  and will sink much less into his floating mattress,
 than a person sinks in an ordinary feather  bed.   It thus appears
that, by choosing the thickness of the  mattress, and  if unusual
 positions are required, by having different  thickness  in different
 parts, or by placing a bulk of folded blanket, or of pilloAV, over or
 under the mattress, in certain situations, any desirable position of
 the body may be easily obtained.
  This bed is  a warm bed, OAving to the Avater being nearly an
 absolute non-conducter of the heat from above  doAViiAvards, and 
460
MISCELLANEOUS
OAving to its alloAving no passage of cold air  from beloAV.   From
this last fact, hoAvever, less of the perspiration, Avhether sensible
or insensible, will be carried off by the air, than in a common bed ;
and unless the patient can leave the bed daily, to let it be aired, it
is necessary to lay an oiled silk, or other water-proof cloth, over
the mattress, to prevent the perspiration from descending, to be
condensed on the cloth below; or to place a blanket below, to be
changed occasionally; or, finally, to lay under the mattress a layer
of Cork, cut into small pieces, so connected as to leave air passages
betAveen, for any desirable degree of ventilation.  This bed is in
itself as dry as  any bed can be; for the India rubber  cloth, (of
Avhich bottles can  be  made,) is quite  impermeable to Avater, and
the maker is noAV  preparing cloth expressly for this purpose.
  Sir Humphrey Davy recommended that his safety lamp should
be double; some persons may prefer a double sheet, to avoid the
possibility of accident.
  Unlike any other bed that ever was contrived, it allows the pa-
tient, Avhen  capable of only feeble efforts, to change his position,
almost like a person swimming, and so to take a degree of exer-
cise, affording  the  kind of relief Avhich, in constrained positions,
is obtained by occasional stretching, or which an invalid seeks by
driving out in a soft springed carriage.   It  exceedingly facilitates
turning for  the purpose of dressing wounds;  for, by raising  one
side of the mattress, or depressing the other, or merely by the pa-
tient's extending a limb to one side, he  is gently rolled over, near-
ly as if he  were  simply suspended in  water;  and it is possible
even to dress Avounds, apply poultices,  or place vessels under any
part of the  body, without moving  the  body at all, for  there are
some inches of yielding water  under  the body, and the elastic
mattress may,  at any part, be pushed down, leaving vacant space
there,  without the  support  being  lessened for the other  parts.
Then, Avith all the advantages which other invalid beds possess,
and Avith  those Avhich  are  entirely its  own, it may be made so
cheaply, that  even in hospitals, Avhere  economy most prevails, it
may at  once be adopted for many of the bed-ridden.
  The  author has noAV seen  enough of the  effects of this bed, to
make him feel it  a duty at once to publish a notice of it.   With
it, evidently, the fatal termination called  sloughing, now so com-
mon, of fevers and other diseases, need never occur again.    And 
HUNGER.
461
not only will it prevent that  termination, but, by alleviating the
distress through the earlier stages, it may prevent many cases from
ever reaching the  degree of danger.  Then it is peculiarly appli-
cable to cases  of fractured bones, and other  surgical injuries; to
palsies, disease of the hip-joint and spine, and universally Avhere
persons are obliged to pass much time in bed.   And in all cases
of curvature of the spine, either actually existing or threatened, it
affords a means of laying the patient in  any  desired position, and
with  any degree of pressure  incessantly urging  any part of the
spine back to its place.  If used without the mattress, it becomes
a warm  or a cold bath, not  allowing the body, however, to be
touched  by the water;  and in India it might be made a cool  bed
for persons sick or sound, during the heats  which  there prevent
sleep, and endanger  health.   There  are numerous other profes-
sional adaptations  and modifications of it, which readily  occur to
practitioners sufficiently versed in the department of natural philo-
sophy (hydrostatics) to which it belongs.   Before  reflection, a
person might  suppose a resemblance between it and an air-bed
or pillow, calling this a water bed or pillow;  but the principles of
the two are perfectly distinct or opposite.  An air pillow supports
by the tension of the surface,  Avhich encloses the  air, and  is there-
fore  like a hammock, or the tight sacking under the straw  mat-
tress  of  a  common  bed,  and really is a hard pillow;  but, in the
hydrostatic bed, there is no tense surface or web at all: the patient
is floating upon the water, on which a loose sheet is lying, merely
to keep the mattress dry, and  every point of the body is supported
by the Avater immediately beneath it.   To  recall  the difference
here described, and which is of great importance, the bed is better
described by the appellation of hydrostatic bed than of water bed.

                         HUNGER;

   The feeling of a want of food.  When the  stomach has digested
and  disposed of the  food and drink which it contained, its peculiar
nervous power is  destroyed,  and some time  is necessary before it
collects  it again.   This time is shorter, in proportion as  the indi-
vidual is healthy,  young, strong and active.  As soon as  this ner-
vous  poAver is restored, the activity of the organ  is again awaken- 
462
MISCELLANEOUS.
 ed, and produces  a longing to eat, Avhich Ave call, in its first  de-
 gree, appetite.  If this is not gratified, it  gains strength, and  be-
 comes hunger.
   Appetite  is not  a disagreeable  feeling, but hunger is an ever-in-
 creasing pain, on account of the ever-increasing scnsibliity of tbe
 nerves of the stomach.  To some men, Avhose stomachs are mor-
 bidly sensitive, the first desire for food is unpleasant;  and if this
 desire is  not immediately gratified, they  are seized with griping
 pains in  the parts  about  the stomach, Avhich, if not appeased,  are
 folloAved  by sudden  Aveakness,  and even fainting.  If hunger be
 not satisfied, a dreadful state of the body ensues,  aud finally death.
 After long-continued hunger, the blood becomes Aveak, acrid and
 thin,  on  account  of the  want of materials to compensate for  the
 nutritious matter expended in the support of the  body; hence  the
 Avhole body becomes lean and Aveak; bloody  fluxes  take place
 from  all parts, as  Avell as violent irritation of the nervous system,
 caused by the excessive  sensibility of the nerves of the stomach,
 which, at length, extends to the Avhole region of the abdomen ; is
 carried to a still greater height, and produces pain over the  Avhole
 body; sleeplessness;  convulsion; raving  madness;   until,  at
 length, death puts  an end  to the scene.
   There is a mode of curing diseases by the greatest possible ab-
 stinence  from food ;  so much only being alloAved, as is requisite
 to keep  the patient  alive.  The food is  diminished by degrees;
 and, in the period of convalescence, is increased in the same Avay,
 Avith  much  precaution,  as many patients, unable to resist their
 appetite, have ^died in consequence of  a slight indulgence.  This
 mode of cure  has  been found of great use in the cases of deep-
rooted complaints,  which baffled the powers of  medicine.  It is
 applied particularly in connection Avith frequent unctions of mer-
 cury ; in  obstinate  cases  of syphilis,  Avhen even the bones have
 become affected; and the  bases  in which this severe remedy has
 produced  brilliant .successes, are numerous.  It  is considered, in
 Germany, as indispensable to the cure of inveterate syphilis. The
 patient is  kept  in a avell-closed room,  receiving only a little bread
 and Avater, and soon loses his appetite,  owing  to his debilitated
 state, produced by the mercurial unctions.   His bed-linen is never
 changed,  nor the  room aired; indeed, a very trifling draught of 
ALIMENT.
463
air has proved  fatal.   The salivation is very great, and it is sur-
prising that  man can live at all in such a state as these patients
are often in.   The cure  generally requires about three weeks.


                       ALIMENT.

   Aliment : a term which includes every thing serving as  nutri-
ment for organized beings.    In  animals and  vegetables, we can
observe the phenomena of decomposition and reproduction,  and
analyze the substances that administered to their groAvth.  Gene-
rally, hoAvever,  the word aliment  is used for  whatever serves as
nutriment to animal life.  It is, in this respect, a subject of great
interest to  the zoologist.  In the present article, Ave shall confine
ourselves to the  aliment of mankind.
   Man, it is Avell knoAvn, derives nourishment both from animal
and vegetable substances.  He eats fruits, both ripe and unripe;
roots, leaves, floAvers, even the pith and the bark of different plants,
many  different  parts  of  animals,  and the Avhole of some.  Cli-
mate, custom, religion, the different degrees of Avant and of civil-
ization, give  rise to an innumerable diversity in food and drink,
from the repast  of the cannibal of NeAv-Zealand, to that of a Pa-
risian epicure;  from the diet of the carnivorous  native of the
North, to that of the Brahmin, whose appetite is  satisfied  Avith
vegetables; from the oak-bark bread of the Norwegian peasant, to
the luxuriantly served table  of a Hungarian magnate at Vienna.
Some nations abhor Avhat others relish,  and great Avant often ren-
ders acceptable Avhat, under other circumstances, Avould have ex-
cited the greatest disgust.  The flesh of dogs is  commonly eaten
in China, and in Africa that of snakes, particularly of the rattle-
snake aud boa constrictor.   Locusts are  eaten both in  Asia  and
Africa,  and the Negroes on  the coast of Guinea relish lizards,
mice, rats, snakes, caterpillars, and other reptiles and Avorms. The
Otomacs, a tribe of American Indians,  are said by Humboldt to
collect a kind of clay, to be eaten in the rainy  season.
   It is an interesting subject, as  yet by no means  sufficiently in-
vestigated,  hoAV far the different aliment of various countries is
connected Avith the climate, etc.,  and Avhat influence it exerts on
the different races, as Avell as the consequence of introducing new 
464
MISCELLANEOUS.
 species of aliments.   Some excellent remarks on the national dish-
 es of different nations, Avere published by Baron  Rumor, a Ger-
 man, in 1822, in a Avork Avhich he called Kochkunst.
   All kinds of aliment must contain nutritious substance, Avhich,
 being extracted by the act of digestion, enters  the  blood,  and ef-
 fects, by assimilation, the repair of the  body.   Alimentary matter,
 therefore, must be similar to  animal substance, or transmutable into
 such. In this respect, alimentary substances differ from medicines,
 because the latter retain their peculiar qualities in spite of the or-
 gans of  digestion, and Avill  not assimilate  Avith the animal  sub-
 stance,  but act as foreign substances, serving to excite the activity
 of particular organs or systems of  the body.   All alimentary sub-
 stances must, therefore, be composed,  in a greater or less degree,
 of soluble parts, Avliich easily lose their peculiar  qualities  in  the
 process of digestion, and correspond to the elements of the body.
 These substances, in their simple state, are mucilage, gelatin, glu-
 ten,  albumen, farina, fibrin, and saccharine matter.   Of these,
 vegetables contain chiefly mucilage, saccharine matter, and farina;
 Avhich latter substance, particularly in connection Avith the vegeta-
 ble gluten—by Avhich both become apt for fermentation,  and thus
 for dissolution and digestion—is the basis of very nutritious food.
 The nutritive part of fruits consists of  their saccharine matter and
 a little mucilage.  In animal food, gelatin is particularly abundant.
 The nutritiousness of the  different  species of  food and drink  de-
 pends, therefore, upon the proportion Avhich they  contain of those
 substances, and the mode in  Avhich they are connected, favoring or
 opposing their dissolution.   Organs of digestion in a healthy state
 dissolve alimentary substances  more easily, and take up the nutri-
 tious portions more abundantly, than those of  which the strength
 has been impaired so that they cannot resist the tendency of each
 substance to its peculiar chimical decomposition.  The Avholesome
 or unAvholesome character  of any aliment depends, therefore, in a
 great measure, on the state of the digestive organs, in any given
 case.   Sometimes a  particular kind of food is  called wholesome,
because it produces a beneficial effect, of a particular character, on
 the system of an individual.  In this case,  hoAvever,  it is to be
 considered as  a medicine, and can  be  called Avholesome only for
 those  whose systems are in the same condition.  Very often a sim-
 ple aliment  is made indigestible by artificial cookery.   Aliments 
ALIMENT.
465
abounding in fat are unwholesome, because fat resists the operation
of the gastric juice.   The addition of too much spice makes many
an innocent aliment  injurious, because spices resist the action of
the digestive organs, and produce  an irritation of particular parts
of the system.   They are introduced as artificial  stimulants of ap-
petite.  In any given case, the digestive power of the  individual
is to be considered, in order to determine whether a particular ali-
ment is wholesome or not.  In general, therefore, we can only
call that aliment healthy, which is easily soluble, and is suited to
the digestive powers of the individual; and, in order to  render the
aliment perfect,  the nutritious  parts must be mixed up with a cer-
tain quantity of  innocent  substance  affording no nourishment, to
fill the stomach; because there is no  doubt that many people injure
their health by taking too much nutritious food.   In this case, the
nutritious parts Avhich cannot be dissolved,  act precisely like food
which is in itself indigestible.   In Prussia and Austria, where, as
under many other despotic governments, the medical police is very
good, the public officers  pay much attention to aliment,  and are
careful that provisions exposed to  sale be of a  good  quality,  and
particularly that no decayed or adulterated  articles be sold to the
poor.   Such regulations exist,  to a certain extent,  in England,
France, the United States, and, in fact, in every civilized country.
  The kind of aliment used influences the  health, and even the
character of man.   He is fitted to derive  nourishment  both  from
animal and vegetable life, but  can live exclusively on  either.  Ex-
perience proves  that animal food most readily augments the  solid
parts of the blood, the fibrin,  and, therefore, the strength of the
muscular system, but disposes the body, at  the same  time, to  in-
flammatory, putrid, and scorbutic disease, and the character to vio-
lence and coarseness.  On  the contrary, vegetable food  renders
the blood lighter and more liquid,  but forms weak fibers, disposes
the system to the diseases which spring from feebleness, and tends
to produce a gentle character.    Something of the same difference
of moral effect results from the use of strong or light  wines.   But
the reader must not infer that  meat is indispensable for the support
of the bodily strength.   The  peasants of some parts of Switzer-
land, who hardly ever taste any thing but bread, cheese, and but-
ter, are vigorous people.  The nations of the North incline, gene-
rally, more to animal diet;  those of the South, and the Orientals,
        59 
466
MISCELLANEOUS.
 more to vegetable.  These latter are generally more simple in their
 diet than the former, Avhere their taste has not been corrupted by
 luxurious indulgence.  Some tribes in the East, and the caste of
 Brahmins in India, live entirely on  vegetable  food.   The inhabit-
 ants of the most northern regions live almost entirely upon animal
 food, scarcely ever partaking of any vegetable substance, at least
 during the greater part of the year.  Some nations  feed chiefly on
 terrestrial animals,  others on aquatic ones.


                           DIET.


  The dietetic part of medicine is an important branch, and seems
 to require a much greater  share of  attention than it commonly
 meets with.  A great variety of diseases might be removed by the
 observance of a proper diet and regimen, without the assistance of
 medicine, were it not for the impatience of the sufferers.   It may,
 however, on all occasions, come  in as a proper assistant to the
 cure.  That food is, in  general,  thought the best and most con-
 ducive to long life, which is most simple, pure, and free from ir-
 ritating qualities,  and is capable  of  being most easily converted
 into  the substance of  the body, after it has been  duly prepared by
 the art of cookery; but the nature, composition, virtues and uses
 of particular aliments  can never be learned to satisfaction, without
 the assistance of practical chimistry.
  Diet drink, an  alterative decoction, employed  daily in consi-
 derable  quantities, at least from a pint to a quart.   The decoction
 of sarsaparilla  and  mezereon,  the  Lisbon diet-drink, is the most
common and most useful.

                     DIGESTION.


  Digestion is that process in the animal body, by  which the ali-
ments are dissolved, and  the nutritive  parts separated from those
 Avhich cannot afford nourishment to  the body.   The  organs effec-
ting  this process are divided into the digestive organs, properly
 so called, and  the auxiliary organs.   The former are composed
of the division of the intestinal  canal, which includes the stomach, 
DIGESTION.
467
the great and small intestines, etc.  To the latter belong the liver,
the pancreas, and the spleen.
  The  first process  of  digestion is  the solution of the  aliments.
When the aliments, after being properly prepared, and mixed with
saliva  by mastication, have reached the  stomach,  they are inti-
mately united, by the motion of the stomach, with a liquid sub-
stance called the gastric juice.   By  this motion, the aliments are
mechanically  separated  into  their smallest  parts;  penetrated by
gastric juice, and transformed into a uniform pulpy, or fluid mass.
At the same time, a solution of the aliments into their simple ele-
ments, and a mixture of them, so as to form other products, takes
place,  effected partly by the  peculiar power of the stomach, and
the liquid generated  in  it; partly by the warmth  of this organ.
This pulpy mass,  called  chyme,  proceeds from  the  stomach,
through the pylorus, into the part of the intestinal canal called the
large intestines, where it  is mixed with the pancreatic juice, and
the bile.   Both  these liquids  operate most powerfully  on the
chyme, yet in very different Avays.   The mild juice of the pan-
creas attracts the milk-like liquid of the chyme, and forms  with it
the chyle, which is absorbed by the capillary vessels called lacteals.
On  the  other  hand, the bitter matter called bile, formed by the
liver from  the blood, attracts the coarser parts, which are not fit-
ted to  be absorbed into the fine animal organization; and excites
the intestinal canal to the motion Avhich carries it off, through the
natural channel. 
 
CHAP.  IV.
                    RESPIRATION.

  Respiration ;  the alternate inspiration and  expiration of  atmo-
spheric air, for the purpose of bringing it in contact with the blood,
and exchanging the hydrogen and carbon, with which it is charged,
for oxygen.  This  function is, therefore, closely connected with
that of the circulation of the blood.   The organs and  mechanism
by which this wonderful function is carried on, vary considerably
in the different classes of animals.   In the mammalia, birds and
reptiles, the organ of respiration is the lungs ; in fish, the gills ;  in
most common instruments, the trachea?; and, in the lower classes
of animals, different parts of the system.   The air, being brought
in contact  with the blood, is decomposed; its  oxygen is united
with the blood, and its nitrogen is returned, by expiration, unchan-
ged, with an additional quantity of carbonic acid gas.   A part  of
the oxygen of the inhaled air is united, in the lungs, with the free
hydrogen,  and forms water, which is emitted in the form of vapor,
visible at 40° Fahrenheit.   Another part of the oxygen unites with
the superfluous carbon in the blood, and forms the carbonic acid gas
which passes off with the watery vapor.   It is  evident, from ob-
servation, that oxygen gas is necessary  to animal life.   As  to  its
manner of operating in the body after inspiration, opinions differ.
Upon respiration, also,  depends animal heat, which is greater, at
least, in  mammalia  and birds than that of the surrounding element.
The mechanical part of the function of respiration is effected by
the action of the ribs and diaphragm.   In the natural state, the ribs
are inclined downwards ; and when this series of movable hoops
is raised by the action of the muscle, the cavity of the chest is en-
larged.   The descent  of the  diaphragm, by its construction, in-
creases this effect, and the air, therefore, rushes in to fill up the va-
cant space; the ribs then  descend, and the diaphragm rises, and
the air is necessarily  driven  out in consequence of the resulting 
470
MISCELLANEOUS.
contraction of the chest.  About tAventy respirations take place in
a minute ; and from thirty to forty cubic inches of air are inhaled
at each inspiration.   A man consumes about a gallon of air in this
same time.

                  PERSPIRATION.


  By perspiration from the skin of beasts and men, Ave understand
first, the action by which certain fluid matters, separated from the
blood in the thick network of  capillary vessels and cells  constitu-
ting the skin, are changed into vapor,  (or  into fine effluvia,) and
in this form escape at the pores of the skin; second, sometimes,
also, the secretion and removal from the  body of these matters
themselves by the action of the skin.   This effluvium is usually so
fine that we cannot see it with the naked eye; hence, Ave call it
the insensible perspiration;  but it becomes a isible if Ave hold the
hand on cold glass or polished metal, also, if the perspiration is
strong, in a cold temperature,  or if from a still stronger perspira-
tion, this vapor is not dissolved in the air, but collects on the skin
in drops forming sweat.   This perspiration, through the skin, has
much resemblance to the vapor that escapes from the lungs  to the
secretions of the membranes lining the cavities of the body,  as the
stomach, chest, and abdomen,  with which secretions it also appears
to stand in connection.  The  importance of this function will be
evident when we reflect that the surface of a full  grown  man con-
tains fifteen or sixteen square  feet, and, therefore, the quantity of
matter incessantly perspired must be very great, which is also con-
firmed by the accurate observations of Sanctorius, (Venice, 1611,)
who spent a great part of his life at the balance.  He  weighed
and kept an account not only of all the food that he consumed, but
also of every thing that passed from  him, and thereby proved that
a great part, not only of the fluids, but also of the solid substances
that a man consumes, leaves his body by perspiration.
   Perspiration  promotes two  objects,  very important for the pre-
servation  of the  bodily structure; one  is the purification of the
blood from injurious and superfluous matters.  Besides the adven-
titious compound matters that pass  into the blood from  particular
kinds of food,  (for instance, onions,  etc.,) the carbon, the hydro- 
PERSPIRATION.
471
gen, and  particularly the excess of nitrogen, are carried off from
the blood by perspiration, and changed by caloric into gas and va-
por, and thus removed from the body.  The substance of the body
is, in many diseases, particularly in fevers, converted into aeriform
fluids by  an evaporation so extraordinarily increased and accelerat-
ed, that the strongest  man is  entirely worn away in a few days,
without having lost any thing except through the skin.  The other
advantage of perspiration is, the preservation  of a suitable degree
of warmth in the body, and the reduction of an immoderate heat.
Every living body has  its peculiar degree of warmth, which re-
mains for the most part the  same, whether the surrounding bo-
dies are more  or less  Avarm.   The temperature of man is about
ninety-tAvo to ninety-nine degrees of Fahrenheit.  As much caloric
is employed in  the process of perspiration, it is  an  important
means of cooling the body, and  of conducting off the heat which is
incessantly  generated within.  The greater the heat  which the
body is exposed to, or the more it is  produced Avithin from other
causes,  as hot drinks and excitement, the greater is the perspira-
tion, and the more actively is the heat conducted off.  If the body
is exposed to great cold, the  operations of the  skin are weakened,
perspiration proceeds more sloAvly, caloric is more sparingly  con-
sumed,  and thus accumulates in the body.  Men usually lose flesh
in summer, and recover it in Avinter, because the increased perspi-
ration dissolves and removes more  substance from the body in the
former  season.   Therefore  a man is cooled by sweat, and in the
dry heat of fever  is refreshed, as soon as a crisis  produces perspi-
ration.  An interruption, or even a disturbance of perspiration for
a long time, must then  produce results in the  highest degree pre-
judicial to the health, and even dangerous to life.  These results,
in a great measure, depend on the close connection of the opera-
tions  of the skin with those of the  internal organs, and are  the
more stubborn and injurious the longer the perspiration is imped-
ed.  The increase of  the internal warmth often produces a fever;
also noxious matters are collected in the blood, from which it
should  be freed ; therefore, it  changes from its natural condition,
and an unnatural  excitement  is  produced.  Finally, the operation
of the other organs of secretion  is immoderately increased, because
they  have to perform, in part, the office of the skin; thence re- 
472
MISCELLANEOUS.
suit after a cold, rheum,  sore-throat, cough;  also serious internal
inflammations, diarrhea, diabetes, dropsy, protracted  rheumatism,
and various other diseases.

                     SECRETION.

  Many of the component parts of the animal system become, in
the course of its  operation, changed and  unfit for  further use.
For the preservation of the system, it is not less necessary that
these parts should be removed, than that the constant consumption
should be supplied; and in this double process, the Avhole organic
system is continualy changing its  ingredients, although it retains
the same  external form.  This supply of new matter is derived
from the blood, and the  process  itself is called secretion.   Most
animals secrete both solids and fluids.  The solids are deposited
by the  capillary vessels, at the  places  of  their destination, and
supply the continual wear of the system.   The liquids  are not
intended to preserve the form directly, but  serve to assimilate the
food,  by promoting digestion, as, for instance, the  saliva, gastric
juice, and bile.   In these secreted  fluids, are contained all the
component parts of the blood, slightly changed, together Avith an
alkali.  Distinguished  from these,  are the excretions which are
produced  in a similar manner, and are designed to carry off from
the system useless matter.


                      SYMPATHY;

  The quality of the animal organization, by which, through the
increased or  diminished activity  of one  organ, that of others  is
also increased or diminished.  The idea of an organized system—
the union of  many parts in one Avhole, in Avhich all the parts cor-
respond to each other—includes  the idea of a mutual operation,
of Avhich  sympathy is  a part.  The medium between the organ
from  which  the  action proceeds, and that to  Avhich  it extends,
has been sometimes supposed to be the nervous system, sometimes
the vascular  or  the cellular system, or the juices, and it cannot
be denied, that, in some  sympethetic phenomena, the nerves and 
CRISIS.
473
 the vessels  appear to  be the media; but there  are objections to
 considering them as the cause of sympathy in general, for exper-
 ience teaches that sympathy takes place also betAveen such organs
 as have no  discoverable connection  by nerves  or vessels.  The
 phenomenon of sympathy appears even in the healthy body; e. g.
 a strong light throAvn upon the eye, sometimes produces sneezing,
 (q. v.);  tickling causes laughing; and some physiologists have even
 called the change of voice at the age of puberty,  and the increased
 secretions of the liver, the salivary glands, the  pancreas,  and the
 coats of the  stomach, at the time of digestion, a sympathetic ac-
 tion.
  But the effect of sympathy is much more oftener observed in
 diseases.   There is hardly one in which some phenomena are not
 to be explained by sympathy.   Sympathy is further used to ex-
 press the influence of the state of one individual upon another, e.
 g. the tickling in the throat, caused by the cough of another per-
 son, or the yawning produced  by seeing another yawn, or the
 grief  produced by Avitnessing his grief.  The  effects of animal
magnetism (q. v.) are also ascribed to sympathy, and those which
the  sight of some animals is said to have upon some men.


                          CRISIS.

  Crisis in medicine;  a point in  a disease, at  which a decided
change  for the better or  Avorse, takes place.  The crisis is most
strongly marked in the  case of acute diseases, and Avith strong pa-
tients; particularly if the course of the disease is not checked by
energetic treatment.  At the approach of a crisis, the disease  ap-
pears  to assume a  more violent  character,  and the  disturbance of
the  system reaches the highest point.  If the change be  for  the
better, the violent  symptoms cease, Avith a copious perspiration,
or some other discharge from the system.  In cases where the dis-
charge may have been too violent, and the nobler organs have been
greatly deranged,  or Avhere the  constitution is too  Aveak to resist
the disease, the patient's condition becomes worse.
  In regular fevers, the crisis takes place on regular days, which
are  called critical  days; sometimes, however, a little sooner or
             60 
474
MISCELLANEOUS.
 later;  according to the climate and the constitution of the patient.
 A bad turn often produces a crisis someAvhat sooner.   When the
 turn is favorable,  the crisis frequently occurs a little later.  After
 a salutary crisis, the patient feels himself relieved, and the danger-
 ous symptoms cease.


                   SOMNAMBULISM.

   Somnambulism designates the well knoAvn phenomena of  sleep-
 Avalking.  It is also used for a certain state of a person under the
 influence of animal magnetism, (q. v.)
   The phenomena of sleep-Avalking, are very singular; the person
 affected performing many voluntary actions, implying a certain de-
 gree of perception of the presence of external objects.  This affec-
 tion is commonly considered as an imperfect degree of sleep.   In
 the case of the somnambuli, says Dugald SteAvart, the mind retains
 its poAver over the limbs, but possesses no influence over its OAvn
 thoughts, and scarcely any over the body, excepting those particu-
 lar members of it which are employed in walking.   Sleep-walking
 is not unfrequently connected with the changes of the moon;  when
 people Avill rise, Avalk about, do certain things, and go to bed again.
 The placing of a wet cloth by the side of the bed of such a per-
 son, so as to Avake him immediately, when he  steps on it, is re-
 commended as a means of curing this habit.
   The subject is very  obscure, the cases not having been philo-
 sophically studied to a  sufficient extent.   As to somnambulism in
 animal magnetism,  the votaries of this science believe that  the
brain, the peculiar seat of the  higher faculties, rests  during som-
nambulism, but that the vital power of  the nervous system of the
abdomen is heightened so much, that it can supply,  in a degree,
the place of the brain, and afford the means of perception.   Hence,
a letter placed on the stomach of a person in the state of somnam-
bulism, can be read by him. 
INJECTIONS.
475
                     INJECTIONS.

   Injections belong partly to surgery, and partly to anatomy.
In surgery, fluids, different according to the different effects de-
sired to be  produced,  are  thrown, by  means of a small syringe,
into the natural cavities of the body,  or those  occasioned by dis-
ease, partly to remove unhealthy matter, and partly to bring the
remedy immediately to the seat of the disorder, and thus effect a
cure.  Wounds and sores are usually cleansed  in this way, when
they extend far beloAV the skin, or an excitement and cure are pro-
duced by the same method.
   In diseases of the nose,  and the cavities connected with it;  in
those which have their seat in the neck; in disorders of the ears,
the bladder and urethra, the uterus and vagina,  and for the radical
cure of hydrocele, injections are often used, and  with important
advantages.  Pure warm  water  is injected, with the highest suc-
cess, for the removal of pus, blood, or even foreign bodies. Some-
times astringent  medicines,   to restrain  excessive  evacuations;
sometimes  stimulating ones, to excite inflammation,  as in hydro-
cele,  or  even to increase  and improve evacuations;  sometimes
soothing medicaments, to mitigate pain, etc., are added to the wa-
ter.   In diseases of the throat Avhich hinder the patient from swal-
loAving, and thus tend to produce death by starvation, nourishing
fluids are injected into the stomach.
   The blood of beasts, or of men, has been sometimes injected
into  the  veins, which is called transfusion.   In the same way,
medicines are introduced immediately to the blood:  for instance,
tartar emetic, to excite vomiting, if a foreign body is  fixed  in the
throat so firmly as to  restrain the  patient from swallowing,  and
can neither be moved up nor down.  According to the place where
the injection is to be made, the instrument must be either longer
or shorter,  a straight or a curved tube.   The size is regulated by
the quantity of the liquid to be injected, and the force which  is to
be applied.  Anatomists inject into  the vessels of bodies various
colored fluids, which  are liquid  Avhen hot, and  coagulate  when
cold, to make  the smaller ones visible.   Thus, the arteries, veins,
and lymphatic vessels, are injected.  Anatomy has carried this art
so far, as to make very minute vessels visible to the naked eye. 
476
MISCELLANEOUS.
                    PREGNANCY.


  Pregnancy ; the state of a female  who is Avith child.   Preg-
nancy begins at the moment of conception, and ceases with that of
birth.  During pregnancy,  the  vital  activity,  especially of the
womb, Avhich probably receives, a few days after conception, the
fecundated vesicle, increases; the periodical  discharge of blood
ceases ; but the vessels of the Avomb become enlarged, more charg-
ed Avith blood, longer and straighter.   Its  cellular substance be-
comes softer and more spongy, the sides thicker, the cavity Avider.
It loses the pear  shape Avhich it has Avhen  not impregnated, and
becomes more globular; it sinks, during the first two months of
pregnancy,  lower into  the pelvis; but, afterAvards, rises and be-
comes larger, until, in the  eighth  month, the bottom of it can be
felt, externally, in the region of the stomach.  In the ninth month
it sinks again someAvhat.  In these changes of the womb, the em-
bryo developes itself, until it has reached, in the fortieth week, a
sufficient degree of maturity to  be able to live separate from the
mother Avhen the birth takes place, and pregnancy  is at end; but
the vital activity is increased in the state of pregnancy, not only
in the womb, but in the whole body, with  healthy and vigorous
women.   Pregnant women are bolder,  more independent,  more
enterprising, stronger than before,  and retain these qualities when
they are mothers.  They are more rarely  affected by  contagious
diseases ;  consumption is checked during pregnancy, but makes more
rapid progress after its completion.   Hysteric Avomen feel  often
uncommonly  well during this period;  the  gouty  are  freed from
their attacks ;  some become uncommonly fat.  On the other hand,
this state is, Avith many, particularly with feeble, delicate, sickly,
too old, or too young Avomen, often accompanied by a great many
complaints Avhich depend upon the altered state of the  systems of
the vessels and nerves.  The stomach, particularly, often suffers ;
hence nausea, vomiting, a morbid loathing of, or craving for, par-
ticular dishes, which were, till then, indifferent.  Pregnant women
often suffer, also,  by wandering pains, particularly in the teeth,
and by coughing.   Much inclination exists in the body to inflam-
mation, and  a heated state of the blood; the veins of the feet and 
PREGNANCY.
477
the posteriors are SAvelled.   The mechanical pressure of the womb,
thus changed in situation and form, not unfrequently causes irregu-
larities in the discharges of the urine and excrements.  All these
changes serve as signs of pregnancy; other signs are the gradual
and regular changes observed, at the opening of the womb, by in-
ternal examination; also the  state of the breasts, which  become
larger during pregnancy, and in which a milky substance collects,
but particularly the change of color round the  nipple; lastly, the
motion of the child felt by the mother  in the  second half of the
period of pregnancy,  and the perception of different parts of the
foetus by external and internal examination.   It is very important
to determine the fact of pregnancy at an early stage ;  but it is  very
difficult in some cases, particularly in the first  half of the period,
because there are a number of diseases of the abdomen which are
attended with similar  symptoms.   Pregnancy, itself, is subject to
a number of deviations from the ordinary course.  The rules laid
doAvn to prevent injury to the embryo, and to preserve the health
of the mother, have reference  principally to air, nourishment, and
exercise; to  the natural desires, and preternatural longings, (the
latter must be gratified with much caution;) to the passions which
must be carefully restrained ; to the imagination, because the whole
nervous system  may easily become over-excited ;  to  the proper al-
lowance of sleep and the disposition of dress, which must not press
either the abdomen or the breast.  All injuries from  over-exertion
or mechanical causes  are to be carefully avoided, as falls, lifting,
blows, etc., because they may easily occasion abortions.  During
pregnancy, care ought also to  be taken that the breasts are fit, after
the birth of the child, to nourish it.   It  is a mistaken  idea that
abortions take place much more frequently among the higher clas-
ses ; the poorer classes, in populous cities, are quite as liable to
them.   In the country, where a purer air keeps the body always
in a more  vigorous  state,  abortions occur less frequently.   The
advice of experienced female  friends, during the whole period of
pregnancy, is, of course, of the greatest value; yet,  in almost all
countries, certain prejudices exist  respecting  this important  state
in a female's life, and the advice of a physician cannot be dispensed
with.  The internal examinations, mentioned above, are compara-
tively rare in England and the United States ; but, in France,  Ger-
many, and Italy, if not throughout the European continent,  they 
478
MISCELLANEOUS.
belong to the regular course of medical attendance in the state of
pregnancy.   If every Avoman, during the eighth and  ninth month,
would apply our Stimulating Liniment to the abdominal region
once a day, to the amount of a  half a thimble full, she Avould find
invaluable benefit therefrom.  The child Avould be more vigorous
and healthy, the labor pains Avould be much  diminished, and the
risk of miscarriage would be entirely overcome. 
CHAP.   V.
                    IRRITABILITY.


   Irritability ;  (irritabilitas, from irrato, to provoke;  vis insi-
 ta of Haller; vis vitalis of Corter;  oscillation of BoerhaaAre;
 tonic power  of Stahl; muscular power of Bell; inherent power
 of Cullen;) the  contractibility of muscular  fibers, or a  property
 peculiar to  muscles, by Avhich they contract,  upon the application
 of certain stimuli, without a consciousness of action.   This poAv-
 er may  be  seen in the tremulous contraction of muscles  when la-
 cerated,  or  when entirely separated from the body in operations.
 Even when the body  is dead, to all appearance, and the nervous
 power is gone, this contractile power remains till the organization
 yields, and begins to be dissolved.  It is by this inherent poAver
 that  a cut  muscle contracts, and leaves a gap; that a cut artery
 shrinks,  and grows stiff after death.  This  irritability of muscle
 is so far independent of  nerves, and so little connected Avith feel-
 ing, Avhich  is the province of the nerves, that, upon stimulating
 any muscle,  by  touching it with caustic, or irritating it with a
 sharp point,  or driving the electric spark through it, or exciting
 with  the metallic conductors, as those of silver or zinc, the muscle
 instantly contracts, although the nerve of that muscle be  tied:  al-
 though nerves be cut so as to  separate the muscle entirely from all
 connection  with  the  system;  although  the muscle be separated
 from  the body ;  although the  creature, upon Avhich the experi-
 ment is performed, may have  lost all  sense  of feeling, and  have
been  long apparently  dead.   Thus a muscle, cut from the limb,
trembles  and  palpitates a long time after; the  heart, separated
from the  body, continues  its  peristaltic motion,  so as to roll upon
the table, ceasing to ansAver to stimuli, only Avhen it  becomes
stiff and  cold.  Even in vegetables,  as in the sensitive plant, this
contractile  power lives.  Thence  comes the distinction  between 
480
MISCELLANEOUS.
the irritability of muscles, and the sensibility of nerves ;  for the
irritability of muscles survives the animals, as Avhen it is active af-
ter death : survives the life of the part, or the feelings of the Avhole
system, as in  universal palsy, Avhere the vital  motions continue
entire and perfect, and Avhere the muscles, though not obedient to
the Avill,  are subject to  irregular and violent actions ;  and it sur-
vives the connection with the rest of the system, as  Avhen animals
very tenacious  of life, are  cut into parts : but sensibility, the pro-
perty of  the nerves,  gives the Ararious modifications of sense, as
vision, hearing,  and  the rest; gives also the general sense  of
pleasure or  pain, and makes the system, according to  its  various
conditions, feel vigorous and  healthy, or Aveary and Ioav.  The
eye feels  and the skin feels ;  but their appointed  stimuli produce
no motions in these parts ; they are sensible, but not irritable.
   The heart, the intestines,  the urinary bladder, and all the mus-
cles of voluntary motion, answer to stimuli with a quick and for-
cible contraction; and  yet they hardly feel the stimuli by which
these contractions  are  produced;  or at  least they do not  convey
that feeling to the brain.  There  is no consciousness of  present
stimulus in those parts Avhich are called into action by the impulse
of  the nerves, and at  the command of the will;  so  that muscular
parts have all the irritability of the system, with but little feeling;
and that  little  oAving to the nerves which  enter into their sub-
stance ; Avhile  nerves have all the sensibility of the system, but no
motion.
   After every  action in an irritable part, a state of rest, or cessa-
tion from  motion, must take  place, before the  irritable part can be
again incited to action.   If, by an act of volition, Ave throAV any of
our muscles into action,  that action can only be continued  for a
certain space of time.   The muscle becomes relaxed, notwithstan-
ding all our endeavors to the contrary, and remains a certain time
in that relaxed state,  before it can be again  throAvn into action.
Each irritable part has stimuli Avhich are  peculiar to it,  and Avhich
are intended to support  its natural action ; thus blood  is  the sti-
mulus  proper  to  the  heart and arteries;  but if,  by any  acci-
dent,  it  gets into  the  stomach; it produces sickness or vomit-
ing.  The urine does  not irritate the tender fabric of the kindeys,
ureters or bladder, except in such a degree as to preserve  their
healthy aetion ; but if it be effused into the eellular membranes, it 
IRRITABILITY.
481
  brings on such a violent action of the vessels of these parts, as  to
  produce  gangrene.   Such stimuli are called habitual stimuli  of
  parts.   Each irritable part differs from the rest in regard to the
  quantity of irritability which it possesses.  This law explains  to
  us the reason of the great diversity which we observe in the  ac-
  tion of various irritable parts ; thus the muscles of voluntary mo-
  tion can  remain a long time in a state of action ; and if it be con-
  tinued as  long as possible, another considerable portion of time is
  required,  before they regain the irritability  they lost; but the heart
  and  arteries have a more short and sudden action, and their state
 of rest is  equally so.  The circular muscles of the intestines have
 also a quick action and short rest.
   The action of every  stimulus is in an inverse ratio to the fre-
 quency of its application.   A small quantity of spirits, taken into
 the  stomach, increases the action of its muscular coat, and also of
 its various vessels,  so that digestion is thereby facilitated.   If the
 same quantity, however, be taken frequently, it loses its effect.  In
 order to produce the same effect as at first,  a larger quantity is ne-
 cessary ; and  hence the origin of dram-drinking.   The more the
 irritability of  a  part is accelerated, the more that part is disposed
 to be acted upon.  It is on this account that the activity of all ani-
 mals, while  in perfect health, is much livelier in the morning than
 at any  other part of the day ;  for, during the night, the irritability
 of the  Avhole  frame, and  especially that of the muscles destined
 for labor:  viz. the muscles for voluntary action, is re-accumulated.
 The  same law explains why  digestion goes on more rapidly the
 first hour  after food is swallowed, than at any other time ;  and it
 also  accounts for the great danger that  accrues  to a famished per-
 son upon first taking in food.
  In German philosophy, irritability, sensibility,  and reproduc-
 tivity, constitute  the whole of organic life.  Since  the time of
 Schelling,  irritability is much considered in  the mental philosophy
of that  country.   The French, treating  the subject merely with
reference to  physiology,  generally use, at present, the  word con-
tractility, instead of irritability:
61 
482
MISCELLANEOUS.
              CLINICAL  MEDICINE.

  Clinical medicine teaches us to investigate at the bed-side of
the sick, the true nature of the disease, in the phenamena present-
ed ; to note their course and termination; and to study the effects
of the various modes of treatment, to Avhich patients may be sub-
jected.   From this mode of study Ave  learn the character of indi-
vidual cases; theoretical study being  competent to  make us ac-
quainted Avith species only.  Clinical medicine  demands, there-
fore, careful observations.   It is, in  fact, synonymous with  expe-
rience.   What  advances  Avould  medicine  have  made, and from
how many errors would it have been  saved, if public instruction
had ahvays followed this natural course, so that pupils had received
none  but correct impressions,  and distinct conceptions of the phe-
nomena of disease, and had attained a practical knowledge of the
application of those rules  and precepts, which dogmatical instruc-
tions  always leave indefinite!
  We are unacquainted with the  method of clinical  instruction in
medicine, Avhich was followed by the Asdepiades, but we cannot
help  admiring the results of it, as exhibited to us in the Avritings
of Hippocrates, who  augmented the  stores of experience inherited
from them, by folloAving in  their steps.  After his tim6, medicine
ceased to  be the property of particular families, and  the path of
experience, by which it had been rendered so valuable, was soon
 deserted.   The sIoav  process  of anatomy  and physiology, the
 almost  constant study of the philosophy  of Aristotle, and the
 endless disputes respecting the nature of man, of disease, and
 of remedies,  occupied all  the  attention of  the  physicians; and
 the wise method of  observing and describing diseases themselves,
 fell into disuse.  Hospitals, at their vigor, served rather as  means
 of displaying  the benevolence of the early Christains, than of
 perfecting the study  of medicine.  The school of Alexandria Avas
 so celebrated, according to Ammianus Marcellinus, that a careful
 attendance upon its lessons, entitled the student to pursue the
 practice of medicine.  Another old, and very thriving, although
 less  known institution, was situated at  Nisapour, in  Persia; and
 hospitals,  even before the  flourishing period of the Arabians, to
 whom the happy idea is commonly ascribed, were  united with 
CLINICAL  MEDICINE.
483
 these medical  institutions.   The. last school, founded by the em-
 peror Aurelian,  and superintended by Greek physicians, spread
 the doctrines of Hippocrates through all the  East.   It Avas sup-
 ported for several centuries, and in it, Avithout doubt, Rhazes, Ali
 Abbas Avicenna, and  the  other celebrated Arabian  physicians,
 were instructed.   At the same  time, the  celebrated John Mesne,
 of Damascus, was at the head of the hospital of Bagdad.  Of the
 mode of instruction pursued there, Ave know nothing, but we are
 inclined to form no very elevated  opinion of the systems of an
 age which Avas devoted to all the dreams of Arabian polyphar-
 macy.  In truth, medicine  shared the fate of all the other natural
 sciences in the barbarous ages.   Men were  little  disposed to ac-
 quire, sloAvly and  cautiously,  the  knowledge of disease, at the
 bed-side of the sick, in the manner of the Greek physicians.
   It appears probable, that  the  foundation of universities led to a
 renewed attention to the study of  medical science; and Ave  find,
 accordingly,  that in Spain, even under the dominion of the Ara-
 bians, there  were  schools  and  hospitals, for the instruction  of
 young physicians, at Seville,  Toledo, and  Cordova.   But  even
 then, clinical studies were  almost Avholly neglected.  Instead of
 studying the history of diseases, the  pupils occupied their  time
 Avith the most unprofitable pursuits.  Not much more advanta-
 geous Avere the journeys which were made, for the same objects,
 to Italy and France, in  the eleventh and  twelfth centuries.   The
 schools of  Paris  and Montepelier were those principally resorted
 to; but in these,  the instruction  consisted simply of lectures, and
 endless commentaries upon the  most obscure subjects; and even
 at the close of the fifteenth century, when the works of the Greek
 physicians  began to be printed, men Avere  still busied with verbal
 explanations and  disputes.   Two centuries elapsed before physi-
 cians returned  to clinical studies and instructions.  Among the
 renovators  of this mode of studying medicine, may be named, in
 Holland, William Von Straten, Otho Heurnius, and the celebrated
Sylvius,  about  the  middle  of the  seventeenth century;  and it
 is said that clinical instruction was  given,  at the same period, in
 the  schools of Hamburg,  Vienna,  and Strasburg.  Even Boer-
 haave, Avho succeeded Sylvius as clinical  instructor at Leyden,  in
 1714, has left us no journals of  daily observations  of disease, but
 only academic discourses upon the general principles of medicine. 
4S4
AIISCELLANEOUS.
 The influence of this celebrated school Avas first perceived at Ed-
 inburg, and afterwards at Vienna, tAvo schools, which, in celebrity
 for clinical instructions, soon eclipsed their common mother, the
 school at Leyden.  Cullen, one of the most celebrated teachers  of
 practical medicine at Edinburg, Avas too fond of fine-spun theories
 upon the condition of the disease, structures of the body,  and the
 proximate  causes of disease, to  follow a uniform method in his
 lectures, and to adopt the entire history of disease, as observed
 at the bed-side, as the basis of his system.
   From the account of Avhat was effected in clinical medicine  in
 Italy, Germany,  and France, in the  course of the eighteenth cen-
 tury, we may discover both the constantly increasing attention  to
 this department of knoAvledge, and the difficulties with Avhich such
 institutions are obliged to contend.   The Vienna school, by means
 of the labors of Van SAvieten, De Haen,  and, still more, of Stolt
 and of Franck, became a model of clinical  study, since public
 lectures Avere given in the hospital,  and the simplicity of Grecian
 medicine successfully inculcated.  The practice and study of me-
 dicine, in the hospitals  in  France, was only an indirect mode  of
 gaining public confidence, till the period of the general revival  of
 science, and the erection of the French Ecole de Sancte.   In that,
 for the first time, clinical instruction Avas expressly commanded.
 At the present day, every good school has  its establishment for
 clinical medicine connected Avith it; that is, a hospital, in which
 diseases can be seen and studied by  those attending it.
   In Germany, the empirical, or experimental mode of studying
 medicine, was early given up  for the more  scientific form of lec-
 tures ;  while in England and France, the opposite extreme  took
 place, and students Avere carried, as they sometimes are still,  to
 the bed-side of the sick, before they had been properly grounded
 in elementary studies.   In  Germany, there  are  very numerous
journals, Avhich contain clinical reports of cases, as there are so
 many clinical institutions appropriated to particular classes of dis-
 ease.   In  the  American schools,  clinical  instruction is almost
 wholly overlooked, although some slight lectures of this descrip-
 tion are given by the physicians of hospitals.  The clinical school
 is called ambulatory, when the patients  attend only at particular
 hours; and  it is termed polyclinic,  Avhen the  instructor  and his
 pupils visit together the beds of the  sick. 
CONTAGION.
4S5
                     CONTAGION.


   This word properly imports the  application of any poisonous
matter to the body through the medium of touch.   It is applied to
the action  of those very subtile particles arising from putrid sub-
stances, or from persons laboring under certain diseases, Avhich com-
municate  the disease to others;  as, the contagion of putrid fever,
the effluvia of dead animal or vegetable substances,  the miasmata
of bogs and fens, the virus of small-pox, lues venera, etc., etc.
   The principal diseases excited by  poisonous miasmata, are, in-
termittent, remittent, and  yelloAV  fevers, dysentery, and typhus.
The last is generated in the human body itself, and is sometimes
called the  typhoid fomes.  Some miasmata are produced  from
moist vegetable matter, in some unknown state of decomposition.
The contagious virus of the plague, small-pox, measles, chincough,
cynanche  maligna, and scarlet fever,  as well as of typhus and the
jail fever,  operates to a much more limited  distance through the
medium of the atmosphere, than the marsh miasmata.  Contact of
a diseased person is said to be necessary for the communication of
plague,  and  an approach within two  or three yards of him, for
that of typhus.   The Walcheron miasmata extended their pesti-
lential influence to vessels riding  at anchor, fully a quarter of a
mile from the shore.
   The chimical nature of all these poisonous effluvia is little un-
derstood.   They undoubtedly consist, however, of  hydrogen, uni-
ted with sulphur,  phosphorus, carbon, and azote, in unknown pro-
portions and unknown states of combination.  The proper neu-
tralizers or destroyers of  these gasiform poisons are, nitric acid
vapor, muriatic acid gas, and chlorine.   The two last are the most
efficacious, but require to  be  used in  situations from which the
patients can be removed at the time of  the  application.  Nitric
acid vapor may,  however, be  diffused in the apartments  of the
sick, without much inconvenience.  Bed-clothes, particularly blan-
kets, can retain the contagious fomes, in an active state, for almost
any length of time.   Hence, they ought to be fumigated, with pe-
culiar care.   The vapor of burning sulphur or sulphurous acid, is 
4S6
MISCELLANEOUS.
used in the East, against the plague.  It is much inferior in power
to the other antiloimic reagents.
   There does not appear to be  any  distinction commonly made
between contagious and infectious diseases.   The  infection com-
municated by diseased persons, is usually so communicated by the
product of the disease itself; for instance, by the matter of the
small-pox; and, therefore, many of these diseases are infectious
only when they have already produced  such matter, but not in
their earlier period.   In many of them, contact Avith  the diseased
person  is necessary for infection,  as is  the  case  with the itch,
syphilis, and canine madness; in other contagious  diseases, even
the air may convey the infection; as in the scarlet fever, the mea-
sles, the contagious typhus, etc.   In this consists the  whole differ-
ence between the fixed and volatile contagions.  A real infection
requires always  a certain susceptibility of the healthy individual;
and many infectious maladies destroy,  forever, this susceptibility
of the same contagion in the individual, and, accordingly, attack a
person  only once, as the small-pox,  measles, etc.    Other  conta-
gious diseases do not produce this effect, and may,  therefore re-
peatedly attack the  same  persons;  as typhus, itch, syphilis,  and
others.   Sometimes one contagious disease destroys  the suscepti-
bility for another; as the kine-pox for the small-pox.
   In general, those parts  of the body Avhich are covered Avith the
most delicate skin, are most susceptible to  contagion;  and  still
more so are wounded parts deprived of  the epidermis.   Against
those contagious diseases which are infectious through the medium
of the air, precaution may be taken  by keeping at the  greatest pos-
sible distance from the sick, by cleanliness, and fearlessness; but
most completely by the vigilance of the health officer, by fumiga-
tions according to the prescriptions  of Guyton Morvea, etc.   We
can more easily  secure ourselves against such contagious diseases
as are infectious only  in case of  contact, by means  of cleanliness,
caution  in the use of vessels for eating and drinking, of tobacco-
pipes, of Avind-instruments, beds and clothes.   No  general preser-
vative against contagious diseases is known, though many are of-
fered for sale by quacks.   The examination of the  persons inten-
ded for nurses and  tenders of infants is very  necessary, as thou-
sands of children may be infected by contact  with  them, and  the
cause of the disorder  remain unknown. 
ANTIDOTES.
487
                      ANTIDOTES.

   Antidotes, from two Greek Avords, signifying given against;
 the means of counteracting the effects of poisons.  The term anti-
 dote had, formerly, a much wider signification, and was applied to
 the remedies for diseases occurring from natural causes, as well as
 to the remedies for  the derangement of the functions arising from
 the direct  introduction into the  system of a knoAvn and  material
 poison.  Doubtless every disease  may be looked upon as  spring-
 ing from some poison, as  fevers  from an altered and  unhealthy
 state of the atmosphere, or eruptive and contagious diseases from
 the vitiated fluids or breath of one  individual communicated to an-
 other, as small-pox  and hooping-cough.   This opinion is expres-
 sed by the employment of  the term virus, or poison, to  signify
 the immediate  cause of such diseases, as when we speak of  the
 small-pox virus, or the vaccine virus.  But as, in the present day,
 the word antidote is used only to signify the means of counteract-
 ing the effects of poisons, strictly  so called, we shall confine  our
 observations to what is  properly  comprehended under the term
 Avhen employed in  this sense.  While thus limiting its significa-
 tion, it is equally necessary that we should limit the application of
 the word poison.   It is, however, extremely difficult to define what
 a poison is.   Fodere  considered  poisons to be those substances
 known to be capable of rapidly altering or dertroying  some or all
 of the functions necessary to life.   This must be understood to ap-
 ply to  their introduction (whether accidentally,  intentionally on
 the part of the person suffering, or  criminally on the part of others)
 into the body when in the usual state of health ; for there are cer-
 tain diseased conditions of the systems which seem to render it in-
capable of being injuriously affected by doses of medicines Avhich
 at another time would speedily destroy life;  and other states, such
as when the body is under the influence of one  poison, where an-
other proves the most  effectual remedy or antidote.  This latter
state is strikingly exemplified in the case of the bite of the  coluber
 carinatus, a species of snake common in the  West Indies, during
the state  of stupor or insensibility occasioned by which,  a large
 quantity of arsenic may be  given,  not only with safety, but with 
488
MISCELLANEOUS.
 such advantage that the recovery of the patient may be considered
 as OAving solely to it.  To acquire a correct idea of the  different
 Avays in Avhich poisons operate in destroying life, Ave must be made
 aAvare that Avhat we commonly regard as an individual is  made up
 of a number of distinct organs, which, though in some respects in-
 dependent of each other, yet exert  a  reciprocal influence, the har-
 monious play of the whole being necessary to the continuous exer-
 cise or display of the principle of life, and that a cessation of the
 functions of any one of the more important organs necessitates the
 successive suspension of the rest.   The most essential of those are
 consnquently  denominated the vital functions, viz:  the  circula-
 tion, respiration, and enervation.
   The circulation of red or arterial blood  through the system, but
 especially through the nervous matter of the brain and spinal cord,
 is essential to  the existence of the vital properties and due perform-
 ance of the functions of the different  organs—which circulation is
 effected by the action of the heart; while, to render the blood ar-
 terial, respiration is necessary ;  and this  is effected  by the lungs,
 assisted by a great  number of muscles, the co-operation or simul-
 taneous action of which is occasioned by the influence of the spinal
cord directed  or influenced by the brain.  Noav,  certain  poisons
act either solely on  one of the organs and functions or upon two
or three, but ahvays in an ascertained order or uniform succession.
 Oxalic acid, (or the acid of sugar, as it is properly called,) for ex-
ample, in a small dose, acts first on the brain and spinal cord;  but,
in a larger dose, also affects  the heart.  In the former  case, the
respiration will be perceptibly interfered with, while the heart will
go on acting, for some time;  in the latter case, both will  cease at
the same moment.   Recovery,  therefore, is much more probable
in the first instance  than in the second, for  we can carry on artifi-
cial respiration till the brain and spinal cord have resumed the ex-
ercise of  their functions; but if, as in the second  instance, the
heart also has  ceased to act, recovery  is impossible.
  An arrangement of poisons,  according to their mode of action,
 i. e. according to the order in  which the vital functions are  suc-
 cessfully affected and destroyed by them, would be of great  utility
 in regulating our treatment, teaching  us when to be content with
 the employment of antidotes alone, and Avhen to employ supple-
 mentary means—as artificial respiration,  blood-letting, etc.  At 
ANTIDOTES.
489
 present  we can only  make an approximation to such an arrange-
 ment.  Another point of consequence is the settlement of the ques-
 tion,  do poisons act solely on the sentient extremities of the nerves
 of the part to which they are applied, and influence remote organs,
 only  by  sympathy :  or are  they absorbed into the circulatory flu-
 ids, and  by  them carried to  the organs whose impaired or suspen-
 ded functions show them to  be markedly affected by them ? With-
 out entering into this dispute, it may be stated that some  poisons
 act in the one way, some  in the  other Avay,  and a feAV in both.
 Of these, the first set are the most formidable and the most speedy
 in their action, allowing little time for the employment of antidotes.
 Some poisons  act,  but with different degrees of  violence and
 speed, whatever part  of the  body  they  are  applied  to; others
 again, only  when  received  into the stomach or intestines; while
 some, such as the poison of the viper, are quite powerless when
 swallowed.
  Of all  parts of the body,  the brain and nervous substances are
 the least susceptible of the  action of poisons, when applied else-
 where.   With respect to the local operation  of poisons,  i. e. their
 direct action on the  part to which they are applied, some decom-
 pose chimically, or alter the structure of (corrode) the part which
they  touch,  and hence they  are called corrosive  poisons; such
 are the mineral acids of which sulphuric or oil of vitriol may serve
 as an example.  Besides this local effect, many of the corrosive
 poisons  act speedily upon  remote organs, the impaired functions
 of which may become a source of greater danger than the destruc-
tion of the  part first attacked.   Other poisons, without immedi-
ately altering the structure of the part, irritate it so that inflamma-
tion ensues, by which it is altered,  and the general system affect-
 ed  as it  would be  by inflammation of the same part arising from
 any other cause, even when  the poisonous substance  does not pro-
duce  any immediate  or powerful  effect upon  a remote organ—
 which is not often the case,  as most of them  influence some of the
 vital functions, and  thus prove  fatal.   Those are termed irritant
 poisons,  such as arsenic; but they are frequently also termed cor-
 rosive, though inaccurately.   Lastly, there are poisons which nei-
 ther corrode nor irritate the  part,  but cause a peculiar impression
upon  the sentient  extremities of the nerves, which is  conveyed
along  these to some remote organ or organs, the functions of which
          62 
490
MISCELLANEOUS.
 they impair and suspend.   Many of these should be termed seda-
 tives, in the strictest sense of the Avord ; others are narcotics ; and
 those Avhich produce some degree of local irritation, are termed
 narcotico-acrids.  But  one and the same article, according to the
 dose  and mode of  administration, acts in all the three Avays ; to-
 bacco for example.   The  selection of appropriate means to coun-
 teract the effects of poisons, must be determined by a knowledge
 of the manner in Avhich  each particular poison acts; but, as we
 cannot enumerate or specify these here, Ave shall give only general
 rules to this effect.   These may be reduced to three, viz. 1st, To
 remove the poisonous substance.  2nd. To prevent or  limit its
 local effect.  3d. To obviate its effect on remote organs, support-
 ing their action by appropriate measures, till the injurious impres-
 sion has subsided.  The first of these is to be accomplished most-
 ly by mechanical means.   If the poison has been applied  to any
 external part, as by  the bite of a viper or a rattle-snake, a cupping
 glass, or what will  ansAver as  Avell, a wine-glass, tumbler, or cup
 of any  kind, from  which a part of the air has been expelled, by
 holding Avithin it a  lighted candle for a second of time, should be
 immediately applied.   If the  poison has been taken into the sto-
 mach, and is yet of a kind  to  arrest instantly the action of the
 heart, its removal is to be  attempted  by the stomach-pump, or by
 exciting vomiting.   The stomach-pump cannot well be used with-
 out introducing into the stomach a considerable quantity of water,
 which,  by diluting the poison, lessens its violence, in all cases,
 except that of oxalic acid.  The stomach-pump is also to be pre-
 ferred  in the case  of  narcotic poisons, as the insensibility  which
 they occasion prevents  the stomach from being affected by emetics.
 But, should a stomach-pump not be at hand, nor any one be pre-
 sent skilled in the use  of it, we must  attempt to produce vomiting
by every means in our  power.
  For this  purpose, a table spoonful  of flour of mustard, which is
mostly to be found in every house, may be  put into a tumbler  of
 warm water and  given to  the patient, or a.scruple of sulphate  of
 zinc, (whetto-vitrio,) dissolved in a pint of any distilled water ;  or
 ten grains of sulphate of copper dissolved in half a pint of any dis-
 tilled  water, as cinnamon, may be drank by  the patient, and the
 disposition to vomit encouraged, by tickling  the throat with a fea-
ther, and pressing on the pit of the stomach. 
ANTIDOTES.
491
   Neither ipecacuanha nor tartar emetic should be given, as their
 action is always preceded by much nausea, during which the ab-
 sorption of the poison is often facilitated.  Where the poison is
 of a corrosive or irritant nature, instead of losing time in seeking
 the means of causing vomiting, it is in general advisable to adopt
 the second rule,  and attempt to prevent its local, and thereby its
 remote effects.
   To accomplish this, we must ascertain what the poisonous sub-
 stance was from which the patient is suffering, and must also know
 hoAV it acts, as upon this depends the success of our treatment.
 The objects we have in view are  either to dilate and so weaken it
 as to supply,  from an  external source, the particular principle
 which the poison  would subtract  from the coats of the stomach,
 or by adding something to it, and so  change its nature as to render
 it comparatively, or  altogether harmless,  which last will always
 be effected if we can succeed in forming an insoluble compound.
 The first may be done by giving plenty of warm Avater; and when
 we know  the  particular poison,  if the warm  water  can be made
 the vehicle of an antidote, the second or third object will also be
 ensured.  Suppose sulphuric acid (oil of vitriol) has been swallow-
ed,  add to the water, chalk, magnesia, or soap; the  chalk will
 make,  without the acid, sulphate of lime, Avhich, being insoluble,
 will do no harm, Avhile, with the magnesia, the acid will form sul-
 phate of magnesia, (Epsom salt,)  and,  with the soap, sulphate of
 potash, both of Avhich are purgative salts, and will, by their  action
 on the  bowels, assist in  lessening the inflammation caused by the
poison before it was decomposed.   So when sugar of lead (acetate
 of lead) is swallowed, by giving Epsom salts, Ave form an inso-
luble  sulphate  of lead, which will be  discharged by  the bowels,
operated upon by the magnesia,  Avhich has been freed from sul-
phuric acid.  Corrosive sublimate (chloride of mercury) abstracts
from the coats of the stomach the albumen Avhich they contain, by
which  it is converted into proto chloride, or calomel; now, if by
 giving  white of an egg, which is pure albumen, we supply it with
the principle  which it Avould otherwise obtain from  the coats of
the stomach, we shall preserve these entire.  Such means, then,
 are antidotes, properly speaking ;  for the means by which the se-
 condary or remote effects are to be  combatted,  deserve rather to
be termed counter poisons.   The counter poisons are  of no small 
492
MISCELLANEOUS.
 value in  cases of poisoning by the corrosive and  irritants, Avhile
 they are of the utmost importance in the treatment of the sedative
 and  narcotic poisons.   To administer these  appropriately,  we
 must know Avhich of the vital organs the poison most speedily af-
 fects.  When it affects  the heart, the symptoms greatly resemble
 syncope, (or fainting;)  and, as such poisons are  the most danger-
 ous,  agents  Avhich act as rapidly as the poisons are alone  to be
 trusted to ;  such agents  are to be found among the diffusible stimu-
 li; ammonia, or its  carbonate, i. e., smelling salts, applied to the
 nostrils, or dissolved in  water and taken into the stomach ;  warm
 brandy and Avater, etc., Avhere it chiefly affects the spinal marroAv,
 there occur  spasms and difficulty of breathing; and,  when the
 brain, there  is a partial  or complete insensibility, (coma,)  often
 with, at first, full pulse, flushed face, and  labored breathing,  re-
 sembling apoplexy.   In such a state of affairs, artificial respira-
 tion,  and afterwards bleeding, with the subsequent administration
 of coffee or vinegar, greatly contribute to save the patient.   We
 have  not spoken here of  gaseous poisons, which would lead to un-
 necessary details.  They act either by excluding the common at-
 mospheric air, in which  case removal into pure air is required, or
 by producing inflammation like the  irritant, or  oppression of the
 brain like the narcotic poisons, and are to be combatted on similar
 principles.   It will be more useful to append a list of the poisons
 which act on the brain,  and of those which act on the heart.   Of
 poisons which act upon  the  brain, the most common are alcohol,
 i.  e.,  spirituous liquors, opium,  henbane, hemlock, camphor, and
 essential oil  of almonds,  and of tobacco.  Of those acting on the
 heart, the chief are infusion of tobacco and large doses of Prussic
 acid,  fox glove, strychnia, (principle of nux vomica,) oxalic  acid,
 arsenic, preparation or salts of antimony and of baryta,  and seve-
 ral animal poisons.
   From what has been said  on this subject,  the great necessity of
 an acquaintance with it must be sufficiently clear not only to en-
 sure our doing right, but to prevent us  from doing wrong.   By
 administering an  ill-timed antidote, (as we conceive it to be,) we
 often  hasten  the  fatal  event; as Avhere vinegar is given, when
opium has been swallowed,  before it  has been ejected from the
 stomach;  and, by throwing  tobacco smoke into the stomach of a
person apparently drowned,  we extinguish the feeble spark of life 
NUTRITION.
493
which might have sufficed to reanimate him but for such injudi-
cious interference.  It is to be hoped that more just principles of
treatment will be  diffused among the people, as well as among
medical men, by which many lives may be  preserved to their fa-
milies and to the community.


   ANIMAL  AND  VEGETABLE  NUTRITION.


   Animal and vegetable matters constitute the food of animals and
vegetables ; yet these matters nourish neither the animal nor veg-
etable, until they  have  undergone certain preparatory processes,
and are reduced to a fluid state.   Solid substances, so long as they
remain solid, can benefit neither.
   The soil is to plants Avhat the stomach is to animals—the recip-
ient of food—where it  undergoes  its first  process of preparation,
is broken down and blended with a solvent liquid.
   The spongeoles, or small roots of the  plants, like the lacteals
of the animal, take up the digested food, and send it to the leaves,
as the lacteals do the lungs, for its perfect  preparation as food.
   Leaves are to plants what lungs are to  animals—the  organs of
respiration.   The lungs retain oxygen,  and give off carbon.  The
leaves part with oxygen, and inhale carbon Avhen the sun shines
upon  them, and imbibe  oxygen when it does not.   Leaves are, in
summer, as necessary to the health and growth of the vegetable,
as lungs are to the health and growth of the animal.
   Heat, air, and water are essential in all the processes of nutri-
tion, vegetable as well as animal.
   The ordinary temperature of the animal stomach is 98 degrees—
hence animal digestion does not abate for want of heat.   The de-
composition of vegetable food,  in  the soil, ceases when the ther-
mometer sinks below 40 degrees, and is most active at the tempera-
ture of 80 degrees.
   Neither lungs nor leaves can perform  their office healthfully,
without access to fresh air, nor can decomposition take place with-
out air.
   Water is a necessary solvent  in the preparation of vegetable and
animal food for the delicate mouths of the lacteals and spongeoles,
and is no less  indispensable as a medium of transmitting the food 
494
MISCELLANEOUS.
 to the lungs  and the leaves, and from thence through the animal
 and vegetable structures.
   After the blood of the animal has been perfected in the lungs, it
 is conducted, by minute arteries, to every part of the body, and is
 transmuted into flesh, etc.   After the sap has  been elaborated in
 the leaves, it is conveyed,  in like manner, to  every  part  of the
 plant, and  is  then converted into wood, fruit, etc.
   Vegetables, like animals, may be injured by an excess of food;
 and when food is too concentrated, or too rich, the lacteals and the
 spongeoles become clogged, and unfit to transmit aliment to the
 lungs or leaves.
   A seed may be compared to an egg.   One contains the germ of
 a chick, the other the germ of a  plant.   Nature has provided in
 their  envelopes, the food proper for both, in  infancy,  and until
 they can provide for  themselves.  Through the  agency of heat
 and air, the chick becomes animated, groAvs, and  bursts its shell;
 and the seed  germinates, grows, and bursts the earth.  Both seem
 to require the exclusion of light.
   The elementary  matters found in animals and vegetables are
 nearly the same—the animal contains the most nitrogen, the vege-
 table the most carbon.   Lime and iron are found in both.
   And in both,  the power  and  the  habit exist, of throwing off,
 through their excretory organs,  matters blended with their food,
 not fitted to their wants, or  not assimilating Avith the elements of
 their structure.  Plants often exhale, or give off,  like some ani-
 mals, a strong odor.
   As  weeds are more commonly natural to the soil than cultivated
 crops,  they are grosser  feeders, and consume more food  than the
latter.  Hence, they should not be permitted to  rob the crops.


                   SALINE  BATH.

   The Saline Bath has lately been brought into pretty extensive
use, by a number of physicians who have adopted our remedies,
Avith the most salutary effect.  In chronic diseases, where the sys-
tem has become morbid, and Avhere the liniments  are not brought
into full operation  by  the  usual  application, the  Saline bath is
 found to answer a most valuable  purpose.   The mode of prepar- 
GALVANISM.
495
 ing it is  as  follows:  Warm  the water, and add  salt enough to
 make a common brine, and fill a bathing-tub two-thirds full; let it
 be as  hot as the patient can bear; immerse the patient, and use
 the flesh-brush and friction with the hand freely while so im-
 mersed, which may be continued from five to fifteen minutes, ac-
 cording to the strength of the patient; then wipe dry with flannel,
 and apply the liniment over the whole surface of the body.  Much
 benefit has also been gained by a similar process in cases of fever
 and bilious cholic, rheumatisms, cramps, etc.


  APPLICATION  OF  GALVANISM  TO  POI-
                  SONED  WOUNDS.

   In Germany, a variety of experiments have been made, proving
 the successful application of galvanism,  in place of  caustics, to
 poisoned  Avounds.  We shall mention some of  them:—
   1. A dog  had lately been  bitten by  a mad one, in the  chest,
 causing a Avound of two inches.  After a lapse of fifty-four hours,
 the wound having dried up, it was for half an hour exposed to the
 influence  of a galvanic battery of forty small plates.   This appli-
 cation  seemed  to cause considerable pain,  and produce the dis-
 charge of some blood from the Avound; subsequently a thick crust
 formed on it, which fell off on the eleventh day; on the sixteenth
 day, the  wound  was completely healed, and  the dog  remained
 Avell.
   2. The poisonous saliva  of  the dog  which had inflicted the
 above wound, was inoculated in both  legs of another dog.  After
 the lapse of fifty-four hours, galvanism was applied to the wound
 caused by the inoculation;  the crust formed over it fell off on the
 eigth day, on the twelfth day it perfectly healed, and the dog kept
 well.
   3. Another dog, inoculated with the same saliva as the last, was
left to his  fate, and died within ten days, of hydrophobia.   From
 these and similar experiments,  Doctor Peavaz draws the following
results:
   1. Because he was still successful after an interval of fifty-four
hours, physicians have sufficient time, in case of accident, to pro-
 cure a galvanic  battery. 
496
MISCELLANEOUS.
   2. As the galvanic fluid operates also at some distance,  he ad-
 vises its  application also to deep  wounds with fistulas, notwith-
 standing the application of caustics.
   3. That, by its peculiar nature, galvanism  affords the advantage
 of destroying the poison even at some distance, and that it greatly
 counteracts absorption,  by  causing a contraction of the  capillary
 vessels.


                    GRANULATION.


   The little grain-like fleshy bodies which form on the surfaces
 of ulcers  and suppurating wounds, and serve  both for  filling up
 the cavities and bringing nearer together  and uniting  their sides,
 are called granulations.  Nature is active in bringing parts whose
 disposition, action, and structure, have been altered by accident or
 disease, as nearly as possible to their original  state ; aud after hav-
 ing,  in her operations for this purpose, formed  pus, she  immedi-
 ately sets about forming a new matter upon surfaces  in  which
 there has been a breach of continuity.  This  process has received
 the name  of granulating, or incarnation.  The color of healthy
 granulations is.a deep florid red.  When livid, they are unhealthy,
 and have only a languid circulation.   Healthy granulations on an
 exposed  or flat surface,  rise nearly even with the  surface of the
 surrounding skin, and often a little higher; but when they  exceed
 this, and assume a growing disposition, they are unhealthy,  soft,
 spongy, and without any disposition to form skin.  Healthy gra-
 nulations are always prone to unite.
   In all cases Avhere the wounds above mentioned produce  an un-
 healthy pus, or are inclined to fungus flesh, our Stimulating Lini-
 ment, applied directly to the wound, though  severe at first, is an
 invaluable application.   It uniformly  produces a healthy action,
 and expedites a cure.


             HEREDITARY  DISEASE.


   The influence of the parents on the organization of the child is
so great, that even the  individual peculiarities which  distinguish 
HEREDITARY DISEASE.                497
  one man from another, are, in part at least, transmitted to his chil-
  dren ; hence the similarity in person and looks of the child to its
  parents.   The internal organs, too, as Avell as the  external form,
  have the same resemblance;  so  that the peculiar constitution, the
  greater or less activity and development of these organs, are found
  to pass from parent to child.  Now, as it is the particular state of
  the several organs and functions in Avhich a very great part of dis-
  ease  have their foundation, it folloAvs, that these diseases may be
  inherited, and, in fact, it has been observed, that the son is  not
  unfrequently attacked by a disease, at the same period of life in
  which his father Avas.   These diseases  are called hereditary; but
  it is only the predisposition to them that is, properly speaking, in-
  herited.  Hence the actual development of hereditary disease re-
  quires certain co-operating circumstances.  Constitutional disease*
  are very often not hereditary, but depend on circumstances T/Hich
  affect the foetus during pregnancy.  The father has no  inflMtince
  on the child, beyond the act of generation; the moth-*  operates
  upon it during pregnancy, and it is possible that *ere ^ occasion
  may  be given to hereditary disease.  Amorr "'    lseases w ich
  are most frequently hereditary, are sr"'ula'  Ceding,  hemorr-
  hoids, consumption, gout, the gr»f and St°ne>  scirrhous  and
  cancers, disorders of  the  mind ^d sPirits' hysterical and hypo-
  chondriac affections, apopley' epilepsy, and  organic diseases of
  particular parts, especial^the heart.    They have this pecu-
  r  't   th t tti      t- educed,  and  appear as  constitutional dis-
              c    Ae action of internal  than of  external, of pre-
  eases, more from      .                               '   r
  ,.        Al    a occasional causes.   Such diseases are much
  disposing than
        .. ~  , to reach and to cure, than those  Avhich originate in
  more dime     .          TT      .  .        .  „
    . -.   1  external causes.  Hence  it is especiallv necessary to
  ncciclcrii"
       * in season their growth and development.   The means  of
  prev
   Ag this, are the following :
  1.  Whoever has  a hereditary  predisposition to any  disease,
should not marry one  Avho has the same constitution.  For this
reason, marriages between near relations are not advisable, as tend-
ing to perpetuate such hereditary diseases.   This, too, appears  to
be the  reason  Avhy attachments are generally formed between per-
sons of opposite constitution and different temperament.
  2. We ought to order all the circumstances in which the child
             63 
498
MISCELLANEOUS.
grows up in such a way that the inherited predisposition may not
only not be favored, but counteracted.
  3. The accidental occasions Avhich favor the groAvth of the dis-
ease, should be avoided, especially at the time of life in which the
father was attacked by it.  The medical  treatment of  hereditary
diseases is not essentially different from that Avhich is requisite in
the same diseases arising under different circumstances.


       HISTORY  OF  THE  SMALL  POX.
  Of the numerous  diseases to which mankind are exposed, the
class  denominated epidemic, or spreading diseases,  is attended
^ith the most alarming interest.   A malady of this sort may take
lts origin in the remotest district of an extensive country, and yet,
it its t-ogifess be independent of  the peculiarities of soil and cli-
mate, 1 m^j  soon come t0 overrun the whole.   In the same way,
although a spreei{^ malady commence in one hemisphere of the
globe, it may, after a ^ inyade the Qthe]% and hg ravages know
ultimately no bound, sav.iW of human intercourse? and human
existence.  Those spreading ^^ from ^ ^ hayoc they
 often  commit, have been  con,.^ knQwn  by ^ name  of
 » plagues " and " pestilences."  1 .x word flagut is apt to con.
 vey, to  an unprofessional person, a ve>. indefinite idea of gome
 great calamity, which he is unable to desci.„. but in reality> [t .g
 neither more nor less than a fever.   All plagu^ in medical lan.
 guage, are understood  to have been  fevers; ana s    ^& distin-
 guished one from the  other, by  their types, or pecu^ cnaracter
 of their symptoms.   Thus, the Egyptian plague is a fev ^ wnich
 bears a strong resemblance to ordinary  typhus,  in produc^
 extreme  depression of the constitutional powers of the patit,^
 and it is distinguished from typhus, by being attended with swell-
 ings of  the glands, in different parts of the body.  The  plague  of
 London, which, in  1665, destroyed, Avithin the bills of mortality,
 eight thousand persons in one Aveek,  was similar to that of Egypt.
 Varieties of the same virulent epidemic, are  probably pointed  at
 in the writings of Thucydides and Galen, as having prevailed  in
 the earlier ages, at Athens and  Rome.  At all events, it seems
 certain,  that during nearly one half of the sixth century, and  * 
SMALL  POX.
499
several periods since, large portions of Europe, and of Asia, were
devastated by the Egyptian scourge.
  Small pox is a plague Avhich, previous to the practice of vaccina-
tion, exercised a still more destructive power, even than the pre-
ceding disease;  but it does not appear that the physicians of an-
cient Greece or Rome, were at all acquainted with the small pox.
For the traces of its earlier progress, we must look farther east.
  In the traditions of the people of China and Hindostan, small
pox  was enumerated as one of their common diseases;  and in
some of their  earliest books, devoted to religion and philosophy,
descriptions of it have been found to exist.   China or Hindostan,
then, must be considered the cradle of small pox.  We have no
means, however, of ascertaining in which of the  two it first ap-
peared, or  of offering a rational conjecture, to explain the manner
of its first  production, beyond the fact, that these countries have,
from remote ages,  swarmed with  inhabitants, and been subject to
dreadful inroads from famine, circumstances of themselves, emi-
nently favorable to the generation of pestilence.
   According to the Chinese and Brahminical authorities, there is
written evidence to shoAV  that small pox had been established in
their respective  countries, during a period of three thousand years
and upwards.  Although it had prevailed so long in China and Hin-
dostan, the first notice of its appearance in Western Asia, cannot
be dated earlier  than the middle  of the sixth century, and Fm-ope
was not invaded  until  a  later period.  Tbe op-»ch to which we
allude, as .the recorded commence—114 otits western ravages, was
the year 569, when the city of Mecca, in Arabia, was besieged
by an army of Abyssian christians, under the command of Abreha,
with the expectation of being able destroy the  kaaba  or pagan
temple, contained  within  that city.  In this  army the small pox
committed dreadful havoc, and we are told that measles made its
appearance there at the same time.  From the siege of Mecca, A.
D. 569, to the siege of Alexandria, in 639, not any of the Arabian
records that have  come down to us, make mention of the progress
of  small pox.  During this  interval, however,  the disease was
 undoubtedly propagated in various directions, in  the wake of the
 victorious  Arabs, Avho were assembled and led forth to Avar, under
 the  banner of their prophet.   War has ever been the ready dis-
 seminator  of pestilence, and as Persia and Syria were soon after- 
500
MISCELLANEOUS.
  wards subdued  by the successors of Mohammed, Ave may fairly
  conclude that small  pox was  imported, Avith  its conquerors, into
  these countries, if it had not previously reached them.   On  the
  other hand,  Amron, the  lieutenant of the Caliph Omar, invaded
  Egypt in 638.  In tAvo years he captured Alexandria.  It is con-
 jectured that  small pox was communicated by the Mohammedan
  troops,  to the inhabitants of this city, during the siege.   Ahron,
  an author Avho lived in Alexandria at  the time, Avrote a treatise on
  small pox, to  Avhich Rhazes, the distinguished Arabian physician,
 alludes.   Unfortunately, Ahron's Avork has since been lost.  The
 rapid and prolonged  success, Avhich noAV attended the Saracens by
 land and sea, opened iu?av channels for the diffusion of small pox;
 and in attempting to folloAv its progress AvestAvard, along the shores
 of the Mediterranean, Ave have  no more  certain guide than the
 chronological  details  of Saracenic conquest.   Okba Ebn Nafe,
 the  general of Amron, subdued  that  portion of Africa lying be-
 tAveen Barka and  Zorveliah, including Avhat  now constitutes the
 piratical state of Tripoli.  To him succeeded others, who pushed
 the dominion of  the Saracens  still further.  In 712, their armies
 made a descent on Spain.  After defeating Roderick, the last king
 of the Goths, they took Toledo, and eventually overrun the whole
 country.   About the year 732  the Saracens crossed the Pyrenees.
 Consequently, with the period of this invasion, we may date the
 introduction of small pox into  that kingdom.   Small  pox proba-
 bly reached Brit<^„ about the beginning of the ninth  century; but
 no distinct notice of this dia^o,  is furnished by the writers of the
 the time.  Sunk in the ignorance of the middle ages, they alloAved
 the Avorst scourge that had ever thinned the human race, to pass
 Avithout description ; or if mentioned at all in their meagre chroni-
 cles, it is only under the  name of "plague,"  or of "consuming
 fire;" epithets then apparently applied to  eruptive pestilence  in
 common.  When small pox enters a locality Avhere it had not
 been  before, its first effects are almost always more  extensively
 destructive than any  subsequent.  Happily, in the present day,
 we can  form,  from our own  experience, no  conception of the
mortality, that in all probability marked its  early course in Eng-
land.
  A deadly  pestilence,  to  one  attack of which, every individual,
in every rank  in life, the highest  as well as the lowest, is liable, 
SMALL  POX.
501
 must necessarily have filled the country, from one extremity to the
 other,  with sickness  and with  death.   To  aggravate the occur-
 rence  of such an evil, no disease is, in itself, more loathsome than
 small  pox.  The  victim  of the  attack,  more  particularly in the
 confluent variety, presents a most pitiable spectacle.   In this form
 the patient is seen laboring under a fever Avith the most typhoid or
 putrid  symptoms.  He is, at the same  time, completely covered
 from head to heel with pustules, which not unfrequently coalesce,
 and ultimately  change  the whole  surface of his body into one
 continued  sore, that renders his features undistinguishable to his
 dearest friends,  and converts him into an  object of disgust  to their
 senses.   Nor are the immediate sufferings and danger of death the
 only misfortunes attendant on small pox.   In case the patient lin-
 ger through the fever, or finally survive the attack,  it is often at
 the sacrifice of every thing considered  desirable in  personal ap-
 pearance.   Beauty may be transformed into deformity ; and what
 is  of far greater importance, by the loss  of sight, the patient may
 be condemned to pass the remainder of his life in total darkness.
 Countries  which  have received small pox comparatively in mod-
 ern times, afford striking examples of the  magnitude of the  calami-
 ty in its unmitigated terrors.   In 1517, St. Domingo was infected.
 The island then contained,  it is said, a million of Indians;  but
 this unfortunate people Avere  altogether destroyed by small pox,
 and the murderous  arms of their Spanish  invaders.  About 1520,
 small  pox  commenced  in Cuba.   From thence it Avas carried to
 Mexico.  Within a short period, according to computations that
 have been made, the pestilence destroyed in the kingdom of Mexi-
 co alone, three millions and a half of the inhabitants.  The em-
 peror, brother and  successor to Montezuma, Avas among the vic-
 tims.  At subsequent  periods,  different  parts  of the American
 continent suffered much.   Whole nations of warlike Indians were
 almost extirpated, and piles of bones, found under the tufted trees
 in the interior of the country, have  been supposed to bear testimo-
 ny to the ravages of small pox.   Peculiarities of climate exercise
 no mollifying  influence over the virulence of small pox. Iceland
 was invaded in the year 1707, and it suffered as much  as the south
em regions.  The  inroad  destroyed  sixteen thousand  persons,
more  than  a fourth of the estimated population  of the  island.
Greenland escaped until 1733.   In that year small pox appeared, 
502
MISCELLANEOUS.
and carried off nearly all its inhabitants.   Small pox is now fami-
liar to every section of the globe ;  but Ave hear of it no longer as
a scourge to SAveep aAvay the population  of an extensive district,
with  a rapidity and poAver approaching  to  those of the tornado.
The  beneficent Providence, Avhich, for the fulfilment of its OAvn
mysterious  purposes, tolerates the groAvth and extension of nume-
rous  plagues, has  placed Avithin the reach of human  intelligence,
numerous remedies, capable either of alleviating or of completely
obviating their dangerous effect.  Without the aid  of inoculation
and vaccination, it is calculated that at least one-fourteenth of every
generation of mankind Avould perish  beneath the deadly taint of
small pox ;  but that Avere inoculation generally practiced, the mor-
tality would not amount to  one in seventy of those on whom the
operation had been performed; and under the protective influence
of vaccination,  that one death is not to be expected in many hun-
dreds  of persons so treated.   Inoculation has, of late years,  been
wisely abandoned  by the  medical profession.   Vaccination is re-
commended in  its  stead.

   Remark.—We  are assured that our remedies have  proved effec-
tual in a number of cases of small pox and  varioloid, where these
diseases appeared  as an epidemic.   Our  correspondents assure us
that  they have been enabled to overcome the disease with much
ease,  and that  no failures have occurred.  It is a long time since
Ave  have known  that our  remedies Avould cure  the  scarlet fever,
chicken pox and  measles.  The number of small children who
have been benefitted in our own city is very considerable ; in fact,
we know not of a single failure.


                        ANATOMY.

   The polypus receives new life from the knife which is lifted to
 destroy it.   The  fly-spider lays an  egg as large as itself.   There
 are  4041 muscles in a caterpillar.   Hook discovered 14,000 mir-
rors in the  eyes of a drone, and to effect the respiration of a carp,
 12,000 arteries, veins, and bones, etc., are necessary.  The body
of every spider contains four little masses, pierced with a multitude
 of imperceptible holes, each one permitting the passage of a single 
PULSE.
503
thread; all the threads, to the amount of 1000 to each mass, are
joined together when they come out, and make the single threads
Avith which the spider spins its web; so that which we call a spi-
der's thread consists of more than 1000 united.  Lewenhock, by
means of a microscope, observed spiders no bigger than a grain of
sand, who spun thread so fine,  that it took 4000 of them to equal
in magnitude a single hair.
   How great must be that being, whose continual supervision up-
holds in existence all the workmanship of his hands of  such vast
disproportions in magnitude!


                      THE  PULSE.


   The pulse is nothing more than the beating of an artery.  Every
time the heart contracts,  a portion of blood is forced into the arte-
ries, which dilate or swell to  let it pass, and then immediately re-
gain their former size, until, by a second stroke of the same organ,
a fresh column of blood  is pushed through  them, when a similar
action is repeated.  This swelling and contracting of the arteries,
then,  constitute  the  pulse, and consequently it may be  found in
every part of the body where those vessels run near enough to the
surface to be felt.  Physicians look  for it at the wrist, from  mo-
tives of convenience.
   The strength  and velocity  of the pulse  vary much in different
persons, even in  a state  of perfect health.   It is much quicker in
children than in adults; and in  old men it grows slow and feeble,
owing to  the decreased  energy of the heart.  The pulse  is in-
creased both in strength and velocity by running, walking, riding
and jumping; by eating, drinking, singing, speaking, and by joy,
anger, etc.   It is diminished in  like manner by fear, want of nour-
ishment, melancholy, excessive evacuations, or by whatever tends
to debilitate the system.
   In feeling the pulse, then, of sick persons, allowance should be
made for these causes; or what is better,  we  should wait  until
their temporary effects have escaped.
   A full, tense, and strong pulse, is when the artery swells boldly
under the finger, and resists its  pressure more or less; if, in addi- 
504
miscellaneous.
 tion to this, the pulsation be very rapid, it is called quick, full, and
 strong; if sIoav, the contrary.
   A hard, corded pulse, is that in Avhich the artery  feels like the
 string of a Adolin, or a piece of tightened cat-gut, giving  consid-
 erable resistance to the pressure of the finger.
   The soft and intermitting pulses are  easily knoAvn by their
 names.   In case of extreme debility, on the approach of death,
 and in some particular diseases, the artery vibrates under the finger
 like a  thread.
   In feeling the pulse, three or four fingers should be laid on it  at
 once.   The most convenient spot to do this, as already mentioned,
 is the Avrist; but it can be  readily done in the temple, just before,
 and close to the ear, in the bend of the arm, at the under part  of
 the lower end of the thigh, among the ham-strings, and on the top
 of the foot.
   There are two kinds of  blood-vessels in the human body—arte-
 ries, and veins.   The arteries carry  the blood from  the heart  to
 the extremities of the body, Avhere  they are connected  Avith the
 veins, Avhich bring it back.   An artery pulsates, or beats; a vein
 does not.


                    LIFE  OF MAN.


  The  following curious observations on the duration of the life
of man, as shoAvn by the bills of mortality of various  countries,  is
translated from the French :
  It is surprising to compare the different ravages of death in large
cities and small villages.  In the Pays du  Vaud, and in the village
of Brandenburg, the number of deaths, in the space of  one year,
is, with respect to the surveyors, in proportion of four to one hun-
dred and eighty ;  and in the tOAvn  of Shrewsbury, in  England, in
the proportion of four to one hundred  and thirty.   On the con-
trary, in London, four persons die  out of eighty-three  ; at Vienna,
three out of eighty-seven ; and, at  Berlin, four out of  one hundred
and six.   This simple comparison sufficiently  demonstrates the
truth of the common observation that large populous cities are the
sepulchres of the human race.
  The most exact calculations Avhich  have been made in France, 
LIFE  OF  MAN.
505
Italy, Prussia, Holland, and Sweden, clearly show that, in all ages,
more deaths happen  among men than among Avomen.  By a list
furnished by M. Susmich, at  Berlin, it appears that four hundred
and eighty-tAvo males died under  the age of one year, and  only
three hundred and sixty-six females.  At Berlin, also, upon a cal-
culation  of  four years, six thousand two hundred and ten males
Avere born, eight thousand seven hundred and twenty-four females,
Avhich is almost twenty-one to twenty.
   M. Leparcieux, at Paris,  and M. Wargentin,  in Switzerland,
plainly prove that women, in general,  not only live longer than
men, but that married  Avomen, in  particular, have a singular ad-
vantage over those Avho are unmarried.  This is so manifest that,
in one of the  cantons in Switzerland, the number of maidens
doubled  that of the wives.
   But in that state of marriage, the  wives live  much longer than
the husbands.  At Breslaw, in the course of eight years, one thou-
sand eight hundred  and  ninety-one  married men died,  and only
one thousand one hundred and ninety-six married women.   By an
exact account taken  in Pomerania, it appears that, in  the course of
nine years,  thirteen  thousand, five hundred and sixty-six married
men died, and only ten thousand married Avomen.  In Scotland, it
is calculated that,  in thirty-one marriages, twenty of the men will
 die  as soon as twelve of the women, and in that proportion; but,
in a state of Avidowhood, the case is quite different;  that situation
 is greatly in favor of the men.  At Dresden, the  exact register  of
 deaths were kept for four years,  which  clearly  proved that five
 hundred and eighty-four Avidows died during that period, and only
 one hundred and forty-nine  widowers.  At Wirtemburg, in the
 space of eleven  years, three hundred and seventy-eight  widows
 died, and but ninety widowers.   At Gotha, the proportion  is seven
 hundred and ninety widows to tAvo hundred  and ten widoAvers.
 In Pomerania, the difference is still greater.
   It is beyond a doubt that  large cities tend  to diminish  popula-
 tion.  Man, naturally fond of society, finds his destruction in so-
 ciety, or rather in the abuses of society.  At  Paris, Vienna, Am-
 sterdam, Copenhagen, and Berlin, the number of births is always
 considerably less than that of the deaths.   On  the contrary, where
 the air is more pure, where  agriculture flourishes, and  simplicity
 of manners is adopted,  population increases Avith great rapidity.
         64 
506
MISCELLANEOUS.
  Dr. Herberden informs us that, in the island of Madeira, the num-
  ber of inhabitants doubled in the course of eighty-four years ; and,
  in the American colonies, the augmentation is still more  conside-
  able.

                        ANTIARIS.


    Antiaris is the botanical name of the half-fabulous Upas Tree,
 of Avhich so many idle stories Avere propagated some years since by
 travelers.   It Avas  said to be a large tree growing in the island of
 Java, in the midst of a desert, caused by its OAvn pestiferous quali-
 ties ;  exhalations  Avere  reported to be so unAvholesome that,  not
 only did they cause death  to all animals Avhich  approached  the
 tree, but  even  destroyed  vegetation for a considerable  distance
 round  it; and, finally,  the juice  Avhich floAved from  its  stem,
 when Avounded, was said to be the most  deadly of  poisons.   To
 approach the Upas  Tree, even for the momentary purpose of
 Avounding its stem and  carrying away the juice, Avas stated to be
 so dangerous, none but criminals under sentence of death could be
 found to undertake  the task.
   As is usual in such cases, this fable is founded upon certain na-
 tural phenomena which  occur in Java.  There  is such  a tree  as
 the Upas, and its juice, if mixed Avith the blood in the body of any
 animal, is speedily fatal; and there is  also a tract of land in the
 same island on which neither animal nor plant can exist.   But the
 two circumstances have no relation to each other.   The  poisoned
 tract is a small valley completely surrounded  by a steep embank-
 ment, like the crater of a volcano, and is continually emitting from
 its surface carbonic acid  gas, Avhich is  alike fatal to animals and
 plants.  On the  other hand,  the poisonous Upas Tree  is not  an
 inhabitant of the valley, for nothing  can live there, but it flourishes
 in the Avoods, in the midst of other trees, Avhich are unharmed by
 its vicinity.   In the eye of a botanist, the  Upas is a species of the
genus Antiaris, Avhich belongs to the natural order Artocarpeoe, a
group of plants, all of Avhich abound in a milky juice, and many  of
which are extremely poisonous.   Of the original species, Atoxi-
caria, we have met with  no scientific figure ;  it is, hoAvever, culti-
vated in the  Botanical Garden at Calcutta, whence we have a leaf 
LIFE  OF MAN.
507
or two.  They are very much like those of the following plant,
Amacrophylla, which has been found on the north coast of New
Holland.   The genus Antiaris has its  stamens and pistilla in se-
parate flowers.   The  former are  collected in little heads in the
center of a minute three or four leaved calyx, of which a consider-
able number is enclosed in a  hairy involucrum formed of several
fleshy divisions which are rolled inwards.  The  pistillum is sur-
rounded by a  calyx of  several leaves terminating in a long tAvo-
parted style, and contains  a single  suspended ovulum.   The pis-
tilla and the antheri ferons flower-heads stand in pairs, side by
side, in the axilla? of the leaves. 
 
GLOSSARY.
Abdomen, the belly.
Abscess, a tumor containing pus, as a boil or other swelling.
Abortion, the premature expulsion of the foetus from the womb.
Acid, that which imparts to the taste a sharp or sour sensation.
Acrid, sharp, pungent, corrosive or heating.
Acrite, sharp, ending in a sharp point; when applied to  disease,
     means  one which is  attended with violent symptoms,  and
     comes speedily to a crisis.
Adipose, fat.
Affusion, the act of pouring a liquid  upon any other substance;
     as of pouring water upon a diseased body.
Albumen, a constituent part of the animal solids ;  it exists abun-
     dantly in the whites of eggs.
Alkali, a substance  Avhich neutralizes acid: saleratus, (a prepara-
     tion of pearl-ash,) is one of the principal alkalies used by the
     Thomsonians.
Alvine, relating  to  the intestines,  the discharges from which are
     termed  alvine.
Amenorrhea, an obstruction of the menses.
Anodyne, any medicine which eases pain.
Anthelmintics, medicines Avhich expel  or destroy worms.
Anti-bilious, that which opposes or removes the great accumula-
     tion of bile.
Antidote, a  preservation against,  or a remedy for diseases,  and
     particularly for poisons.
Anti-dysenteric, that which prevents or removes the dysentery.
Anti-emetic, that which opposes or removes vomiting.
Anti-morbific, that  which prevents or removes disease.
Anti-septic, that Avhich removes or tends to prevent putrefaction.
Anti-spasmodic, that which removes or tends to prevent spasms.
Anti-syphilitic, that which removes or prevents venereal disease. 
510
GLOSSARY.
Antiphlogistic, the mode of  treatment adopted by the medical fa-
     culty, to Aveaken the system and diminish  the vital power.
     Bloodletting,  purging and leeching are among the antiphlo-
     gistic remedies.
Anus, the fundament.
Aperients, medicines which operate gently on the bowels.
Aromatic, fragrant;  a plant  Avhich yields  a pleasant spicysmell,
     or a  Avarm, pungent taste.
Ascites, dropsy of the belly.
Asphyxia, apparent death ; suspended animation.
Asthenia,  a  term used by Dr. BroAvn to signify diminished  vital
     energy.
Astringent, that which corrects looseness and debility, by render-
     ing the solids denser and firmer; known by its puckering ef-
     fect upon the mouth.

Belching, the act of ejecting Avind from the  stomach by the mouth.
Bile, a bitter fluid, secreted by the liver, and  poured into the in-
     testines, to assist in the process of digestion.
Bronchia, the air-tube in the  lungs.
Bronchocele,  a disease Avhich is marked by a tumor on the  fore
     part  of the  neck,  and seated betAveen the trachea and skin,
     occupying generally the  thyroid gland.
Bubo, a SAvelling on the groin.

Caloric, heat.
Calculi, small concretions, or stones Avhich are found in the  kid-
     neys.
Canker,  a false membrane or pseudo  membranous lining of the
     stomach  and  boAvels ; in chronic cases, it is hard and tough,
     and  of a grayish  color.
Capillary vessels, the small ramifications of the arteries and veins.
Carbon, a name applied by chimists to charcoal.
Carbonic  acid gas, fixed air ; a compound of carbon and oxygen.
     It may be found by burning charcoal ; it is emitted also by
     bodies  in a state of vinous  fermentation ; it is often found,
     also,  in a state of nature, at the bottom  of wells, caverns,  etc.;
     hence the sudden death,  sometimes, occasioned by a descent
     into those places.
Cartilage, an elastic substance, usually termed gristle, Avhich  con-
     nects the bones,  and assists their movements upon each other.
Carminative, a medicine which expels wind.
Cathartic, that Avhich causes  purging of the intestines.
Catheter,  a hollow tube for draAving off the urine.
Caustic,  a burning application.
Cellular,  a little cavity or cell. 
GLOSSARY.
511
   Cerebral, relating to the brain.
   Chancre, a venereal ulcer,. or sore, caused by the direct applica-
       tion of the virus.
   Choleric, easily irritated.
   Chronic, a term applied to diseases of long-standing ; the opposite
       of acute.
   Chyme,  the food in  a state of digestion,  which passes from the
       stomach into the intestines, and mixes Avith the bile.
  Chyle, the milk-like  fluids  in the lacteal vessels.
  Clinical, pertaining to the  bed-side lectures or observations at the
       bed-side of the patient.
  Clonic, to move to and fro.
  Clyster,  injection.
  Colliquative, any excessive discharge from the body, as colliqua-
      tive  stools, colliquative SAveats.
  Coma, stupor, drowsiness.
  Concrete, a uniform mass or layer.
  Congestion, undue accumulation of blood.
  Conjunctiva, a membrane of the eye.
  Constipation, costiveness.
  Constriction, a drawing together,  or contraction, as  from cold.
  Contagious, catching; that which may be  communicated from
      one person  to another, by  contact, or by a subtile excreted
      matter.
  Convulsions, involuntary contractions of the muscles.
 Costive, bound in the  body ; restringent.
 Costiveness, the state of the body in which excretion is obstructed.
 Cuticle, a  thin Avhite membrane ;  the outer skin.

 Decumbent, declined or bending doAvn.
 Delirium, an  alienation of mind, or wandering of the senses,
     caused by the violence of fever.
 Diagnosis, the signs by Avhich a disease is knoAvn.
 Diaphoretic, that Avhich from being  taken, internally, promotes
     perspiration, or discharges by the skin.
 Diaphragm, a muscle, or partition between the chest and abdo-
     men.
 Diarrhea,  a purging;  a looseness of the belly.
 Diuretics, medicines which increase the flow of urine.
 Digest, to dissolve ; the action of a solvent on any substance.
 Drastic, violent, powerful.
 Dropsy, a  collection of serous fluid in the cellular membrane in
     the vicera and the circumscribed cavities of the body.
 Duodenum, the first portion  of the small intestines.
 Dysentery, a purging attended Avith bloody stools.
Dyspnoea,  difficulty of  respiration; oppressed breathing. 
512                       GLOSSARY.
Dyspepsia, a difficulty of digestion.
Dysuria, difficulty and pain in passing urine.

Endemic, a term applied to diseases which are especially prevalent
     in certain localities or districts.
Effluvia, exhalations  from diseased bodies or other substances,
     Avhether noxious or otherAvise.
Ejection, discharges from the stomach by vomiting.
Emetic, a medicine which provokes vomiting.
Enema, a clyster or injection.
Engorgement,  a stagnation of fluids in a part.
Epidemic, a contagion, or other disease,  that attacks many people
     at the same season, and in the same  place.
Epidermis, the outer  skin, called the scarf skin.
Epigastric region, the portion of the abdomen immediately over
     the stomach.
Epispastics, substances Avhich blister the skin, as Spanish flies.
Eruptive, the bursting forth of humors on the surface of the skin,
     in the  form of pustules, etc.
Erratic, Avandering, irregular.
Erysipelas, St. Anthony's fire.
Etiology, relating to  the cause and origin of diseases.
Exacerbation,  an increase of fever.
 Excretive, having the power of separating and ejecting fluid mat-
     ter from the body.
 Excrement, the alvine discharges or stools.
 Excretions,  useless  substances  Avhich  are  discharged from  the
     body,  as urine and perspirable matter.
 Excitability, that condition of the body Avhich renders it suscep-
     tible of  stimulant impressions.
 Exfoliate,  to scale off, as a piece of dead bone.
 Exhalents, small vessels or pores Avhich convey the perspirable
      matter out of the system.
 Exhibition,  the administration of medicine.
 Exotic, foreign; not a native.
 Expectorant, medicines Avhich increase  the discharge of mucui
      from the lungs.

 Febrile, pertaining to, or indicating fevers.
 Flaccid, soft;  yielding.
 Flatulency,  Avindiness in the stomach and intestines.
 Flour Albus, Avhites or Leucorrhea.
 Fomentation, a sort of partial bathing, by applying flannels dipped
      in hot Avater, or medical decoctions, to any part,
 Formula,  a physician's prescription; a  Avritten or specified form.
 Function, the action  or office performed by any organ, as the func-
      tions of the heart;  the functions of the liver. 
GLOSSARY.
513
  Fundament, see anus.
  Fur, a coat of morbid matter collected on the tongue of a diseased
       person, especially in fevers.
  Fceces, the stools,  or alvine discharges.

  Gas, a permanently elastic uniform fluid.
  Gastric,  appertaining to the stomach.
  Gangrene, mortification.
  Gargle, a medicated preparation for Avashing the mouth and throat.
  Gestation, the period  of pregnancy.
  Gland, a part of the body destined for the secretion of some par-
      ticular fluid.   The salival glands secrete the saliva; the liver,
      which is also a gland, secretes the bile.
  Granulation, the act of forming  into small grains.
  Gravid, pregnant.
  Gonorrhoea,  a puriform discharge from the urethra with Or without
      dysuria, lascivious inclination, and not following an impure
      connection, in  many instances.

 Hectic, habitual;  denoting a slow, continual fever, marked by pre-
      ternatural, though remitting heat,  which accompanies the con-
      sumption, etc.
 Hemiphlegy, a palsy that affects one half or side of the body.
 Hemorrhage,  fluxes of blood, proceeding from  the rupture of a
      blood-vessel, or some other cause.
 Hemorrhoidal, pertaining to the vessels which are the seat  of the
     hemorrhoids  or piles.
 Hernia, a  rupture.
 Herpetic, having the character of  a tetter.
 Hydrocele, a disease of the testicles.
 Hydrocephalus, dropsy in  the head.
 Hydrogen, an aeriform fluid gas, of  the lightest body known, and
     is used for inflating balloons.   It  forms one of the elements
     of water, being about fifteen  parts to one hundred of that li-
     quid ;  and is fatal to animal life.
 Haemoptysis,  bleeding from the lungs.
 Hypochondriasis, the vapors; spleen; a disease which is attended
     by languor or debility, lowness  of  spirits or melancholy; the
     sufferer often apprehending great evil to himself.
 Hysterics,  a disease  of  women, characterised by  spasmodic affec-
     tions of the nervous system, and often attended by hypochon-
     driacal symptoms.

 latroleptic, the method of curing  disease  by unction and fric-
     tion—the administration of medicine by cutaneous absorp-
     tion.
Icterus, jaundice.
65 
514
GLOSSARY.
Idiopathic. a term used to  designate a disease Avhich exists inde-
     pendent of  any other;  opposed  to  symptomatic disease,
     Avhich is dependent on another.
Ichorous, a thin aqueous and acrid discharge.
Infectious, that Avhich taints or corrupts;  having qualities which
     may communicate disease from one to another.
Infusion, the liquid procured  by steeping  any substance in cold
     Avater.
Inguinal, relating to  the groin.
Inoculation, the insertion of poison into any part of the body.
Inspiration, the act of draAving air into the lungs.
Intermittent, a disease Avhich ceases for a time and then returns,
     as agues, etc.
Irritability, the capacity of being moved or excited into action.


Lacteals, vessels Avhich arise from the intestinal coats of the small
     intestines  and absorb  the  chyle, Avhich is  conveyed  to the
     throracic duct and finally converted into blood.
Lamine, a scale  or plate.   If is used  for the foliated structure  of
     bones or other organs.
Laxative, a medicine that relaxes the  bowels; a gentle purgative.
Lethargy, a morbid  droAvnsiness  or  sleepiness;  a continued  or
     profound sleep, from which a person can scarcely be awaken-
     ed, and if Avaked,  remaids stupid.
Leucorrhea, the  Avhites, generally termed fluor albus.
Ligament, a strong,  elastic membrane, by which the joints are
     connected together.
 Lithotomy, a surgical  operation, for the removal of stone in the
     bladder.
 Local, confined to a  particular part.
 Loins, the small of the back.
 Lumbago, rheumatism in the loins.
 Lumbar region, a term applied to the loins.
 Lymph, a colorless fluid,  separated from the blood, and contained
     in small vessels called lymphatics.

 Mania, delirium;  madness.
 Malaria, poisonous  exhalations from  marshes and putrifying sub-
      stances.
 Materia Medica,  that branch of medical science which treats of
      the nature  and properties of substances employed  for the
      cure of diseases.
 Matrix, the womb.
 Membrane, a thin flexible skin, serving to cover some part of the
      body.
 Metastasis, the  translation of disease from one part to another. 
GLOSSARY.
515
Menstrum, the name given to any liquid, into which a substance
     is put to extract its virtues;  Avater, for  instance, is the men-
     strum ot  all salts, vegetable  gums, and animal jellies;  recti-
     ned spirits of Avine  is  the  menstrum  of essential oils and
     vegetable resins.
Miasm, synonymous with malaria.
Molar Teeth,  the double or grinding teeth.
Morbid, diseased.
Morbific, relating to disease.
Mucilage,  a fluid of a thick, shiny, ropy and soft consistence.
Mucus, a transparent,  saline, glutinous fluid.
Muscles, portions of the flesh, susceptible of contraction  and re-
     laxation.

Narcotic, a medicine which has the power of procuring sleep by
     stupefaction.
Nausea, an inclination to vomit, without effecting it;  also  a dis-
     gust of food, approaching to vomiting.
Nephretic,  affections of the kidneys.
Nerves, long Avhite cords, which have their origin in  the brain and
     spinal marroAv, and are distributed to every part of the body.
     It is the nerves Avhich render us sensible of pain.
Nervine, anything that affords relief from disorders of the nerves.
Neuralgia, pain of the nerves.
Nucleus, anything about which matter is collected.
Nitrogen,  an elementary, gaseous fluid, incapable of  supporting
     animal life;  composing  about  four-fifths of  the atmospheric
     air.
Nosology,  a systematic arrangement of diseases  into classes, or-
     ders, genera, and species.

Obtuse, when applied to pain, means  dull, not sharp or acute.
QZdma, a SAvelling from a dropsical collection  between  the skin
     and muscles.
Olfactory,  relating to the sense of smelling.
Ophthalmia, inflammation of the eyes.
Organic Affection, a disease in Avhich the  structure of a part is
     deranged.
Organ, a part which has  a determined office in the animal econo-
     my.
Ossified, changed into bone.
Oxygen, the great supporter of animal life.   It forms about one-
     fifth of the atmospheric air, and is a constituent part of all
     bodies in the animal  and vegetable kingdoms.  Without oxy-
     gen we could not breathe, nor Avithout it could  there be any
     combustion. 
516
GLOSSARY.
    Pancreas, a soft, suple  gland, situated in the loAver part of the
        abdomen, which secretes a kind of saliva, and pours it in the
        duodenum.
    Palpitation, a fluttering  or convulshre motion.
    Paralysis, a palsy.
    Parotid, the name of certain glands, beloAV and above the ear.
    Paroxysm, 1st, an obtuse increase of the  symptoms  of a disease,
        Avhich lasts a certain time, and then declines; 2d, a periodical
        attack or fit of a disease.
   Pathognomonic, a term  given to those symptoms Avhich are pe-
        culiar  to disease,  and Avithout  which the disease  does not
        exist.
   Pathology, the doctrine of diseases.
   Pectoral, pertaining to the breast.
   Peripneumony, inflammation of the lungs.
   Peristaltic, the worm-like motion by Avhich  the  intestines push
       forward their contents.
   Perspiration, evacuation  of  the fluids of  the body through  the
       pores of  the skin;  the matter perspired, or sweat.
   Petechia, a red, purple spot.
   Phlegm, a thick, tenacious mucus, secreted in the  lungs.
   Phlemasia Dolens, the big leg which sometimes happens to lying-
       in Avomen.
  Plethoric, fullness of blood.
  Pleura, a membrane Avhich lines the internal surface of the thorax
      or chest.   Inflammation of this membrane is termed pleurisy.
  Pleuritic, of the character of pleurisy, attended Avith pain in the
      side of the chest.
  Polypus, a tumor Avhich is generally narroAver where it originates,
      and then becomes wider somewhat like a pear.
  Predisposition, that state of the  body Avhich renders it  susceptible
      of any particular disease.
  Primae Viae, a term applied to the stomach and intestinal tube.
  Prolapsus, a falling out,  or  falling  down, of some part of the
      body.
 Prolific, fruitful.
 Proximate, nearest; next; a proximate cause is that  Avhich im-
     mediately precedes and produces  any particular effect.
 Pulmonary, relating to the  lungs.
 Pungent, sharp; biting;  prickling; stimulating.
 Purges,    > medicines which increase the  intestinal discharges
 Purgatives, §   by stool.
 Purulent,  having the appearance  or qualities  of  pus.
 Pus, matter; a whitish, cream-like fluid,  found  in  inflamed ab-
     scesses, or on the surface of sores.
Pustules, small pimples, or  eruptions on the skin, containing pus. 
GLOSSARY.
517
  Putrescent, becoming putrid;  tending to putrefaction.
  Pyrexia, fever.
  Pyrosis, Avater-brash;  heart-burn.

  Quartan, an ague which returns  every fourth day.
  Quotidian,  an ague which returns daily.

  Radical, pertaining to the root.
  Rectum, the last portion of the intestines, terminating in the anus.
  Refrigerating, cooling;  allaying heat  of the body or blood.
  Region, a term applied to the respective divisions of the body.
  Remittent, to abate  in violence for a time, without intermission.
  Resolution,  the dispersing of a tumor,  or inflammation, without
      suppuration.
 Respiration, act of breathing.
 Retching, straining to  vomit.
 Rigidity, stiffness; want of pliability; the .quality of  not  being
      easily bent.
 Rigor, a sense of chilliness, with shivering and contraction  of the
      skin.
 Rubefacient, a substance which, when applied a certain time  to
      the skin,  induces a redness without blistering.

 Saliva,  spittle.
 Salivation, an inordinate flow of the  saliva, accompanied with
     irritation of the mouth and gums. ■
 Sanguine, abounding with blood;  plethoric.
 Sanguineous,  relating to the blood.
 Scirrhus, a hardening of a gland,  which generally terminates  in
     cancer.
 Scrotum, the skin which covers the testicles.
 Secretion, that which is derived or separated from the blood.  The
     tears, saliva, bile, etc., are termed secretions.
 Sedative, that which diminishes the vital energy.
 Sedentary, accustomed to sit much.
 Sensorium, the brain, the center of feeling.
 Septic, relating to  putrefaction.
 Serum, the Avatery portion of the blood.
 Skeleton, the articulated dry bones of an animal.
 Slough,  a separation of the dead from the living flesh.
 Spasms, cramp; convulsions.
 Spasmodic, pertaining to cramp or convulsions.
 Sphacelus, gangrene; mortification.
 Spinal, relating to the back-bone.
Spleen,  the milt.   A spongy  viscus,  placed on the left side, be-
    tween the eleventh  and twelfth false ribs.
Stomachus, the stomach. 
51S
GLOSSARY.
Stimulants, medicines Avhich excite the system into increased ac-
    tion.
Stool, an evacuation from the boAvels.
Strangury a difficulty of voiding urine, attended Avith pain.
Sterility, barrenness.
Strumous, scrofulous.
Styptic, that Avhich stops the discharges of blood.
Subsultus, weak convulsive motions of the tendons.
Sudorific, that Avhich produces  perspiration;  synonymous Avith
     diaphoretic.
Suppuration, the formation of pus, or matter, in inflammations,
     tumors,  etc.
Sutures, the seams which unite  the bones of the skull.
Symptomatic the consequence of some other  affection.
Syncope, fainting or SAvooning.
Synocha, inflammatory fever.
Syphilis,  the venereal.

Tenesmus, a continual and urgent desire to go to stool, Avithout a
     discharge.
Tenia capitis, scald-head.

rr,   .'    £ stretched; strained to stiffness;  rigid.
Tension,  5                               Ll&lu-
Tepid,  moderately Avarm.
Tertian, a disease Avhose paroxysms return every other day.
Tetanus, the locked jaAv. '
Therapeutic, relating to the employment of .-remedies.
Tlwrax, the chest.
Titillation, tickling.
Tonic,  a medicine  that  increases  the strength or tone of the ani-
     mal system.
Tonsils, an oblong gland in the fauces.
Topical, confined to a particular part.
Tormina,  griping pain.
Transpiration,  the passage of useless  matter from the  body,
     either through  the pores  of the skin,  or  from  the lungs.
     Hence  we  say cutaneous transpiration,  and pulmonary
     transpiration.
 Tremor, an  involuntary trembling.
 Tubercles, small hard tumors, generally found in the lungs.
 Tumefy, to  SAvell.
 Tumor, a morbid SAvelling or enlargement of a particular part.
 Turbid, muddy, cloudy, dirty.
 Typhoid, resembling typhus; weak, low.

 Ulcer,  a sore which discharges  pus, or matter.
 Ulceration,  the process of forming into an ulcer. 
GLOSSARY.
519
Urethra, the membranous canal by which the urine is conducted
    from the bladder and discharged.
Ureters, the tubes which'convey the urine from the kidneys to the
    bladder.
Uterine,  appertaining to the uterus.
Uterus, the womb.
Uvula, a small conical fleshy substance hanging near  the root of
    the tongue, commonly called the palate.

Vaccination, the act of inoculating persons with the cow-pox.
Vagina, the canal which leads to the womb.
Veins, vessels  which convey the blood to the heart.
Venous, pertaining to the veins.
Ventricles, the two cavities in the heart which propel the blood
    into the arteries.
Vermifuge, a substance that destroys or expels worms from ani-
    mal bodies.
Vertigo, dizziness; giddiness of the head.
Vesication, blistering.
Viscera, plural of viscus.
Viscid, glutinous;  sticky.
 Viscus, a name applied to the organs contained in the thorax or
     abdomen, as the lungs, liver, etc.
 Volatile, capable of wasting away suddenly from exposure to the
     air. 
    Error in Pagination:




P. 521-528 omitted in numbering 
INDEX.
PART  I.
Ague,      -      -      -    120
    treatment of,   -      -    121
Angina Pectoris,   -      -    245
    treatment of,   -      -    247
Apoplectic Fits,    -      -    285
    treatment of,   -      -    285
Asthma,    -      - "     -212
    treatment of,   -      -    213
Atrophy,    ...    251
    treatment of,   -      -    252

Blood, spitting of,   -      -    181
        treatment of,      -    183
    voiding of by  urine,   -    184
        treatment of,      -    185
Bronchocele,       -      -    265
    treatment of,   -      -    267

Calculus,    ...    175
Cancer Preparations,       -     45
Catarrh,     -      -      -    191
    treatment of,   -      -    192
Cerate, Vegetable,   -      -     35
Chilblains,  -      -      -    205
    treatment of,   -      -    206
Cholera,                         83
    incipient stage of,     -     93
        treatment  of,      -    105
    febrile stage of,              95
        treatment  of,      -    109
    cold, or  choleric stage of,     94
        treatment  of,      -    106
    treatment with our remedies, 111
    appearances after dissection,  99
    diagnosis of,    -       -      98
    nature of,       -       -     101
    prognosis of,   -       -      97
    proportionate mortality of,    104
    proximate cause of,     -     111
            67
 Cholera Morbus,    -      -    167
     treatment of,    -      -    168
 Colic,       -       -      -    169
     treatment of,    -      -    170
 Congestion,  -                  257
     treatment of,    -      -    258
 Consumption, Pulmonary,  -    123
     treatment of,    -      -    128
 Cough,      -       -      -    131
     treatment of,    -      -    134
 Cough, Hooping,    -      -    193
     treatment of,   -      -    194
 Cretinism,   ...    265
     treatment of,   -    .  -    267
 Croup,       -      -      -    200
     treatment of,   -      -    202


 Derangement, Mental,      -    151
     treatment of,   -      -    156
 Diabetes,     -             -    255
     treatment of,          -    256
 Diarrhea,     ...    165
     treatment of,   -      -    166
 Drops, Alterative,   -      -     42
       Diaphoretic, -      -     40
       Female,     -      -     41
 Dropsy,      -      -      -    239
     treatment of,   -      -    242
 Dysentery,   ...    171
    treatment of,   -      -    172
 Dyspepsia,   -                  139
    Lotion for,                  44
    treatment of,   -      -     150


Enteritis,    ...    203
    treatment of,   -      -    204
Epileptic Fits,      -      -    286
    treatment of,   -       -    286 
530
INDEX.
Erysipelas, -	.	204
treatment of,	-	205
Fever, in general,	.	47
treatment of,	.	57
Scarlet, -	.	83
treatment	Df,	83
Spotted, -		72
treatment	>f,	78
Yellow, -		60
treatment	Df"	65
treatm't by our remedies, 69		
Fits, Apoplectic,	-	285
treatment of,	-	285
Epileptic,	-	286
treatment	Of,	286
Hysteric,		286
treatment	of-;	287
Gravel and Stone,	.	177
treatment of,	-	178
Head-ache, Sick,	.	214
treatment of,	.	214
Health Restorative		39
Hematuria, -	.	184
treatment of,	.	185
Hemoptysis, -	.	181
treatment of,	.	183
Hemorrhage,	.	183
treatment of,	.	184
Hemorrhoids,	.	186
treatment of,	.	187
Hernia,	.	236
treatment of,	.	237
Herpes,	.	226
treatment of,	.	228
Hydrocephalus,	.	272
treatment of,	.	275
Hydrophobia,	.	277
treatment of,	.	281
Hypochondriasis,	.	157
treatment of,	.	159
Hysterics,	.	160
treatment of,	.	161
Hysteric Fits,	.	286
treatment of,	.	287
Hysteritis,	.	206
treatment of,	-	208
Icterus,	.	259
treatment of,	.	260
India, Cholera in,	.	85
Influenza,	.	284
treatment of,	-	284
Jaundice,	.	259
treatment of,	-	260
Kings Evil, -	-	-	217
treatment of,	-	-	219
Leprosy,	.	.	253
treatment of,	.	-	254
Leucorrhea, -	.	-	209
treatment of,	.	.	210
Life, Essence of,	.	.	12
Lithiasis,	.	.	177
Liniment, for Cholera Morbus,			27
Coughs and Consumption,			29
Fevers, and Fever and		Ague	, 23
Head-ache,	.	.	33
Laxative,	.	.	34
Nervous Affections,		.	25
Rheumatism,	.	.	31
Stimulating,	-	-	19
Measles,	.	.	194
treatment of,	.	.	197
Menstruation, Obstructed,		.	248
treatment of,	.	.	248
Mental Derangement,		.	151
treatment of,	.	.	156
Milk-sickness,	.	.	282
treatment of,	.	.	283
Mind, Depressed state of,		-	162
treatment of,	.	.	163
Morbus, Cholera,	-	.	167
treatment of,	-	•-	168
Mortification,	.	.	249
treatment of,	-	.	251
Mumps,	-	.	198
treatment of,	-	-	200
Neck, Swelled,	.		265
treatment of,	.	.	267
Nervous Diseases,	.	.	261
treatment of,	-	-	262
Ointment, Itch,	.		38
Venereal,	-	-	36
Parotitis,	.	_	198
treatment of,	.	.	200
Pectoris, Angina,	-	.	245
treatment of,	.	.	247
Phlegmasia Dolens	-	.	267
treatment of,		.	271
Phthisis,	-	.	123
treatment of,	.	_	128
Piles,	-	.	186
treatment of,	.	.	187
Plague,	-	.	113
treatment of,	.	.	117
Polypus,	-	.	238
treatment of,	.	.	238
Prolapsus Uteri,	-	.	211
treatment of,	-	-	212
 
INDEX.
531
Quinsy,
    treatment of,
Rheumatism,
    treatment
   >eola,
    treatment of,
    treatment of,
Rubeola,
Salve, Pile, -
    Tetter, -
Sanative, Nerve,
Scald-head, -
    treatment of,
Scrofula,
    treatment of,
Scurvy,
    treatment of,
Stomach, Sick,
    treatment of,
Stone,
Sunderland, Cholera in,
Swelled Leg,
    treatment of,
189
191

134
136
194
197

 35
 36
 43
228
229
217
219
221
222
282
283
175
 92
267
271
Swelling, White,   -      -    231
    treatment of,   -      -    233
syphilis,    ...    223
    treatment of,   -      .    225
Syrup, Vegetable,   -      -     39

Tetter,      -      .      _   . qoc
    treatment of,   -      .    228
Tic Douloureux,    -      .    262
    treatment of,   -      -    263
Tincture, Pectoral,  -      -     41
Tinea Capitis,      -      .    228
    treatment of,   -      -    229

Uteri, Prolapsus,    -      -    211
    treatment of,   -      -    212

Wash, Brown,      -      -     44
White Swelling,    -      -    231
    treatment of,   -      -    233
Whitloe,    -      -          235
    treatment of,   -      -    235
Womb, Inflammation of,    -    206
    treatment of,   -      -    208
PART  II
Abdomen, Distention of,
Ague Cake, case of, -
Ague, Quotidian,
    Tertian,
Albus, Fluor,
Ancle, Ring-bone in,
Asthma, cases of,
328,
370,
319,

299,
Back, Pains in,
Blood, Spitting of,  -
Bowel Complaint, cases of, 306,
                          342'
Bowels, Constipation of,
Bladder,  Inflammation of,
Breast, female, Risings on the,
Bronchocele,    -     323, 323,
Bruises, cases of, 296, 306, 331,
Burns an.d Scalds,     -    296,
Bones, Pains in,
354
313
371
371
368
316
347

305
346
340
346
342
355
297
349
342
306
304
Canker Sores, case of,      -    297
Cartilage, of the hand.  Injury of, 363
Cases, Interesting,   '  317, 363, 367
Child, Remarkable case and cure
    of,                        308
Chills and Fever,  300,  306, 323, 335
Cholera,     -    296,  307, 330, 339
Cholera Infantum,     -    326, 336
Cholera Morbus,       302, 306, 320
Cholera Morbus and Fever,
    severe case of,      -      320
Colic,  Bilious,   306, 330, 336, 350
Chronic Diseases, 324, 343, 361, 336
Consumption, cases of,  333, 346, 357
    "     "     358, 365, 367, 368
Copper-head, Bite of,    -      329
Cough, Hooping, 296, 340, 355, 376
Cough,    296, 300, 319, 322, 347
    of 13 years' standing, cured, 313
Croup, cases of,      -     322, 349

Debility, General,    -     -    322
Delirium,       -     -     297, 310
Derangement, Mental,  291, 322, 335
      "         "             351
Diarrhea and  Fever,   297, 302, 358
    "         "           376, 377
Dropsy,      -       -      2!J7. 323
Drowning, case of  Suspended
    Animation  by,       -      329
Dysentery,      -      -  318, 333
Dyspepsia, 296, 297, 298, 300, 318
    "      324, 325, 328, 329, 369
    and Head-ache,      -     301
    with Despondency of mind, 292
            "             "    297
Disease, Complicated, case of,   301
    of every  type—See Doctor
       Turner's letter,     -    367
       Doctor J. Biles' letter,   371

Ear and Head, Darting pains in, 298 
532
INDEX.
Erysipelas, -
Erysipelas and Tumors,
Eyes, Sore, case of,
Emaciation, case of,  -
363,  365
     318
     312
     355
Febrile Diseases,      345,  348, 351
Fever, cases of,  308,310,312,324
  „  '   55      331, 338,  343, 347
  „      »           351,  355, 377
Fever, Bilious, cases of,   293, 297
  ,,       5?          3U5,  oil), oza
    Congestive,  326, 340,  354, 367
    Inflammatory,    -    320, 358
    Intermittent, 304, 324, 331, 338
    Puerperal,      -     -    341
    Putrid,     -    -     -    297
    Scarlet,     305, 315,  330, 364
    Typhus, 297, 315, 329,  373, 379
Fever and Ague,     302,  303, 348
Fever and Chills, 300, 306, 323, 335
Fever and Diarrhea,     -    302
Fever and Sick Head-ache,     308
Fever and Extreme Debility,   302
Fits, cases of,    322,323,331,341
  ,,    ?5       -           352, 368
Fits, Convulsive,  -    -    -   352
Fits occasioned by Croup,  -   322
Freezing, case of,    -    -   315

Hand, Severe contusion of,  -   370
Head-ache, cases of,  305, 315, 326
    »   329,  331,  346, 357, 364, 371
Head-ache,  Nervous, 301, 306, 321
     55         "              371
      Sick,  291, 308, 315, 364, 366
         n       -       -      368
      with  Foul  Stomach,      298
      of long standing,    -   291
Head, Darting pains in,    -   298
    Sore in,      -             292
Heart and Breast, Affections of,  336
   „         »       "           366
Heart, Malformation of,
    Palpitation of,
    Dropsy of,
Heel, its Cartilage injured,
Hemorrhage,
    from the Lungs, -
Hydrocephalus, case of,
     339
303, 327
     374
     314
     338
     331
     321
Insanity, cases of, 378, 379, 380, 381
Jaw, Swelling of the,
Joint, Dislocated,

Kidneys, Affection of,

Limbs, "Weakness in,
    Perished,
330, 352
     313

     353

     313
     313
Liver Complaint, 323, 326, 327, 328
  \>     ''348, 351, 354, 355, 369
Liver, Inflammation of,     -     357
Liver and Spleen, Affection of,   2.U
  ,,         "        323, 351, 357
Lungs, Hemorrhage  from  the,   331
    Inflammation of the,   333, 337

Measles,    -    -    304,305, 315
Menstruation, Suppressed, 326, 335
    Deranged,   -    -    328, 335
Mental Derangement, 322, 335, 351
Milk-sickness,   -              356

Nervous Affections,   299,314,337

Pains, in the Breast,  296, 328,
  5 5           >'
    General,     -
    in the Side, and  Ague-cake,
  55         »          »
              and Rheumatism,
    attended with Fever, Deli-
       rium, Cough,  etc.,
    in the Head and Back, -
Palpitation of the Heart,   303,
Palsy, Numb,    -    -    -
Paralysis,  -    307, 362, 372,
Pericardium, Dropsy of the,
Phthisis,   -    -    -    -
Piles, cases of,   290, 303, 306,
  5'     "   330, 331, 342, 344,
Plague, Cold,    -    290, 317,
Pleurisy,   303, 315, 343, 344,
    »      _             348,
Pulmonary  Complaint,
Prolapsus Uteri, -    328, 338

Quinsy,    -

Rheum, Salt,    -    -    -    303
Rheumatism, cases of, 292, 301, JUb
     » 319, 321, 323, 329, 334, 341
     » 343, 345, 352,  355, 358, 360
     55       -            362, 375
     Inflammatory,    292, 299, 334
           55      .       "360, 361
 Ring-bone on the Ankle,   -    316


 Salt  Rheum,    -    -    -    303
 Scalds, cases of, 296, 306, 312, 315
 Scald-head,     -    290,  364, 366
 Sciatica, cases of,     -     316,330
 Scrofula,   -    -    -     351, 272
     several severe cases cured, 317
       55       55      332, 333, 363
 Sick Head-ache, 291, 308, 364, 368
 Side, Affection of the,      -   307
1 Small Pox,  -      -       -   315
329
341
303
313
319
300

291
303
327
337
375
374
324
307
347
318
347
351
324
373

322 
INDEX.                           533
Spasms,     -                  331
Spine, Incurvation of,      -    336
Spleen and Liver, Affection of,   299
Spleen, Distention of,      357,  370
Stomach, Foul,     -      -.    298
    Sickness at the, -      305,  341
    Pains in  the,   -      -    298
St. Vitus' Dance,   -      338,  373
Swelling of the Jaw,  -    330,  352
Swelling, White,   -      293,  306
    Glandular,     -      -    300
Sciatic Affections,  -      -    290
Sprains, cases of,   - 302, 306,  331

Tetters,     -      -      -    366
Tic Douloureux,    -      355,  369
Tremor and Weakness,    -    311
Tumors and Erysipelas,    318,  349
Tumefaction,
323,  349
Urine, Suppression of,     -    298
    Bloody, -      -      -    354
Urinary Canal, Inflammation of,  327
    "     »        "          354
Urethra,    .      .      -    355
Uteri, Prolapsus,    - 328, 338, 373
    Affections of the,     -    291
Vertigo,
327
V» eaknessin the Limbs, caseof, 313
Weakness and Tremor,    -    311
White Swelling,    -      293, 306
Wounds,    -      -      -    321
Weakness in the Back,    -    290
PART  III.
Bile, ---      -
Blood,
Bone,       -
Brain,       -
Breath,      -

Cartilage,   -
Chyme,     -

Diaphragm, -

Ear, -      -      -      -
Embryo,    -
Eye, Human, Appendages of,

Head,       -
Heart,

Intestine,   -
399
394

429
420

428

422
396

410

403

434

432
Skeleton, Human, Mechanism of, 383
Spine,       ...    416
Spleen,      -      -      -    429
423	Joint,
424	
415	Kidney,
401	
399	Liver,
	Lungs,
414	
421	Muscle,
431	Nerves,
405	Ovary,
434	
407	Pelvis,
Uterus,
432
PART  IV
Acids,      -
Alkalies,    -
Aliment,    -
Albumen,
Anatomy,   -      -      -
Animal Heat, Origin and Regu-
    lation of,
Antidotes,   -
Antiaris,    -

Bath, Saline,
Bed for Invalids, Hydrostatic,
445  Benzoin,
446
463  Caustics,
447        Potassa,
502  Chimistry,   -
     Chimical Decomposition,
453  Clinical Medicine,  -
487  Contagion,   -
506  Crisis,

494  Decomposition, Chimical,
456  Diet,
448

449
449
435
451
482
485
473

451
466 
534
INDEX.
Digestion,   -                  466
Disease, Hereditary,       -     496

Essential Oils,      -      -     450

Galvanism—Application of, to
    poisoned Wounds,     -     495
Granulation,       -      -     496

Hereditary Disease, -      -     ^96
Hydrostatic  Bed,    -      -     456
Hunger,     ...     461
Heat, Animal, Origin and Regu-
      lation of,     -      -     453
History of Small Pox,      -     498

Injections,   ,      -      -     475
Irritability,  -                  479

Life of Man,       -      -     504
Medicine, Clinical,  -       -    482

Nutrition, Animal and Vegetable, 493

Oils, Essential,     -      -    450

Perspiration,       -      -    470
Poisoned Wounds, Application
      of Galvanism to,    -    495
Potassa, Caustic,   -      -    449
Pregnancy,  ...    476
Pulse,      -      -      -    503

Respiration, -                  469

Saline Bath, -                  494
Secretion,   -                  472
Small Pox, History of,     -    498
Somnambulism,    -      -    474
Sympathy,  -                  472